openSUSE Translation Commits
Threads by month
- ----- 2024 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2023 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2022 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2021 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2020 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2019 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2018 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2017 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2016 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2015 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2014 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
July 2016
- 4 participants
- 158 discussions
[opensuse-translation-commit] r96006 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
04 Jul '16
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:05:19 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 96006
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/add-on-creator.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/add-on.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/audit-laf.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/auth-client.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/auth-server.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/autoinst.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/base.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/bootloader.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/ca-management.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/cio.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/cluster.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/control-center.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/control.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/country.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/crowbar.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/dhcp-server.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/dns-server.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/docker.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/drbd.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/fcoe-client.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/firewall-services.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/firewall.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/firstboot.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/fonts.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/ftp-server.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/geo-cluster.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/http-server.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/inetd.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/installation.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/instserver.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/iplb.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/iscsi-client.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/iscsi-lio-server.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/isns.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/journal.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/kdump.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/languages_db.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/ldap-client.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/ldap.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/live-installer.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/mail.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/multipath.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/network.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/nfs.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/nfs_server.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/nis.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/nis_server.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/ntp-client.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/oneclickinstall.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/online-update-configuration.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/online-update.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/opensuse_mirror.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/packager.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/pam.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/pkg-bindings.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/printer.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/product-creator.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/proxy.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/rdp.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/rear.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/registration.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/reipl.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/relocation-server.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/samba-client.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/samba-server.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/samba-users.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/scanner.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/security.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/services-manager.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/slp-server.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/snapper.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/sound.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/squid.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/sshd.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/storage.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/support.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/sysconfig.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/tftp-server.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/timezone_db.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/tune.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/update.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/users.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/vm.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/vpn.hi.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/yast2-apparmor.hi.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/add-on-creator.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/add-on-creator.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/add-on-creator.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:46+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/add-on.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/add-on.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/add-on.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -72,15 +72,16 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr "<li>मीडिया : %1, पाथ : %2, उत्पाद : %3</li>\n"
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. just report error
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr "ऐड-ऑन उत्पाद को जोड़ने में असफल"
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
-msgstr ""
-
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media
#. placeholder for unknown directory
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/audit-laf.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/audit-laf.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/audit-laf.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/auth-client.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/auth-client.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/auth-client.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,1162 +16,1899 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Program name"
+msgid "Realm name"
+msgstr "प्रोग्राम का नाम"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr "रिमोट प्रशासन सेटिंग्स"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Profile Name"
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr "प्रोफाइल का नाम"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&User Name"
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr "यूजर का नाम"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter your last name"
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr "कृपा आखिर नाम भरती करें"
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Partition of Menu File"
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr "अन्य सिस्टम का बूट विभाजन"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "R&eset"
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr "रीसैट(&e)"
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "On Cable Connection"
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr "केबल कनेक्शन पर"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Time-Out in Tenths of Seconds"
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr "टाइम-आउट सेकंड के दसवें हिस्सों में"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Timeout in Seconds"
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr "टाइम-आउट सेकंड के दसवें हिस्सों में"
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "authentication via eDirectory"
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण वाया eडायरेक्ट्री"
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the server URL."
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr "संचयक URL भरती करें।"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter your last name"
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr "कृपा आखिर नाम भरती करें"
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "IP not specified."
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr "मोडल नहीं बताए गए।"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete: "
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr "क्या तुम सचमुच मिटाना चाहते हो:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr "इस सेशीन का होम डाइरक्टरीस (&H)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr "ग्रुप"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Use the LDAP server to store user information"
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr "युजर जानकारी स्टोर करने के लिए LDAP संचयक का इस्तेमाल करें"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do Not Use TLS"
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr "TLS का उपयोग नहीं करें"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Test Connection"
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr "टेस्ट सबंध(&T)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Extended Partition"
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr "विस्तारित विभाजन"
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "D&isable User Login"
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr "यूजर लागइन असमर्थ करें(&i)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication Keys"
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण कुंजी"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Add Value"
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr "वैल्यु जोडें (&A)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Edit Default"
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr "एडिट डिफॉल्ट (&E)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Delete All"
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr "सभी मिटाऐं(&D)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Advanced Kerberos Client Configuration"
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr "आधुनिक केर्बरोस क्लैडं समनुरूपण "
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "User &Management"
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr "यूजर प्रबंधन(&M) "
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Base Settings"
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr "आधार व्यवस्थाऐं"
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "User Permissions Configuration"
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता अनुमतियाँ समनुरुपण "
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "LDAP Server Configuration"
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr "LDAP सर्वर समनुरूपण"
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "नाम"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr "वैल्यू"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Container Name"
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr "कंटेनर &नाम"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Full Name"
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr "पूर्ण नाम"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Supplemented resolvables"
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr "संपूरित रिजॉल्वेबल्स"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network mask"
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr "नेटवर्क मेस्क"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr "आईपी पते"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Additional Domains"
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr "अतिरिक्त डोमेन"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "विवरण"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Extended Partition"
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr "विस्तारित विभाजन"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Filter:"
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr "छलनी"
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "None"
msgid "None."
msgstr "कुछ नहीं"
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modem Parameters"
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr "मोडम प्राचलें"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Optional Parameter File"
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr "वैकल्पिक मानक फाइल"
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr "विश्वीय विकल्प"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Filter:"
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr "छलनी"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr "सत्यापन "
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Mount"
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr "माउंट"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "GPG Public Keys"
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr "जीपीजी सार्वजनिक कुंजियां"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Authentication Key"
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
-msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण कुंजी"
+#| msgid "Manage DHCP subnet options"
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
+msgstr "DHCP सबनेट विकल्पों को शासन करें "
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
-msgstr "ग्लोबल सनुरुपण "
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Status: "
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
+msgstr "हालिया स्थिति:"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
+msgstr "काम कर रहा है"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Stop"
+msgid "Stopped"
+msgstr "बंद (&S)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr "इस सेशीन का होम डाइरक्टरीस (&H)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
-msgstr "NTP डैमण समर्थ करें।"
+#| msgid "Enabling sources..."
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
+msgstr "स्रोत समर्थ कर रहा..."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Selections"
-msgid "Sections"
-msgstr "चुनाव "
+#| msgid "Domain"
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr "डोमेइन"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network Service"
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
-msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवा"
+#| msgid "Local Domains"
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr "लोकल डोमैन "
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Create Service"
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
-msgstr "सेवा सृजित करें"
+#| msgid "Current Domain Name:"
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr "हालिया डोमेन नेमः"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
-#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Search Options"
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr "सर्च विकल्प"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Scan Options"
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr "विकल्प स्कैन करें"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "नाम"
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really delete this domain?"
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr "सचमुच इस डोमेन को मिटायें ?"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
-msgstr "वैल्यू"
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Active Directory Server"
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr "सक्रिय डायरेक्ट्री सर्वर"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
-msgstr "विवरण"
+#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
+#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Options"
+msgid "Options - %s"
+msgstr "विकल्प"
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Modem Parameters"
-msgid "More Parameters"
-msgstr "मोडम प्राचलें"
+#| msgid "Deselect all entries in the list."
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
+msgstr "सूची में सभी प्रविष्टियों का चयन रद्द करें."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Filter:"
-msgid "Name filter:"
-msgstr "छलनी"
+#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
+msgstr "क्या आप वास्तव में विभाजन %1 को हटाना चाहते हैं?"
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Really delete section %1?"
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
-msgstr "वास्तव में अनुभाग%1 को हटाएं?"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
-msgstr "क्या आप वास्तव में विभाजन %1 को हटाना चाहते हैं?"
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
+msgid ""
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modem Parameter Details"
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr "मोडम प्राचल का विस्तृत सूचना"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Logging enabled"
-msgid "No domain enabled"
-msgstr "लोगिगं समर्थ हैं"
+#| msgid "NIS domain"
+msgid "No domain"
+msgstr "NIS डोमेन"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No patches have been installed."
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
+msgstr "कोई पैच नहीं अधिषठापित किया हैं । "
+
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?"
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
-msgstr "क्या आप इस प्रोफाइल को संपादन मोड में खोलना चाहेंगे? "
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता नाम"
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "सेवाऎ"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr "पासवर्ड"
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
-msgstr "डोमेइन"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Identification:"
-msgid "Identification provider:"
-msgstr "पहचान करें: "
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
-msgstr "सत्यापन मोड (&A)"
+#| msgid "error"
+msgid "(DNS error)"
+msgstr "खराबी"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "These services will be enabled"
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
-msgstr "इन सेवाऎ समर्थ करेगां"
+#| msgid "Active Directory Server"
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
+msgstr "सक्रिय डायरेक्ट्री सर्वर"
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
-msgstr "नये प्रोफाइल हेतु एक नया नाम प्रविष्ट करें."
+#| msgid "Current status:"
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr "हालिया स्थिति:"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "This domain is already defined."
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
-msgstr "इस डोमेन पहले से ही परिभाषित हैं ।"
+#| msgid "Writing SCPM status..."
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr "SCPM स्थिति लिख रहा है..."
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the user password."
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr "प्रयोगकर्त्ता पासवर्ड प्रविष्ट करें।"
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
+msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Active Directory Server"
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
+msgstr "सक्रिय डायरेक्ट्री सर्वर"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Free"
+msgid "FreeIPA"
+msgstr "खाली"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
+msgstr "प्रोक्सी सत्यापन के लिए यूज़रनेे इस्तिमाल करेंम"
+
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Domain name cannot be empty."
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
+msgstr "डोमेन नेम खाली नहीं हो सकता।"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr "प्रोक्सी सत्यापन के लिए यूज़रनेे इस्तिमाल करेंम"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr "NTP डैमण समर्थ करें।"
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter your last name"
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr "कृपा आखिर नाम भरती करें"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "This domain is already defined."
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr "इस डोमेन पहले से ही परिभाषित हैं ।"
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot loader configuration file contains errors"
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr "बूड लोडर संरूपण फाइल में त्रुटि है"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Password for LDAP server"
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr "LDAP सेवक का पासवर्ड"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP secure port"
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr "LDAP सुरिक्षित पोर्ट"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The IP address (or hostname) of the host with a fixed address"
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "निश्चित पते वाला होस्ट का IP पता (ओर होस्टनेम)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n"
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr "ओटोमोउन्टर पाकेज इंस्टाल किया जायेगा।\n"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Authentication Key"
+#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण कुंजी"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Global Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "ग्लोबल सनुरुपण "
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
+#~ msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#~ msgstr "NTP डैमण समर्थ करें।"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Selections"
+#~ msgid "Sections"
+#~ msgstr "चुनाव "
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Network Service"
+#~ msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवा"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Create Service"
+#~ msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#~ msgstr "सेवा सृजित करें"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Modem Parameters"
+#~ msgid "More Parameters"
+#~ msgstr "मोडम प्राचलें"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+#~ msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#~ msgstr "वास्तव में अनुभाग%1 को हटाएं?"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Logging enabled"
+#~ msgid "No domain enabled"
+#~ msgstr "लोगिगं समर्थ हैं"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?"
+#~ msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#~ msgstr "क्या आप इस प्रोफाइल को संपादन मोड में खोलना चाहेंगे? "
+
+#~ msgid "Service"
+#~ msgstr "सेवाऎ"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Identification:"
+#~ msgid "Identification provider:"
+#~ msgstr "पहचान करें: "
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
+#~ msgid "Authentication provider:"
+#~ msgstr "सत्यापन मोड (&A)"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "These services will be enabled"
+#~ msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#~ msgstr "इन सेवाऎ समर्थ करेगां"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
+#~ msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+#~ msgstr "नये प्रोफाइल हेतु एक नया नाम प्रविष्ट करें."
+
#~ msgid "Cancel"
#~ msgstr "रद्द"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/auth-server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/auth-server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/auth-server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -444,12 +444,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr "पासवर्ड"
@@ -475,8 +475,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "प्रोटोकोल"
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""
@@ -565,8 +565,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2274,7 +2274,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr "पासवर्ड व्यवस्थाऐं(&w)"
@@ -2435,237 +2435,237 @@
msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री विद्यमान नहीं है. इसे बनाये"
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "फिर प्रयास करें?"
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "विशेषता"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "संपादन"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr "DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr "लक्ष्य"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr "पोर्ट "
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr "दिन"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr "घंटे"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr "मिनट्स"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "सेकन्टस"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/autoinst.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/autoinst.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/autoinst.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr "इसमें कुछ समय लग सकता है"
@@ -49,12 +49,12 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
@@ -328,25 +328,23 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr "पोस्ट-स्क्रिप्ट निष्पादन कर रहा है"
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Determine running services"
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "चलने वाला सेवा निश्चय करें"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "विन्यास समाप्त कर रहा है"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444
#, fuzzy
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 की जांच कर रहा है"
@@ -520,102 +518,88 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr "<P>सिस्टम के स्वअधिष्ठापन के लिए तैयार होने तक प्रतीक्षा करें.</P>"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr "पूर्व-अधिष्ठापन प्रयोक्ता स्क्रिप्ट क्रियान्वित करें"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr "सामान्य व्यवस्था विन्यास करें"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr "भाषा निर्धारित करें"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr "विभाजन योजना तैयार करें"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr "बूटलोडर विन्यास करें"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr "सॉफ्टवेयर चयन विन्यास करें"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configure Volume Groups"
-msgid "Configure users and groups"
-msgstr "विस्तार समूह विन्यास करें"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr "पूर्व-अधिष्ठापित प्रयोक्ता क्रियान्वित कर रहा है..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr "सामान्य व्यवस्था विन्यास कर रहा है..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set up language"
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr "भाषा निर्धारित करें"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr "विभाजन योजना बना रहा है..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr "बूटलोडर विन्यास कर रहा है..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repairing file system..."
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम की मरम्मत की जा रही है..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr "सॉफ्टवेयर चयन विन्यास कर रहा है..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuring language..."
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr "भाषा विन्यास का पता कर रहा है..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77
-msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr "सिस्टम को स्वचालित अधिष्ठापन के लिए तैयार कर रहा है"
-#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a
-#. network configuration is available. So this will be written
-#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
-#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
-#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#. configure general settings
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Signing the Add-On Product"
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
@@ -624,12 +608,12 @@
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr "भाषा विन्यास का पता कर रहा है..."
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -638,7 +622,7 @@
"पुनः प्रयास करें.\n"
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1666,7 +1650,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr "RNG वैधता के साथ XML जांच रहा है..."
@@ -1677,7 +1661,7 @@
msgstr "अनुभाग %1 नहीं मिला।"
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr "RNC वैधता के साथ XML जांच रहा है..."
@@ -1718,7 +1702,7 @@
msgstr "पहले चरण के बाद मशीन को बंद कर दें"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr "हस्ताक्षरों को संभालना"
@@ -2422,7 +2406,7 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr "XML पार्सर ने स्वयास्ट प्रोफाइल को पार्सर करते समय. त्रुटि दर्ज की. त्रुटि संदेश है:\n"
@@ -2443,46 +2427,46 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr "प्रोफाइल &प्रयोग करें"
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr "फ्लॉपी से नियंत्रण फाइल कॉपी कर रहा है."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr "TFTP सेवक: %2 से नियंत्रण फाइल (%1) वापस ले रहा है."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr "NFS सेवक: %2 से नियंत्रण फाइल (%1) वापस ले रहा है."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr "HTTP सेवक: %2 से नियंत्रण फाइल (%1) वापस ले रहा है."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr "FTP सेवक: %2 से नियंत्रण फाइल (%1) वापस ले रहा है."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr "फाइल: %1 से नियंत्रण फाइल कॉपी कर रहा है."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr "उपकरण: /dev/%1 से नियंत्रण फाइल कॉपी कर रहा है."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr "डिफाल्ट स्थान से नियंत्रण फाइल प्रतिलिपि कर रहा है."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr "अज्ञात स्रोत."
@@ -2492,7 +2476,7 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
@@ -2502,7 +2486,7 @@
"<p>नियंत्रण फाइल के लगभग सभी स्रोत विन्यास प्रबंधन प्रणाली का प्रयोग \n"
"कर विन्यास किए जा सकते है.</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
@@ -2517,7 +2501,7 @@
"सिस्टम अधिष्ठापित करने के लिए प्रयोग किया जा सके.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2553,105 +2537,81 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr "अधिष्ठापन सुनिश्चित करें?"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "हाँ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
msgid "No"
msgstr "नहीं"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr "AutoYaST का द्वितीय चरण "
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr "चरण एक के बाद मशीन को रोका जा रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr "चरण एक के बाद मशीन को रोका जा रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr "चरण एक के बाद मशीन को रोका जा रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "अहस्ताक्षरित फाइलों को स्वीकार कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "अहस्ताक्षरित फाइलों को स्वीकार नहीं कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "चेकसम के बिना फाइलों को स्वीकार कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "चेकसम के बिना फाइलों को स्वीकार नहीं कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "असफल प्रमाणीकरणों को स्वीकार कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "असफल प्रमाणीकरणों को स्वीकार नहीं कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr "अज्ञात GPG कुंजियों को स्वीकार कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr "अज्ञात GPG कुंजियों को स्वीकार नहीं कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr "नई GPG कुंजियों को आयात कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr "नई GPG कुंजियों को आयात नहीं कर रहा है"
-#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Syncing server..."
-msgid "Syncing time..."
-msgstr "Synicing सर्वर..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
-msgid "Syncing time with %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Parsing failed."
-msgid "Time syncing failed."
-msgstr "पार्ज़िंग असफल।"
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Cannot mount file system."
-msgid "Cannot update system time."
-msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम मांउट नही कर सकता ।"
-
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -2739,7 +2699,7 @@
msgstr "अनंजान"
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
@@ -2750,29 +2710,29 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr "%1 पर फाइल पढ़ना असफल रहा.\n"
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking installed packages..."
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "अधिष्ठापित बंडलो की जाँच कर रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Retrieving image file..."
msgid "Store image to ..."
@@ -2780,60 +2740,60 @@
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Archive created successfully"
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr "आर्काइव सफलतापूर्वक बनाया गया"
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read '%1' from the installation media."
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr "इंसटालेसन मिडिया से %1 नही पढ सकता ।"
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read '%1' from the installation media."
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr "इंसटालेसन मिडिया से %1 नही पढ सकता ।"
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating ISO image directory..."
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr "आईएसओ चित्र डायरेक्टरी सृजित की जा रही है..."
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "ठीक हैं"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2841,19 +2801,19 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating ISO image..."
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr "आईएसओ आकृति सृजित कर रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating ISO image..."
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr "आईएसओ आकृति सृजित कर रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Successfully Tested %1"
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
@@ -2861,24 +2821,24 @@
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr "चयनित प्रतिरूप"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr "एकल चयन बंडल"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr "हटाए जाने वाले बंडल"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr "फोर्स कर्नेल बंडल"
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2886,7 +2846,7 @@
"%1 "
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr "पैकेज़ रिसॉल्वर रन विफल। कृपया autoyast प्रोफाइल में अपना सॉफ्टवेयर खंड जांचें।"
@@ -2934,14 +2894,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr "विन्यास डाटा संग्रह कर रहा है..."
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2949,7 +2909,7 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "फाइल %1 में टिप्पणियां राइट नहीं कर सकते."
@@ -2957,7 +2917,7 @@
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
@@ -2975,6 +2935,26 @@
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "ठीक हैं (&O)"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Configure Volume Groups"
+#~ msgid "Configure users and groups"
+#~ msgstr "विस्तार समूह विन्यास करें"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Syncing server..."
+#~ msgid "Syncing time..."
+#~ msgstr "Synicing सर्वर..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Parsing failed."
+#~ msgid "Time syncing failed."
+#~ msgstr "पार्ज़िंग असफल।"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Cannot mount file system."
+#~ msgid "Cannot update system time."
+#~ msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम मांउट नही कर सकता ।"
+
#~ msgid "Configure runlevel"
#~ msgstr "रनलेवल विन्यास करें"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/base.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/base.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/base.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr "इस अधिष्ठापन मोड के लिए वर्कफ्लो परिभाषित नहीं है."
@@ -440,14 +440,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "अधिष्ठापन जारी रखें (&C)"
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "अधिष्ठापन रोक दें (&A)"
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@
msgstr "एक आंतरिक त्रुटि हो गई है। लॉग फाइल देखें।"
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr "%1 का मान गलत हैं"
@@ -1106,6 +1106,85 @@
"<p>कई परिवेशों में, सारी या कुछ\n"
"F कुंजियां उपलब्ध नहीं होती हैं.</p>"
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading %1 Settings"
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "%1 सेटिंग्स पढ़ रहा"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading %1 Settings"
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "%1 सेटिंग्स पढ़ रहा"
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "सेवा स्थिति"
+
+#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "हालिया स्थिति:"
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Activate During Boot"
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "बूट के समय आक्टिवेट करें"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Running"
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "काम कर रहा है"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "S&top now ..."
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "अब बंदरु करें ...(&t)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Start now ..."
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "अब शुरु करें ...(&S)"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
@@ -1306,7 +1385,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "छोड़ जायें (&S)"
@@ -1329,7 +1408,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "पासवेर्ड (&P)"
@@ -1554,27 +1633,27 @@
msgstr "मिटने के लिए सुनने की वैल्यु नहीं मिली"
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr "वास्तव में अधिष्ठापन रोक दें?"
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr "YaST सिस्टम की मरम्मत वास्तव में रोक दें?"
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "सिस्टम की मरम्मत रोक दें"
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "सिस्टम की मरम्मत जारी रखें (&C)"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1587,7 +1666,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1601,7 +1680,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1612,18 +1691,18 @@
"आपको पुर्नअधिष्ठापन करना होगा."
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "वास्तव में रोक दें"
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr "सभी परिवर्तन लुप्त हो जाएंगे!"
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "विवरण..... (&D)"
@@ -2675,50 +2754,50 @@
"बीच में खाली जगह नहीं छोड़नी है.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr "बाहरी ज़ोन"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr "आंतरिक ज़ोन"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr "असैनिक ज़ोन"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
#, fuzzy
msgid "TCP"
msgstr "RTC"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
#, fuzzy
msgid "UDP"
msgstr "UPS"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "RPC"
msgstr "PC"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP "
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr "अन्जान ज़ोन"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2734,8 +2813,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
@@ -2744,72 +2823,72 @@
"YaST2 फायरवाल चलें और निर्दिष्ट करें।\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480
msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण शुरू कर रहा हैं"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
msgid "Check for network devices"
msgstr "नेटवर्क डिवेइसेस के लिए जाँच करें"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
msgid "Read current configuration"
msgstr "हालिया समनुरूपण पढ़ें"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492
msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
msgstr "शायद परस्पर-विरोधी सेवा के लिए जाँच करें "
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgstr "नेटवर्क डिवेइसेस के लिए जाँच कर रहा हैं..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgstr "हालिया समनुरूपण पढ़ रहा हैं..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500
msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
msgstr "शायद परस्पर-विरोधी सेवा के लिए जाँच कर रहा हैं..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिखें"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr "फायरवाल सेवा समायोजन करें"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं.."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr "फायरवाल सेवा समायोजन कर रहा हैं..."
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr "व्यवस्थायें लिखना फेल हो गया"
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr "अन्जान विकल्प: %1 "
@@ -2915,50 +2994,51 @@
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
#.
-#. @param [String] service name
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
#. defined by package.
#.
#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
#.
#. @example
#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr "सेवा %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr "अन्जान सेवा '%1'"
@@ -2983,36 +3063,80 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "अधिष्ठापित (&I)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking file system..."
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम की जांच की जा रही है..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "(no message available)"
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr "(कोई संदेश उपलब्ध नहीं)"
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "फाइल के अखंडता जाँच करना फेल हो गया:"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "बंडल के अधिषठापन की दुबारा कोशिश करें ?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "अधिषठापन विफल करें ?"
@@ -3021,57 +3145,57 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "त्रुटि : %1 :"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "बंडल अनअधिषठापन कर रहा है %1 (%2) ..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "बंडल अधिषठापन कर रहा है %1 (%2) ..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "बंडल अनअधिषठापन कर रहा है"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "बंडल अधिषठापन कर रहा है"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "%1 बंडल अधिषठापनेसन फेल हो गया ।"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "%1 बंडल अधिषठापनेसन फेल हो गया ।"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
@@ -3087,29 +3211,29 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "साइड A"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "साइड B"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1x %2"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "माध्यम: %1"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3118,7 +3242,7 @@
"'%1'"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
@@ -3130,7 +3254,7 @@
"%1.।nजाचँ करे कि डायरक्टरी एक्सस कर सके है या नही।ाा "
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
@@ -3143,54 +3267,54 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
#, fuzzy
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr "ताजा करना स्किप करें"
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "इजैक्ट"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "CD/DVD मीडियम पढ़ो (&C) "
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "अधिषठापनेसन की दुबारा कोशिश करें ?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "मीडीयम स्किप करें?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "गलत मीडीयम को इगनोर कर रहा है ..."
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 सृजित कर रहा है"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "स्रोत को ताजा करने में खराबी आ गई ।"
@@ -3198,9 +3322,9 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "रिमोट शोर्स विवरण लाने में अयोग्य है ।"
@@ -3208,24 +3332,24 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "नया मैटाडाटा लाने में करने में खराबी आ गई ।"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "स्रोत मान्य नहीं है।"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "स्रोत मेटाडेटा अमान्य है।"
@@ -3234,97 +3358,97 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "ताजा करने की दुबारा कोशिश करें ?"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 की जांच कर रहा है"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "स्रोत को ताजा करने में खराबी आ गई ।"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "स्रोत ब्योरों की जांच कर रहा है।"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "स्रोत मेटाडेटा अमान्य है।"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "भंडार"
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM पैकेज %1 को लागू कर रहा है..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM पैकेज को लागू कर रहा है"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "बंडल :"
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट %1 (पैच %2) शुरू कर रहा है..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट चला रहा है"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "बंडल :"
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट :"
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट का आउटपुट"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3333,7 +3457,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3343,37 +3467,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "ताजा करना स्किप करें"
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "डाउनौणलोगंन्कि (&D)"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "डाउनलोड कर रहा है : %1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "पैकेेज डाटाहेस जाँच रहा है"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "पैकेेज डाटाहेस दुबारा बना रहा है। ये प्रोशेस कुछ समय ले सकता है । ।"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3382,16 +3506,16 @@
"%1है "
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "बंडल डाटाहेस बदल नाँच रहा है ।ये प्रोशेस कुछ समय ले सकता है । ।"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958
msgid "Status"
msgstr "स्थिती"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3400,13 +3524,13 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "डाटाबेस पढ रहा हैं ..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "संस्थापित पैकेजों को प्रमाणित करें"
@@ -3418,30 +3542,30 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "डाटाबेस पढ रहा हैं ..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "टारगेट डायरक्टरी शुरु करना फेल हो गया"
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179
#, fuzzy
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "MySQL डाटाबेस"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "यूजर सत्यापन"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
@@ -3450,20 +3574,20 @@
msgstr "URL:%1"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "यूजर का नाम"
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "विवरण दिखाऐ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "आकार :"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3537,12 +3661,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "आवश्यक बंडल अधिष्ठापित करने पर फेल हो गया । "
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3553,12 +3677,12 @@
"YaST संभव है ठीक तरह से कार्य न करें.\n"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "आवश्यक बंडल अधिष्ठापित करने के बिना जारी रहना नहीं सकती हैं। "
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3567,22 +3691,22 @@
"यास्ट ठीक तरह से काम नहीं करेगा।\n"
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr "पैकेज %1 लैसेन्स निश्चित करें"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "मैं सहमत हुँ (&A)"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "मैं असहमत हुँ (&D)"
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -3605,7 +3729,7 @@
"पुष्टि करने की आवश्यकता होती है, <b>सबसे असहमत हुँ</b> पर क्लिक करें।</p>"
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3619,7 +3743,7 @@
"\t\t दर्शाया गया है। किसी वस्तु का विवरण देखने के लिए, इसे सूची में से चुनें।\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3633,7 +3757,7 @@
"\t\t सन्दर्भ मीनू से, आप सभी वस्तुओं के स्टेटस भी बदल सकते हैं।\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3645,7 +3769,7 @@
"\t\t जहां आप व्यक्तिगत सॉफ्टवेयर बंडलों को देख और चुन सकते हैं।\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3665,149 +3789,149 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr "साफ्टवेयर चुनाव"
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
#, fuzzy
msgid "(more)"
msgstr "और अधिक..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "अधिष्ठापनेशन समाप्त हो गया । \n"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "बंडल अधिषठापनेशन"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "लोग संदेश: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "फेल हुई संचयाऐं: %1।"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "अधिष्ठापन बंडल(&P)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "कुल रिस्टोरड पैकेजसले :"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "कुल रिस्टोरड पैकेजसले :"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "इंसटाल्ड पैकेजो की सख्याँ"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "पैकेजस"
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
#, fuzzy
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr "डिफाल्ट पट्टा समय: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr "अधिष्ठापन आकार:"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "कुल डाउनलोड साइज :"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
#, fuzzy
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "बैकअप आंकड़े:"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "संसथापन मोड"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr "विवरण"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installing Package"
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "बंडल अधिषठापन कर रहा है"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Finish"
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "समाप्त (&F)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr "<P><B>इंसटालेशन </B></P><P>विरचयुल मशीन को इंसटालेशन के लिए तैयार कर रहा है...</P>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Error"
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "संसथापन मोड"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "अधिष्ठापन बंडल(&P)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "बदले हुए बंडल"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "बदले हुए बंडल"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "छूट हुए बंडल"
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -4266,85 +4390,85 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "ड्रैवर इंसटाल कर रहा हैं... "
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr "मिडिया"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "छूट हुए बंडल"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr "टाइम"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
#, fuzzy
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "प्रयोक्ताओं के लिए अनुमेय कार्य:\n"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>जब तक बंडल किए जा रहो है इंतजार करें ।</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "रिलीज़ नोट"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "स्लाइड दिखाये(&w)"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "विस्तृत विवरण (&D)"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Update"
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr "नवीनकरें"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "अधिषठापन करें"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "बंडल अधिषठापनेशन"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4353,7 +4477,7 @@
"छोडना चाहते है ?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "विफल कर दिया गया"
@@ -4948,6 +5072,16 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr "बलूटूथ उपकरण"
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
+msgid ""
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
@@ -5020,7 +5154,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -5031,7 +5165,7 @@
"हिस्से का आरंभ या अंत हाइफन से हो और अंतिम हिस्सा अंक से नहीं भी शुरू हो सकता है."
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -6019,65 +6153,7 @@
"आपको DNS सर्वर द्वारा प्रशासित %1 के लिए कोई रिवर्स जोन नहीं है.\n"
"होस्टनाम %2 जोड़ा नहीं जा सकता."
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr "सेवा स्थिति"
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr "हालिया स्थिति:"
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Activate During Boot"
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr "बूट के समय आक्टिवेट करें"
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading %1 Settings"
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr "%1 सेटिंग्स पढ़ रहा"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Running"
-msgid "running"
-msgstr "काम कर रहा है"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "S&top now ..."
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr "अब बंदरु करें ...(&t)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Start now ..."
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr "अब शुरु करें ...(&S)"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
#~ msgstr "सही शोर्स मिडियम मांउट नही किया जा सकता था ।"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/bootloader.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/bootloader.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/bootloader.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -25,53 +25,148 @@
#. command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set a global option"
-msgid "Delete a global option"
-msgstr "एक विश्वीय विकल्प स्थापित करें"
+msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
+msgstr "वैश्विक विकल्प या एक अनुभाग के विकल्प को हटाएं"
#. command line help text for set action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option"
-msgstr "एक विश्वीय विकल्प स्थापित करें"
+msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
+msgstr "वैश्विक विकल्प या एक अनुभाग के विकल्प को सेट करें"
+#. command line help text for add action
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72
+msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82
msgid "Print value of specified option"
msgstr "निर्दिष्ट विकल्प का मुद्रित मान"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+msgid "The name of the section"
+msgstr "अनुभाग का नाम"
+
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97
msgid "The key of the option"
msgstr "विकल्प की कुंजी"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104
msgid "The value of the option"
msgstr "विकल्प का मान"
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225
+msgid "Section %1 not found."
+msgstr "अनुभाग %1 नहीं मिला।"
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr "मान निर्दिष्ट नहीं किया गया था।"
+#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name
+#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239
+msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245
+msgid "Section name must be specified."
+msgstr "विकल्प निर्दिष्ट नहीं किया गया था।"
+
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265
msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr "विकल्प निर्दिष्ट नहीं किया गया था।"
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Value: %1"
-msgid "Value: %s"
-msgstr "मान :%1"
-
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284
msgid "Specified option does not exist."
msgstr "निर्दिष्ट विकल्प विद्यमान नहीं है।"
+#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287
+msgid "Value: %1"
+msgstr "मान :%1"
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr "बूटलोडर विन्यास को सहेजा जा रहा है..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr "सिस्टम अब पुन: बूट होगा..."
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr "संस्थापन के लिए कोई बूट लोडर नहीं चुना गया है। आपका सिस्टम संभवत:बूट होने योग्य नहीं।"
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr "विभाजन होने के कारण बूटलोडर को उचित ढंग से संस्थापित नहीं किया जा सकता"
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr "बूट हो रहा है"
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr "बूटिगं (&B)"
+
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+msgid "Disk Order"
+msgstr "डिस्क ऑर्डर"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "छन्नक व्यवस्थाऐं"
+
+#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68
+msgid "Boot Menu"
+msgstr "बूट मेन्यू"
+
+#. `VSpacing(1),
+#. Window title
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgstr "बूट लोडर विकल्प"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -163,6 +258,12 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -170,7 +271,7 @@
"आपके कम्प्यूटर पर कोई अन्य ऑपरेटिंग सिस्टम\n"
"संस्थापित है।</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
@@ -182,40 +283,33 @@
"जेनेरिक बूट कोड लिखें</b> को चुनें बशर्ते कि इसकी आवश्यकता हो या इस अनुभाग को आरंभ करने के लिए आपके अन्य बूट प्रबंधक को\n"
"कॉन्फिगर करना हो।</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>कस्टम बूट पार्टिशन</b>आपको बूट करने के लिए पार्टिशन चुनने देता है</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>सीरियल संपर्क पैरामीटर</b>आपको सीरियल कंसोल के लिए प्रयोग करने के लिएपैरामीटर परिभाषित करने देता है। कृपया विवरण के लिए ग्रब दस्तावेजीकरण (<कोड>जानकारीग्रब</कोड>) देखें।</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-#| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
-#| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
-#| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
-#| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
@@ -223,7 +317,7 @@
"<p><b>टर्मिनल परिभाषा</b></p><br>\n"
"वह टर्मिनल प्रकार परिभाषित करता है जो आप प्रयोग करना चाहते हैं। सीरियल टर्मिनल के लिए(उदाहरण के लिए सीरियल कंसोल), आपको <कोड>सीरियल</कोड> बताने की जरूरत होगी।आप कमांड को <कोड>सीरियल कंसोल</कोड> के रूप में <कोड>कंसोल</कोड> भी पास करसकते हैं। इस मामले में, वह टर्मिनल जिसमें आप कोई भी कुंजी दबाते हैं, ग्रब टर्मिनल के रूपमें चुन ली जाएगी।</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
@@ -231,21 +325,34 @@
"<p><b>यदि डिफॉल्ट नाकाम हो जाए तो फालबैक अनुभागों</b> में अनुभाग संख्याओं की एक सूची होती है\n"
"जिसका प्रयोग डिफॉल्ट अनुभाग के अनबूटेबल होने पर बूट करने के लिए किया जाएगा।</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>बूट होने पर मीनू छुपाएं</b>चुनने से बूट मीनू छुप जाएगा।</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
+msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ग्राफिकल मीनू फाइल</b>ग्राफिकल बूट मीनू के लिए प्रयोग के लिए फाइल परिभाषितकरता है।</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
+msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Password for the Menu Interface</b><br>\n"
+#| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+#| "it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>मीनू इंटरफेस के लिए पासवर्ड</b><br>\n"
"वह पासवर्ड परिभाषित करें जो बूट मीनू एक्सेस करने के लिए जरूरी होगा।YaST केवल तभी पासवर्ड स्वीकार करेगा जब आप उसे <b>पासवर्ड पुनः टाइप करें</b> मेंदोहराएंगे।</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -258,142 +365,218 @@
"डिस्कों को फिर से क्रम में करने हेतु डिस्कों का क्रम BIOS में बने क्रम के अनुरूप निर्दिष्ट करने के लिए,\n"
"<b>ऊपर</b> और <b>नीचे</b> बटनों का प्रयोग करें।</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थिति"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr "बूट पार्टीशन के लिए पार्टीशन तालिका में सक्रिय फ्लैग सेट करें"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr "टाइम-आउट सेकंड के दसवें हिस्सों में"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "डिफॉल्ट बूट अनुभाग"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr "MBR में जेनेरिक कोड लिखें"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr "एचएफएस बूट विभाजन"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr "मास्टर बूट रिकॉर्ड (&M)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr "रूट विभाजन %1 का बूट सेक्टर (&t)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr "बूट विभाजन %1 का बूट &सेक्टर (&S)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr "रूट विभाजन %1 का बूट सेक्टर (&t)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "अन्य कर्नेल मानक (&P)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr "यदि डिफॉल्ट नाकाम रहे तो फॉलबैक खंड"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr "बूट पर हाइड मेन्यू"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
+msgstr "ग्राफिकल मेन्यू फाइल"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr "मेन्यू इंटरफेस के लिए पासवर्ड"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr "डिबगिंग फ्लैग"
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration
+#. and installation
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Jiri Srain <jsrain(a)suse.cz>
+#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
+#. Olaf Dabrunz <od(a)suse.de>
+#. Philipp Thomas <pth(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
+msgstr "ग्राफिकल मेन्यू फाइल"
+
+#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))),
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
+msgstr "जायस्टिक को समर्थ करें।"
+
#. Validate function of a popup
#. @param [String] key any widget key
#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr "पासवर्ड के साथ बूट लोडर की सुरक्षा करें (&e)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Security Event Notification"
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना नोटिफिकेसन"
-
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "पासवेर्ड (&P)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr "पासवर्ड फिर से टाइप करें (&t)"
+#. Common widget of a console
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Use &serial console"
+msgstr "सीरीयल कन्शोल"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Console arguments"
+msgstr "गायब आर्गमैन्टस"
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "युक्ति(&D)"
+
+#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr "कक्षा को निम्नतम एक प्रिंटर रखना पड़ेगा।"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr "डिस्कें (&i)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555
+msgid "&Up"
+msgstr "ऊपर (&U)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556
+msgid "&Down"
+msgstr "नीचे (&D)"
+
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr "रूट विभाजन %1 का बूट सेक्टर (&t)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "बूट विभाजन %1 का बूट &सेक्टर (&S)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "एचएफएस बूट विभाजन"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थिति"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr "मास्टर बूट रिकॉर्ड (&M)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "रूट विभाजन %1 का बूट सेक्टर (&t)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr "एचएफएस बूट विभाजन"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
+msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+msgstr "बूट लोडर संस्थापन विवरण (&D)"
+
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
#, fuzzy
@@ -402,45 +585,40 @@
msgstr "बूट लोडर विकल्प"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters"
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "अन्य कर्नेल मानक (&P)"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "बूट लोडर विकल्प"
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर विकल्प"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Secure"
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "सुरक्षित"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr "लेयर २ सहायता समर्थ करें (&L)"
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थिति"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -459,37 +637,62 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>वैकल्पिक कर्नल कमांड लाइन पैरामीटर</b>आपको कर्नल पास करने के लिए अतिरिक्त पैरामीटर परिभाषित करने देता है।</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>वीजीए मोड</b>बूटिंग के समय कर्नल द्वारा सेट <i>कंसोल</i> के लिए वीजीए मोडपरिभाषित करता है।</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>वैकल्पिक कर्नल कमांड लाइन पैरामीटर</b>आपको कर्नल पास करने के लिए अतिरिक्त पैरामीटर परिभाषित करने देता है।</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "वैकल्पिक कर्नेल कमांड लाइन मानक"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Distribution:"
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr "वितरण :"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
+#, fuzzy
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr "वीजीए मोड (&V)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr "वैकल्पिक कर्नेल कमांड लाइन मानक"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -498,21 +701,31 @@
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
+#. combo box item
+#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
+#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
+#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
+#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523
msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
msgstr "%1x%2, %3 बिट (मोड %4)"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537
#, fuzzy
msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
msgstr "मानक प्रिंटर"
#. item of a combo box
+#. item of a combo box
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540
msgid "Text Mode"
msgstr "टेक्स्ट मोड"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Unspecified"
msgid "Unspecified"
@@ -539,7 +752,7 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Autodetected card"
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
@@ -547,72 +760,225 @@
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "ग्राफिकल मेन्यू फाइल"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "सीरीयल कन्शोल"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Conflict Resolution:"
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "विरोध विभेदन:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "गायब आर्गमैन्टस"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr "सीरीयल कन्शोल"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr "गायब आर्गमैन्टस"
-
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
+#. file open popup caption
+#. file open popup caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279
msgid "Select File"
msgstr "फाइल चुनें"
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
#, fuzzy
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr "विभाजन होने के कारण बूटलोडर को उचित ढंग से संस्थापित नहीं किया जा सकता"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr "बूट लोडर व्यवस्था"
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr "वर्तमान बूट लोडर के लिए सेट करने हेतु कोई विकल्प नहीं है।"
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325
+msgid "Kernel Section"
+msgstr "कर्नेल अनुभाग"
+
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636
+msgid "Section Settings"
+msgstr "अनुभाग व्यवस्था"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
+msgstr "बूट लोडर व्यवस्था : अनुभाग प्रबंधन"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585
+msgid "Xen Section"
+msgstr "कर्नेल अनुभाग"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591
+msgid "Menu Section"
+msgstr "कर्नेल अनुभाग"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Dump Section"
+msgstr "कर्नेल अनुभाग"
+
+#. label
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628
+msgid "Other System Section"
+msgstr "अन्य सिस्टम अनुभाग"
+
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803
+msgid "&Filename"
+msgstr "फाइलनाम (&F)"
+
+#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811
+msgid "Filename: %1"
+msgstr "फाइल नाम : %1"
+
+#. multiline edit header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828
+msgid "Fi&le Contents"
+msgstr "फााइल सामग्री (&l)"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836
+msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
+msgstr "निपूण हाथ से विन्यास"
+
+#. sections list widget
+#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections
+#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections
+#. menu button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641
+msgid "Other"
+msgstr "अन्य"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr "चित्र"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134
+msgid "Xen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
+msgid "Floppy"
+msgstr "फ्लोपी"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Menu"
+msgstr "बूट मेन्यू"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161
+msgid "Dump"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header, Def stands for default
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255
+msgid "Def."
+msgstr "डिफॉ."
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr "लेबल"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "प्रकार"
+
+#. table header; header for section details, either
+#. the specification of the kernel image to load,
+#. or the specification of device to boot from
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+msgid "Image / Device"
+msgstr "चित्र / उपकरण"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271
+msgid "Set as De&fault"
+msgstr "अकरण सैट करो (&f)"
+
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr "बूट लोडर (&B)"
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -626,67 +992,117 @@
"\n"
"आगे बढ़ना है?\n"
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
-msgstr "विन्यास फाइलों को सम्पादित करें (&d)"
+#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
+"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
+"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a course of action:\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"आपने अपने बूट लोडर को बदलना पसंद किया है। विन्यास को\n"
+"परिवर्तित करते समय कुछव्यवस्था नष्ट हो सकती हैं।\n"
+"\n"
+"वर्तमान विन्यास को सहेज लिया जाएगा और आप इसे\n"
+"पुनर्स्थापित कर सकते है, यदि आप वर्तमान बूट लोडर पर वापस आते हैं।\n"
+"\n"
+"कार्रवाई की विधि को चुनें :\n"
+#. radiobutton
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr "नया विन्यास प्रस्तावित करें (&P)"
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406
+msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
+msgstr "वर्तमान विन्यास को परिवर्तित करें (&n)"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415
+msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
+msgstr "नया विन्यास एकदम नये सिरे से आरंभ करें (&S)"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423
+msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
+msgstr "डिस्क पर सहेजे गए विन्यास को पढ़ें (&R)"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433
+msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
+msgstr "परिवर्तन के पहले सहेजे गए विन्यास को पुनर्स्थापित करें (&t)"
+
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514
+msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgstr "अनुभाग को सम्पादित करने से पहले बूट लोडर को चुनें।"
+
+#. pushbutton
+#. menu button entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586
+msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+msgstr "विन्यास फाइलों को सम्पादित करें (&d)"
+
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr "एकदम शुरू से आरंभ करें (&S)"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr "डिस्क से विन्यास को फिर पढ़ें (&R)"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क के एमबीआर को पुनर्स्थापित करें"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr "डिस्क पर बूटलोडर बूट कोड लिखें"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "अन्य"
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr "एमबीआर को सफलतापूर्वक पुनर्स्थापित किया गया।"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr "एमबीआर को पुनर्स्थापित करने में असफल।"
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr "नेटवर्क व्यवस्थाऎं लिखने पर खराबी हो गया"
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730
+msgid "&Section Management"
+msgstr "अनुभागप्रबंधन (&S)"
+
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740
+msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
+msgstr "बूट लोडर संस्थापन (&I)"
+
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818
msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr "बूट लोडर विकल्प (&L)"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर संस्थापन विवरण (&D)"
-
#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
msgid ""
@@ -705,9 +1121,18 @@
"<P><B><BIG>मोडम समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं </BIG></B><BR>\n"
"कृपया इंतजार करें...<br></P>"
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#. help text, optional part of following
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
+"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
+"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
+msgstr ""
+"यदि आपने एक से अधिक लीनक्स सिस्टम संस्थापित किए हैं,\n"
+"YaST उनको ढूंढ़ने और उनके मेन्यू को मिलाने का प्रयास कर सकता है।"
+
+#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
@@ -719,7 +1144,7 @@
"सहेजे गए विन्यास को फिर से पढ़ें। %1</P>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
@@ -728,7 +1153,7 @@
"<B>विन्यास फाइलों को एडिट करें</B>पर क्लिक करें।</P>"
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
@@ -737,7 +1162,7 @@
"प्रतिनिधित्व करता है।</P>"
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
@@ -746,7 +1171,7 @@
"<B>सम्पादन</B> को दबाएं।</P>"
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -763,7 +1188,7 @@
"<B>ऊपर</B> और <B>नीचे</B> बटनों का प्रयोग कर बदला जा सकता है।</P>"
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -774,7 +1199,7 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
@@ -783,7 +1208,7 @@
"बूट मैनेजर (%1) को निम्नलिखित तरीकों से संस्थापित किया जा सकता है:</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -794,7 +1219,7 @@
"इसकी संस्तुति नहीं की जाती है।</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -815,8 +1240,24 @@
"या फिर उत्पाद को स्टार्ट करने के लिए अपने दूसरे बूट मैनेजर को\n"
"विन्यास करें;.</p> (&P)"
+#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7
+#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
+"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
+"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
+"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- एक <b>फ्लॉपी डिस्क</b> पर\n"
+"पहले से मौजूद बूट कार्यप्रणाली में हस्तक्षेप के जोखिम से बचने के लिए\n"
+"इसका प्रयोग करें। इस विकल्प का प्रयोग करने के लिए\n"
+"अपनी मशीन के BIOS में फ्लॉपी से बूटिंग को सक्षम करें।</p>"
+
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -827,7 +1268,7 @@
"सीमाओं का ध्यान रखें।</p>"
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -840,7 +1281,7 @@
"आप किसी लॉजिकल विभाजन से बूट कर सकेंगे या नहीं कर सकेंगे।</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -851,7 +1292,7 @@
"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) </p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
@@ -863,7 +1304,7 @@
"करने के लिए <b>बूट लोडर अधिष्ठापन विवरण</b>पर क्लिक करें।</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
@@ -875,7 +1316,7 @@
"<b>बूट लोडर</b>का उपयोग करें।</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
@@ -887,7 +1328,7 @@
"<b>बूट लोडर विक्लपो</b>पर क्लिक करें।</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -898,7 +1339,7 @@
"<P>नोट : अंतिम विन्यास फाइल की इन्डेंटिंग भिन्न हो सकती है।</P>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
@@ -910,7 +1351,7 @@
"नाम अनूठा होना चाहिए।</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
@@ -919,7 +1360,7 @@
"सृजित करने के लिए नये अनुभागका प्रकार को चुनें।</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -930,7 +1371,7 @@
"बदलाव करें जो चयनित अनुभागसे भिन्न हो।</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
@@ -940,7 +1381,7 @@
"अन्य चित्र जोड़ने हेतु <b>कर्नेल (लीनक्स)</b> को चुनें।</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
@@ -950,7 +1391,7 @@
"लेकिन इसे XEN परिवेश में आरंभ करें।</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -960,7 +1401,7 @@
"और आरंभ करता है, को जोड़ने के लिए <b>दुसरा सिस्टम (चेनलोडर)</b>को चुनें।\n"
"इसका प्रयोग अन्य ऑपरेटिंग सिस्टमों को बूट करने के लिए होता है।</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
@@ -973,40 +1414,50 @@
"प्रयोग होता है।</p>"
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr "ऑर्डर ऑफ हार्ड डिस्क : %1"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48
msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr "कोई भी बूट लोडर संस्थापित न करें"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr "डू नॉट इंस्टॉल एनी बूट लोडर"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr "डिफॉल्ट बूट लोडर संस्थापित करें"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr "इंस्टॉल डिफॉल्ट बूट लोडर"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr "बूट लोडर"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr "बूट लोडर"
+#. popup, %1 is bootloader name
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101
+msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
+msgstr "%1 बूट सेक्टर को फ्लॉपी डिस्क में लिखा जा चुका है।"
+
+#. popup - continuing
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113
+msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
+msgstr "फ्लॉपी डिस्क को ड्राइव में छोड़ दें"
+
#. popup message
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
msgid ""
@@ -1025,13 +1476,18 @@
"वास्तव में बूट लोडर विन्यास को बिना सहेजे छोड़ दें?\n"
"सारे परिवर्तन नष्ट हो जाएंगे।\n"
+#. yes-no popup question
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59
+msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+msgstr "वास्तव में अनुभाग%1 को हटाएं?"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr " अवश्य ही पासवर्ड खाली नहीं होना चाहिए"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
@@ -1039,16 +1495,82 @@
"'पासवर्ड' और 'रिटाइप पासवर्ड'\n"
"आपस में नहीं मिल रहे हैं। पासवर्ड को फिर से टाइप करें।"
+#. message popup, %1 is sectino label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed.\n"
+"Check section %1 settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"डिस्कव्यवस्था परिवर्तित हो चुकी हैं।\n"
+"अनुभाग%1व्यवस्था को जांचें।\n"
+
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
+"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"डिस्कव्यवस्था परिवर्तित हो चुकी हैं और आप बूट लोडर विन्यास फाइलों को\n"
+"स्वयं एडिट कर चुके हैं। बूट लोडरव्यवस्था को जांच लें।\n"
+
#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थिति को सेट करें।"
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128
+msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
+msgstr "डू नॉट क्रिएट अ फाइल सिस्टम"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130
+msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
+msgstr "क्रिएट एन ext2 फाइल सिस्टम"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136
+msgid "Create a FAT File System"
+msgstr "FAT फाइल सिस्टम बनाये"
+
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
+"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
+"and confirm with OK.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"बूट लोडर बूट सेक्टर फ्लॉपी डिस्क में\n"
+"लिखा जाएगा। एक फ्लॉपी डिस्क डालें\n"
+"और OK कर पुष्टि करें।\n"
+
+#. checkbox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150
+msgid "&Low Level Format"
+msgstr "लो लेवल फॉर्मेट (&L)"
+
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153
+msgid "&Create File System"
+msgstr "क्रिएट फाइल सिस्टम (&C)"
+
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182
+msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
+msgstr "लो लेवल फॉर्मेट असफल रहा। दुबारा प्रयास करें?"
+
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207
+msgid "Creating file system failed."
+msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम को सृजित करना असफल रहा।"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218
msgid ""
"The name selected is already used.\n"
"Use a different one.\n"
@@ -1057,7 +1579,7 @@
"एक भिन्न नाम का प्रयोग करें।\n"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229
msgid ""
"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
@@ -1065,9 +1587,14 @@
"बूट लोडर संस्थापन के दौरान कोई त्रुटि हो गई है।\n"
"बूट लोडर विन्यास का पुन:प्रयास करें?\n"
+#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241
+msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
+msgstr "बूट लोडर को संस्थापित करने में अक्षम"
+
#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -1090,741 +1617,610 @@
"जारी रहना है?\n"
#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305
msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
msgstr "हां, पुन:लिखें (&Y)"
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23
+msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>चित्र अनुभाग</b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
+msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>कर्नल इमेज</b>बूट करने के लिए कर्नल परिभाषित करती है। या तो सीधे नाम प्रविष्टकरें या <b>ब्राउज़</b>द्वारा चुनें।</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
+msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>रूट उपकरण</b> कर्नेल को रूट उपकरण के रूप में पास करने के लिए उपकरण को सेट करता है।</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
+"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>प्रारंभिक रैम डिस्क</b>, यदि खाली न हो, प्रयोग के लिए प्रारंभिक रैमडिस्क परिभाषित करें। या तो \n"
+"प्रत्यक्ष रूप से पाथ और फाइल नाम प्रविष्ट करें या <b>ब्राउज</b> प्रयोगकर चुनें।</p>\n"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>यदि आप लाइनेक्स के अतिरिक्त कोई अन्य ओएस बूट करना चाहते हैं, <b>चेनलोडरखंड</b> चुनें।</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
+msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>पासवर्ड सुरक्षा प्रयोग करें</p>सेट करने के लिए यह खंड चुनने हेतु पासवर्ड की जरूरत होगी।</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
+msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>अन्य सिस्टम</b>आपको आपके कंप्यूटर पर गैर-लाइनेक्स ऑपरेटिंग सिस्टम में सेचुनने देता है।</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
+msgstr "<p>यदि आपकी बाओस को इसे बूट करने के लिए इस फ्लैग सेट की जरूरत है, <b>जब बूट केलिए चुना जाए, इस पार्टिशन को सक्रिय करें</b> चुनें।</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>चेनलोडिंग के लिए ऑफसेट को ब्लॉक करें</b> आपको बूट करने के लिए ब्लॉकों की सूची विनिर्दिष्ट करता है। ज्यादातर मामलों में आप यहां <code>+1</code> निर्दिष्ट करना चाह\n"
+" सकते हैं। ब्लॉकलिस्ट नोटेशन पर विशेषताओं के लिए, ग्रब दस्तावेजीकरण देखें।</p>\n"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
+"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"विभाजन होने के कारण, बूट लोडर को\n"
-"उचित ढंग से संस्थापित नहीं किया जा सकता है।"
+"<p><b>एक्सईन खंड</b> चुनें यदि आप नया लाइनेक्स या अन्य आकृति जोड़ना चाहते हैं \n"
+"और उसे एक्सईएन वातावरण में शुरू करें।</p>\n"
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57
+msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>हायपरविज़र</b>प्रयोग के लिए हायपरविज़र विनिर्दिष्ट करता है।</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
-msgstr "कक्षा को निम्नतम एक प्रिंटर रखना पड़ेगा।"
+msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>वैकल्पिक कर्नल कमांड लाइन पैरामीटर</b>आपको कर्नल पास करने के लिए अतिरिक्त पैरामीटर परिभाषित करने देता है।</p>"
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>मेन्यू अनुभाग</b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64
+msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>मेन्यू फाइल का पार्टीशन</b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
+msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr "छन्नक व्यवस्थाऐं"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>पुनःआवंटित करने के लिए प्रयास की अनुमति दें</b></p>\n"
+"प्रायः ग्लोबल खंड में विनिर्दिष्ट होता है</p>"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr "डिस्कें (&i)"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>रूट फाइलसिस्टम को रीड-ऑनली में माउंट करने के लिए बाध्य करें</b><br>\n"
+" आम तौर पर वैश्विक अनुभाग में निर्दिष्ट</p>"
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
+"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
+"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>किसी डीएएसडी डिस्क पार्टीशन या टेप उपकरण या किसी\n"
+"एससीएसआई डिस्क पार्टीशन पर कोई सिस्टम डंप कैसे सृजित किया जाए यह बताने वाले किसी खंड को\n"
+"जोड़ने के लिए <b>Dump Section</b> चुनें।</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
+"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>कॉन्फिगरेशन में कोई नया विकल्प जोड़ने के लिए <b>Menu Section</b> चुनें।\n"
+"मेन्यू खंड एक साथ समूहबद्ध किए गए कार्यों की सूची प्रस्तुत करते हैं।</p>\n"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583
+msgid "Image Section"
+msgstr "कर्नेल अनुभाग"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96
+msgid "&Kernel Image"
+msgstr "करनल इमेज"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Root Device"
+msgstr "रूट उपकरण"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100
+msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
+msgstr "आरंभिक रैम डिस्क (&I)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101
+msgid "Chainloader Section"
+msgstr "कर्नेल अनुभाग"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102
+msgid "Use Password Protection"
+msgstr "पासवर्ड सुरक्षा"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Other System"
+msgstr "अन्य सिस्टम को बूट करें"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
+msgstr "बूटिंग से पहले फाइलसिस्टम को सत्यापित न करें"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
+msgstr "बूट के लिए चुने जाने पर इस पार्टीशन को सक्रिय करें"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
+msgstr "चेनलोडिंग के लिए ऑफसेट ब्लॉक करें"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107
+msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Hypervisor"
+msgstr "हाइपरवाइज़र"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
+msgstr "अतिरिक्त ज़ेन हाइपरविज़र मानक"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
+msgstr "अन्य सिस्टम का बूट विभाजन"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Menu Description File"
+msgstr "मेन्यू विवरण फाइल"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
+msgstr "रूट फाइलसिस्टम को रीड-ऑनली में माउंट करने के लिए बाध्य करें"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
+msgstr "पुनः स्थान देने के प्रयास को अनुमति दें"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
+msgstr "डंप खंड के लिए लक्षित डायरेक्टरी"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
+msgstr "वैकल्पिक मानक फाइल"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118
+msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
+msgstr "डंप खंड (अप्रचलित)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Dump Device"
msgstr "युक्ति(&D)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
+msgstr "चित्र / उपकरण"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
+msgstr "मेन्यू प्रविष्टियों की सूची"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
+msgstr "डिफॉल्ट प्रविष्टि की संख्या"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
+msgstr "टाइम-आउट सेकंड के दसवें हिस्सों में"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Show boot menu"
+msgstr "बूट मेन्यू प्रदर्शित करें (&S)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
+msgstr "चित्र को बूट विभाजन में कॉपी करें"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
+msgstr "त्रुटियां होने पर खंड को छोड़ दें"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
+msgstr "अन्य सिस्टम का बूट विभाजन"
+
+#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58
+msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
msgstr ""
+"आर्काइव %1 पहले से मौजूद। \n"
+"क्या आप सचमुच उसे ओवरराइट करना चाहते हैं?"
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr "बूटलोडर विन्यास को सहेजा जा रहा है..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr ""
+"आर्काइव %1 पहले से मौजूद। \n"
+"क्या आप सचमुच उसे ओवरराइट करना चाहते हैं?"
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
+#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:"";
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Enable &SELinux"
+msgstr "विकल्प समर्थ करें"
+
+#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401
+msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
msgstr ""
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr "सिस्टम अब पुन: बूट होगा..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533
+msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
+msgstr ""
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
-msgid "Booting"
-msgstr "बूट हो रहा है"
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573
+msgid "Clone Selected Section"
+msgstr "क्लोन चयनित अनुभाग"
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr "बूटिगं (&B)"
+#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader')
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587
+msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
+msgstr "अन्य सिस्टम (चेनलोडर)"
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr "संस्थापन के लिए कोई बूट लोडर नहीं चुना गया है। आपका सिस्टम संभवत:बूट होने योग्य नहीं।"
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609
+msgid "Section Type"
+msgstr "अनुभाग प्रकार"
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr "विभाजन होने के कारण बूटलोडर को उचित ढंग से संस्थापित नहीं किया जा सकता"
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668
+msgid "Section &Name"
+msgstr "अनुभाग नाम (&N)"
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr ""
+"विभाजन होने के कारण, बूट लोडर को\n"
+"उचित ढंग से संस्थापित नहीं किया जा सकता है।"
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
+#.
+#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "स्थिति : %1"
+#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO)
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "बूट लोडर टाइप : %1"
+#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
+msgid " (\"/boot\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
+msgid " (\"/\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
+#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr "स्थिति : %1"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
+#. section name "suffix" for default section
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768
+msgid " (default)"
+msgstr "(डिफॉल्ट)"
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
+msgstr "अनुभाग: %1"
+
+#. summary text
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788
+msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
+msgstr "बूट लोडर अधिष्ठापन न करें; केवल विन्यास फाइल की रचना करें।"
+
+#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919
+msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
+msgstr "मौजूदा GRUB मेन्यू के साथ प्रस्ताव करें और मिलाएं (&M)"
+
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP secure port: %1"
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "LDAP सुरक्षित पोर्ट: %1"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr "अनजाना मोडल:%1"
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
#, fuzzy
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr "कोई बूट डिवाइस नहीं पाया गया"
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
+#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+msgstr ""
+
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
-msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr "बूट लोडर की जांच करें"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr "विभाजन को पढ़ें"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr "बूट लोडर व्यवस्था को लोड करें"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr "बूट लोडर की जांच की जा रही है..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr "विभाजन को पढ़ा जा रहा है..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr "बूट लोडर व्यवस्था को लोड किया जा रहा है..."
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "बूट लोडर विन्यास आरंभ किया जा रहा है"
+#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
+msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
+msgstr "जोड़े गए कर्नेल मानक :%1"
+
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr "initrd सृजित करें"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr "बूट लोडर विन्यास फाइलों को सहेजें"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr "बूट लोडर को संस्थापित करें"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr "initrd को सृजित किया जा रहा है..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr "बूट लोडर विन्यास फाइलों को सहेजा जा रहा है..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr "बूट लोडर को संस्थापित किया जा रहा है..."
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "बूट लोडर विन्यास को सहेजा जा रहा है..."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Distribution:"
-#~ msgid "D&istributor"
-#~ msgstr "वितरण :"
+#~| msgid "Set a global option"
+#~ msgid "Delete a global option"
+#~ msgstr "एक विश्वीय विकल्प स्थापित करें"
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>वैकल्पिक कर्नल कमांड लाइन पैरामीटर</b>आपको कर्नल पास करने के लिए अतिरिक्त पैरामीटर परिभाषित करने देता है।</p>"
+#~ msgid "Set a global option"
+#~ msgstr "एक विश्वीय विकल्प स्थापित करें"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-#~ msgstr "वैकल्पिक कर्नेल कमांड लाइन मानक"
+#~| msgid "Value: %1"
+#~ msgid "Value: %s"
+#~ msgstr "मान :%1"
-#~ msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
-#~ msgstr "वैश्विक विकल्प या एक अनुभाग के विकल्प को हटाएं"
-
-#~ msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
-#~ msgstr "वैश्विक विकल्प या एक अनुभाग के विकल्प को सेट करें"
-
-#~ msgid "The name of the section"
-#~ msgstr "अनुभाग का नाम"
-
-#~ msgid "Section %1 not found."
-#~ msgstr "अनुभाग %1 नहीं मिला।"
-
-#~ msgid "Section name must be specified."
-#~ msgstr "विकल्प निर्दिष्ट नहीं किया गया था।"
-
-#~ msgid "Disk Order"
-#~ msgstr "डिस्क ऑर्डर"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Menu"
-#~ msgstr "बूट मेन्यू"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>ग्राफिकल मीनू फाइल</b>ग्राफिकल बूट मीनू के लिए प्रयोग के लिए फाइल परिभाषितकरता है।</p>"
-
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
-#~ msgstr "ग्राफिकल मेन्यू फाइल"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
-#~ msgstr "ग्राफिकल मेन्यू फाइल"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
-#~ msgstr "जायस्टिक को समर्थ करें।"
-
-#~ msgid "&Up"
-#~ msgstr "ऊपर (&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Down"
-#~ msgstr "नीचे (&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "Kernel Section"
-#~ msgstr "कर्नेल अनुभाग"
-
-#~ msgid "Section Settings"
-#~ msgstr "अनुभाग व्यवस्था"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
-#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर व्यवस्था : अनुभाग प्रबंधन"
-
-#~ msgid "Xen Section"
-#~ msgstr "कर्नेल अनुभाग"
-
-#~ msgid "Menu Section"
-#~ msgstr "कर्नेल अनुभाग"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Dump Section"
-#~ msgstr "कर्नेल अनुभाग"
-
-#~ msgid "Other System Section"
-#~ msgstr "अन्य सिस्टम अनुभाग"
-
-#~ msgid "&Filename"
-#~ msgstr "फाइलनाम (&F)"
-
-#~ msgid "Filename: %1"
-#~ msgstr "फाइल नाम : %1"
-
-#~ msgid "Fi&le Contents"
-#~ msgstr "फााइल सामग्री (&l)"
-
-#~ msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "निपूण हाथ से विन्यास"
-
-#~ msgid "Image"
-#~ msgstr "चित्र"
-
-#~ msgid "Floppy"
-#~ msgstr "फ्लोपी"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Menu"
-#~ msgstr "बूट मेन्यू"
-
-#~ msgid "Def."
-#~ msgstr "डिफॉ."
-
-#~ msgid "Label"
-#~ msgstr "लेबल"
-
-#~ msgid "Type"
-#~ msgstr "प्रकार"
-
-#~ msgid "Image / Device"
-#~ msgstr "चित्र / उपकरण"
-
-#~ msgid "Set as De&fault"
-#~ msgstr "अकरण सैट करो (&f)"
-
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
+#~| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
+#~| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+#~| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
+#~| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
-#~ "the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
-#~ "restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Select a course of action:\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
+#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
+#~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "आपने अपने बूट लोडर को बदलना पसंद किया है। विन्यास को\n"
-#~ "परिवर्तित करते समय कुछव्यवस्था नष्ट हो सकती हैं।\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "वर्तमान विन्यास को सहेज लिया जाएगा और आप इसे\n"
-#~ "पुनर्स्थापित कर सकते है, यदि आप वर्तमान बूट लोडर पर वापस आते हैं।\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "कार्रवाई की विधि को चुनें :\n"
+#~ "<p><b>टर्मिनल परिभाषा</b></p><br>\n"
+#~ "वह टर्मिनल प्रकार परिभाषित करता है जो आप प्रयोग करना चाहते हैं। सीरियल टर्मिनल के लिए(उदाहरण के लिए सीरियल कंसोल), आपको <कोड>सीरियल</कोड> बताने की जरूरत होगी।आप कमांड को <कोड>सीरियल कंसोल</कोड> के रूप में <कोड>कंसोल</कोड> भी पास करसकते हैं। इस मामले में, वह टर्मिनल जिसमें आप कोई भी कुंजी दबाते हैं, ग्रब टर्मिनल के रूपमें चुन ली जाएगी।</p>"
-#~ msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "वर्तमान विन्यास को परिवर्तित करें (&n)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
-#~ msgstr "नया विन्यास एकदम नये सिरे से आरंभ करें (&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
-#~ msgstr "डिस्क पर सहेजे गए विन्यास को पढ़ें (&R)"
-
-#~ msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
-#~ msgstr "परिवर्तन के पहले सहेजे गए विन्यास को पुनर्स्थापित करें (&t)"
-
-#~ msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
-#~ msgstr "अनुभाग को सम्पादित करने से पहले बूट लोडर को चुनें।"
-
-#~ msgid "&Section Management"
-#~ msgstr "अनुभागप्रबंधन (&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
-#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर संस्थापन (&I)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
-#~ "YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "यदि आपने एक से अधिक लीनक्स सिस्टम संस्थापित किए हैं,\n"
-#~ "YaST उनको ढूंढ़ने और उनके मेन्यू को मिलाने का प्रयास कर सकता है।"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
-#~ "Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
-#~ "boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
-#~ "the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "- एक <b>फ्लॉपी डिस्क</b> पर\n"
-#~ "पहले से मौजूद बूट कार्यप्रणाली में हस्तक्षेप के जोखिम से बचने के लिए\n"
-#~ "इसका प्रयोग करें। इस विकल्प का प्रयोग करने के लिए\n"
-#~ "अपनी मशीन के BIOS में फ्लॉपी से बूटिंग को सक्षम करें।</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
-#~ msgstr "%1 बूट सेक्टर को फ्लॉपी डिस्क में लिखा जा चुका है।"
-
-#~ msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
-#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी डिस्क को ड्राइव में छोड़ दें"
-
-#~ msgid "Really delete section %1?"
-#~ msgstr "वास्तव में अनुभाग%1 को हटाएं?"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The disk settings have changed.\n"
-#~ "Check section %1 settings.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "डिस्कव्यवस्था परिवर्तित हो चुकी हैं।\n"
-#~ "अनुभाग%1व्यवस्था को जांचें।\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
-#~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "डिस्कव्यवस्था परिवर्तित हो चुकी हैं और आप बूट लोडर विन्यास फाइलों को\n"
-#~ "स्वयं एडिट कर चुके हैं। बूट लोडरव्यवस्था को जांच लें।\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
-#~ msgstr "डू नॉट क्रिएट अ फाइल सिस्टम"
-
-#~ msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
-#~ msgstr "क्रिएट एन ext2 फाइल सिस्टम"
-
-#~ msgid "Create a FAT File System"
-#~ msgstr "FAT फाइल सिस्टम बनाये"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
-#~ "to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
-#~ "and confirm with OK.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "बूट लोडर बूट सेक्टर फ्लॉपी डिस्क में\n"
-#~ "लिखा जाएगा। एक फ्लॉपी डिस्क डालें\n"
-#~ "और OK कर पुष्टि करें।\n"
-
-#~ msgid "&Low Level Format"
-#~ msgstr "लो लेवल फॉर्मेट (&L)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Create File System"
-#~ msgstr "क्रिएट फाइल सिस्टम (&C)"
-
-#~ msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
-#~ msgstr "लो लेवल फॉर्मेट असफल रहा। दुबारा प्रयास करें?"
-
-#~ msgid "Creating file system failed."
-#~ msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम को सृजित करना असफल रहा।"
-
-#~ msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
-#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर को संस्थापित करने में अक्षम"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>चित्र अनुभाग</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>कर्नल इमेज</b>बूट करने के लिए कर्नल परिभाषित करती है। या तो सीधे नाम प्रविष्टकरें या <b>ब्राउज़</b>द्वारा चुनें।</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>रूट उपकरण</b> कर्नेल को रूट उपकरण के रूप में पास करने के लिए उपकरण को सेट करता है।</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
-#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>प्रारंभिक रैम डिस्क</b>, यदि खाली न हो, प्रयोग के लिए प्रारंभिक रैमडिस्क परिभाषित करें। या तो \n"
-#~ "प्रत्यक्ष रूप से पाथ और फाइल नाम प्रविष्ट करें या <b>ब्राउज</b> प्रयोगकर चुनें।</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>यदि आप लाइनेक्स के अतिरिक्त कोई अन्य ओएस बूट करना चाहते हैं, <b>चेनलोडरखंड</b> चुनें।</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>पासवर्ड सुरक्षा प्रयोग करें</p>सेट करने के लिए यह खंड चुनने हेतु पासवर्ड की जरूरत होगी।</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>अन्य सिस्टम</b>आपको आपके कंप्यूटर पर गैर-लाइनेक्स ऑपरेटिंग सिस्टम में सेचुनने देता है।</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>यदि आपकी बाओस को इसे बूट करने के लिए इस फ्लैग सेट की जरूरत है, <b>जब बूट केलिए चुना जाए, इस पार्टिशन को सक्रिय करें</b> चुनें।</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
-#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>चेनलोडिंग के लिए ऑफसेट को ब्लॉक करें</b> आपको बूट करने के लिए ब्लॉकों की सूची विनिर्दिष्ट करता है। ज्यादातर मामलों में आप यहां <code>+1</code> निर्दिष्ट करना चाह\n"
-#~ " सकते हैं। ब्लॉकलिस्ट नोटेशन पर विशेषताओं के लिए, ग्रब दस्तावेजीकरण देखें।</p>\n"
-
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
-#~ "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
+#~ "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>एक्सईन खंड</b> चुनें यदि आप नया लाइनेक्स या अन्य आकृति जोड़ना चाहते हैं \n"
-#~ "और उसे एक्सईएन वातावरण में शुरू करें।</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>मीनू इंटरफेस के लिए पासवर्ड</b><br>\n"
+#~ "वह पासवर्ड परिभाषित करें जो बूट मीनू एक्सेस करने के लिए जरूरी होगा।YaST केवल तभी पासवर्ड स्वीकार करेगा जब आप उसे <b>पासवर्ड पुनः टाइप करें</b> मेंदोहराएंगे।</p>"
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>हायपरविज़र</b>प्रयोग के लिए हायपरविज़र विनिर्दिष्ट करता है।</p>"
-
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>वैकल्पिक कर्नल कमांड लाइन पैरामीटर</b>आपको कर्नल पास करने के लिए अतिरिक्त पैरामीटर परिभाषित करने देता है।</p>"
+#~| msgid "Security Event Notification"
+#~ msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
+#~ msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना नोटिफिकेसन"
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>मेन्यू अनुभाग</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>मेन्यू फाइल का पार्टीशन</b></p>"
-
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
-#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>पुनःआवंटित करने के लिए प्रयास की अनुमति दें</b></p>\n"
-#~ "प्रायः ग्लोबल खंड में विनिर्दिष्ट होता है</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>रूट फाइलसिस्टम को रीड-ऑनली में माउंट करने के लिए बाध्य करें</b><br>\n"
-#~ " आम तौर पर वैश्विक अनुभाग में निर्दिष्ट</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
-#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
-#~ "file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>किसी डीएएसडी डिस्क पार्टीशन या टेप उपकरण या किसी\n"
-#~ "एससीएसआई डिस्क पार्टीशन पर कोई सिस्टम डंप कैसे सृजित किया जाए यह बताने वाले किसी खंड को\n"
-#~ "जोड़ने के लिए <b>Dump Section</b> चुनें।</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
-#~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>कॉन्फिगरेशन में कोई नया विकल्प जोड़ने के लिए <b>Menu Section</b> चुनें।\n"
-#~ "मेन्यू खंड एक साथ समूहबद्ध किए गए कार्यों की सूची प्रस्तुत करते हैं।</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Image Section"
-#~ msgstr "कर्नेल अनुभाग"
-
-#~ msgid "&Kernel Image"
-#~ msgstr "करनल इमेज"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Root Device"
-#~ msgstr "रूट उपकरण"
-
-#~ msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
-#~ msgstr "आरंभिक रैम डिस्क (&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "Chainloader Section"
-#~ msgstr "कर्नेल अनुभाग"
-
-#~ msgid "Use Password Protection"
-#~ msgstr "पासवर्ड सुरक्षा"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Other System"
-#~ msgstr "अन्य सिस्टम को बूट करें"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
-#~ msgstr "बूटिंग से पहले फाइलसिस्टम को सत्यापित न करें"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
-#~ msgstr "बूट के लिए चुने जाने पर इस पार्टीशन को सक्रिय करें"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
-#~ msgstr "चेनलोडिंग के लिए ऑफसेट ब्लॉक करें"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Hypervisor"
-#~ msgstr "हाइपरवाइज़र"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
-#~ msgstr "अतिरिक्त ज़ेन हाइपरविज़र मानक"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
-#~ msgstr "अन्य सिस्टम का बूट विभाजन"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Menu Description File"
-#~ msgstr "मेन्यू विवरण फाइल"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
-#~ msgstr "रूट फाइलसिस्टम को रीड-ऑनली में माउंट करने के लिए बाध्य करें"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
-#~ msgstr "पुनः स्थान देने के प्रयास को अनुमति दें"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
-#~ msgstr "डंप खंड के लिए लक्षित डायरेक्टरी"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
-#~ msgstr "वैकल्पिक मानक फाइल"
-
-#~ msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
-#~ msgstr "डंप खंड (अप्रचलित)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Dump Device"
-#~ msgstr "युक्ति(&D)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
-#~ msgstr "चित्र / उपकरण"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
-#~ msgstr "मेन्यू प्रविष्टियों की सूची"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
-#~ msgstr "डिफॉल्ट प्रविष्टि की संख्या"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
-#~ msgstr "टाइम-आउट सेकंड के दसवें हिस्सों में"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Show boot menu"
-#~ msgstr "बूट मेन्यू प्रदर्शित करें (&S)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
-#~ msgstr "चित्र को बूट विभाजन में कॉपी करें"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
-#~ msgstr "त्रुटियां होने पर खंड को छोड़ दें"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
-#~ msgstr "अन्य सिस्टम का बूट विभाजन"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "आर्काइव %1 पहले से मौजूद। \n"
-#~ "क्या आप सचमुच उसे ओवरराइट करना चाहते हैं?"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "आर्काइव %1 पहले से मौजूद। \n"
-#~ "क्या आप सचमुच उसे ओवरराइट करना चाहते हैं?"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Enable &SELinux"
-#~ msgstr "विकल्प समर्थ करें"
-
-#~ msgid "Clone Selected Section"
-#~ msgstr "क्लोन चयनित अनुभाग"
-
-#~ msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
-#~ msgstr "अन्य सिस्टम (चेनलोडर)"
-
-#~ msgid "Section Type"
-#~ msgstr "अनुभाग प्रकार"
-
-#~ msgid "Section &Name"
-#~ msgstr "अनुभाग नाम (&N)"
-
-#~ msgid " (default)"
-#~ msgstr "(डिफॉल्ट)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
-#~ msgstr "अनुभाग: %1"
-
-#~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
-#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर अधिष्ठापन न करें; केवल विन्यास फाइल की रचना करें।"
-
-#~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
-#~ msgstr "मौजूदा GRUB मेन्यू के साथ प्रस्ताव करें और मिलाएं (&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
-#~ msgstr "जोड़े गए कर्नेल मानक :%1"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
#~ msgstr "कोई बूट डिवाइस नहीं पाया गया"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/ca-management.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/ca-management.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/ca-management.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -1955,14 +1955,14 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr "प्रमाण-पत्र सृजित किया जा रहा है..."
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
@@ -1971,28 +1971,27 @@
" सृजित किया जा सकता है। \n"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "समाप्त"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr "सचमुच समनुरूपण सेव करें ?"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "निर्गम"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr "बिना सेव करके सचमुच निर्गम करे ? "
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr "विवरण"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/cio.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/cio.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/cio.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -46,13 +46,13 @@
msgstr "इस्तेमाल किया गया"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "नहीं"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "yes"
msgstr "हाँ"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
-msgstr "नहीं"
-
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
#, fuzzy
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/cluster.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/cluster.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/cluster.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
msgstr "जब कार्ड समनुरुपित हो जाए तो टेस्ट आवाज चलाऐं"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@
msgstr "नेटवर्क पता (&A)"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Multicast Group"
msgid "Multicast Address:"
@@ -252,151 +252,151 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable Security Event Notification"
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना नोटिफिकेसन समर्थ करें"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr "काम कर रहा है"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No network running"
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "कोई नेटवर्क नहीं चल रहा"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "बूट हो रहा है"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting"
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr "ऑन: अभी और बूट करते समय शुरू करें (&n)"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually"
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr "ऑफ -- सर्वर केवल मैनुअली आरंभ होता है"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "स्विच ओन और ओफ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "हालिया स्थिति:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start Firewall Now"
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "फायरवाल आरम्भ करें"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop Firewall Now"
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "फायरवाल बन्द करें"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Local Host"
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr "स्थानीय आतिथय"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr "जोङे"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delay"
msgid "Del"
msgstr "देर"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "संपादन"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File"
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "फाइल चुनें"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines"
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr "सुझाव दिए गए एफस्टैब लाइनें"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a valid host name."
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr "वैध होस्ट नाम प्रविष्ट करें।"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Specify the host name."
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr "होस्ट नाम निर्दिष्ट करें।"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a new name for the %1 profile."
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr "प्रोफाइल %1 हेतु एक नया नाम प्रविष्ट करें."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter the file name"
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr "फाइल का नाम भरती करें "
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Archive %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -409,50 +409,50 @@
"क्या आप सचमुच उसे ओवरराइट करना चाहते हैं?"
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Parsing the key file failed."
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "की फाइल पार्सिन्ग करना फेल हो गया"
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image creation failed."
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "आकृति सृजन विफल।"
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value for clock skew must be a positive integer."
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
@@ -563,41 +563,41 @@
msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "प्रिंटर समनुरूपण शुरू कर रहा हैं"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "डाटाबेस पढो"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "पुरानी व्यवसथाऐ पढो "
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें पढ़ें"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "डाटाबेस पढ रहा हैं ..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "पूर्व व्यवस्थाऎं पढ रहा हैं..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
@@ -605,71 +605,71 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr "जरुरी पैकेज इंसटाल नहीं कर सकता ।"
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Change existing configuration"
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण लिख रहा है ..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "डाटाबेस 1 नहीं पढ सकता ।"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "डाटाबेस 1 नहीं पढ सकता ।"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "उपकरण नहीं खोज सकता ।"
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving the Configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "समनुरुपण यवस्थाऐं सेव कर रहा है..."
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save changes to the Profile"
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr "नक्षे में बदलाव सेव करें"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr "फाइलो में बदलाव संचित कर रहा है..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "व्यवस्थाऎं लिख नहीं सकता"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/control-center.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/control-center.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/control-center.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/control.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/control.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/control.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -12,313 +12,288 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>बधाई!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>आपकी मशीन पर उत्पाद का; अधिष्ठापन पूर्ण हुआ. (&p)\n"
-"<b>समाप्त</b> पर क्लिक पश्चात, आप सिस्टम में लॉग कर सकते हैं.</p>\n"
-"<p>%1 पर पधारे.</p>\n"
-"<p>अधिक आनंद प्राप्त करें!<br>आपकी SUSE विकास टीम</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"अधिष्ठापन सफलतापूर्वक पूर्ण हुआ.\n"
+"आपका सिस्टम उपयोग के लिए तैयार है.\n"
+"सिस्टम में लॉगइन करने के लिए समाप्त पर क्लिक करें.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"कृपया पधारें http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
"\t"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
#, fuzzy
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr "डेस्कटॉप"
+#| msgid "NIS Server"
+msgid "CIM Server"
+msgstr "NIS सेवक"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr "डेस्कटॉप"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+msgid "Installation Settings"
+msgstr "अधिषठापन व्यमस्थायें"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr "डेस्कटॉप"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "सिंहावलोकन"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr "डेस्कटॉप"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "निपुण"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Alternate Desktops"
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr "दूसरे डेसक्टाप"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
-msgid "Installation Settings"
-msgstr "अधिषठापन व्यमस्थायें"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "अधिषठापन व्यमस्थायें"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "व्यवस्थायें नवीन करें"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "हार्डवेयर समनुरूपण"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "तैयारी"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Address Setup"
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "नेटवर्क अड्रेस सेटअप"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "स्वागत"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disk Activation"
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "उपकरण का सक्रियण"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "उपकरण का सक्रियण"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "सिस्टम विश्लेषण"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr "सम्मिलित उत्पाद"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "डिस्क"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "टाइम ज़ोन"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "ओनलाइन नवीन"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr "सम्मिलित उत्पाद"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "डेस्कटोव चुनाव"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
-#, fuzzy
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "UML यूजर व्यवसथाऐ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "अधिषठापन"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "अधिषठापन सेवक "
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "अधिषठापन करें"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "अधिषठापन"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "नवीनके लिए सिस्टम"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
msgid "Update"
msgstr "नवीन"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr "नवीनसार"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "नवीनकरें"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "समनुरूपण"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "आधार अधिषठापन"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "स्वयास्ट व्यवस्थायें"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "समनुरूपण"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "सिस्टम समनुरूपण"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~| "\t"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ " "
+#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#~ " "
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "अधिष्ठापन सफलतापूर्वक पूर्ण हुआ.\n"
-#~ "आपका सिस्टम उपयोग के लिए तैयार है.\n"
-#~ "सिस्टम में लॉगइन करने के लिए समाप्त पर क्लिक करें.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "कृपया पधारें http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>बधाई!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>आपकी मशीन पर उत्पाद का; अधिष्ठापन पूर्ण हुआ. (&p)\n"
+#~ "<b>समाप्त</b> पर क्लिक पश्चात, आप सिस्टम में लॉग कर सकते हैं.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>%1 पर पधारे.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>अधिक आनंद प्राप्त करें!<br>आपकी SUSE विकास टीम</p>\n"
#~ "\t"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "NIS Server"
-#~ msgid "CIM Server"
-#~ msgstr "NIS सेवक"
+#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप"
-#~ msgid "Overview"
-#~ msgstr "सिंहावलोकन"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप"
-#~ msgid "Expert"
-#~ msgstr "निपुण"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Alternate Desktops"
+#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "दूसरे डेसक्टाप"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Online Repositories"
+#~ msgstr "ओनलाइन नवीन"
+
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "डेस्कटोव चुनाव"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration"
#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाऎ समनुरूपणन (xinetd)"
@@ -326,9 +301,6 @@
#~ msgid "Installation Summary"
#~ msgstr "अधिषठापन सार"
-#~ msgid "Update Summary"
-#~ msgstr "नवीनसार"
-
#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
#~ msgstr "सम्मिलित उत्पाद का अधिष्ठापन"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/country.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/country.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/country.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -858,8 +858,8 @@
"(DD-MM-YYYY) %1 गलत हैं।\n"
"सही डेट जोडें।\n"
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E&xpert Settings..."
msgid "Other &Settings..."
@@ -867,46 +867,46 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr "समनुरूपण नहीं किया"
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr "सिस्टम दिन और समय बदल करें"
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr "हार्डवेयर घड़ी सेट है: (&H)"
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr "रीजियन (&R) "
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr "समय ज़ोन (&Z)"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "सिस्टम दिन और समय बदल करें"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
@@ -915,7 +915,7 @@
"<p><b><big>समय ज़ोन और घड़ी व्यवस्थायें</big></b></p>"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -941,12 +941,12 @@
"</p>"
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "घड़ी और समय ज़ोन"
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr "मान्य समय ज़ोन चुनें"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/crowbar.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/crowbar.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/crowbar.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -25,19 +25,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "सीडी बनाने वाला का समरूपण"
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -51,11 +41,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -198,30 +188,33 @@
msgstr "&IP पता"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr "नाम"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Target Name"
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr "लक्ष्य नाम"
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr "वास्तुकला"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Hardware configuration %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -234,90 +227,97 @@
"अलग समनुरूपण चुनें।"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP Server &URL"
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr "LDAP संचयक URL"
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repository"
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr "भंडार"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repository"
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr "भंडार"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repository"
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr "भंडार"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local NTP Server"
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr "लोकल NTP सेवक"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote WINS Server"
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr "रिमोट WINS संचयक"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Master Server"
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr "मास्टर सर्वर"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "कस्टम"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Name"
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "यूजर का नाम"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr "पासवर्ड"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set the password."
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "पासवर्ड सैट करें।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server name cannot be empty."
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr "सर्वर नेम खाली हो नहीं हो सकता हैं"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@
"दुबारा कोशिश करें।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Hardware configuration %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -339,19 +339,19 @@
"अलग समनुरूपण चुनें।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "सेरच डोमेइन %1 गलत हैं।"
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "असमर्थ हैं"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@
msgstr "IP अड्रेस गलत हैं। "
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -379,95 +379,95 @@
msgstr "सुदूर IP अड्रेस गलत हैं। "
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "सेवक का पता %1 का फोरमाट सही नहीं हैं। "
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "सेवक का पता %1 का फोरमाट सही नहीं हैं। "
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "आईपी पता"
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "आईपी पता"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "न्यूनतम पता अधिकतम से कम होना चाहिए."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "UML User Settings"
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "UML यूजर व्यवसथाऐ"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Mode"
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Network"
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "XP नेजवर्क"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "नेटवर्क"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repository"
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "भंडार"
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "CD Creator Configuration Overview"
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
@@ -543,44 +543,44 @@
msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration"
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "स्कैनर समनुरुपण शुरु कर रहा है"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the configuration"
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "समरूपण पढ़ें"
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "समनुरूपण पढ़ रहा हैं...."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Source Configuration"
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "शोर्स समनुरुपण सेव कर रहा है "
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/dhcp-server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/dhcp-server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/dhcp-server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:46+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -56,9 +56,7 @@
msgstr "DHCP सबनेट विकल्पों को शासन करें "
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr "निश्चित पते के साथ परिभाषित किये गया होस्ट को सूचीबद्ध करें"
@@ -98,242 +96,249 @@
msgstr "निश्चित पते वाला होस्ट का IP पता (ओर होस्टनेम)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr "इस्तिमाल करने के लिए एक नेटवर्क अंतराफलक चुनें।"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr "वर्तमान में इस्तिमाल किया हुआ नेटवर्क अंतराफलक प्रिन्ट करें और अन्य प्राप्य अंतराफलक को सूचीबद्ध करें"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr "वर्तमान विकल्प प्रिन्ट करें "
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr "एक विश्वीय विकल्प स्थापित करें"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr "विकल्प कि (उदाहरण के लिए, ntp-servers)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr "विकल्प मान (उदाहरण के लिए IP पता)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "डायनेमिक पता असाइनिंग रेंज का न्यूनतम IP पता"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr " असाइनिंग रेंज का डायनेमिक पता का अधिकतम IP पता"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr "डीफोल्ट पट्टा समय सेकन्ट में"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr "अधिकतम पट्टा समय सेकन्ट में"
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक समर्थ हैं।"
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक असमर्थ हैं।"
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr "होस्ट: %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr "हार्डवेर: %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr "IP पता: %1"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr "होस्टनेम नहीं बताया हैं।"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr "बताया गया होस्ट विद्यमान नहीं हैं।"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr "कुछ नहीं"
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "चुन लिया अंतराफलक: %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "अन्य अंतराफलक: %1"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr "बताया गया अंतराफलक विद्यमान नहीं हैं।"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr "अंतराफलक के साथ ऑपरेशन की पुष्टि नहीं."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr "विक्लप कि सचमुच स्थापित करें।"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr "मान सचमुच स्थापित करें।"
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr "पता श्रेणी: %1-%2"
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "डिफाल्ट पट्टा समय: %1"
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "अधिकतम पट्टा समय: %1"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr "समनुरूपण सुरक्षित करना फेल हो गया। व्यवस्थायें बदल करें ?"
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving the Configuration"
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr "समनुरुपण यवस्थाऐं सेव कर रहा है..."
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक समनुरूपण "
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "विश्वीय विकल्प"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr "सबनेट समनुरूपण "
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr "निश्चित पते वाला होस्ट"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr "सहभाजी नेटवर्क"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "पता का पूल"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr "समूह विशेष विकल्पों"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr "क्लास"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr "सबनेट (&S)"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr "होस्ट (&H)"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr "सहभाजी नेटवर्क (&N)"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "समूह (&G)"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "पता का पूल (&P)"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr "क्लास (&C)"
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr "घोषणा प्रकार"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr "घोषणा प्रकार"
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr "अंतराफलक समनुरूपण"
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr "TSIG कि प्रबंधन"
@@ -358,192 +363,152 @@
msgstr "सेकन्टस"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक: स्टार्ट-अप "
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "स्टार्ट-अप "
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक:कार्ड चुनाव"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr "कार्ड चुनाव"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक: विश्वीय व्यवस्थायें"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr "विश्वीय व्यवस्थायें"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक: गतिक DHCP"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "गतिक DHCP"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक: होस्ट संचालन"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr "होस्ट संचालन"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक: निपुण व्यवस्थायें"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "निपुण व्यवस्थायें"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "बूट करने पर (&B)"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "हाथ से (&M)"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "बूट करने पर "
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "हाथ से"
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr "DHCP सेवक चल रहा हैं"
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr "DHCP सेवक चल नहीं रहा हैं"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "DHCP सेवक अब शुरू करें (&S)"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "DHCP सेवक अब बन्द करें (&t)"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr "व्यवस्थायें सुरक्षित करो और DHCP सेवक अब दुबारा शुरू करें (&N)"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "DHCP सेवक अब शुरू करें "
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "DHCP सेवक अब बन्द करें "
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "व्यवस्थायें सुरक्षित करो और DHCP सेवक अब दुबारा शुरू करें"
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक: स्टार्ट-अप "
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक के लिए नेटवर्क कार्ड "
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr "चुना गया"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr "अंतराफलक नाम"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "उपकरण नाम"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP "
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr "चूनें (&S)"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr "सबको निरस्त करे"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP पता"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr "कम से कम एक नेटवर्क अंतराफलक चुनना हैं "
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
@@ -551,61 +516,61 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr "&LDAP सहायता"
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr "DHCP डेमन यूजर"
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "डोमेन नाम (&D)"
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr "मुख्य नेम सेवक IP (&P)"
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr "द्वितीयक नेम सेवक IP (&S)"
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr "डिफाल्ट गेटवे (रूटर) (&G)"
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr "NTP समय सेवक (&T)"
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr "प्रिन्ट सेवक (&P)"
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr "&WINS सेवक"
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr "डीफाल्ट पट्टा समय (&L)"
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -613,38 +578,38 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr "बता गया मान मान्य होस्टनेम या IP पता नहीं हैं।"
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "सबनेट समनुरूपण "
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr "हालिया नेटवर्क (&N)"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr "हालिया नेटमास्क (&m)"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
#, fuzzy
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr "नेटमास्क"
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
@@ -652,13 +617,13 @@
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr "&IP पता"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr "IP पता श्रेणी"
@@ -666,10 +631,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr "पहला IP पता (&F)"
@@ -677,64 +642,64 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr "आखिरी IP पता (&L)"
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr "गतिक &BOOTP स्वीकार करें"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr "पट्टा समय "
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr "डीफोल्ट (&D)"
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr "अधिकतम (&M)"
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr "हालिया DMA मोड"
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
#, fuzzy
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr "सबधं जानकारी"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr "मुख्य DNS सेवक (&P)"
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -742,8 +707,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr "IP पता सीमा के दोनों सिरों के लिए मूल्य प्रविष्टि करें."
@@ -751,8 +716,8 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
@@ -761,128 +726,128 @@
"IP %1 नेटवर्क से नहीं मिलती है %2/%3."
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr "रजिस्टर्ड होस्ट"
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr "नाम"
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr "हार्डवेयर पता"
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr "प्रकार"
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr "7"
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "नाम (&N)"
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP पता"
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr "हार्डवेयर पता (&H)"
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr "इथरनेट (&E)"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr "टोकण रिन्ग (&T) "
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr "सूचि में बदल करें (&h)"
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr "सूचि से मिटायें (&t)"
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "इथरनेट "
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "टोकण रिन्ग"
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr "हार्डवेयर पता गायब हैं।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr "हार्डवेयर पता अनुपम होना चाहिए"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr "होस्टनेम खाली होना नहीं सकता।"
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr "होस्टनेम %1 पहले से ही विद्यमान हैं। "
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr "होस्ट IP भरती करें।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr "हार्डवेयर पता परिभाषित होना चाहिए। "
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr "पहले एक होस्ट को चुनें। "
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr "इनपुट मान परिभाषित होना चाहिए।"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -903,15 +868,15 @@
"जारी रखें?"
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -923,7 +888,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक विज़ार्ड (4 से %1) "
@@ -1144,7 +1109,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
#, fuzzy
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr "न्यूनतम पता अधिकतम से कम होना चाहिए."
@@ -1169,7 +1134,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "नकली सेर्वर नेम"
@@ -1181,9 +1146,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr "नकली IP पता"
@@ -1200,20 +1165,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr "DSL उप्करणों को खोज रहा हैं..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr "नया रिकाड़ जोड़े"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hostname"
@@ -1221,34 +1186,34 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr "इटंरफेस्थ %1 %2 जोन में हटाड़ रहा हैं"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1256,87 +1221,87 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr "होस्टनेम %1 निश्चय करना नहीं सकती हैं"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr "डोमेन (&D)"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Network"
msgstr "नेटवर्क (&N)"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
#, fuzzy
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "नेटमास्क (&m)"
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "मेजबान नाम"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr "अग्रवर्ती (&A)...."
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr "विशेष व्यवस्थायें"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक:कार्ड चुनाव"
@@ -1648,8 +1613,7 @@
"कृपया इंतजार करें...</p>"
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1676,20 +1640,9 @@
"यह विकल्प फायरवॉल के सक्रिय होने पर ही\n"
"उपलब्ध होगा.</p>"
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP सर्वर</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>हमेशा कंप्यूटर चालू होने पर DHCP सर्वर चलाने के लिए, \n"
-"<b>DHCP सर्वर आरम्भ करें</b> सेट करें.</p>"
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1701,7 +1654,7 @@
"अधिक सुरक्षित होगा और सलाह दी जाती है.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1712,7 +1665,7 @@
"<b>LDAP सहारा</b> सक्रिय करें.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1727,7 +1680,7 @@
"कोई घोषणा डिलीट करने के लिए, चुनकर <b>डिलिट</b> क्लिक करें.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1737,7 +1690,7 @@
msgstr " "
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
@@ -1746,7 +1699,7 @@
"सबनेट का <b>नेटवर्क पता</b> और <b>नेटवर्क मास्क</b> स्थापित करें।</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1757,7 +1710,7 @@
"विकल्प सेट किए जाने हैं.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1770,7 +1723,7 @@
"नाम DHCP सर्वर का व्यवहार प्रभावित नहीं करता है.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1783,7 +1736,7 @@
"नाम DHCP सर्वर का व्यवहार प्रभावित नहीं करता है.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1796,7 +1749,7 @@
"नाम DHCP सर्वर का व्यवहार प्रभावित नहीं करता है.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
@@ -1805,7 +1758,7 @@
"होस्ट के वर्ग का नाम <b>वर्ग नाम</b> में सेट करें.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1820,7 +1773,7 @@
"हटाने के लिए चुनकर <b>डिलिट</b> क्लिक करें.</p>"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
@@ -1829,7 +1782,7 @@
"इस सबनेट के होस्ट डायनेमिक DNS व्यवस्थित करने के लिए <b>डायनेमिक DNS</b> प्रयोग करें.</p>"
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1840,7 +1793,7 @@
"सबनेट हेतु <b>डायनेमिक DNS सक्रिय करें</b>.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1855,7 +1808,7 @@
"लिए कुंजी निश्चित करें.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1868,7 +1821,7 @@
"<b>अपडेट ग्लोबल डायनेमिक DNS सेटिंग्स</b> सेट करें.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1881,7 +1834,7 @@
"सर्वर, आप स्थान खाली छोड़ सकते हैं.</p>"
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
@@ -1890,7 +1843,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1900,14 +1853,14 @@
"DHCP सेवक के लिए सूचित नेटवर्क कार्डों से एक चूनें।</p>"
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1917,7 +1870,7 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
@@ -1926,7 +1879,7 @@
"ग्राहकों को IPs लीज पर देता है.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
@@ -1938,7 +1891,7 @@
"यह मूल्य निश्चित ही IP पते होने चाहिए."
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
@@ -1947,7 +1900,7 @@
"मूल्यों को डिफाल्ट रूट के तौर पर प्रविष्ट करता है.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
@@ -1956,12 +1909,12 @@
"समन्वय के लिए करने को कहता है.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>प्रिंट सर्वर</b> इस सर्वर को बतौर डिफाल्ट सर्वर प्रस्तुत करता है.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
@@ -1970,7 +1923,7 @@
"(विंडोज इंटरनेट नामकरण सेवा).</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
@@ -1979,7 +1932,7 @@
"हो जाती है और ग्राहक को IP के लिए दोबारा पूछना चाहिए.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -1988,7 +1941,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2004,7 +1957,7 @@
"उदाहरण के लिए, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> और <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2016,7 +1969,7 @@
"जो ग्राहकों के लिए अधिकतम IP रिफ्रेश समय निर्धारित करता है.<br></p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
@@ -2025,7 +1978,7 @@
"अधिकतम कितने समय तक ब्लॉक रहेगी निर्धारित करता है.</p>"
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -2036,7 +1989,7 @@
"<b>DHCP सर्वर विशेषज्ञ समनुरुपेशन</b> क्लिक करें.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
@@ -2045,7 +1998,7 @@
"इस डायलॉग का प्रयोग स्टैटिक पता बाइंडिंग के साथ करें.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -2060,17 +2013,17 @@
"सभी मूल्य बदलें और <b>सूची में परिवर्तन</b> पर क्लिक करें.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>एक होस्ट को मेटाने के लिए, इसको चुनें और क्लिक <b> सूची से मिटायें </b>।</p>"
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr "<p>जोडने के लिए प्रख्यापन का प्रकार चूनें।</p>"
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
@@ -2079,7 +2032,7 @@
"सबनेट <b>चूनें</b> ।</p>"
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
@@ -2088,7 +2041,7 @@
"आवश्यकता होती है जोड़ने के लिए, <b>होस्ट</b> चुनें.</p>"
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
@@ -2097,7 +2050,7 @@
"वाला भौतिक नेटवर्क) जोड़ने के लिए <b>शेयर्ड नेटवर्क</b> चुनें.</p>"
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
@@ -2106,7 +2059,7 @@
"यदि वह सेटिंग्स आपस में बांटे), <b>समूह</b> चुनें.</p>"
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -2117,7 +2070,7 @@
"<b>पतों का पूल</b> चुनें.</p>"
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -2130,23 +2083,23 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr "पतायें (&d) "
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr "भरती हुआ पता सही नहीं हैं।"
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr "कम से कम एक पता बताना हैं।"
@@ -2156,94 +2109,94 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr "वेल्यू (&V)"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr "भरती हुआ पता सही नहीं हैं।"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr "कम से कम एक पते का जोड़ा बताना हैं।"
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr "चालू"
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr "बंद"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr "एक मान बताना हैं। "
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr "नया पता (&N)"
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr "नया मान (&N)"
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr "विभिन्न पतों को स्पेस से अलग करें."
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr "पते का जोड़ा जोडें (&A)"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "न्यूनतम पता अधिकतम से कम होना चाहिए."
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr "आप इसे बदल करे तो, syslog समनुरूपण को अपडेट करें। "
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr "हार्डवेर प्रकार (&H)"
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr "&MAC पता"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr "निम्नतम IP पता (&L)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr "ऊंचा IP पता (&H)"
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
@@ -2252,7 +2205,7 @@
"सभी परिवर्तन लुप्त हो जाएंगे. वास्तव में छोड़ना है?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2263,7 +2216,7 @@
"जारी रखें?"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2274,7 +2227,7 @@
"उन्हें कोई जोन प्रदान करने के लिए YaST फायरवॉल समनुरुपेशन रन करें."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2284,8 +2237,8 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
@@ -2293,201 +2246,192 @@
"आटोइंस्टालेशन का तैयारी के समय\n"
"इस फन्कशन प्राप्य नहीं हैं।"
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "DHCP सोवक फिर से शुरू करें"
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "व्यवस्थायें सुरक्षित करें और DHCP सोवक फिर से शुरू करें"
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr "समनुरूपण किया हुआ प्रख्यापन (&C)"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr "गतिक DNS (&D)"
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "फारवर्ड ज़ोनTSIG (&K)"
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "रिवर्स ज़ोन TSIG (&K)"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr "सत्यापन कि से फाइल चुनें"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
-msgstr "DHCP सेवक शुरू करें (&S) "
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Drop Changes"
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr "बदलाव छोडे"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr "chroot जेल में DHCP सेवक चलें (&R)"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "अग्रवर्ती (&v)"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr "लोग दिखायें (&L)"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr "अंतराफलक समनुरूपण (&I)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण (&N)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr "नेटवर्क मास्क (&M)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr "ग्रूप नाम (&N)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr "पूल नाम (&N)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr "सहभाजी नेटवर्क नाम (&N)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr "क्लास नाम (&N)"
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr "प्राप्य अंतराफलक "
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr "चुन लिया अंतराफलक के लिए फाइरवाल खुलें (&F)"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr "इस सबनेट के लिए गतिक DNS समर्थ करें (&E)"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr "ग्लोबल गतिक DNS व्यवस्था के लिए अपडेट करें (&U)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr "ज़ोन(&Z)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr "मुख्य DNS सेवक (&P)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr "रिवेर्ज़ ज़ोन(&v)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr "मुख्य DNS सेवक (&i)"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr "DHCP सेवक निपुण समनुरूपण (&E)..."
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक समनुरूपण शुरू कर रहा हैं "
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "परिस्थिति जाँच करें "
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें पढ़ें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक व्यवस्थायें पढ़ें "
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक व्यवस्थायें पढ़ें "
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "परिस्थिति जाँच कर रहा हैं..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें पढ़ रहा हैं..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "DHCP सेवक व्यवस्थायें पढ़ रहा हैं..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr "DHCP सेवक व्यवस्थायें पढ़ रहा हैं..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "सवाप्त हुआ"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2504,14 +2448,14 @@
"परित्याग कर रहा है."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
@@ -2520,89 +2464,89 @@
"प्रतीत नहीं होता है. नया समनुरुपण तैयार करें?"
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक समनुरूपण सुरक्षित कर रहा हैं"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक व्यवस्थायें लिखें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें लिखें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक फिर से शुरू करें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक व्यवस्थायें लिखें"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "DHCP सेवक व्यवस्थायें लिख रहा हैं..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें लिख रहा हैं..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr "DHCP सेवक फिर से शुरू कर रहा हैं..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr "DHCP सेवक व्यवस्थायें लिख रहा हैं..."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr "DHCP डैमण फिर से शुरू करने पर खराबी आ गया।"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr "बूट करने का समय DHCP सेवक शुरू हुआ हैं।"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr "बूट करने का समय DHCP सेवक नहीं शुरू हुआ हैं।"
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr "%1 पर सुनें"
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr "डायनेमिक पता रेंज: %1"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "LDAP समनुरूपण गायब हैं। LDAP इस्तेमाल करना नहीं सकती हैं"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr "बहु dhcp सेवा DN के लिए सहारा क्रियान्वित नहीं."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr "DHCP सेवा DN परिभाषित नहीं हैं।"
@@ -2610,25 +2554,67 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "%1 बनने पर खराबी आ गया।"
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "%1 अपडेट करने पर खराबी आ गया।"
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr "cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1 बनने पर खराबी आ गया।"
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr "/etc/dhcpd.conf लिखने पर खराबी आ गया।"
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is running"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP सेवक चल रहा हैं"
+
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is not running"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP सेवक चल नहीं रहा हैं"
+
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP सेवक अब शुरू करें (&S)"
+
+#~ msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP सेवक अब बन्द करें (&t)"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
+#~ msgstr "व्यवस्थायें सुरक्षित करो और DHCP सेवक अब दुबारा शुरू करें (&N)"
+
+#~ msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP सेवक अब शुरू करें "
+
+#~ msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP सेवक अब बन्द करें "
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "व्यवस्थायें सुरक्षित करो और DHCP सेवक अब दुबारा शुरू करें"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
+#~ "<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DHCP सर्वर</big></b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>हमेशा कंप्यूटर चालू होने पर DHCP सर्वर चलाने के लिए, \n"
+#~ "<b>DHCP सर्वर आरम्भ करें</b> सेट करें.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP सोवक फिर से शुरू करें"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "व्यवस्थायें सुरक्षित करें और DHCP सोवक फिर से शुरू करें"
+
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP सेवक शुरू करें (&S) "
+
#~ msgid "Cannot determine the hostname of %1."
#~ msgstr "होस्टनेम %1 निश्चय करना नहीं सकती हैं"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/dns-server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/dns-server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/dns-server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -422,8 +422,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr "फॉरवर्डर्स"
@@ -557,8 +557,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr "DNS जोन"
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "&LDAP सहायता सक्रिय हैं "
@@ -607,12 +607,12 @@
msgstr "DNS सर्वर विषेशज्ञ संरुपण... (&E)"
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr "DNS सेवक"
#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Drop Changes"
msgid "Apply Changes"
@@ -620,21 +620,21 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "स्टार्ट-अप "
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr "मूल विकल्प"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr "लोगिगं"
@@ -642,8 +642,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -651,8 +651,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr "TSIG कुंजियां"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/docker.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/docker.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/docker.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/drbd.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/drbd.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/drbd.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>सम्बंध समनुरूपण</big></b></p> "
@@ -264,10 +264,11 @@
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -293,13 +294,13 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b><big>Connection Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>सम्बंध समनुरूपण</big></b></p> "
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -308,21 +309,23 @@
"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>सम्बंध समनुरूपण</big></b></p> "
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -332,7 +335,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -342,7 +345,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -352,7 +355,7 @@
"यहां केडंप समरूपित करें।<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -371,7 +374,7 @@
"फिर <b>समरूपण</b> दबाएं।</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -382,7 +385,7 @@
" समनुरुपण में बदलाव खुलता है ।.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -394,7 +397,7 @@
"संपादित करें।<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -407,7 +410,7 @@
"केडंप समरूपित करने के लिए <b>जोड़ें</b> दबाएं।</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -423,7 +426,7 @@
"फिर इच्छानुसार <b>संपादित करें</b> या <b>मिटा दें</b> दबाएं।</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -435,7 +438,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -446,7 +449,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -457,60 +460,123 @@
"<br></p>\n"
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "ग्लोबल सनुरुपण "
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device type"
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr "उपकरण प्रकार (&D)"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the SCPM database..."
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr "SCPM डाटाबेस लिख रहा हैं..."
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable Microphone."
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr "माइक्रोफोन समर्थ करें।"
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "स्रोत नाम (&N):"
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr "नोड्स"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr "जोङे"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr "संपादन"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr "मिटाऐं"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Save"
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr "संचय(&S)"
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "प्रोटोकोल"
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr "ठीक है"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "रद्द"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Scheme name must be set."
-msgid "Node names must be different."
-msgstr "व्यवस्था का नाम आवश्यक रूप से सेट किया जाए."
+#| msgid "Share name cannot be empty."
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
+msgstr "शेयर नाम खाली नहीं रह सकता।"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the module name."
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr "मोड्युल का नाम भरती करें "
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Scheme name must be set."
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr "व्यवस्था का नाम आवश्यक रूप से सेट किया जाए."
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -621,81 +687,81 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "साम्बा ग्लोबल व्यवस्थाऐं पढें"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "संसाधनों को पढ़ें"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LVM configuration"
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr "LVM विन्यासेशन"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "डेमन स्थिति पढ़ें"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें पढ़ें"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "साम्बा ग्लोबल व्यवस्थाऐं पढ रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "संसाधनों को पढ़ा जा रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr "समनुरूपण पढ़ रहा हैं...."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "डेमन स्थिति को पढ़ा जा रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:"
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr "ipsec.conf सेव करने पर खराबी हो गया:"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups"
msgid ""
@@ -703,12 +769,12 @@
"%2"
msgstr "संसाधन समुह का समनुरुपण "
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "NFS समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं"
@@ -717,57 +783,57 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "ग्लोबल व्यवस्थाऐं लिखो"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "संसाधनों को लिखें"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write configuration"
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr "समनुरूपण लिखें"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "डेमन स्थिति पढ़ें"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल सेटिंग्ज़ लिख रहा है"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "ग्लोबल व्यवस्थाऐं लिख रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "संसाधनों को लिखा जा रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing configuration..."
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr "समनुरूपण लिख रहा है ..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "डेमन स्थिति को पढ़ा जा रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल सेटिंग्ज़ लिख रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/fcoe-client.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/fcoe-client.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/fcoe-client.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/firewall-services.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/firewall-services.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/firewall-services.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/firewall.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/firewall.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/firewall.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/firstboot.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/firstboot.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/firstboot.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -108,13 +108,13 @@
msgstr "लेबल"
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "स्थिती"
+
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Module Name"
msgstr "मोडयूल नाम"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "स्थिती"
-
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/fonts.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/fonts.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/fonts.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -21,63 +21,63 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bitmap Editors"
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr "बिटमैप सपांदक"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr "अकरण"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Fonts"
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr "फ़ॉन्ट"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/ftp-server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/ftp-server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/ftp-server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ftp-server.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 22:11+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/geo-cluster.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/geo-cluster.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/geo-cluster.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
#, fuzzy
@@ -122,17 +122,17 @@
msgstr "नैविगेटर्स"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Add"
msgstr "जोङे"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "संपादन"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "मिटाऐं"
@@ -141,18 +141,16 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Authentication"
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "सत्यापन "
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cancel"
msgid "Ca&ncel"
@@ -160,9 +158,9 @@
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr "ठीक है"
@@ -175,208 +173,220 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication Key"
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण कुंजी"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
+msgstr "/etc/hosts पर होस्टनाम नहीं लिखा जाएगा"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication Key"
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण कुंजी"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Basics"
msgid "Basic"
msgstr "मूल (&B)"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "रद्द"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address"
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr "कृपा अपना असली ईमेल पता भरती करें"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Directories"
msgid "retries"
msgstr "डाइरेक्टरी (&c)"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Required patterns"
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr "आवश्यक पैटर्न"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Action is invalid."
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr "क्रियायें अवैध है"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr "' सही नहीं हैं ।"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The source is not valid."
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr "स्रोत मान्य नहीं है।"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr "' सही नहीं हैं ।"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr "' सही नहीं हैं ।"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr "लक्ष्य खाली नहीं हो सकता।"
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण"
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator"
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "परिसेवक प्रशासक का ई-मेल पता"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator"
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "परिसेवक प्रशासक का ई-मेल पता"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists."
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr "जोन नाम %1 पहले से विद्यमान है."
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "समरूपण नाम खाली नहीं किया जा सकता।"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr "समरूपण नाम खाली नहीं किया जा सकता।"
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Key is invalid."
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr "कुंजी अवैध है"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr "गेटवे IP अड्रेस गलत हैं। "
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to create the installation RAM disk."
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr ""
"URL'%1 इंस़टालेसन शोर्स बनाने में \n"
"सक्षम नही है।"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
-msgstr "प्रोक्सी के लिए सत्यापन स्थापित करें"
+#| msgid "Authentication Key"
+msgid "Authentication file "
+msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण कुंजी"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Archive created successfully"
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr "आर्काइव सफलतापूर्वक बनाया गया"
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
@@ -384,7 +394,7 @@
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read configuration file"
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
@@ -393,7 +403,7 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "TV Station Configuration"
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr "TV स्टेशन समनुरुपण"
#. Initialization dialog contents
@@ -550,6 +560,16 @@
msgstr " समनुरुपण सार ..."
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Authentication"
+#~ msgid "Authentification"
+#~ msgstr "सत्यापन "
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
+#~ msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#~ msgstr "प्रोक्सी के लिए सत्यापन स्थापित करें"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
#~ msgid "Configuration name can not be null"
#~ msgstr "समरूपण नाम खाली नहीं किया जा सकता।"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/http-server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/http-server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/http-server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/inetd.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/inetd.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/inetd.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -98,11 +98,11 @@
msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options."
msgstr "id विकल्प अलग विकल्प के साथ संयुक्त करना नहीं सकती हैं"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353
msgid "Status"
msgstr "स्थिति"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354
msgid "Service"
msgstr "सेवाऎ"
@@ -114,15 +114,15 @@
msgid "Prot."
msgstr "Prot."
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
msgid "Wait"
msgstr "ईन्तजार करें"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "User"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
msgid "Server"
msgstr "सेवक"
@@ -137,12 +137,12 @@
msgstr "Off"
#. determine wait mode (convert to string)
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "हाँ"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213
msgid "No"
msgstr "नहीं"
@@ -158,127 +158,127 @@
#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode:
#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process."
msgstr "लिखने का व्यवस्थ के समय पैकेज %1 संस्थापित किया जाएगा "
#. if (true) { // for debugging
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179
msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgstr "पैकेज %1 संस्थापित नहीं किया हैं सेवाऎ संपादित करना नहीं सकती हैं."
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed."
msgstr " पैकेज %1 सफलतापूर्वक संस्थापित किया हैं"
#. This is main inetd module dialog.
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "&Activate All Services"
msgstr "सभी सेवाऎ चालू करें (&A)"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "&Deactivate All Services"
msgstr "सभी सेवाऎ चालू न करें (&D)"
#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334
msgid "D&isable"
msgstr "असमर्थ करें (&i)"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Enab&le"
msgstr "समर्थ करें (&l)"
#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf
#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Currently Available Services"
msgstr "हालिया उपलप्घ सेवाऎ "
#. `opt(`notify),
#. `opt(`keepSorting),
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Ch"
msgstr "Ch"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Type "
msgstr "प्रकार"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "प्रोटोकोल"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
msgid "Server / Args"
msgstr "सेवक / Args"
#. Translators: Add service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "&Add"
msgstr "जोडें (&A)"
#. Translators: Edit service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "संपादन (&E)"
#. Translators: Delete service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "मिटाएँ (&D)"
#. Translators: Change service status
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384
msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)"
msgstr "स्थिति बदलें (&T)(On or Off)"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396
msgid "Status for All &Services"
msgstr "सभी सेवाऎ के स्थिति (&S)"
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाऎ समनुरूपणन (xinetd)"
#. execute dialog
#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Add a New Service Entry"
msgstr "नये सेवा भरती जोडें"
#. Translators: Popup::Error
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
msgstr "इस सेवा मिटा नहीं सकतीह | यं इन्सटालससनहीक सकता हैं"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552
msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr "सेवा को मिटाने के लिए, मेन डाइलोग से एक चुनें "
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog."
msgstr "सेवाऎ चालू ओर चालू न करने के लिए,मेन डाइलोग से एक चुनें "
#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736
msgid "Edit a service entry"
msgstr "ये सेवा भरती संपादित करें"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr "सेवाऎ संपादित करने के लिए,मेन डाइलोग से एक चुनें "
#. Translators: Popup::Warning
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782
msgid ""
"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n"
"Internet super-server will be disabled."
@@ -287,54 +287,54 @@
"इटंरनेट सूपर सेवक असमर्थ करेगां"
#. service name
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "सेवाऎ (&S)"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "RPC Versio&n"
msgstr "RPC अनुवाद (&n)"
#. service status (running or stopped)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "Service is acti&ve."
msgstr "सेवाऎ सक्रिय नहीं हैं (&v)"
#. service socket type
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828
msgid "Socket T&ype"
msgstr "सोकट प्रकार (&y)"
#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "प्रोटोकोल (&P)"
#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850
msgid "&Wait"
msgstr "ईन्तजार करो (&W)"
#. user and group ComboBoxes
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "&User"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता (&U)"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "ग्रूप (&G)"
#. Server arguments
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "S&erver"
msgstr "सेवक (&e)"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Server Argumen&ts"
msgstr "सेवक आर्गुमेटंस (&t)"
#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Co&mment"
msgstr "अनुवाद (&m)"
@@ -348,14 +348,14 @@
#. It does not get the NIS entries.
#. "+" is filtered out.
#. @return [Array] groups
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353
msgid "--default--"
msgstr "--अकरण--"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942
msgid ""
"Service is empty.\n"
"Enter valid values.\n"
@@ -364,12 +364,12 @@
"मान्य मान दर्ज करें।\n"
#. Error message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only."
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता %1 अंतर सेवक व्यवस्थ के लिए रिसेर्व किया गया हैं"
@@ -649,57 +649,57 @@
msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...."
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185
msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgstr "inetd समनुरूपण शुरू कर रहा हैं"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193
msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण पढ़ो"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "समनुरूपण पढ़ रहा हैं...."
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "खतम"
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267
msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgstr "inetd समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr " व्यवसथाओँ लिख रहा हैं..."
#. in future: catch errors
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337
msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखी नहीं जा सकता हैं! "
#. "enabled" defaults to true
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607
msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr "<p><ul><i>सभी सेवाऐ बदं चिन्हित की गई हैं</i></ul></p>"
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618
msgid "Network services"
msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाऎ"
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623
msgid "Network services are managed via %1"
msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाऎ %1 द्वारा सभांल किया गया हैं"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627
msgid "These services will be enabled"
msgstr "इन सेवाऎ समर्थ करेगां"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/installation.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/installation.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/installation.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...."
@@ -234,21 +234,21 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr "<p>यदी तुम निश्चित नहीं हो तो वापस जाकर व्यवस्थाओं की जाँच करें</p>"
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr "नवीनीकरण निश्चित करें"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>All information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr "नवीनीकरण शुरू करें (&U)"
@@ -311,56 +311,7 @@
msgstr "सेवा %1 रीस्टार्ट की जा रही है...ी"
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>यदि आप एक AutoYaST प्रोफाइल सृजित करना चाहते हैं तो <b>कृन्तक</b> का प्रयोग करें।\n"
-"AutoYaST उपयोगकर्ता अंतक्रिया के बिना SUSE Linux संस्थापन को पूरा करने का एक तरीका है। संस्थापित सिस्टम को कैसा दिखना चाहिए इसके लिए AutoYaST\n"
-"को एक प्रोफाइल की आवश्यकता होती है। अगर यह विकल्प\n"
-"चुना गया है, तो वर्तमान सिस्टम का एक प्रोफाइल /रूट/autoyast.xml में स्टोर हो जाता है।</p>\n"
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "सिस्टम समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं"
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "समनुरूपण छोड़ जाऎं (&S)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "फाइलों को संसथापित सिस्टम में कापी कर रहा है ..."
@@ -556,7 +507,7 @@
msgstr "%1 के लिए अन्यनाम"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "अनजाना मोड"
@@ -586,56 +537,28 @@
"चुनें कि किसी ऑनलाइन अद्यतन को अभी चलाना है या नहीं।\n"
"आप इस चरण को छोड़ सकते हैं और ऑनलाइन अद्यतन को बाद में चला सकते हैं।\n"
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
-msgstr "&भाषा"
-
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "कुंजीपटल लेअउट (&K)"
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
#, fuzzy
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr "हाँ मैं स्वीकार पत्र पर सहमत हुँ"
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "विमोचन लेख"
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Keyboard"
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr "कीबोर्ड"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr "लैसेन्स समझोता"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr "PTR: रिवर्स अनुवाद"
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -650,7 +573,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -659,7 +582,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -670,7 +593,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -683,7 +606,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -696,24 +619,52 @@
"को चुन सकते हैं।\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "लैसेन्स समझोता"
+
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&भाषा"
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "कुंजीपटल लेअउट (&K)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Release Notes"
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "विमोचन लेख"
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr "हाँ मैं स्वीकार पत्र पर सहमत हुँ"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#. !/usr/bin/env rspec
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287
+#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard"
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "कीबोर्ड"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr "PTR: रिवर्स अनुवाद"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
#, fuzzy
@@ -831,7 +782,7 @@
msgstr "ये बंडल अधिष्ठापन नहीं किये है और अधिष्ठापन नही किये जा सकेगे।"
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr "सिस्टम अब पुन: बूट होगा..."
@@ -840,8 +791,8 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
#, fuzzy
@@ -850,7 +801,7 @@
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
@@ -858,30 +809,30 @@
msgstr "कैटलॉग का प्रारंभिकीकरण असफल"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "चित्र डाउनलोड किया जा रहा है..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "चित्र डाउनलोड किया जा रहा है..."
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "चित्र डाउनलोड किया जा रहा है..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "चित्र डाउनलोड किया जा रहा है..."
@@ -908,38 +859,39 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr "उपलब्ध नियंत्रकों को संसूचित करना"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "उप्करण का सक्रियण "
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "&DASD समनुरुपित उपकरणः"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "&ZFCP डिस्कों को विन्यासित करें"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "&ZFCP डिस्कों को विन्यासित करें"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "&iSCSI डिस्कों को विन्यासित करें"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
-msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं ..."
+#| msgid "Network Configuration"
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
+msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56
@@ -958,7 +910,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं"
@@ -1002,55 +954,55 @@
msgstr "पूर्व अधिष्ठापन स्क्रिप्टस"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "संसथापित सिस्टम पर फाईलस कापी करें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण सेव करें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "संसथापन व्यवस्थाऎं सेव करें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "बूट प्रबघंक इंसटाल करें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "आरंभिक बूट के लिए सिस्टम तैयार करें"
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "बदलें..."
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "सिस्टम डाटा एकत्रित करना..."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "संसथापन मोड"
@@ -1080,26 +1032,26 @@
msgstr "सिस्टम समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Settings"
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "संसथापन व्यवस्थाऎं"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "In&clude Add-On Products from Separate Media"
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr "अलग मीडिया से ऐड-ऑन उत्पादों को शामिल करें (&c)"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><big><b>Installation Mode</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -1110,7 +1062,7 @@
"क्या करने के लिए चूनें </p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -1118,7 +1070,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -1134,7 +1086,7 @@
"<b>Include Add-On Products from Separate Media</b> चुनें।</p>\n"
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1414,7 +1366,7 @@
msgstr "<p>जब तक सिस्टम समनुरुप किया जा रहा है कृपा इंतजार करें ।</p>"
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1427,7 +1379,7 @@
"आपका हार्डवेर जाँज करें\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1440,7 +1392,7 @@
"संसथापन के लिए हार्ड डिस्क नहीं मिला\n"
"आपका हार्डवेर जाँज करें\n"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1448,7 +1400,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
@@ -1465,13 +1417,43 @@
"आपका हार्डवेर जाँज करें\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr "कैटलॉग का प्रारंभिकीकरण असफल"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr "/var विभाजन %1 माउंट नही किया जा सकता था।\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Could not create directory."
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr "डाइरक्टरी नहीं बना सका"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215
+msgid ""
+"Downloading installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
#, fuzzy
@@ -1527,8 +1509,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "बदलें... (&C)"
@@ -1765,7 +1747,7 @@
msgstr "लिंकर कैशे व्यवस्थित कर रहा हैं"
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं ..."
@@ -1886,34 +1868,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr "सभी को सचमुच अकरण मूल पर रीसैट करें ?"
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr "तुम सभी बदलाव खो दोगे "
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "निम्नलिखित समनुरूपण इस्तेमाल करें (&U)"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "यूजर के निर्वेदन पर समनुरूपण स्किप कर रहा हुँ"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1922,26 +1892,26 @@
"दूर कर लिया जाना चाहिए।\n"
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "हालिया व्यवस्थायों का सार दिखायें"
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "तुम्हारी सिस्टम विश्लेशण कर रहा हैं..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "खराबी: कोई प्रस्ताव लहीं"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1954,48 +1924,40 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण छोड़ जाऎं (&S)"
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "निम्नलिखित समनुरूपण इस्तेमाल करें (&U)"
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "समनुरूपण छोड़ जाऎं (&S)"
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr "बदलाव करने के लिए किसी भी शीर्षक पर क्लिक करें या नीचे दिए \"बदलें...\" मेन्यू का प्रयोग करें।"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr "बदलाव करने के लिए किसी भी शीर्षक पर क्लिक करें या नीचे दिए \"बदलें...\" मेन्यू का प्रयोग करें।"
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "अकरण पर रीसेट करें (&R) "
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "नवीनीकरण करें (&U)"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "अधिष्ठापित (&I)"
@@ -2036,7 +1998,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2050,7 +2012,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2063,7 +2025,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2075,7 +2037,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2087,7 +2049,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2098,12 +2060,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>UML संसथापन प्रस्ताव</B></P>"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -2114,7 +2076,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2133,6 +2095,18 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "सुदूर प्रशासन"
+#. skip forward or backward
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System log"
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr "सिस्टम लॉग"
+
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -2140,12 +2114,73 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking root file system entry of fstab..."
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr "एफस्टैब की रूट फाइल सिस्टम प्रविष्टि की जांच की जा रही है..."
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr "प्रोटोकॉल HTTP(S) के माध्यम से URL '%1' नहीं ढू़ढा जा सका. सर्वर ने कोड %2 वापस लिया."
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr "प्रोटोकॉल FTP के माध्यम से URL '%1' नहीं ढू़ढा जा सका. सर्वर ने कोड %2 वापस लिया"
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr "%1/%2 पर फाइल पढ़ना असफल रहा.\n"
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr "%1 पर फाइल पढ़ना असफल रहा.\n"
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr "माउंटिंग %1 असफल रही."
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr "CD पर फाइल पढ़ना असफल रहा. पाथ: %1/%2."
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr "रिमोट फाइल %1 नहीं पाई जा सकती"
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr "फाइल %1 नहीं पाई जा सकी"
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr "प्रोटोकॉल TFTP के माध्यम से URL '%1' नहीं ढू़ढा जा सका."
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr "अज्ञात प्रोटोकॉल %1."
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
@@ -2186,6 +2221,42 @@
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>यदि आप एक AutoYaST प्रोफाइल सृजित करना चाहते हैं तो <b>कृन्तक</b> का प्रयोग करें।\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST उपयोगकर्ता अंतक्रिया के बिना SUSE Linux संस्थापन को पूरा करने का एक तरीका है। संस्थापित सिस्टम को कैसा दिखना चाहिए इसके लिए AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "को एक प्रोफाइल की आवश्यकता होती है। अगर यह विकल्प\n"
+#~ "चुना गया है, तो वर्तमान सिस्टम का एक प्रोफाइल /रूट/autoyast.xml में स्टोर हो जाता है।</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
+#~ msgid "Clone System Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "सिस्टम समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+#~ msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "समनुरूपण छोड़ जाऎं (&S)"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
+#~ msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं ..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "निम्नलिखित समनुरूपण इस्तेमाल करें (&U)"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+#~ msgid "&Export Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "समनुरूपण छोड़ जाऎं (&S)"
+
#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
#~ msgstr "त्रुटिः अप्राप्ति टाइटल"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/instserver.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/instserver.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/instserver.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -58,25 +58,25 @@
msgstr "मिडिया बदलें "
#. %1 is the current cd number
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue."
msgstr "CD %1 अंदर डालें और जारी प्रैस करें"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue."
msgstr "ISO प्रतिरूप चूनें %1 जारी प्रैस करें"
#. %2 is the product name and version
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2."
msgstr "CD %2 की %1 अदंर डालें"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgstr "ISO प्रतिरूप %2 की %1 चूनें "
#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
@@ -86,12 +86,12 @@
"'%1'"
#. popup request, %1 is ISO name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr "%1 चुनें"
#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n"
@@ -105,65 +105,65 @@
"प्रथमतः आधार उत्पाद मीडियम का चयन करें."
#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697
msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory"
msgstr "लोकल डाईरक्टरी में CD कन्टैंट कापी कर रहा हैं"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698
msgid "This may take a while..."
msgstr "ये कुछ समय ले सकता हैं..."
#. TODO: report more details (stderr)
#. rename the directory
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error while moving repository content."
msgstr "अधिष्ठापन स्रोत सारांश को मिटाने मे त्रूटी"
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository Configuration"
msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण"
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "CD/DVD मीडियम पढ़ो (&C) "
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000
msgid "Data &Source"
msgstr "डाटा साधन (&S)"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Use &ISO Images"
msgstr "&ISO ईमेजस ईस्तिमाल करो "
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017
msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:"
msgstr "CD प्रतिरूपस के साथ डाईरक्टरी: (&r) "
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400
msgid "Select &Directory"
msgstr "डाईरक्टरी चूनें (&D) "
#. abort?
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr "डाईरक्टरी चूनें "
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
msgid "Installation server name missing."
msgstr "सेवक अधिषठापन नाम गायब हैं "
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid ""
"Contents already exist in this directory.\n"
"Not copying CDs."
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
"CD कापी नहीं करेगा"
#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n"
@@ -182,22 +182,22 @@
"CD, आदि.) जोड़ें?"
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository &Name:"
msgstr "भंडार"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP"
msgstr "SLP के साथ अधिषठापन सेवा की तरह घोषणा करो (&n)"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid repository name."
msgstr "स्रोत नाम अस्तायापित हैं "
#. an error message - entered repository name already exists
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists,\n"
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
"दूसरा नाम बरती करें "
#. create directory only for a new repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n"
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
"लिखना जा सके और दुबारा कोशिश करो।ा"
#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n"
"When adding a new repository with the same name\n"
@@ -231,92 +231,92 @@
msgstr ""
#. Instserver server dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup"
msgstr "प्रारम्भिक व्यवस्था -- सेवक"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392
msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services"
msgstr "कोई नेटवर्क सेवा समनुरूपण न करो (&w)"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397
#, fuzzy
msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
msgstr "स्रोत ऱखने के लिए डाईरक्टरी (&r):"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository"
msgstr "HTTP स्रोत जैसा समनुरूपण करें (&C) "
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository"
msgstr "FTP स्रोत जैसा समनुरूपण करें (&C) "
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository"
msgstr "FTP स्रोत जैसा समनुरूपण करें (&C)"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480
msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing."
msgstr "गायब अधिषठापन सेवक के लिए डायरक्टरी रास्ता"
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507
msgid "Installation Server -- NFS"
msgstr "अधिषठापन सेवक - NFS"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "होस्ट वैल्ड कार्ड (&H)"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "विक्लप (&O)"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585
msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS."
msgstr "NFS समनुरूपण करने पर खराबी हो गया"
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617
msgid "Installation Server -- FTP"
msgstr "अधिषठापन सेवक - FTP"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:"
msgstr "FTP सेवक रूट डाईरक्टरी(&F) :"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Directory Alias:"
msgstr "डाईरक्टरी एलियास (&D): "
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684
msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP."
msgstr "FTP समनुरूपण करने पर खराबी हो गया "
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704
msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP"
msgstr "अधिषठापन सेवक - HTTP"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Directory Alias"
msgstr "डाईरक्टरी एलियास (&D)"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777
msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration."
msgstr "HTTPD समनुरूपण बनाने पर खराबी हो गया "
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@
"इसके बाद <b>संपादित करें</b> या <b>मिटाएं</b> जो भी वांछित हो दबाएं।</p>\n"
#. Read service data using _auto
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308
msgid ""
"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n"
"will now be installed.\n"
@@ -689,82 +689,82 @@
#. @param string directory
#. @param [String] options
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570
msgid ""
"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n"
"Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152
msgid "Initializing Configuration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण शुरू कर रहा हैं"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166
msgid "Read configuration file"
msgstr "समनुरूपण फाईल पढ़ो "
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168
#, fuzzy
msgid "Search for a new repository"
msgstr "नया स्रोत मिडिया के लिए देखो"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172
msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgstr "समनुरूपण फाईल पढ़ रखा हैं..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174
#, fuzzy
msgid "Searching for a new repository..."
msgstr "नया स्रोत मिडिया के लिए देख रहा हैं ... "
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "खत्म "
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgstr "हालिया व्यवस्थाऎं पढ़ नहीं सकता "
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254
msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration"
msgstr "अधिषठापन सेवक समनुरूपण को सेव कर रहा हैं "
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "व्यवस्थाऎं लिखो "
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "SuSEconfig चलिए"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "व्यवस्थाऎं लिख रहा हैं... "
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "SuSEconfig चल रहा हैं..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "व्यवस्थाऎं लिख नहीं सकता"
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr "समनुरूपित होस्ट "
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/iplb.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/iplb.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/iplb.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/iscsi-client.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/iscsi-client.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/iscsi-client.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -115,10 +115,8 @@
msgstr "संपादन"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Connect"
-msgid "Disconnect"
-msgstr "संबंधन"
+msgid "Log Out"
+msgstr "लॉग आउट"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
@@ -129,6 +127,9 @@
msgstr "खोज"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
+msgid "Log In"
+msgstr "लॉग इन"
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr "संबंधन"
@@ -211,8 +212,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iSCSI प्रारंभक</h1>"
@@ -331,40 +332,42 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
+"वर्तमान सत्रों की सूची. नया लक्ष्य जोड़ने के लिए <b>योग</b> को दबाएं.\n"
+"किसी को हटाने के लिए, इसे चयन करे तथा <b>लॉग आउट</b> को दबाएं.\n"
+"स्टार्टअप स्टेटस को बदलने के लिए <b>टोगल</b> को दबाएं.\n"
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>चेतावनी</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>जब iSCSI युक्ति <b>पढे</b>/<b>लिखे</b> को अभिगम करना हो तो सुनिश्चित करें कि यह अभिगम अपवर्जी है, नहीं तो डाटा विकृति की प्रबल खतरा है.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> /etc/initiatorname.iscsi से एक वैल्य है। यदिआपके पास iBFT है, यह वैल्यू यहां से बदल दी जाएगी और आप उसे परिवर्तित नहीं कर पाएंगे(इसे बाओस सेटअप में करें)।</p><p>यदि आप यह वैल्यू परिवर्तित करना चाहते हैं, <b>नामरक्षित करें</b>बटन प्रयोग करें। यह वैल्यू स्वतः रक्षित नहीं होती।</p>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
-#| "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
-#| "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -372,10 +375,14 @@
"केवल <b>पोर्ट</b> को बदलें. यदि आवश्यकता हो. प्रमाणीकरण के लिए, <b>उपयोक्ता नाम</b> तथा <b>पासवर्ड</b> का उपयोग करें. यदि आपको प्रमाणीकरण की आवश्यकता नहीं है, तो\n"
"<b>प्रमाणीकरण नहीं</b> को चयन करें.\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr "iSCSI लक्ष्य द्वारा प्रस्तावित नोड्स की सूची. एक आइटम को चयन करें तथा <b>संबंधन</b> पर क्लिक करें. "
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr "प्रमाणिकरण प्रकार को चयन करें तथा <b>उपयोक्ता</b> तथा <b>पासवर्ड</b> डालें."
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
@@ -391,22 +398,12 @@
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Authentication"
-msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
-msgstr "सत्यापन "
-
+#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
+msgstr "डिस्कार्ड लक्ष्यों की सूची. नया <b>डिस्कवरी</b> स्टार्ट करें अथवा किसी लक्ष्य से <b>संबद्ध</b> करें."
-#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
-msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
@@ -460,24 +457,16 @@
msgstr "Root डैरक्टरी नेम खाली हो नहीं हो सकता हैं"
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Initiator Name"
-msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
-msgstr "आरंभकर्ता का नाम"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
"गलत प्रारंभक नाम\n"
"सही सिंटैक्स है \n"
@@ -487,12 +476,12 @@
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "IP पता निवेशित करें"
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "पोर्ट निवेशित करें"
@@ -500,37 +489,37 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr "सत्य"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr "असत्य"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
#, fuzzy
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr "इस टार्गेटनाम के साथ टार्गेट पहले से जुड़ा हुआ है। सुनिश्चित करें कि डेटा करप्शन से बचने केलिए मल्टीपाथिंग समर्थित है।"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "जारी रखें"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "रद्द"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "लक्ष्य पहले ही से संबद्ध है।"
@@ -625,7 +614,7 @@
msgstr "सभी"
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
@@ -637,40 +626,45 @@
"पुराना initiatorname, iBFT से वैल्यू द्वारा बदल दिया जाएगा और बैकअप सृजितकरेगा।\n"
"यदि आप विभिन्न initiatorname प्रयोग करना चाहते हैं, उसे बाओस में बदलें।"
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Image creation failed."
-msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
-msgstr "आकृति सृजन विफल।"
-
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr " समनुरुपण सार "
-#~ msgid "Log Out"
-#~ msgstr "लॉग आउट"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Connect"
+#~ msgid "Disconnect"
+#~ msgstr "संबंधन"
-#~ msgid "Log In"
-#~ msgstr "लॉग इन"
-
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
+#~| "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
+#~| "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-#~ "To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
-#~ "To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
+#~ "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
+#~ "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
+#~ "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "वर्तमान सत्रों की सूची. नया लक्ष्य जोड़ने के लिए <b>योग</b> को दबाएं.\n"
-#~ "किसी को हटाने के लिए, इसे चयन करे तथा <b>लॉग आउट</b> को दबाएं.\n"
-#~ "स्टार्टअप स्टेटस को बदलने के लिए <b>टोगल</b> को दबाएं.\n"
+#~ "डिस्कार्ड परिसेवक के <b>IP पता</b> को डालें.\n"
+#~ "केवल <b>पोर्ट</b> को बदलें. यदि आवश्यकता हो. प्रमाणीकरण के लिए, <b>उपयोक्ता नाम</b> तथा <b>पासवर्ड</b> का उपयोग करें. यदि आपको प्रमाणीकरण की आवश्यकता नहीं है, तो\n"
+#~ "<b>प्रमाणीकरण नहीं</b> को चयन करें.\n"
-#~ msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-#~ msgstr "प्रमाणिकरण प्रकार को चयन करें तथा <b>उपयोक्ता</b> तथा <b>पासवर्ड</b> डालें."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Authentication"
+#~ msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
+#~ msgstr "सत्यापन "
-#~ msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
-#~ msgstr "डिस्कार्ड लक्ष्यों की सूची. नया <b>डिस्कवरी</b> स्टार्ट करें अथवा किसी लक्ष्य से <b>संबद्ध</b> करें."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Initiator Name"
+#~ msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
+#~ msgstr "आरंभकर्ता का नाम"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Image creation failed."
+#~ msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
+#~ msgstr "आकृति सृजन विफल।"
+
#~ msgid "Toggle Start-Up"
#~ msgstr "टोगल स्टार्ट-अप"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/iscsi-lio-server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/iscsi-lio-server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/iscsi-lio-server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr "लक्ष्यों"
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write groups"
msgid "Portal group"
@@ -114,133 +114,140 @@
msgstr "रास्ता"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
msgid "Add"
msgstr "जोङे"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "संपादन"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "मिटाऐं"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Clients"
-msgid "Client"
-msgstr "ग्राहक"
+#| msgid "Initiator Name"
+msgid "Initiator"
+msgstr "आरंभकर्ता का नाम"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Author"
msgid "Auth"
msgstr "लेखक :"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Edit "
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr "संपादन"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Edit "
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr "संपादन"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण नहीं"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr "आगमन प्रमाणीकरण"
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Username"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता नाम"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
msgstr "पासवर्ड"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr "निर्गम प्रमाणीकरण"
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "बूट करने पर (&B)"
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "हाथ से (&M)"
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "बूट करने पर "
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "हाथ से"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Test Status"
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr "टेस्ट स्थिति"
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr "कि"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr "वैल्यू"
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "iSCSI Target Overview"
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
@@ -248,33 +255,34 @@
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iSCSI लक्ष्य</h1>"
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr "iSCSI लक्ष्य जोड़ें"
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target"
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr "iSCSI लक्ष्य को संशोधित करें"
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target"
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr "iSCSI लक्ष्य को संशोधित करें"
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "CUPS Expert Settings"
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
@@ -436,19 +444,24 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "List of Discovery Domain Sets. Create a new dds by clicking <b>Add</b>. \n"
@@ -462,14 +475,14 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iSCSI लक्ष्य</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -478,19 +491,19 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -499,11 +512,11 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
@@ -534,7 +547,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The specified node is already in the cluster."
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr "विनिदिष्ट नोड कलस्टर में पहले से मौजूद है"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
@@ -573,9 +586,9 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Clients"
-msgid "Client Lun"
-msgstr "ग्राहक"
+#| msgid "Initiator Name"
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
+msgstr "आरंभकर्ता का नाम"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
#, fuzzy
@@ -601,9 +614,9 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "NIS client"
-msgid "Client name:"
-msgstr "NIS ग्राहक"
+#| msgid "Initiator Name"
+msgid "Initiator name:"
+msgstr "आरंभकर्ता का नाम"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
#, fuzzy
@@ -615,25 +628,25 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty."
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr "फोन न० रिक्त नहीं होना चाहिए"
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists."
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr "जोन नाम %1 पहले से विद्यमान है."
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "NIS client"
-msgid "New client name:"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr "NIS ग्राहक"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
@@ -644,108 +657,134 @@
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "रद्द"
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "समर्थ हैं"
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "असमर्थ हैं"
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr "सचमुच चयनित वस्तु को मिटा दें?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error while removing %1\n"
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr "%1 मिटाने पर खराबी आ गया\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr "लक्ष्य खाली नहीं हो सकता।"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr "लक्ष्य खाली नहीं हो सकता।"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr "लक्ष्य पहले ही से मौजूद है"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Incoming Mail"
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr "इन्कमिन्ग मेल "
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Outgoing Mail"
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr "अउटगोइन्ग मेल "
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "None"
msgstr "कुछ नहीं"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "असमर्थ हैं"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n"
+#| "%2"
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
+"डायरक्टरी बनाते वक्त खराबी पैदा हो गई %1:\n"
+"%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n"
+#| "%2"
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
+"डायरक्टरी बनाते वक्त खराबी पैदा हो गई %1:\n"
+"%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n"
+#| "%2"
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
+"डायरक्टरी बनाते वक्त खराबी पैदा हो गई %1:\n"
+"%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n"
#| "%2"
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
"डायरक्टरी बनाते वक्त खराबी पैदा हो गई %1:\n"
"%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Incoming Authentication"
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
+msgstr "आगमन प्रमाणीकरण"
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110
@@ -760,11 +799,11 @@
msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...."
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
@@ -874,6 +913,26 @@
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr " समनुरुपण सार "
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Clients"
+#~ msgid "Client"
+#~ msgstr "ग्राहक"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target"
+#~ msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#~ msgstr "iSCSI लक्ष्य को संशोधित करें"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Clients"
+#~ msgid "Client Lun"
+#~ msgstr "ग्राहक"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "NIS client"
+#~ msgid "Client name:"
+#~ msgstr "NIS ग्राहक"
+
#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
#~ msgstr "SuSEconfig चलिए"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/isns.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/isns.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/isns.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/journal.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/journal.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/journal.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/kdump.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/kdump.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/kdump.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kdump.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:46+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -406,10 +406,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "परिवर्तन लागू करने के लिए रिबूट जरूरी है। "
@@ -1319,164 +1317,191 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This module must be run as root.\n"
+#| "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+#| "For example, some settings can be read improperly\n"
+#| "and it is unlikely that settings can be written.\n"
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"यह माड्यूल रूट जैसे चलाया जाना चाहिए.\n"
+"यदि आप अभी जारी रखते हैं, संभव है माड्यूल ठीक तरह से कार्य न करें.\n"
+"उदाहरण, कुछ व्यवस्था गलत तरह से पढ़ी जा सकती है\n"
+"और व्यवस्था लिखे जाने की संभावना लगभग नहीं है.\n"
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Currently not supported."
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr "फिलहाल समर्थन नहीं। "
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "समनुरूपण पढ़ रहा हैं...."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "ग्लोबल विक्लप पढ़ें "
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "विभाजन को पढ़ा जा रहा है..."
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr "उपलब्ध शोर्सेज को खोज रहा है ..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "/etc/sysconfig/openldap में नहीं लिख़ सकता"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "सामान्य व्यवस्था पढ़ा नहीं जा सकता."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "फाइल %1 नहीं पढ़ी जा सकती"
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "मोडम समनुरूपण"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "नवीनीकृत विकल्प"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "जोन फाइलें नवीनीकरण कर रहा है..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "व्यवस्थाऎं लिख नहीं सकता"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "बूटलोडर फाल्ट के लिए क्रैशकर्नल पैरामीटर जोड़ रहा है।"
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "रनलेवलो में %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "समर्थ हैं"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "असमर्थ हैं"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "विकल्प के लिए शून्य वैल्यू: %1 "
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "DER स्वरूप"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
#, fuzzy
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "पुराने बैकअप की अधिकतम संख्या (&x)"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
#, fuzzy
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "पुराने बैकअप की अधिकतम संख्या (&x)"
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/languages_db.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/languages_db.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/languages_db.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/ldap-client.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/ldap-client.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/ldap-client.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/ldap.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/ldap.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/ldap.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/live-installer.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/live-installer.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/live-installer.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -40,17 +40,17 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr "रूट विभाजन मूल्यांकन कर रह है। कृपा ठहरें ..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम की जांच की जा रही है..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr "पैकेज़ कॉपी कर रहा है...."
@@ -58,13 +58,13 @@
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr "%1 कॉपी की जा रही है"
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -74,75 +74,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "अधिषठापन व्यमस्थायें"
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
#, fuzzy
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr "तुम्हारी सिस्टम विश्लेशण कर रहा हैं..."
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr "NIS न इस्तेमाल करें (&n)"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "विभाजनिं"
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr "सिस्टम बैकअप"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "कीबोर्ड"
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "टाइम ज़ोन"
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr "अधिषठापन व्यमस्थायें"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -153,7 +134,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -166,7 +147,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -260,7 +241,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "फाइलों को संसथापित सिस्टम में कापी कर रहा है ..."
@@ -285,6 +266,10 @@
msgstr "टैम सोण सेव कर रहा हैं ..."
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "System start-up"
+#~ msgstr "सिस्टम बैकअप"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Installation settings"
#~ msgstr "अधिषठापन व्यमस्थायें"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/mail.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/mail.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/mail.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/multipath.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/multipath.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/multipath.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/network.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/network.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/network.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: network.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:47+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "होस्ट समनुरूपण सार:"
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr "कॉन्फिगरेशन त्रुटि : इंटरफेस आरंभ नहीं किया गया!"
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "राउटिगं समनुरूपण"
@@ -805,13 +805,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "चेतावनी: किसी एन्क्रिप्शन का प्रयोग नहीं किया गया है।"
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
msgid "Change."
msgstr "बदलें।"
@@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP अड्रेस "
@@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr "जोडें (&d)"
@@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
@@ -1210,7 +1210,7 @@
msgstr "नया ग्रुप जोङे"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "मोडम उपकरण"
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "IP अड्रेस (&I) "
@@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@
msgstr "&S/390"
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1340,13 +1340,13 @@
"जबकि आप जानते हों कि पड़ताल गलत है।"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr "समनुरूपण %1 पहले से हि उपस्थित हैं"
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1360,23 +1360,23 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "नकली IP पता"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "नेटमास्क गायब हैं: %1\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "नेटमास्क गायब हैं: %1\n"
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1396,58 +1396,58 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195
msgid "&General"
msgstr "साधारण (&G)"
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "उप्करण का सक्रियण (&D)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "फाइरवाल ज़ोन (&Z)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr " मेल ट्रास्फंर एजेन्ट "
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr "<p>विस्तृत नेटवर्क कार्ड सेटिंग्स को यहां कॉन्फिगर करें।</p>"
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "अड्रेस (&A)"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>IP अड्रेस समनुरूपण करें</p> "
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "हार्डवेयर(&H)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "बॉन्ड स्लेव्स"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "वएरलेस (&W)"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
@@ -1455,7 +1455,7 @@
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1465,13 +1465,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड"
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
@@ -1812,12 +1812,12 @@
"तो इंटरफेस NetworkManager द्वारा प्रबंधित नहीं रह जाएगा।\n"
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "सेट-अप रीति"
@@ -1826,7 +1826,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "नेटवर्क व्यवसथाएँ"
@@ -2806,7 +2806,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr "IP अड्रेस गलत हैं। "
@@ -3074,47 +3074,47 @@
msgstr "WEP कीस (&W) "
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr "WPA प्रमाणीकरण मोड सिर्फ प्रबंधित प्रचालन मोड में ही संभव है।"
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr "इस मोड के लिए नेटवर्क नाम बताइए"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr "नेटवर्क नाम को 32 वर्णों से छोटा होना चाहिए।"
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr "पासफ्रेज़ को 8 से 63 वर्णों (सम्मिलित रूप से) के बीच होना चाहिए।"
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr "कि के लिए %1 हेक्साडेसिमेल डिजिट्स चाहिये"
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr "एन्क्रिप्शन कि गलत हैं।"
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr "इस सत्यापन मोड के लिए एन्क्रिप्शन कि बताना हैं। "
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -3124,13 +3124,13 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr "वेयरलेस निपुण व्यवस्थायें"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
@@ -3139,7 +3139,7 @@
"(बहुत जरूरी हैं)।</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -3152,7 +3152,7 @@
"इधर-उधर करेगा।</p>\n"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
@@ -3161,7 +3161,7 @@
"चाह सकते हैं। डिफॉल्ट दर यथासंभव तेज गति है।</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
@@ -3170,7 +3170,7 @@
"जुड़ा जा सकता हो।</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
@@ -3182,59 +3182,59 @@
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "स्वचालित"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr "चैनल (&C)"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr "बिट रेट (&i)"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr "अक्सेस पोइंन्ट (&A)"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr "पवर शासन इस्तिमाल करें (&P)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "EAP &Mode"
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr "EAP मोड (&M)"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr "एन्क्रिप्शन कि भरती करें"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr "कि (&K)"
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr "मदद"
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr "वेयरलेस कि"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -3249,7 +3249,7 @@
"एक कुंजी होती है।</p>"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -3264,50 +3264,50 @@
"सेट करने की आवश्यकता हो सकती है।</p>"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr "WEP कि"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr "कि लम्बाई (&K)"
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr "नहीं।"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr "कि"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr "अकरण"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "डिफाल्ट सैट करें"
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr "सेर्टिफिकेट चुनें"
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
@@ -3316,47 +3316,47 @@
"प्रविष्ट करें।"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr "WPA-EAP"
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354
msgid "Any"
msgstr "एनड्रेर"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358
msgid "MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360
msgid "GTC"
msgstr "RTC"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr "CHAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364
msgid "PAP"
msgstr "PAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr "MSCHAPv1"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr "MSCHAPv2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr "WPA-EAP जानकारी"
@@ -3403,12 +3403,12 @@
msgstr "रिमोट प्रशासन सेटिंग्स"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "ये पाकेजों इंस्टाल करना हैं:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3420,111 +3420,61 @@
"\n"
"फिर से प्रयास करें?\n"
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "अनजान"
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "DNS समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "DSL समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "होस्ट समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ISDN समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "मोडेम समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "प्रोक्सी समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "संभरक समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "रूटिन्ग समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr "मेल को अभी कॉन्फिगर करें?"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr "%1 का समनुरूपण चलें ?"
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "मोडेम"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "ISDN कार्ड"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "DSL उपकरण"
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "सभी नेटवर्क उपकरणों"
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "होस्ट नाम गलत हैं।"
@@ -3600,8 +3550,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr "होस्ट नाम और डोमेइन नाम "
@@ -3629,28 +3579,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr "सेरच सूचि में सब से अधिक %1 डोमेइन हो सकती हैं"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr "सेरच सूचि में सब से अधिक %1 चिह्न हो सकती हैं"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr "सेरच डोमेइन %1 गलत हैं।"
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr "होस्ट नाम और नाम सेवक समनुरूपण"
@@ -3684,27 +3634,27 @@
"<b>होस्ट उपनामों</b> को स्पेस द्वारा एक-दूसरे से अलग कर प्रविष्ट करें।</p>\n"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr "हालिया होस्ट"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr "होस्टनाम"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr "होस्ट एलियासेस"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr "होस्ट एलियासेस (&t)"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr "एलियास नाम \"%1\" गलत हैं।"
@@ -3748,43 +3698,43 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr "डेस्टिनेशन (&D)"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Net&mask"
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr "नेटमास्क (&m)"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr "गेटवे (&G)"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191
#, fuzzy
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr "उपकरण"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr "डेस्टिनेशन गलत हैं। "
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr "गेटवे IP अड्रेस गलत हैं। "
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr "सबनेटमास्क गलत हैं। "
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "डीफोल्ट गेटवे गलत हैं। "
@@ -4051,7 +4001,7 @@
msgstr "IP प्रोटोकोल"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "समर्थ हैं"
@@ -4151,7 +4101,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण नवीनीकरण"
@@ -4177,7 +4127,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "समनुरूपण नवीनीकरण कर रहा हैं"
@@ -4190,363 +4140,356 @@
msgstr "/etc/modprobe.conf पढ़ रहा है..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr "होस्टनाम : DHCP द्वारा सेट"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "होस्ट: %1"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr "/etc/hosts पर होस्टनाम नहीं लिखा जाएगा"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr "नाम सर्वर : %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr "खोज सूची : %1"
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr "व्यवस्थायें नवीन करें"
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr "समनुरुपण यवस्थाऐं सेव कर रहा है..."
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr "/etc/exports सेव कर रहा हैं..."
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण"
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाएं स्थापित करें"
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr "ड्राइवर सूचना पढ़ें"
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण"
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "कार्डसमनुरूपण"
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें पढ़ें"
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "होस्ट नाम और नाम सेवक समनुरूपण"
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr "संस्थापन सूचना पढ़ें"
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr "राउटिगं समनुरूपण"
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr "वर्तमान स्टेटस का पता लगाएं"
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "हार्डवेयर ढूँढ रहा है..."
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड खोज रहा हैं...."
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr "समनुरूपण"
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड पढ समनुरूपण रहा है"
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें पढ़ रहा हैं..."
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड पढ समनुरूपण रहा है"
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr "संस्थापन सूचना पढ़ रहा है..."
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr "समनुरूपण"
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr "वर्तमान स्टेटस का पता लगाएं"
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr "परिवर्तन लागू करने के लिए रिबूट जरूरी है। "
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr "ड्राइवरों की सूचना लिखें"
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण लिखें"
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण लिखें"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण लिखें"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण लिखें"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाएं स्थापित करें"
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिखें"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाएं सक्रिय करें"
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "/etc/modprobe.conf लिख रहा है..."
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "समनुरूपण लिख रहा है ..."
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं ..."
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "समनुरूपण लिख रहा है ..."
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं ..."
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाएं स्थापित कर रहा है..."
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं.."
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाएं सक्रिय कर रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638
#, fuzzy
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "नेटवर्क व्यवसथाएँ"
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "नेटवर्क मैनेजर द्वारा सभांला गया"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "नेटवर्क मानेजर द्वारा"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "नेटवर्क मानेजर द्वारा"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775
#, fuzzy
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr "यदि सभंव हो 3D सहायता समर्थ करें"
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "IPv6 अक्षम"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
#, fuzzy
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr "यदि सभंव हो 3D सहायता समर्थ करें"
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid "connected"
msgstr "(असुरक्षित)"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "बूट के समय अपने आप शुरू करेगा"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "केबल कनेक्शन पर अपने आप शुरू करेगा"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "नेटवर्क मैनेजर द्वारा सभांला गया"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "किसी भी रूप में आरंभ नहीं होगा"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "हाथ से शुरू करेगा"
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "DHCP द्वारा IP अड्रेस नियत किया जोयेगा"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IP पता: %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2"
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
@@ -4554,45 +4497,45 @@
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "समनुरूपण नहीं किया"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name: %1"
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "उपकरण का नाम: %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond slaves"
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "बॉन्ड स्लेव्स"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "(असुरक्षित)"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
@@ -4602,18 +4545,18 @@
"मॉड्यूल को स्टार्ट करने के लिए <b>विन्यास ध्वनि कार्ड</b> को दबाएं.\n"
"</P>"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "जरूरी जानकारी"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "अन्जान"
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed."
msgid ""
@@ -4622,42 +4565,42 @@
msgstr "ये बंडल अधिष्ठापन नहीं किये है और अधिष्ठापन नही किये जा सकेगे।"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "मेल डोमेन्स को विन्यासित करें"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "पुनः सेवा शुरु करें"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "हार्टबीट संरुपण को सहेजा जा रहा है"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "भाषा विन्यास का पता कर रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "सेवा को पुनः शुरु कर रहा..."
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enabling service 'uml' failed."
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr "uml सेवा समर्थ करना फेल हो गया ।"
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4665,33 +4608,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "रिमोट प्रशासन सक्षम है।"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "रिमोट प्रशासन अक्षम है।"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "डाउनौणलोगंन्कि व्यवस्थायें लिख रहा हैं "
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो"
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "राउटिगं समनुरूपण"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं.."
@@ -4701,26 +4644,26 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Gateway: %1"
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "गेटवे : %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डिंग : ऑन"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डिंग : ऑन"
@@ -4741,6 +4684,42 @@
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(असुरक्षित)"
+#~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
+
+#~ msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "DNS समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
+
+#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "DSL समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
+
+#~ msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "होस्ट समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
+
+#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ISDN समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
+
+#~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
+
+#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "मोडेम समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
+
+#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "प्रोक्सी समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
+
+#~ msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "संभरक समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
+
+#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "रूटिन्ग समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
+
+#~ msgid "Configure mail now?"
+#~ msgstr "मेल को अभी कॉन्फिगर करें?"
+
+#~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
+#~ msgstr "%1 का समनुरूपण चलें ?"
+
#~ msgid "Device boot protocol"
#~ msgstr "उपकरणों बूट प्रोटोकोल"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/nfs.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/nfs.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/nfs.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 1999-06-16 23:13+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com> \n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/nfs_server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/nfs_server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/nfs_server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -68,27 +68,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr "NFS सेवक समर्थ हैं।"
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr "NFS सेवक असमर्थ हैं।"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr "आवश्यक पैकेज %1 इंस्टाल नहीं हुआ हैं।"
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr "कोई मौट पोइन्ट नहीं बताया हैं।"
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -99,11 +99,11 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
msgstr ""
@@ -163,58 +163,69 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr "निर्यात के लिए डाइरेक्टरी (&D)"
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "ब्राउज़... (&B) "
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr ""
"निर्यात तालिका में यह\n"
"डायरेक्टरी पहले से मौजूद है।"
+#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
+msgid ""
+"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+"with spaces in their names.\n"
+"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+msgstr ""
+"यूजर मोड एनएफएस सर्वर (%1) उन डायरेक्टरियों का निर्यात नहीं कर सकता\n"
+"जिनके नाम में स्पेस हैं।\n"
+"ऐसा करने के लिए कर्नेल-आधारित सर्वर (%2) का प्रयोग करें।"
+
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री विद्यमान नहीं है. इसे बनाये"
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr "निर्यात के लिए डाइरेक्टरी चूनें।"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "होस्ट वैल्ड कार्ड (&H)"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "विकल्प (&p)"
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -224,12 +235,12 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
@@ -238,7 +249,7 @@
"और अपनी कुछ डायरेक्टरियों को दूसरों को निर्यात करना चाहते हैं।</P>"
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
@@ -246,7 +257,7 @@
"<P>अगर आप <B>Start NFS Server</B> को चुनते हैं, तो <B>Next</B> पर क्लिक करने से \n"
"एक कन्फिगरेशन बॉक्स खुलता है जिसमें निर्यात की जाने वाली डायरेक्टरियों को निर्दिष्ट किया जाता है।</P>"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
@@ -254,56 +265,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS सेवक"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
msgid "&Start"
msgstr "शुरू करें (&S)"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr "शुरू न करें (&D)"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr "सेवक समर्थ करें(&n)"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr "सेवक समर्थ करें(&n)"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr "NIS डोमेइन नाम (&d):"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr "Ruby स्क्रिप्टिन्ग समर्थ करो (&R)"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "NFS सेवक समनुरूपण"
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -314,7 +325,7 @@
"इस डायरेक्टरी को माउंट करने की अनुमति है।</P>\n"
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
@@ -324,64 +335,69 @@
"ये एक एकल होस्ट, ग्रुप, वाइल्ड कार्ड, या\n"
"आईपी नेटवर्क हो सकते हैं।</P>\n"
-#. Help, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr "<p>सभी होस्टों को चुनने के लिए(<tt>*</tt>)एक आस्टेरिक भरती करें</p>"
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
+msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>सभी होस्टों को बतानेने के ल फील्ड को खाली छोड दें</p>िए "
+
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr "P>अधिक जानकारी के लिए <tt>man exports</tt> को देखें।</P>\n"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr "डाइरेक्टरी जोडें (&D)"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "संपादित करें (&E)"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "मिटायें (&l)"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr "होस्ट वाइल्ड कार्ड"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
msgid "Options"
msgstr "विकल्प"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr "होस्ड को जोडें (&H)"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr "संपादित करें (&i)"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "मिटायें (&t)"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr "निर्यात के लिए डाइरेक्टरी"
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
@@ -390,7 +406,7 @@
"%1"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -401,62 +417,76 @@
"नहीं किया जाएगा।\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "NFS सेवक समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं। "
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr "/etc/exports सेव करें।"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr "सेर्वीस दुबारा शुरू करें"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr "/etc/exports सेव कर रहा हैं..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr "सेर्वीस दुबारा शुरू कर रहा हैं..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "NFS सेवक व्यवस्थायें लिख रहा हैं। कृपया इंतजार करें..."
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr "%1 लिखने में सक्षम नहीं है।"
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+msgstr "साउंड कार्ड का डाटाबेस नहीं मिला।कृपा अपना इंसटासेशन जाँचे।"
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+msgstr "%1 लिखने में सक्षम नहीं है।"
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+msgstr "%1 लिखने में सक्षम नहीं है।"
+
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
-msgstr "%1 लिखने में सक्षम नहीं है।"
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349
+msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
@@ -465,39 +495,19 @@
"रीबूट के बाद आपके परिवर्तन सक्रिय होगे।\n"
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr "NFS एक्संपोर्टंस"
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr ""
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
-#~ "with spaces in their names.\n"
-#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "यूजर मोड एनएफएस सर्वर (%1) उन डायरेक्टरियों का निर्यात नहीं कर सकता\n"
-#~ "जिनके नाम में स्पेस हैं।\n"
-#~ "ऐसा करने के लिए कर्नेल-आधारित सर्वर (%2) का प्रयोग करें।"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>सभी होस्टों को बतानेने के ल फील्ड को खाली छोड दें</p>िए "
-
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
-#~ msgstr "साउंड कार्ड का डाटाबेस नहीं मिला।कृपा अपना इंसटासेशन जाँचे।"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+#~ msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
#~ msgstr "%1 लिखने में सक्षम नहीं है।"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
-#~ msgstr "%1 लिखने में सक्षम नहीं है।"
-
#~ msgid "Directories"
#~ msgstr "डाइरेक्टरी (&c)"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/nis.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/nis.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/nis.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/nis_server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/nis_server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/nis_server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 1999-05-18 07:35+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com> \n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/ntp-client.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/ntp-client.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/ntp-client.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -77,20 +77,20 @@
msgstr "समनुरूपण करें (&C) ..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "ZENworks के साथ सिंक्रोनाइज कर रहा है"
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established."
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/oneclickinstall.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/oneclickinstall.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/oneclickinstall.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/online-update-configuration.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/online-update-configuration.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/online-update-configuration.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/online-update.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/online-update.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/online-update.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/opensuse_mirror.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/opensuse_mirror.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/opensuse_mirror.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/packager.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/packager.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/packager.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -208,8 +208,8 @@
#. force minimum width
#. table header - name of the repo
#. table header - name of the repo
-#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716
+#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306
msgid "Name"
msgstr "नाम"
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "बंडल लगाए जा रहे हैं..."
@@ -543,8 +543,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "शुरु कर रहा है ..."
@@ -575,110 +575,93 @@
msgstr "बंडल प्रबधंक समनुरुपण सेव कर रहा है ..."
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr "वरीयता (&P)"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57
#, fuzzy
msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages"
msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है"
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr "यह यास्ट माड्यूल कमांड लाइन अंतराफलक को आलम्बन नहीं करता है."
#. pad to 3 characters
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
msgid "Default"
msgstr "अकरण"
#. unkown name (alias) of the source
#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter,
#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Name"
msgstr "अनजाना मोड"
#. displaye only repositories from the selected service
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "अनजाना"
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "URL:%1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables
-#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "URL: %1"
-msgid "Raw URL: %s"
-msgstr "URL:%1"
-
#. heading - in case repo name not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Repository Name"
msgstr "अनजाना पोर्ट नाम %1"
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Category: %1"
msgstr "श्रेणी"
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service: %1"
msgstr "संचया %1"
#. #176013
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "All repositories"
msgstr "भंडार"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628
msgid "All services"
msgstr "सभी सेवायैं"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service '%1'"
msgstr "संचया %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only
-#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also
-#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE
-#. within product subscription.
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669
-msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service"
-msgstr ""
-
#. combobox label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
msgid "View"
msgstr "दृश्य"
#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "वरीयता"
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. status info, to be used inside summary
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "समर्थ है"
@@ -687,98 +670,98 @@
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo?
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685
#, fuzzy
msgid "Autorefresh"
msgstr "ताजा करना स्किप करें"
#. table header - service to which the repo belongs
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676
msgid "Service"
msgstr "सेवाऎ"
#. table header - URL of the repo
#. table header - URL of the repo
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. push button - change URL of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr "बदलें ..."
#. push button - refresh the selected repository now
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&fresh Selected"
msgstr "रजिस्टर्ड होस्ट"
#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793
#, fuzzy
msgid "Status &on or off"
msgstr "स्थिति बदलें (&T)(On or Off)"
#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Refre&sh On or Off"
msgid "Refre&sh on or off"
msgstr "ताजा करना आन या आफ"
#. push button - set name of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set &Name..."
msgstr "शेयर नेम"
#. label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804
#, fuzzy
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "आरचिव के गुण"
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809
msgid "&Enabled"
msgstr "समर्थ हैं (&E)"
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815
#, fuzzy
msgid "Automatically &Refresh"
msgstr "स्वचालित"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853
#, fuzzy
msgid "&GPG Keys..."
msgstr "WEP कीस (&W) "
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr "ताजा करो"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862
msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864
msgid "Refresh all &Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured Software Repositories"
msgstr "समनुरूपित होस्ट "
#. help
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -787,11 +770,11 @@
"<p>\n"
"इस संवाद में, कॉन्फिगर किए गए सॉफ्टवेयर कैटलॉगों का प्रबंधन करें।</p>"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -806,7 +789,7 @@
"</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -820,7 +803,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -842,7 +825,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -859,31 +842,31 @@
"<b>Source Settings</b> का प्रयोग करें।"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 1
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to save changes to the repository\n"
@@ -894,7 +877,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "विवरण :"
@@ -902,19 +885,19 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "दुबारा कोशिश करें ?"
#. popup headline
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030
#, fuzzy
msgid "Abort Repository Configuration"
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण विफल कर रहा हें"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Abort the repository configuration?\n"
@@ -924,7 +907,7 @@
"सभी बदलाव नष्ट हो जाएँगे ।"
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
@@ -932,47 +915,47 @@
msgstr "यहां कोई समरूपण %1 नहीं है।"
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 सृजित कर रहा है"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 सृजित कर रहा है"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr "रजिस्टर्ड होस्ट"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr "रजिस्टर्ड होस्ट"
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr "स्रोत %1 सृजित कर रहा है"
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr "संचिता %1फिर से शुरू की जा रही है...ी"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr "चुने हुए अधिषठापनेसन स्रोत सूची से हटा दें ?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
@@ -980,7 +963,7 @@
msgstr "चयनित संसाधन अभिलेख को मिटाएें करें?"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
@@ -990,7 +973,7 @@
"सैट नही हो सकता।"
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -999,7 +982,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1134,20 +1117,20 @@
"उन्हें अभी संस्थापित करें?\n"
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Following packages haven't been found on the medium:\n"
@@ -1514,49 +1497,49 @@
msgstr "सचमुच मिटायें '%1'?"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr "संसाधनों को पढ़ा जा रहा है..."
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr "एक रिपोर्ट प्रकार चुनें"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr "भंडार"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr "रजिस्टर्ड होस्ट"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 सृजित कर रहा है"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr "संसाधनों को पढ़ा जा रहा है..."
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 सृजित कर रहा है"
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "भंडार"
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
@@ -1580,7 +1563,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
@@ -1591,20 +1574,20 @@
"सक्षम नही है।"
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr "XPRAM विन्यास को बदलें"
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
@@ -1617,20 +1600,20 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "अधिष्ठापन सिस्टम के तैयार होने के दौरान त्रुटि उत्पन्न हुई"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "नियत्रंण फाइल %1 नहीं मिली ।"
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgid ""
@@ -1640,69 +1623,69 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "एड-ऑन उत्पाद CD डालें"
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "%1, %2"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "URL: %1, डायरेक्ट्री: %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "अतिरिक्त जानकारी"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "उत्पाद चयन"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "सम्मिलित उत्पाद"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "एड-ऑन उत्पाद CD डालें"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the first installation medium."
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "पहला अधिषठापनेसन मीडीयम डालें ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "%1 लिखने में सक्षम नहीं है।"
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
@@ -2279,7 +2262,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
@@ -2356,7 +2339,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "डायरेक्टरी तक पथ या ISO चित्र"
@@ -2432,7 +2415,7 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "लोकल डायरक्टरी"
@@ -2454,19 +2437,19 @@
msgstr "सेवक और डायरक्टरी"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461
#, fuzzy
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "खोज रास्तााम खाली नहीं रह सकता।"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "भंडार"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2477,13 +2460,13 @@
"डायरेक्टरी या फाइल का पथ निर्दिष्ट करने के लिए <b>डायरेक्टरी या ISO चित्र का पथ</b> का प्रयोग करें।</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "सेवा नाम"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2494,17 +2477,17 @@
"डायरेक्टरी या फाइल का पथ निर्दिष्ट करने के लिए <b>डायरेक्टरी या ISO चित्र का पथ</b> का प्रयोग करें।</p>"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr "URL रिक्त नही हो सकती"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2517,16 +2500,16 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2537,7 +2520,7 @@
"NFS सर्वर होस्ट नाम और सर्वर पर मौजूद पथ बताने के लिए <b>सर्वर नाम</b>\n"
"और <b>डायरेक्टरी या ISO चित्र का पथ</b> का प्रयोग करें।<p>"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2546,16 +2529,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "CD-ROM"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr "DVD-ROM"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
@@ -2564,12 +2547,12 @@
"मीडिया का प्रकार बताने के लिए <b>CD-ROM</b> या <b>DVD-ROM</b> को सेट करें।</p>"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "डिस्क प्रतिरूप फाइल"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
@@ -2577,7 +2560,7 @@
msgstr "बताई गई डायरक्टरी उपलब्ध नहीं है।"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
@@ -2585,7 +2568,7 @@
msgstr "बताया गया फाइल विद्यमान नहीं हैं।"
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2593,18 +2576,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "डायरेक्टरी तक पथ या ISO चित्र"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "लोकल डायरक्टरी"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2618,23 +2601,23 @@
"<b>डायरेक्टरी का पथ</b> का प्रयोग करें।</p>"
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291
#, fuzzy
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr "मास स्टोरेज उपकरण"
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2651,7 +2634,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2659,12 +2642,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "फ्लोपी डिस्क उपकरण"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2680,13 +2663,13 @@
"<b>डायरेक्टरी का पथ</b> का प्रयोग करें।</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "लोकल डायरक्टरी"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2698,73 +2681,73 @@
"<b>डायरेक्टरी का पथ</b> का प्रयोग करें।</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "सेवक का नाम"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "पोर्ट (&P)"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "शेयर"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "ISO ईमेजस ईस्तिमाल करो (&I)"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "सेवक पर डायरक्टरी"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "सत्यापन"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "बेनाम"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "वर्कग्रुप या डोमेन"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "यूजर का नाम"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "पासवर्ड(&P)"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "FTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "HTTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTTPS"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2790,7 +2773,7 @@
"तो <b>ISO चित्र</b>सेट करें।</p>"
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2799,12 +2782,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2816,7 +2799,7 @@
"बंडल अधिषठापन किए जा सकते है।</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2827,7 +2810,7 @@
"से अधिषठापित &product;होना चाहिये CD या DVD उपलब्ध.है</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -2853,7 +2836,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -2872,28 +2855,28 @@
"पैकेज स्थित हैं, जैसे /data1/CD1।</p>\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select the media type."
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "मीडिया प्रकार चुनें।"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "एड-ऑन उत्पाद CD डालें"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "एड-ऑन उत्पाद DVD डालें"
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190
#, fuzzy
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "कोई हार्ड डिस्क नहीं पाया गया"
-#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2903,12 +2886,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "मीडीया जाँच"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add-On Products"
msgid "Add On Product"
@@ -2917,7 +2900,7 @@
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
@@ -3156,6 +3139,11 @@
msgid "Deselect some packages."
msgstr "कृपया कुछ बंडल रद्द करें ।"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "URL: %1"
+#~ msgid "Raw URL: %s"
+#~ msgstr "URL:%1"
+
#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)"
#~ msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है %1 (%2)..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/pam.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/pam.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/pam.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.shara(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/pkg-bindings.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/pkg-bindings.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/pkg-bindings.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -40,13 +40,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr "अधिषठापन माध्यम से पाकेज %s को दूढ़ रहा हैं । "
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr "%1 बंडल उपलब्ध नहीं है।"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/printer.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/printer.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/printer.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -218,8 +218,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr "विवरण"
@@ -474,8 +474,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "कुछ भी नहीं चुना गया"
@@ -2720,60 +2720,60 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show"
msgstr "विवरण दिखाऐ"
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local"
msgstr "लोकल"
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr "रिमोट"
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr " समनुरुपण "
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr "नाम"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr "स्थान"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr "अकरण"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr "स्थिती"
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr "ताजा लिस्ट(&R)"
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr "जाँच पेज प्रिंट करें"
@@ -2784,7 +2784,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -2797,7 +2797,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -2812,39 +2812,39 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
#, fuzzy
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr "CUPS सेवक"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The print server is accessible."
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
@@ -2853,39 +2853,39 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "भरती चुनें।"
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr "TSIG कि मिटा नहीं सकती हैं।"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr "संसथापन निश्चित करें"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr "समरूपण %1 अभी मिटाएं?"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr "सचमुच मिटायें?"
@@ -2897,38 +2897,38 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr "संसथापन निश्चित करें"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool."
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr "इस तरह के जोन इस उपकरण से संपादित नहीं हो सकते."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr "ढूँढे गए प्रिंटर :"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
#, fuzzy
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "प्रिटिगं समाप्त हुयी(&F)"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2937,27 +2937,27 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr "ढूँढे गए प्रिंटर :"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr "पुरानी व्यवस्था को हटा दिया जाए?"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr "इस माड्यूल के लिए मदद मुदर्ण करें"
@@ -2966,7 +2966,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr "%1 टेस्ट करने में फेल हो गया।"
@@ -2986,26 +2986,26 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "T&est Printing"
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr "जाँच प्रिटिगं(&e)"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Print test page"
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr "जाँच पेज प्रिंट करें"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Print test page"
msgid "Two test pages"
@@ -3013,7 +3013,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr "जरुरी बंडल %1 इंसटाल करने में फेल हो गया ।"
@@ -3022,19 +3022,19 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repair was successful"
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
@@ -3042,7 +3042,7 @@
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing failed."
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
@@ -3064,56 +3064,56 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr "ढूँढे गए प्रिंटर :"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr "सचमुच मिटायें?"
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr "एफस्टैब नहीं पढ़ा जा सकता"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/product-creator.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/product-creator.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/product-creator.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/proxy.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/proxy.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/proxy.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/rdp.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/rdp.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/rdp.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/rear.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/rear.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/rear.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -284,16 +284,16 @@
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading general settings"
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgstr "साघारण व्यवस्थायें पढ़ रहा हैं "
+
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "तुम्हारी सिस्टम विश्लेशण कर रहा हैं..."
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading general settings"
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
-msgstr "साघारण व्यवस्थायें पढ़ रहा हैं "
-
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/registration.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/registration.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/registration.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
@@ -73,25 +73,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "रिपेयर सफल सिद्ध हुआ."
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed"
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr "एसएमटी फाइल प्रमाणपत्र फाइल डाउनलोड विफल"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Import Certificate"
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
@@ -100,8 +100,8 @@
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registering %s ..."
@@ -279,30 +279,19 @@
msgstr "अगुली निशान: %1"
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "डेस्टिनेशन गलत हैं। "
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -318,35 +307,35 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "प्रयोग के लिए पंजीकरण डेटा"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details: %s"
@@ -355,7 +344,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -365,23 +354,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -389,6 +378,26 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Invalid time"
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr "अमान्य समय"
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
#, fuzzy
@@ -419,7 +428,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -428,8 +437,8 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating zone files..."
@@ -437,7 +446,7 @@
msgstr "जोन फाइलें नवीनीकरण कर रहा है..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Loading configuration %1..."
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
@@ -449,31 +458,31 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Loading configuration %1..."
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr "समरूपण %1 लोड कर रहा..."
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
@@ -481,7 +490,7 @@
msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Would you like to use these mount points\n"
@@ -495,7 +504,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?"
msgid ""
@@ -530,7 +539,7 @@
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "संसथापन निश्चित करें"
@@ -552,12 +561,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No product found in the catalog"
msgid ""
@@ -778,7 +787,7 @@
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration &Code"
@@ -813,7 +822,7 @@
#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Email Address"
msgid "&E-mail Address"
@@ -897,12 +906,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -915,7 +924,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
@@ -926,7 +935,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213
msgid ""
"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
"installation has completed."
@@ -934,10 +943,10 @@
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "नोवल ग्राहक केंद्र समरूपण"
#. SSL error message
@@ -988,13 +997,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Invalid time"
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr "अमान्य समय"
-
#. input field label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
#, fuzzy
@@ -1232,13 +1234,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking..."
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "जांच रहा है..."
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "पंजीकरण डेटा की 1 मद"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/reipl.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/reipl.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/reipl.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/relocation-server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/relocation-server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/relocation-server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/samba-client.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/samba-client.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/samba-client.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -937,59 +937,59 @@
msgstr "अवश्यक पैकेजस अधिषठापन कर पहा हैं..."
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr "PAM लोगिन"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr "केर्बरोस इस्तिमाल करें"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr "केर्बरोस इस्तिमाल न करें"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr "अकरण विभाग"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr "अकरण डोमैन"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr "KDC सेवक पता"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr "क्लोक स्क्यू"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>KDC सेवक</b>: %1<br>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<p><b>कार्यसमुह या डोमेन :%1</b>: %1</p>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>अकरण विभाग</b>: %1<br>"
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
@@ -997,23 +997,23 @@
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "हाँ"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr "नहीं"
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@
"फिर से परीक्षा करो \n"
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/samba-server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/samba-server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/samba-server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -245,11 +245,17 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message
#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
+#| "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
+#| "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
+#| "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
msgid ""
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
"चूंकि प्रयोक्ता वर्तमान में इस साम्बा संचयक से जुड़ें हुए हैं,संचयक अधिष्ठापन\n"
"को पुनः प्रारंभ करने के बजाय पुनः लोड किया गया है.\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/samba-users.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/samba-users.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/samba-users.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/scanner.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/scanner.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/scanner.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/security.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/security.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/security.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -118,224 +118,224 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "अनंजान"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr "Magic SysRq कुंजियां सक्षम करें(&M)"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr "निहित अनुमतियों का उपयोग करें"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr "डिस्प्ले मानेजर पर सुदूर अभिगम"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr "Chroot &Jail में NTP डायमन चलाएं"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr "डिस्प्ले मानेजर पर सुदूर अभिगम"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक असमर्थ करें"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr "डिस्प्ले मानेजर पर सुदूर अभिगम"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart services"
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr "सर्वीस दुबारा शुरू करें"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr "सेवाऎ असमर्थ करें"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr "VPN सेवा समर्थ करें"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr "IP फोरवार्डिन्ग समर्थ हैं (&I)"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr "IP फोरवार्डिन्ग समर्थ हैं (&I)"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable the service"
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr "सेवा समर्थ करें"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disable the service"
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr "सेवा असमर्थ करें"
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "समनुरूपण करें (&C) ..."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "समर्थ हैं"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "असमर्थ हैं"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr "सुरक्षा व्यवस्था"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr "स्थिती"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr "सुरक्षा व्यवस्था"
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr "मदद"
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
"ये आवश्यक संचयाऐं गायब है:\n"
"%1."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
"ये आवश्यक संचयाऐं गायब है:\n"
"%1."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr "विवरण"
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr "विशेष की विवरण"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr "इसे बदल दें? "
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr "&विवरण"
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "तुम्हारी सिस्टम विश्लेशण कर रहा हैं..."
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr "बूट व्यवस्था"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr "बूट अनुमतियां"
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr "विविध व्यवस्था"
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr "पासवर्ड व्यवस्था"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr "जाँच"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr "पासवर्ड आयु"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@
"ज्यादा बड़ी नहीं हो सकती।"
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
@@ -353,17 +353,17 @@
"चयनित इंक्रिप्सन विधि के लिए पासवर्ड की अधिकतम लंबाई अधिकतम %1 है।"
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr "लाँगइन व्यवस्था"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr "लागइन"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
"<br>कृपया प्रतीक्षा करें...<br></p>"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
"अब <b>विफल</b> को दबाकर विन्यास सुविधा को सुरक्षित ढंग रद्द करें।</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@
"<br>कृपया प्रतीक्षा करें...<br></p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
@@ -398,53 +398,9 @@
"<p><b><big>संचय को विफल कर रहा है</big></b><br>\n"
"<b>विफल</b> को दबाकर सहेजने की प्रक्रिया रद्द करें।</p>"
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>सुरक्षा को बूट करे</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>इस संवाद में, सुरक्षा से संबंधित विविध बूट व्यवस्था बदलें।</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Ctrl + Alt + Del की व्याख्या</b>:\n"
-"कंसोल पर स्थित किसी व्यक्ति द्वारा CTRL + ALT + DEL कुंजियों का\n"
-"संयोग दबाने पर सिस्टम को प्रत्युत्तर में जो करना चाहिए\n"
-"उसे विन्यास करें। सामान्यत: सिस्टम फिर से बूट होता है। कभी-कभी इस घटना की\n"
-"अनदेखी कर देना ही वांछित होता है, उदाहरण के लिए, जब सिस्टम वर्कस्टेशन और सेवक,\n"
-"दोनों की तरह कार्य करता है।</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>KDM का शटडाउन व्यवहार</b>:\n"
-"KDM से मशीन को शट डाउन करने की अनुमति किसे है यह सेट करें।</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -458,7 +414,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
@@ -471,14 +427,14 @@
"एक कंप्यूटर के लिए।</p>"
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
@@ -487,13 +443,13 @@
"एक कंप्यूटर के लिए।</p>"
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr "<p>अपनी इमेज समरूपण का <b>संस्करण</b>प्रविष्ट करें।</p>"
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -504,7 +460,7 @@
"मुख्यत: /etc/login.defs फाइल में रखी होती हैं।</p>"
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -517,7 +473,7 @@
"उसे दुबारा कोशिश करने के लिए प्रतीक्षा करने की जरूरत न हो। तीन सेकेंड एक बुद्धिसंगत मान हैं (<tt>3</tt>)।</p>"
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
@@ -531,7 +487,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -542,7 +498,7 @@
"अपनी मशीन पर रिमोट से पहुंच बनाना सुरक्षा के लिए कोई खतरा हो सकता है।</p>"
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
@@ -551,7 +507,7 @@
"मुख्यत: /etc/login.defs फाइल में रखी जाती है।</p>"
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
@@ -562,7 +518,7 @@
"बॉक्स को जांचने के द्वारा, पासवर्ड की जांच को इन नियमों के संदर्भ में बलपूर्वक लागू करें।</p>"
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
@@ -577,7 +533,7 @@
"इस जांच को दबा देता है।</p>"
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
@@ -588,12 +544,12 @@
"अगर पासवर्ड नहीं रखे गए हैं तो 0 प्रविष्ट करें।</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>पासवर्ड इनक्रिप्सन पद्धति :</b></p>"
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>des</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
@@ -609,7 +565,7 @@
"सिस्टमों के साथ कॉम्पैटिबिलिटी की आवश्यकता है, तो इस पद्धति का प्रयोग करें।</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
@@ -618,12 +574,12 @@
"वितरणों द्वारा समर्थित है, लेकिन अन्य सिस्टमों या पुराने सॉफ्टवेयरों द्वारा नहीं।</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
@@ -632,7 +588,7 @@
"दिनों की न्यूनतम और अधिकतम संख्या।</p>"
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -643,7 +599,7 @@
"किसी के द्वारा पासवर्ड का अनुमान लगा सकने की उतनी ही कम संभावना होगी।</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
@@ -652,7 +608,7 @@
"<p>इस संवाद में, उपयोगकर्ताओं को सृजित करने हेतु प्रयोग की गई विभिन्न व्यवस्था को बदलिए</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
@@ -661,7 +617,7 @@
"न्यूनतम और अधिकतम संभव उपयोगकर्ता ID को सेट करें।</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
@@ -670,7 +626,7 @@
"न्यूनतम और अधिकतम संभव समूह ID को सेट करें।</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
@@ -679,7 +635,7 @@
"<p>इस संवाद में, स्थानीय सुरक्षा से संबंधित विविध व्यवस्था को बदलें।</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
@@ -710,7 +666,7 @@
"फैसला कर सकते हैं कि कौन-से उपयोगकर्ता X अनुप्रयोगों और setuid प्रोग्रामों को चला सकते हैं।</p>\n"
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
@@ -725,7 +681,7 @@
" (कुछ फाइलें) या <b>रूट</b> (सभी फाइलें)।</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -738,7 +694,7 @@
"खोज पथ (परिवर्ती PATH) के माध्यम से उन्हें अनन्य रूप से खोजता है।</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
@@ -751,7 +707,7 @@
"खोज पथ (परिवर्ती PATH) के माध्यम से उन्हें अनन्य रूप से खोजता है।<p>/"
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -768,7 +724,7 @@
"अगर आप इस विकल्प को सेट करते हैं तो कहीं ज्यादा आसानी होगी।</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
@@ -777,7 +733,7 @@
"इसे अंतिम खोज बनाता है।</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
@@ -786,7 +742,7 @@
"इसके पहले एक \"./\" लगाकर लांच करता है। उदाहरण : \"./configure\"।</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
@@ -797,26 +753,26 @@
"के दौरान)। विवरणों के लिए, /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt देखें।</p>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -828,7 +784,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
@@ -836,23 +792,23 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
@@ -864,13 +820,13 @@
"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -882,7 +838,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -894,23 +850,23 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr ""
@@ -918,18 +874,113 @@
"जांच करते हैं, तो आपका सिस्टम के ऊपर, चाहे यह अचानक बंद हो जाए, कुछ नियंत्रण होना चाहिए(उदाहरण के लिए, कर्नेल डिबगिंग\n"
"के दौरान)। विवरणों के लिए, /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt देखें।</p>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>सुरक्षा को बूट करे</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>इस संवाद में, सुरक्षा से संबंधित विविध बूट व्यवस्था बदलें।</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Ctrl + Alt + Del की व्याख्या</b>:\n"
+"कंसोल पर स्थित किसी व्यक्ति द्वारा CTRL + ALT + DEL कुंजियों का\n"
+"संयोग दबाने पर सिस्टम को प्रत्युत्तर में जो करना चाहिए\n"
+"उसे विन्यास करें। सामान्यत: सिस्टम फिर से बूट होता है। कभी-कभी इस घटना की\n"
+"अनदेखी कर देना ही वांछित होता है, उदाहरण के लिए, जब सिस्टम वर्कस्टेशन और सेवक,\n"
+"दोनों की तरह कार्य करता है।</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Ctrl + Alt + Del की व्याख्या</b>:\n"
+"कंसोल पर स्थित किसी व्यक्ति द्वारा CTRL + ALT + DEL कुंजियों का\n"
+"संयोग दबाने पर सिस्टम को प्रत्युत्तर में जो करना चाहिए\n"
+"उसे विन्यास करें। सामान्यत: सिस्टम फिर से बूट होता है। कभी-कभी इस घटना की\n"
+"अनदेखी कर देना ही वांछित होता है, उदाहरण के लिए, जब सिस्टम वर्कस्टेशन और सेवक,\n"
+"दोनों की तरह कार्य करता है।</p>"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Ctrl + Alt + Del की व्याख्या</b>:\n"
+"कंसोल पर स्थित किसी व्यक्ति द्वारा CTRL + ALT + DEL कुंजियों का\n"
+"संयोग दबाने पर सिस्टम को प्रत्युत्तर में जो करना चाहिए\n"
+"उसे विन्यास करें। सामान्यत: सिस्टम फिर से बूट होता है। कभी-कभी इस घटना की\n"
+"अनदेखी कर देना ही वांछित होता है, उदाहरण के लिए, जब सिस्टम वर्कस्टेशन और सेवक,\n"
+"दोनों की तरह कार्य करता है।</p>"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>KDM का शटडाउन व्यवहार</b>:\n"
+"KDM से मशीन को शट डाउन करने की अनुमति किसे है यह सेट करें।</p>"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
msgid "Workstation"
@@ -995,174 +1046,247 @@
"न्यूनतम ग्रुप ID अधिकतम से बड़ी\n"
"नहीं हो सकती।"
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr "Ctrl + Alt + Del की व्याख्या(&I)"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr "अवहेलना"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr "फिर से बूट करें"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr "रोकें"
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr "सिर्फ रूट"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr "समस्त उपयोगकर्ता"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr "कोई नहीं"
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr "Ctrl + Alt + Del की व्याख्या(&I)"
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr "रिमोट ग्राफिक लॉगिन की अनुमति प्रदान करें(&G)"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &Magic SysRq Keys"
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr "Magic SysRq कुंजियां सक्षम करें(&M)"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
msgid "Disable"
msgstr "अक्षम"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable AppArmor Functions"
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr "AppArmor समर्थ करें"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr "गलत लॉगिन प्रयासों के बाद विलंब(&D)"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr "अधिकतम(&u)"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr "न्यूनतम(&i)"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr "KDM का शटडाउन व्यवहार :(&S)"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr "सिर्फ रूट"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr "समस्त उपयोगकर्ता"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr "कोई नहीं"
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Designation"
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr "सिस्टम पद"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot open the virtual machine console."
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr "विरचयुल मशीन वातावरण तैयार नही कर सकता ।"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication Keys"
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण कुंजी"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr "पासवर्ड इंक्रिप्सन पद्धति(&a)"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr "नए पासवर्डों की जांच(&C)"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr "याद रखने वाले पासवर्डों की संख्या(&e)"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr "पासवर्ड की स्वीकार करने योग्य न्यूनतम लंबाई(&M)"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr "पासवर्ड का समय समाप्त होने की चेतावनी से दिन पहले(&D)"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr "&फाइल अनुमतियां"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr "आसान"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr "सुरक्षित"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr "पैरानोइड"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr "&उपयोगकर्ता updatedb लांच कर रहा है"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr "अ&धिकतम"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "&न्यूनतम"
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr "KDM का शटडाउन व्यवहार :(&S)"
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
#, fuzzy
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
@@ -1179,66 +1303,66 @@
msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...."
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr "सुरक्षा विन्यास सहेज रहा है"
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr "सुरक्षा व्यवस्था लिखें"
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr "inittab व्यवस्था लिखें"
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr "PAM व्यवस्थाएँ लिखो"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save system settings"
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr "सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं संचित करो"
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr "सुरक्षा व्यवस्था लिख रहा है..."
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr "inittab व्यवस्था लिख रहा है..."
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr "PAM व्यवस्थाएँ लिख रहा हैं........"
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving system settings..."
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं संचित कर रहा है..."
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr "वर्तमान सुरक्षा स्तर : कस्टम व्यवस्था"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr "वर्तमान सुरक्षा स्तर : %1"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/services-manager.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/services-manager.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/services-manager.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/slp-server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/slp-server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/slp-server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mouse.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 1999-06-09 17:26+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com> \n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/snapper.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/snapper.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/snapper.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -18,32 +18,8 @@
"\n"
"\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of snapper
-#. Summary: Main file
-#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
-#.
-#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
+#. The main ()
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of Heartbeat"
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
@@ -51,14 +27,14 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr "विवरण"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Map"
msgid "User data"
@@ -66,45 +42,45 @@
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "C&leanup Script"
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट साफ करना"
-#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+#. popup label, %1 is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
+#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
+msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "(%1)"
-msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
+msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr "(%1)"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host %1"
-msgid "Post (%{post})"
+msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr "होस्ट %1"
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create New "
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "नया सृजित करें "
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading list of users..."
msgid "Single snapshot"
@@ -112,250 +88,243 @@
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "पूर्व"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
-msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
+msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr "सचमुच मिटायें '%1'?"
-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
-msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
-msgstr "सचमुच मिटायें '%1'?"
-
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Singapore"
msgid "Single"
msgstr "सिंगापुर"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading list of users..."
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ताओ की सूची पढ रहा है..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Current Configuration:"
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "हालिया समनुरूपण:"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "ID"
msgstr "अइडी (ID)"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr "प्रकार"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "शुरुआती तारीख"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "अंतिम तारीख"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Us&er Data"
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "यूजर डाटा(&e)"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No Change"
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "कोई बदलाव नहीं"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Modify"
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "बदलें (&M)"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected IDE device"
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "चुना हुआ IDE उपकरण"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Next %1: %2"
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr "अगला %1: %2"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "फाइलो में बदलाव संचित कर रहा है..."
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr "असफल प्रमाणीकरणों को स्वीकार कर रहा है"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File %1 does not exists"
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "फाइल %1 मौजूद नहीं।"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File Contents: %1"
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr "फाइल सामग्री : %1"
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restored Files:"
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr "रिस्टोरड फाइले :"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restore Options"
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "रिस्टोर विकल्प"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected"
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "चुना गया"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
+msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
-msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
-msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "खोलो (&O)"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected"
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "चुना गया"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?"
msgid ""
@@ -368,7 +337,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -378,21 +347,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr "अधिषठापन माध्यम से पाकेज %s को दूढ़ रहा हैं । "
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restoring Files"
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "फाइले रिस्टोर कर रहा है "
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -403,7 +372,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -416,30 +385,30 @@
"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करें...<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -450,159 +419,187 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
-#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
+#. popup error
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:"
-msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
-msgstr "ipsec.conf सेव करने पर खराबी हो गया:"
+#| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
+msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+msgstr "variable %1 नहीं मिला था।"
-#. Return the path to given snapshot
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Failed to test %1."
-msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
-msgstr "%1 टेस्ट करने में फेल हो गया।"
-
+#. Initialize snapper agent
+#. Return true on success
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
#. Create new snapshot
#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
+msgid "Reason not known."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Failed to read %1."
-msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
-msgstr "%1 पढने में फेल हो गया।"
+#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
+msgid "Configuration not found."
+msgstr "समनुरूपण पूरा हो गया हैं"
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network configuration is not valid."
+msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरुपण सत्य नही है ।"
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to initialize the catalog."
+msgid ""
+"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr "कैटलॉग का प्रारंभिकीकरण असफल"
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
+msgid "Snapshot was not found."
+msgstr "variable %1 नहीं मिला था।"
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to test %1."
+msgid ""
+"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr "%1 टेस्ट करने में फेल हो गया।"
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to deactivate %1."
-msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr "%1 को असमर्थ करने में फेल हो गया।"
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Failed to test %1."
-msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
-msgstr "%1 टेस्ट करने में फेल हो गया।"
+#| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
+msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
+msgstr "variable %1 नहीं मिला था।"
-#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Initializing System Manager"
-msgid "Initializing Snapper"
-msgstr "सिस्टम प्रबंधक शुरू कर रहा"
+#| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
+msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
+msgstr "variable %1 नहीं मिला था।"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Read the configuration"
-msgid "Read list of configurations"
-msgstr "समरूपण पढ़ें"
+#| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
+msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
+msgstr "variable %1 नहीं मिला था।"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading list of users..."
-msgid "Read list of snapshots"
-msgstr "उपयोगकर्ताओ की सूची पढ रहा है..."
+#| msgid "Failed to read %1."
+msgid ""
+"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr "%1 पढने में फेल हो गया।"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
+#. Snapper read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading the Configuration"
-msgid "Reading list of configurations"
-msgstr "समनुरुपण पढ रहा है"
+#| msgid "Initializing System Manager"
+msgid "Initializing Snapper"
+msgstr "सिस्टम प्रबंधक शुरू कर रहा"
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading list of users..."
-msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ताओ की सूची पढ रहा है..."
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
+msgid "Reading the database..."
+msgstr "डाटाबेस पढ रहा हैं ..."
+
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot loader configuration failed."
-msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर समनुरुपण फेल हो गया ।"
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
-msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restoring Files"
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr "फाइले रिस्टोर कर रहा है "
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delete"
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr "मिटाऐं"
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Skipped\n"
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr "छोडं दिया \n"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
-#~ msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
-#~ msgstr "variable %1 नहीं मिला था।"
+#~| msgid "Host %1"
+#~ msgid "Post (%{post})"
+#~ msgstr "होस्ट %1"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Configuration Completed"
-#~ msgid "Configuration not found."
-#~ msgstr "समनुरूपण पूरा हो गया हैं"
+#~| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
+#~ msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
+#~ msgstr "सचमुच मिटायें '%1'?"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Network configuration is not valid."
-#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid."
-#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरुपण सत्य नही है ।"
+#~| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:"
+#~ msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+#~ msgstr "ipsec.conf सेव करने पर खराबी हो गया:"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Failed to initialize the catalog."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
-#~ "%1"
-#~ msgstr "कैटलॉग का प्रारंभिकीकरण असफल"
+#~| msgid "Failed to test %1."
+#~ msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
+#~ msgstr "%1 टेस्ट करने में फेल हो गया।"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
-#~ msgid "Snapshot was not found."
-#~ msgstr "variable %1 नहीं मिला था।"
+#~| msgid "Read the configuration"
+#~ msgid "Read list of configurations"
+#~ msgstr "समरूपण पढ़ें"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
-#~ msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
-#~ msgstr "variable %1 नहीं मिला था।"
+#~| msgid "Reading the Configuration"
+#~ msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+#~ msgstr "समनुरुपण पढ रहा है"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
-#~ msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
-#~ msgstr "variable %1 नहीं मिला था।"
+#~| msgid "Reading list of users..."
+#~ msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+#~ msgstr "उपयोगकर्ताओ की सूची पढ रहा है..."
-#~ msgid "Reading the database..."
-#~ msgstr "डाटाबेस पढ रहा हैं ..."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Boot loader configuration failed."
+#~ msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
+#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर समनुरुपण फेल हो गया ।"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/sound.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/sound.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/sound.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/squid.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/squid.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/squid.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/sshd.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/sshd.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/sshd.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/storage.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/storage.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/storage.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: storage.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:47+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -200,7 +200,13 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set global root filesystem"
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr "वैश्विक रूट फाइलसिस्टम को सेट करें"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -1037,7 +1043,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "विभिन्न होम पार्टिशन प्रस्तावित करें"
@@ -1056,7 +1062,7 @@
msgstr "प्रस्तुति प्रकार"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
@@ -1070,7 +1076,7 @@
"एक विभाजन के लिए रूट माउंट बिंदु \"/\" को एसाइन करें।\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
@@ -1084,7 +1090,7 @@
"इन माउंट बिंदुओं के लिए एक लीनक्स फाइल सिस्टम, जैसे कि ext2 या reiserfs का प्रयोग करने का प्रयास करें। \n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
@@ -1098,7 +1104,7 @@
"इन माउंट बिंदुओं के लिए एक लीनक्स फाइल सिस्टम, जैसे कि ext2 या reiserfs का प्रयोग करने का प्रयास करें। \n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
@@ -1113,7 +1119,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -1123,7 +1129,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
@@ -1145,7 +1151,7 @@
"इसे बदल दें? \n"
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
@@ -1161,7 +1167,7 @@
"क्या आप ऐसा करना चाहते हैं? \n"
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1173,7 +1179,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
@@ -1192,7 +1198,7 @@
"क्या आप अपने सेटअप को बदलना चाहते हैं? \n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
@@ -1213,11 +1219,11 @@
"\n"
"इसे बदल दें? \n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1378,7 +1384,7 @@
"क्या आप अपना सेटअप परिवर्तित करना चाहते हैं?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1387,7 +1393,7 @@
"सम्पादन से पहले इसे RAID से हटा दें।\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1396,7 +1402,7 @@
"सम्पादन से पहले इसे वॉल्यूम समूह से हटा दें।\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1405,7 +1411,7 @@
"सम्पादन से पहले वॉल्यूम हटा दें।\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1414,7 +1420,7 @@
"इसे मिटाने से पहले इसे RAID से हटा दें।\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1422,13 +1428,13 @@
" उपकरण (%2) %1 द्वारा प्रयोग किया गया है। \n"
" इसे मिटाने से पहले %1 हटा दें। \n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
#, fuzzy
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "उपकरण मिटा दिया गया था।"
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n"
@@ -1443,7 +1449,7 @@
"है।\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
@@ -1462,7 +1468,7 @@
"अगर आपको ठीक-ठीक न पता हो कि आप क्या कर रहे हैं तो कृपया Cancel चुनें। \n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1477,7 +1483,7 @@
"से हटा दें। \n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1492,7 +1498,7 @@
"से हटा दें। \n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1513,15 +1519,15 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "जो आपने यहाँ भरती किया है उसे ना भूलें।"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
#, fuzzy
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "रिक्त विकल्प स्ट्रींग स्वीकृत नहीं है."
@@ -1557,7 +1563,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:"
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
@@ -1570,7 +1576,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:"
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
@@ -1596,7 +1602,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1607,7 +1613,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -2020,7 +2026,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -2039,19 +2045,19 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "रिक्त विकल्प स्ट्रींग स्वीकृत नहीं है."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists."
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "जोन नाम %1 पहले से विद्यमान है."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -2094,7 +2100,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2114,7 +2120,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -2133,7 +2139,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -2166,7 +2172,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2403,7 +2409,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -2418,12 +2424,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2431,32 +2437,32 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mount"
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "माउंट"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user."
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "NIS यूजर को मिटाना सभंव नहीं है।"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user."
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "NIS यूजर को मिटाना सभंव नहीं है।"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
@@ -2900,36 +2906,43 @@
"</p>"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "HFS Boot Partition"
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr "एचएफएस बूट विभाजन"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr "आपरेटिगं सिस्टम"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress"
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM अनुप्रयोग प्रगति पर हैं"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Role: %s"
msgid "Role"
msgstr "रोल: %s"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
@@ -2937,7 +2950,7 @@
msgstr "<p>पहले, विभाजन का प्रकार चुनें और यह चुनें कि इस विभाजन को फॉर्मेट किया जाना चाहिए या नहीं।</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2945,7 +2958,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
@@ -2953,55 +2966,55 @@
msgstr "<p>इसके बाद, माउंट बिंदु (/, /boot, /usr, /var, आदि) दर्ज करें।</p>"
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "पार्टिशन का आकार."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "पार्टिशन का आकार."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "पार्टिशन का आकार."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "डिस्क से विभाजन"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "माउंट विकल्प"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "विभाजन"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "मौंट बिंदू "
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "Fs&tab विकल्प"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "कोई व्यवस्था चयन नहीं की गई"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
@@ -3015,19 +3028,19 @@
"फॉर्मेट विकल्प पर भी निशान लगाएं।\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "माउंट बिन्दु प्रदान करें।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "माउंट बिन्दु प्रदान करें।"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -3043,7 +3056,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -3052,23 +3065,23 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "सभी परिवर्तन लुप्त हो जाएंगे!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr "पासवर्ड"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
@@ -3078,7 +3091,7 @@
"आप चयनित विभाजन का आकार नहीं बदल सकते क्योंकि इस विभाजन \n"
"का फाइल सिस्टम आकार बदलने का समर्थन नहीं करता। \n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgid ""
@@ -3087,7 +3100,7 @@
msgstr "%1 पर एक विभाजन सृजित करना संभव नहीं है।"
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
@@ -3100,24 +3113,24 @@
"क्योंकि फाइल सिस्टम सामंजस्यहीन जान पड़ता है।\n"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "विभाजन संपादित करें"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr "लॉजिकल वॉल्यूम फिर से आकार दें"
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "हालिया स्थिति: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
#, fuzzy
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "हालिया स्थिति: %1"
@@ -3126,8 +3139,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -3139,7 +3152,7 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
#, fuzzy
@@ -3147,14 +3160,14 @@
msgstr "अधिकता आकार (MB) (&S)"
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "अधिकता आकार (MB) (&S)"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
#, fuzzy
@@ -3162,7 +3175,7 @@
msgstr "कस्टम आकार (&S)"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3172,7 +3185,7 @@
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
#, fuzzy
@@ -3185,7 +3198,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -3194,13 +3207,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
#, fuzzy
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "आउटपुट :"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "डिस्क पार्टिशन पढ़ रहा..."
@@ -3414,65 +3427,65 @@
msgstr "भरती किया गया MAC पता असली नहीं है ।"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr "विभाजन %1 संपादित करें"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr "विभाजन %1 संपादित करें"
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No space is left in the extended partition."
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "विस्तारित विभाजन में कोई स्थान नहीं बची है।"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adding partition %1 to swap"
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr "पार्टिशन %1 को स्वैप करने के लिए जोड़ा जा रहा है"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "विभाजन"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "फॉरवर्ड"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Background"
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "पृष्ठभूमि"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr "सभी पार्टिशनों को माउंट करना..."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "%1 पर सभी विभाजनों को वास्तव में मिटाना है?"
@@ -3480,59 +3493,64 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr "कोई हार्ड डिस्क नहीं पाया गया"
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr "डिस्क %1 के पार्टिशन टेबल को सेव किया जा रहा है..."
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "कोई हार्ड डिस्क नहीं पाया गया"
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr "सचमुच मिटायें '%1'?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr "%1 पर सभी विभाजनों को वास्तव में मिटाना है?"
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr "इस मोडयूल के लिए कोई विकल्प नहीं है"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr "%1 पर एक विभाजन सृजित करना संभव नहीं है।"
@@ -3540,29 +3558,29 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
#, fuzzy
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr "कोई पार्टिशन नहीं पाए गये"
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
#, fuzzy
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr "एक प्राथमिक विभाजन सृजित नहीं किया जा सकता है।"
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgid ""
@@ -3571,26 +3589,26 @@
msgstr "/var विभाजन %1 माउंट नही किया जा सकता था।\n"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr "एक प्राथमिक विभाजन सृजित नहीं किया जा सकता है।"
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
#, fuzzy
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr "एक प्राथमिक विभाजन सृजित नहीं किया जा सकता है।"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -3600,49 +3618,49 @@
"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete the selected option?"
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr "वास्तव में चुने हुए विकल्प को मिटाएं?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repair Partition Table of %1"
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr "%1 का रिपेयर पार्टिशन टेबल"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A&vailable are:"
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr "जो प्राप्य हैं (&v):"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
@@ -3651,7 +3669,7 @@
"%1 डिस्क पर वाकई dasdfmt को क्रियान्वित करें? \n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3923,54 +3941,54 @@
msgstr "गलत पासवेर्ड "
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr "विभाजन %1$s को मिटा रहा है"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "भरती %1 पहले से ही उपस्थित हैं"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr "विभाजन %1$s को मिटा रहा है"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
"RAID device will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "विभाजन %1$s (%2$s) को मिटाएं"
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr "%1 पर सभी विभाजनों को वास्तव में मिटाना है?"
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr "वास्तव में %1 हटाना है?"
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3980,7 +3998,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr "विभाजन योजनाए"
@@ -3989,37 +4007,37 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr "विभाजन योजनाए"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr "<h1>चेतावनी</h1>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr "<h1>चेतावनी</h1>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr "<p>यह फ्रेम साइन के अनुरोध को प्रदर्शित करता है।</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr "<p>यह फ्रेम साइन के अनुरोध को प्रदर्शित करता है।</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr "<p>यह फ्रेम साइन के अनुरोध को प्रदर्शित करता है।</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>यह फ्रेम साइन के अनुरोध को प्रदर्शित करता है।</p>"
@@ -4149,13 +4167,13 @@
"को सक्रिय करें। "
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr "क्रिप्ट फाइल संपादित करें"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr "क्रिप्ट फाइल संपादित करें"
@@ -4499,13 +4517,13 @@
msgstr "द्वारा प्रयुक्त"
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr "लॉजिकल वॉल्यूम संपादित करें"
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "लॉजिकल वॉल्यूम संपादित करें"
@@ -4543,9 +4561,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
#, fuzzy
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr "कोई व्यवस्था चयन नहीं की गई"
@@ -4557,7 +4575,7 @@
msgstr "वर्तमान वॉल्यूम समूह %1 में कोई स्थान उपलब्ध नहीं है।"
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -4572,7 +4590,7 @@
"उसे रिकवर नहीं किया जा सकता है.\n"
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
@@ -4980,19 +4998,19 @@
"</p>\n"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr "RAI&D जोड़ें"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr "RAID हटाएं"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr " RAID संपादित करें..."
@@ -5283,7 +5301,7 @@
msgstr "<p>यह फ्रेम साइन के अनुरोध को प्रदर्शित करता है।</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add to Zone"
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
@@ -6221,12 +6239,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6240,11 +6258,44 @@
#| "disk here.\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"आपकी डिस्क %1 की विभाजनिंग या तो विभाजन तालिका को बदलने के लिए प्रयुक्त \n"
+"विभाजनिंग उपकरण parted द्वारा पढ़ने योग्य नहीं हैं \n"
+"या इस उपकरण द्वारा समर्थित नहीं है। \n"
+"\n"
+"आप डिस्क %1 के विभाजनों को इसी रूप में प्रयोग कर सकते हैं या \n"
+"उन्हें फॉर्मेट कर सकते हैं और उन्हें माउंट बिंदु एसाइन कर सकते हैं, लेकिन आप \n"
+"उस डिस्क से यहां विभाजनों को जोड़ने, संपादित करने, आकार बदलने या हटाने का काम नहीं \n"
+"कर सकते। \n"
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable by\n"
+#| "the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
+#| "partition table or is not supported by this tool.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "You may use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+#| "format them and assign mount points to them, but you\n"
+#| "cannot add, edit, resize, or remove partitions from that\n"
+#| "disk here.\n"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -6258,8 +6309,8 @@
"उस डिस्क से यहां विभाजनों को जोड़ने, संपादित करने, आकार बदलने या हटाने का काम नहीं \n"
"कर सकते। \n"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6273,11 +6324,11 @@
#| "disk here.\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -6292,7 +6343,7 @@
"कर सकते। \n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6316,7 +6367,7 @@
"नष्ट हो जाएगा। \n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -6334,7 +6385,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "पुन: आकार देना संभव नहीं :"
@@ -6347,7 +6398,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Could not set encryption.\n"
@@ -6366,7 +6417,7 @@
"दिया गया क्रिप्ट पासवर्ड गलत हो सकता है। \n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
@@ -6378,7 +6429,7 @@
"कृपया फिर से कोशिश करें।"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -6391,29 +6442,29 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "एन्क्रिप्शन कि भरती करें"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "संभरक पासवेर्ड भरती करें"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "वॉल्यूम समूह"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6421,14 +6472,14 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you want to retry?"
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "क्या आप पुनः प्रयास करना चाहते हैं?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -6436,60 +6487,60 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "एन्क्रिप्शन कि भरती करें"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "यास्ट ने निम्नलिखित उप्करण दूढ़ लिये हैं "
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "यास्ट ने निम्नलिखित उप्करण दूढ़ लिये हैं "
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DASD Disks"
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "DASD डिस्क"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DASD Disks"
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "DASD डिस्क"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "डिस्क"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
#, fuzzy
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "R&AID:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
#, fuzzy
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "R&AID:"
@@ -6497,50 +6548,50 @@
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "आवश्यक बंडल अधिष्ठापित करने पर फेल हो गया । "
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Continue resizing the %1?"
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr "%1 को पुन: आकार देना जारी रखें?"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6548,7 +6599,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6556,7 +6607,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6564,20 +6615,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set global root filesystem"
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "वैश्विक रूट फाइलसिस्टम को सेट करें"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "writing the firewall rules failed"
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
@@ -7237,62 +7288,47 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows."
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr "अनियमित एफएस के कारण पुनः आकार देना असंभव है। विंडोज़ के अधीन एफएस प्रयोग करकेदेखें।"
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr "एलएमवी आधारित प्रस्तुति सृजित करें"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr "वॉल्यूम समूह"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File system options:"
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम विकल्प :"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "विभिन्न होम पार्टिशन प्रस्तावित करें"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write global settings"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "ग्लोबल व्यवस्थाऐं लिखो"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
-#, fuzzy
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"एलवीएम आधारित प्रस्तुति सृजित करने के लिए, समरूप बटन चुनें।</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -7301,37 +7337,55 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "इंक्रिप्टेड फाइल सिस्टम के लिए अपना पासवर्ड दर्ज करें।"
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "पासवेर्ड:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "&पुष्टि के लिए पासवर्ड को फिर से दर्ज करें :"
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr "विभाजन योजनाए"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "एलएमवी आधारित प्रस्तुति सृजित करें"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "एलएमवी आधारित प्रस्तुति सृजित करें"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
@@ -7381,6 +7435,18 @@
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता जानकारी स्त्रोत"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
+#~ msgstr "वॉल्यूम समूह"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
+#~ "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "एलवीएम आधारित प्रस्तुति सृजित करने के लिए, समरूप बटन चुनें।</p>"
+
#~ msgid "Changes:"
#~ msgstr "बदलाव :"
@@ -7594,10 +7660,6 @@
#~ msgstr "लोकल फाइलसिस्टम"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Partition Based"
-#~ msgstr "विभाजन योजनाए"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&LVM Based"
#~ msgstr "टर्न आधारित"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/support.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/support.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/support.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -32,54 +32,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SUSE Support"
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr "SUSE मदद"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Open"
msgstr "खुलें"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Upload"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -87,184 +87,183 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
msgid "Save as"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "व्यवस्थाऎं लिख नहीं सकता"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "निपुण व्यवस्थायें"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Options"
msgstr "विकल्प"
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr "ईमेल पता"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
msgid "Name"
msgstr "नाम"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "उन्नति"
-#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "File Name"
msgstr "फाइल का नाम"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/sysconfig.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/sysconfig.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/sysconfig.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/tftp-server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/tftp-server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/tftp-server.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/timezone_db.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/timezone_db.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/timezone_db.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/tune.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/tune.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/tune.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/update.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/update.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/update.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/users.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/users.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/users.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -122,655 +122,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr ""
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr "यूजर सत्यापन तरीका"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"अपने सिस्टम में उपयोगकर्ताओं द्वारा उपयोग के लिए प्रमाणीकरण पद्धति को चुनें।\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>केवल स्थानीय फाइलों <i>/etc/passwd</i> और <i>/etc/shadow</i> का प्रयोग करके उपयोगकर्ताओं को प्रमाणीकृत करने के लिए <b>Local</b> को चुनें।</p>"
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr "यदि आपके पास पूर्व संस्थापन या वैकल्पिक सिस्टम है, तो इस स्रोत पर आधारित उपयोगकर्ताओं को सृजित करना संभव है। ऐसा करने के लिए, <b>पिछले संस्थापन से उपयोगकर्ता डेटा को पढ़ें</b> का चयन करें। यह विकल्प इस संस्थापन के लिए निर्दिष्ट स्थान में प्रत्येक उपयोगकर्ता के लिए एक नई गृह डायरेक्टरी सृजित करता है या किसी मौजूदा का प्रयोग करता है।"
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP(&L)"
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr "NIS(&I)"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr "साम्बा(&S)"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr "विन्डो मैनेजर(&W)"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr "लोकल (/etc/passwd)(&o)"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr "डायरक्टरी पाथ"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p> अगर आप उपयोगकर्ता डेटा को रखने के लिए एक NIS या LDAP सर्वर का प्रयोग कर रहे हैं, या अगर\n"
-"आप एक NT सर्वर के विरुद्ध उपयोगकर्ताओं को प्रमाणिक करना चाहते हैं, तो उचितमान चुनें। इसके बाद\n"
-"अपने ग्राहक के कॉन्फिगरेशन को जारी रखने के लिए <b>Next</b> दबाएं।</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p> अगर आप उपयोगकर्ता डेटा को रखने के लिए एक NIS या LDAP सर्वर का प्रयोग कर रहे हैं,\n"
-"तो उचित मान चुनें। इसके बाद अपने ग्राहक के कॉन्फिगरेशन को जारी रखने के लिए <b>Next</b> दबाएं।</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p> अगर आप उपयोगकर्ता डेटा को रखने के लिए एक LDAP सर्वर का प्रयोग कर रहे हैं, या अगर\n"
-"आप एक NT सर्वर के विरुद्ध उपयोगकर्ताओं को प्रमाणिक करना चाहते हैं, तो उचितमान चुनें। इसके बाद\n"
-"अपने ग्राहक के कॉन्फिगरेशन को जारी रखने के लिए <b>Next</b> दबाएं।</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>अगर आप उपयोगकर्ता डेटा को रखने के लिए एक LDAP सर्वर का प्रयोग कर रहे हैं, तो\n"
-"उचित मान चुनें। इसके बाद अपने ग्राहक के कॉन्फिगरेशन को जारी रखने के लिए <b>Next</b> दबाएं।</p>"
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>उपयोगकर्ता डेटा स्रोत को कॉन्फिगर करने के बाद Kerberos को कॉन्फिगर करने के लिए<b>Kerberos प्रमाणीकरण को सेटअप करें</b> की जांच करें।</p>"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr "&एक पूर्व संस्थापन से उपयोगकर्ता डेटा पढ़ें"
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr "&चुनें"
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr "सत्यापन तरीका"
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr "यूजर सत्यापन तरीका"
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr "चुना हुआ यूजर सिस्टम यूजर है"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr "&सभी का चयन या गैर-चयन करें"
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr "सिस्टम प्रशासक \"root\" के लिए पासवर्ड"
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr "जो आपने यहाँ भरती किया है उसे ना भूलें।"
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr "root यूजर के लिए पासवर्ड (&P)"
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr "पासवर्ड प्रमाणित करें(&f)"
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "कुंजीपटल लेअउट (&K)"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr "निपुण विकल्प...(&x)"
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"सिस्टम के सामान्य उपयोगकर्ताओं के विपरीत, जो पाठ्य लिखते हैं, ग्राफिक सृजित करते हैं या\n"
-"इंटरनेट को ब्राउज़ करते हैं, उपयोगकर्ता \"root\" प्रत्येक सिस्टम में होता है\n"
-"और जब कभी भी प्रशासकीय कार्यों को करने की आवश्यकता होती है \n"
-"तभी इसे सक्रिय किया जाता है। जब आपको सिस्टम प्रशासक बनने की आवश्यकता हो \n"
-"सिर्फ तभी रूट के रूप में लॉगिन करें।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"चूंकि रूट उपयोगकर्ता के पास विस्तृत अनुमतियां हैं, इसलिए \"root\" के लिए\n"
-"पासवर्ड को सावधानी से चुना जाना चाहिए। अक्षरों और संख्याओं के किसी संयोग की\n"
-"संस्तुति की जाती है। पासवर्ड को ठीक तरह से प्रविष्ट किया गया था यह सुनिश्चित करने के लिए,\n"
-"इसे एक दूसरे क्षेत्र में फिर से दर्ज करें।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"उपयोगकर्ता पासवर्डों के सभी नियम \"root\" पर लागू होते हैं:\n"
-"अपरकेस और लोअरकेस में अंतर करें। पासवर्ड में कम से कम\n"
-"5 वर्ण होने चाहिए और, नियमतः, इसमें कोई विशेष वर्ण जैसे एक्सेंटयुक्त\n"
-"अक्षर और उमलॉट नहीं होने चाहिए।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ये \"root\" पासवर्ड ना भूलें।\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>यदि आप इस पासवर्ड का उपयोग प्रमाण-पत्रों को सृजित करने के लिए करना चाहते हैं, तो\n"
-"यह कम से कम %1 वर्णों की लंबाई वाला होना चाहिए।</p>"
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"पासवर्ड एक जैसे नहीं है।\n"
-"दुबारा कोशिश करें।"
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"कोई पासवर्डेम भरती नहीं किया गया है।\n"
-"दुबारा कोशिश करें।"
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-#| "the password should have at least %1 characters.\n"
-#| "Really use this shorter password?"
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-"यदि आपका इरादा प्रमाणपत्रों को सृजित करने का है, तो\n"
-"पासवर्ड में कम से कम %1 वर्ण होने चाहिए।\n"
-"वास्तव में इस छोटे पासवर्ड का उपयोग करना है?"
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Reset Password"
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr "पासवर्ड प्रमाणित करें(&f)"
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"रूट पासवर्ड सेट नहीं किया जा सका।\n"
-"आप शायद लॉगिन न कर सकें।\n"
-"इसे फिर से सेट करने का प्रयास करें?\n"
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण के कॉन्फिगरेशन के लिए मॉड्यूल का आरंभीकरण..."
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"पैकेज %1 इंसटाल्ड नहीं है।\n"
-"इसे अब इंसटाल करें?\n"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr "DES"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr "MD5"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr "पासवर्ड एनकरिपशन "
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr "MD5"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>"
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>लागइन व्यवस्थाऐं</b></p>"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr "पासवर्ड इनक्रिप्सन पद्धति"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr "यूजर का पूरा नाम(&F)"
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr "यूजर का नाम(&U)"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr "सिस्टम प्रशासक \"root\" के लिए पासवर्ड"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr "सिस्टम मेल प्राप्त करें(&y)"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr "आटोमाटिक लागइन(&u)"
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr "नया सृजित करें "
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr "रिक्त यूजर लागइन"
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-"उपयोगकर्ता नाम को खाली छोड़ने का केवल प्रमाणीकरण सर्वर\n"
-"वाले एक नेटवर्क पर्यावरण में ही कोई अर्थ है। \n"
-"इसे खाली छोड़ना है?"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"इस उपयोगकर्ता खाते को एसाइन करने के लिए <b>उपयोगकर्ता का पूरा नाम</b>, <b>उपयोगकर्तानाम</b> और\n"
-"<b>पासवर्ड</b> प्रविष्ट करें।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"किसी पासवर्ड को प्रविष्ट करते समय, अपरकेस और लोअरकेस के बीच अंतर करें\n"
-"पासवर्ड में कोई विशेष वर्ण नहीं होने चाहिए, जैसेकि\n"
-"एक्सेंटयुक्त वर्ण। \n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"वर्तमान पासवर्ड एन्क्रिप्शन (%1) से, पासवर्ड लंबाई%2 और %3 वर्णों\n"
-"के बीच होनी चाहिए।\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>यदि आप इस पासवर्ड का उपयोग प्रमाण-पत्रों को सृजित करने के लिए करना चाहते हैं, तो\n"
-"यह कम से कम %1 वर्णों की लंबाई वाला होना चाहिए।</p>"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"यह सुनिश्चित करने के लिए कि पासवर्ड सही ढंग से प्रविष्ट किया गया था,\n"
-"इसे हूबहू उसी तरह एक दूसरे फील्ड में दोहराएं। अपना पासवर्ड न भूलें।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>उपयोगकर्तानाम</b> के लिए, सिर्फ\n"
-"अक्षरों (बिना एक्सेंटयुक्त वर्णों के), अंकों और <tt>._-</tt> का प्रयोग करें।\n"
-"इस प्रविष्टि में बड़े अक्षरों का प्रयोग तब तक न करें जब तक कि आप यह न जानते हों कि आप क्या कर रहे हैं।\n"
-"उपयोगकर्ता नाम में पासवर्डों की तुलना में अधिक प्रतिबंध होते हैं। आप /etc/login.defs फाइल में\n"
-"प्रतिबंधों को पुनर्परिभाषित कर सकते हैं। जानकारी के लिए इसका मैन पृष्ठ पढ़ें।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Auto Login</b> को सक्षम करके, लॉगिन प्रक्रिया को छोड़ दिया गया है। यह उपयोगकर्ता स्वत: ही लॉगिन हो गया है।</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Receive System Mail</b> पर निशान लगाकर रूट के लिए मेल को इस उपयोगकर्ता तक अग्रेषित करें।</p>\n"
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr "निपुण व्यवस्थायें"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr "पासवर्ड इनक्रिप्सन पद्धति"
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] "संचिता %1फिर से शुरू की जाएगी"
-msgstr[1] "संचिता %1फिर से शुरू की जाएगी"
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "बदलें .....(&C)"
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "सार"
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-#| "the password should have at least %1 characters.\n"
-#| "Really use this shorter password?"
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-"यदि आपका इरादा प्रमाणपत्रों को सृजित करने का है, तो\n"
-"पासवर्ड में कम से कम %1 वर्ण होने चाहिए।\n"
-"वास्तव में इस छोटे पासवर्ड का उपयोग करना है?"
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -892,12 +243,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr "यूजर की नई UID "
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr "NIS समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं..."
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1161,106 +506,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "सेकन्टस"
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP"
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr "NIS"
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr "विन्डो मैनेजर(&W)"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr "रूट पासवेर्ड"
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr "रूट पासवेर्ड"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr "समनुरूपण नहीं किया"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr "सत्यापन"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr "सत्यापन"
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr "%1 लिखावटें समनुरूपण किया"
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr "%1 लिखावटें समनुरूपण किया"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr "%1 लिखावटें समनुरूपण किया"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr "%1 लिखावटें समनुरूपण किया"
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr "पासवर्ड इंक्रिप्सन पद्धति(&a)"
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "UML यूजर व्यवसथाऐ"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता (&U)"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr "रूट पासवेर्ड"
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1427,6 +672,24 @@
"करने के लिए जरूरी डेटा एक्सेस करने के\n"
"लिए, प्रयोगकर्त्ता का मौजूदा पासवर्ड प्रविष्ट करें।"
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"पासवर्ड एक जैसे नहीं है।\n"
+"दुबारा कोशिश करें।"
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1454,6 +717,13 @@
msgstr "होम डायरक्टरी को %1 पे बदलें?"
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr "यूजर का पूरा नाम(&F)"
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr "पहला नाम(&F)"
@@ -1471,11 +741,31 @@
"रिमोट उपयोगकर्ताओं के लिए, केवल अतिरिक्त \n"
"समूह सदस्यताएं परिवर्तित की जा सकती हैं।"
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr "यूजर का नाम(&U)"
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr "सिस्टम मेल प्राप्त करें(&y)"
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr "आटोमाटिक लागइन(&u)"
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr "सिस्टम प्रशासक \"root\" के लिए पासवर्ड"
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1647,6 +937,35 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr "प्लग-इन"
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr "रिक्त यूजर लागइन"
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+"उपयोगकर्ता नाम को खाली छोड़ने का केवल प्रमाणीकरण सर्वर\n"
+"वाले एक नेटवर्क पर्यावरण में ही कोई अर्थ है। \n"
+"इसे खाली छोड़ना है?"
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Reset Password"
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr "पासवर्ड प्रमाणित करें(&f)"
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1740,6 +1059,20 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr "ग्रुप डाटा(&D)"
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr "DES"
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr "MD5"
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
#, fuzzy
@@ -1755,6 +1088,32 @@
"एक्सेंटयुक्त वर्ण। \n"
"</p>\n"
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"वर्तमान पासवर्ड एन्क्रिप्शन (%1) से, पासवर्ड लंबाई%2 और %3 वर्णों\n"
+"के बीच होनी चाहिए।\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"यह सुनिश्चित करने के लिए कि पासवर्ड सही ढंग से प्रविष्ट किया गया था,\n"
+"इसे हूबहू उसी तरह एक दूसरे फील्ड में दोहराएं। अपना पासवर्ड न भूलें।\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1921,6 +1280,19 @@
"<b>पासवर्ड</b> प्रविष्ट करें।\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"इस उपयोगकर्ता खाते को एसाइन करने के लिए <b>उपयोगकर्ता का पूरा नाम</b>, <b>उपयोगकर्तानाम</b> और\n"
+"<b>पासवर्ड</b> प्रविष्ट करें।\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1961,6 +1333,25 @@
"प्रतिबंधों को पुनर्परिभाषित कर सकते हैं। जानकारी के लिए इसका मैन पृष्ठ पढ़ें।\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"<b>Auto Login</b> को सक्षम करके, लॉगिन प्रक्रिया को छोड़ दिया गया है। यह उपयोगकर्ता स्वत: ही लॉगिन हो गया है।</p>\n"
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"<b>Receive System Mail</b> पर निशान लगाकर रूट के लिए मेल को इस उपयोगकर्ता तक अग्रेषित करें।</p>\n"
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
@@ -2726,7 +2117,9 @@
msgstr "सिस्टम यूजर(&S)"
#. the type of user set
+#. New user is the default option
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr "लोकल यूजर(&L)"
@@ -2811,6 +2204,11 @@
msgstr "साम्बा ग्रुप"
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2830,6 +2228,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr "साम्बा(&S)"
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
@@ -2959,6 +2362,11 @@
"नेटवर्क प्रोटोकॉल इसे समर्थन नहीं देते और आपको NIS के साथ समस्याआ सकती है।\n"
"</p>"
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2969,6 +2377,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr "एनकरिपशन प्रकार"
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr "MD5"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -3270,6 +2698,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr "सिस्टम"
@@ -3608,6 +3042,15 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr "अधिष्ठापिन के लिए उपलब्ध नही"
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"पैकेज %1 इंसटाल्ड नहीं है।\n"
+"इसे अब इंसटाल करें?\n"
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3625,6 +3068,441 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "शुरु कर रहा है..."
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#| "the password should have at least %1 characters.\n"
+#| "Really use this shorter password?"
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+"यदि आपका इरादा प्रमाणपत्रों को सृजित करने का है, तो\n"
+"पासवर्ड में कम से कम %1 वर्ण होने चाहिए।\n"
+"वास्तव में इस छोटे पासवर्ड का उपयोग करना है?"
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>यदि आप इस पासवर्ड का उपयोग प्रमाण-पत्रों को सृजित करने के लिए करना चाहते हैं, तो\n"
+"यह कम से कम %1 वर्णों की लंबाई वाला होना चाहिए।</p>"
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr "NIS समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं..."
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr "पासवर्ड इनक्रिप्सन पद्धति"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr "पासवर्ड एनकरिपशन "
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr "जो आपने यहाँ भरती किया है उसे ना भूलें।"
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr "root यूजर के लिए पासवर्ड (&P)"
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr "पासवर्ड प्रमाणित करें(&f)"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "कुंजीपटल लेअउट (&K)"
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"सिस्टम के सामान्य उपयोगकर्ताओं के विपरीत, जो पाठ्य लिखते हैं, ग्राफिक सृजित करते हैं या\n"
+"इंटरनेट को ब्राउज़ करते हैं, उपयोगकर्ता \"root\" प्रत्येक सिस्टम में होता है\n"
+"और जब कभी भी प्रशासकीय कार्यों को करने की आवश्यकता होती है \n"
+"तभी इसे सक्रिय किया जाता है। जब आपको सिस्टम प्रशासक बनने की आवश्यकता हो \n"
+"सिर्फ तभी रूट के रूप में लॉगिन करें।\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"चूंकि रूट उपयोगकर्ता के पास विस्तृत अनुमतियां हैं, इसलिए \"root\" के लिए\n"
+"पासवर्ड को सावधानी से चुना जाना चाहिए। अक्षरों और संख्याओं के किसी संयोग की\n"
+"संस्तुति की जाती है। पासवर्ड को ठीक तरह से प्रविष्ट किया गया था यह सुनिश्चित करने के लिए,\n"
+"इसे एक दूसरे क्षेत्र में फिर से दर्ज करें।\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"उपयोगकर्ता पासवर्डों के सभी नियम \"root\" पर लागू होते हैं:\n"
+"अपरकेस और लोअरकेस में अंतर करें। पासवर्ड में कम से कम\n"
+"5 वर्ण होने चाहिए और, नियमतः, इसमें कोई विशेष वर्ण जैसे एक्सेंटयुक्त\n"
+"अक्षर और उमलॉट नहीं होने चाहिए।\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ये \"root\" पासवर्ड ना भूलें।\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr "सिस्टम प्रशासक \"root\" के लिए पासवर्ड"
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"कोई पासवर्डेम भरती नहीं किया गया है।\n"
+"दुबारा कोशिश करें।"
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>केवल स्थानीय फाइलों <i>/etc/passwd</i> और <i>/etc/shadow</i> का प्रयोग करके उपयोगकर्ताओं को प्रमाणीकृत करने के लिए <b>Local</b> को चुनें।</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr "नया सृजित करें "
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"किसी पासवर्ड को प्रविष्ट करते समय, अपरकेस और लोअरकेस के बीच अंतर करें\n"
+"पासवर्ड में कोई विशेष वर्ण नहीं होने चाहिए, जैसेकि\n"
+"एक्सेंटयुक्त वर्ण। \n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+#| " %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+#| "</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"वर्तमान पासवर्ड एन्क्रिप्शन (%1) से, पासवर्ड लंबाई%2 और %3 वर्णों\n"
+"के बीच होनी चाहिए।\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"<b>उपयोगकर्तानाम</b> के लिए, सिर्फ\n"
+"अक्षरों (बिना एक्सेंटयुक्त वर्णों के), अंकों और <tt>._-</tt> का प्रयोग करें।\n"
+"इस प्रविष्टि में बड़े अक्षरों का प्रयोग तब तक न करें जब तक कि आप यह न जानते हों कि आप क्या कर रहे हैं।\n"
+"उपयोगकर्ता नाम में पासवर्डों की तुलना में अधिक प्रतिबंध होते हैं। आप /etc/login.defs फाइल में\n"
+"प्रतिबंधों को पुनर्परिभाषित कर सकते हैं। जानकारी के लिए इसका मैन पृष्ठ पढ़ें।\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "&एक पूर्व संस्थापन से उपयोगकर्ता डेटा पढ़ें"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Migration"
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr "माइग्रेशन छोड़ें"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr "स्थानीय उपयोक्ता"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr "नया सृजित करें "
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "&एक पूर्व संस्थापन से उपयोगकर्ता डेटा पढ़ें"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr "सिस्टम यूजर(&S)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Migration"
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr "माइग्रेशन छोड़ें"
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr "आटोमाटिक लागइन(&u)"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No server is selected."
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr "कोई सेवक नहीं चुन लिया ।"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "संचिता %1फिर से शुरू की जाएगी"
+msgstr[1] "संचिता %1फिर से शुरू की जाएगी"
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr "चुना हुआ यूजर सिस्टम यूजर है"
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr "&सभी का चयन या गैर-चयन करें"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "पासवर्ड इंक्रिप्सन पद्धति(&a)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr "पासवर्ड एनकरिपशन "
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr "UML यूजर व्यवसथाऐ"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता (&U)"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr "रूट पासवेर्ड"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr "रूट पासवेर्ड"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr "रूट पासवेर्ड"
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr "समनुरूपण नहीं किया"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "%1 लिखावटें समनुरूपण किया"
+msgstr[1] "%1 लिखावटें समनुरूपण किया"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr "%1 लिखावटें समनुरूपण किया"
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr "%1 लिखावटें समनुरूपण किया"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "पासवर्ड इंक्रिप्सन पद्धति(&a)"
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -4099,7 +3977,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:716
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -4118,202 +3996,202 @@
"पहुंच योग्य नहीं होने में हो सकता है। उपयोगकर्ता कॉन्फिगरेशन को जारी रखना है?"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:964
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr "बहुत सारे यूजर इनपुट की जरुरत को पूरा करते है।"
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "यूजर और ग्रुप समनुरुपण को शुरु कर रहा है"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr "डिफाल्ट लागइन व्यवस्थाऐं पढें"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr "डिफाल्ट सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं पढें"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr "समनुरुपण प्रकार पढें"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr "यूजर कस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं पढें"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr "यूजर और ग्रुप ाऐं पढें"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr "कैशे का ढाँचा बनाऐं"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr "डिफाल्ट लागइन व्यवस्थाऐं पढ रहा है..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr "डिफाल्ट सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं पढ रहा है..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr "समनुरुपण प्रकार पढ रहा है..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr " कस्टम्टम व्यवस्थाऐं पढें"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr "यूजर और ग्रुप पढ रहा है..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr "कैशे का ढाँचा बना रहा है..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "खत्म हो गया"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr "यूजर विद्धमान नहीं है।"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr "ग्रुपर विद्धमान नहीं है।"
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "यूजर और ग्रुप समनुरुपण लिख रहा है"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr "LDAP यूजर और ग्रुप लिखे"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr "ग्रुप लिखे"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr "मिटाए गए यूजरों के लिए जाँच"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write users"
msgstr "यूजर लिखे"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr "पासवर्ड लिखे"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr "कस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं लिखें"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr "डिफाल्ट लागइन व्यवस्थाऐं लिखें"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr "LDAP यूजर और ग्रुप लिख रहा है..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr "ग्रुप लिख रहा है..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr "मिटाए गए यूजरों कीिए जा कर रहा है..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr "यूजर लिख रहा है..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr "पासवर्ड लिख रहा है..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr "कस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं लिख रहा है..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr "डिफाल्ट लागइन व्यवस्थाऐं लिख रहा है..."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr "फाइल %s ठीक तरह से नहीं पढी गई, इसलिए ये नहीं लिखी जाएगी।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr "यूजर को हटाते वक्त खराबी आ गई।"
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr "फाइल %s ठीक तरह से नहीं पढी गई, इसलिए ये नहीं लिखी जाएगी।"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr "root मेल को फारवर्ड सैट करतेराते वक्त खराबी आ गई।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr "इस प्रकार के यूजर के लिए कोई UID उपलब्ध नहीं है।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4323,7 +4201,7 @@
"%i और %i के बीच एक मान्य पूर्णांक चुनें।"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4332,7 +4210,7 @@
"सचमुच इसे इस्तेमाल करें?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4344,7 +4222,7 @@
"वास्तव में इसका उपयोग करना है?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4356,7 +4234,7 @@
"वास्तव में उपयोगकर्ता प्रकार को 'स्थानीय' में परिवर्तित करना है?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4367,14 +4245,14 @@
"क्योंकि यह आईडी %i से छोटा है।\n"
"वास्तव में उपयोगकर्ता प्रकार को 'सिस्टम' में परिवर्तित करना है?"
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
@@ -4386,7 +4264,7 @@
"कोई दूसरा प्रयास करें।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
@@ -4395,7 +4273,7 @@
"एक कोलन (:) नहीं है। फिर से प्रयास करें।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -4406,7 +4284,7 @@
"अतिरिक्त भाग को हटाएं।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -4417,7 +4295,7 @@
"फिर से प्रयास करें।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -4427,7 +4305,7 @@
"गृह डायरेक्टरी के लिए किसी दूसरे पथ को चुनें।"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4436,7 +4314,7 @@
"फिर से प्रयास करें।"
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -4447,7 +4325,7 @@
"वास्तव में इस पथ का उपयोग करना है?"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -4457,7 +4335,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -4469,7 +4347,7 @@
"इस डायरेक्टरी का उपयोग करना है?"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -4483,7 +4361,7 @@
"इस डायरेक्टरी का उपयोग करना है?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
@@ -4492,12 +4370,12 @@
"इस शेल का उपयोग करना है?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr "इस प्रकार के ग्रुपर के लिए कोईGUID उपलब्ध नहीं है।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4507,7 +4385,7 @@
"%i और %i के बीच एक मान्य पूर्णांक चुनें।"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4516,7 +4394,7 @@
"सचमुच इसे इस्तेमाल करे?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4528,7 +4406,7 @@
"वास्तव में इसका उपयोग करना है?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4540,7 +4418,7 @@
"वास्तव में समूह प्रकार को 'स्थानीय' में परिवर्तित करना है?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4552,7 +4430,7 @@
"वास्तव में समूह प्रकार को 'सिस्टम' में परिवर्तित करना है?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4561,7 +4439,7 @@
"दुबारा कोशिश करें"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4571,7 +4449,7 @@
"फिर से प्रयास करें।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4584,7 +4462,7 @@
"फिर से प्रयास करें।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
@@ -4594,14 +4472,14 @@
"समूह नाम के बीच असंगतता है।\n"
"कोई दूसरा प्रयास करें।"
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507
#, fuzzy, perl-format
#| msgid "User does not exist."
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "यूजर विद्धमान नहीं है।"
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4612,7 +4490,7 @@
"डिफॉल्ट समूह के रूप में उपयोग करते हैं।"
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4623,23 +4501,23 @@
"पहले इन उपयोगकर्ताओं को समूह से हटाएं।"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>यूजर</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>ग्रुप</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "लाँगइन व्यवस्था"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
@@ -4659,22 +4537,22 @@
"कोई भरती विद्धमान नहीं है । इसे अब बनाऐं?"
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr "सबनेट समनुरूपण "
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -4809,7 +4687,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4820,7 +4698,7 @@
"फिर से प्रयास करें।"
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
@@ -4835,7 +4713,7 @@
"</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4846,7 +4724,7 @@
"फिर से प्रयास करें।"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You have used the group name as a part of the password.\n"
@@ -4857,7 +4735,7 @@
"यह एक अच्छा सुरक्षा व्यवहार नहीं है। वास्तव में इस पासवर्ड का उपयोग करना है?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You have used the username as a part of the password.\n"
@@ -4868,7 +4746,7 @@
"यह एक अच्छा सुरक्षा व्यवहार नहीं है। वास्तव में इस पासवर्ड का उपयोग करना है?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -4879,7 +4757,7 @@
"आपने उपयोगकर्ता लॉग-इन प्रविष्टि में अपरकेस अक्षरों का उपयोग किया है।</p>"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -4890,7 +4768,7 @@
"आपने उपयोगकर्ता लॉग-इन प्रविष्टि में अपरकेस अक्षरों का उपयोग किया है।</p>"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -4901,12 +4779,12 @@
"आपने उपयोगकर्ता पासवर्डों के लिए डिफॉल्ट एन्क्रिप्शन बदल दिया है।</p>"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, fuzzy, perl-format
#| msgid ""
#| "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4917,7 +4795,7 @@
msgstr "मौजूदा एन्क्रिप्शन प्रणाली के लिए पासवर्ड बहुत लम्बा है।इसे छोटा कर %s वर्णों में कर देना है?"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, fuzzy, perl-format
#| msgid ""
#| "The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4932,7 +4810,7 @@
"सचमुच इस पासवर्ड का इसतेमाल करें?"
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, fuzzy, perl-format
#| msgid ""
#| "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
@@ -4943,7 +4821,7 @@
"फिर से कोशिश करें।\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4952,7 +4830,7 @@
"दुबारा कोशिश करें।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4962,7 +4840,7 @@
"दुबारा कोशिश करें।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4975,7 +4853,7 @@
"फिर से प्रयास करें।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
@@ -4985,16 +4863,14 @@
"उपयोगकर्ता नाम के बीच असंगतता है।\n"
"कोई दूसरा प्रयास करें।"
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr "%1 सेटिंग्स पढ़ रहा"
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
#, fuzzy
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr "%1 सेटिंग्स पढ़ रहा"
@@ -5062,7 +4938,152 @@
msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions."
msgstr "इनपुट स्थिति सतुंष्ट करने के लिए यहाँ बहुत सारे यूजर है।"
+#~ msgid "User Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "यूजर सत्यापन तरीका"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
+#~ "अपने सिस्टम में उपयोगकर्ताओं द्वारा उपयोग के लिए प्रमाणीकरण पद्धति को चुनें।\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
+#~ msgstr "यदि आपके पास पूर्व संस्थापन या वैकल्पिक सिस्टम है, तो इस स्रोत पर आधारित उपयोगकर्ताओं को सृजित करना संभव है। ऐसा करने के लिए, <b>पिछले संस्थापन से उपयोगकर्ता डेटा को पढ़ें</b> का चयन करें। यह विकल्प इस संस्थापन के लिए निर्दिष्ट स्थान में प्रत्येक उपयोगकर्ता के लिए एक नई गृह डायरेक्टरी सृजित करता है या किसी मौजूदा का प्रयोग करता है।"
+
+#~ msgid "&LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP(&L)"
+
+#~ msgid "N&IS"
+#~ msgstr "NIS(&I)"
+
+#~ msgid "&Windows Domain"
+#~ msgstr "विन्डो मैनेजर(&W)"
+
+#~ msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
+#~ msgstr "लोकल (/etc/passwd)(&o)"
+
+#~ msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "डायरक्टरी पाथ"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
+#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p> अगर आप उपयोगकर्ता डेटा को रखने के लिए एक NIS या LDAP सर्वर का प्रयोग कर रहे हैं, या अगर\n"
+#~ "आप एक NT सर्वर के विरुद्ध उपयोगकर्ताओं को प्रमाणिक करना चाहते हैं, तो उचितमान चुनें। इसके बाद\n"
+#~ "अपने ग्राहक के कॉन्फिगरेशन को जारी रखने के लिए <b>Next</b> दबाएं।</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p> अगर आप उपयोगकर्ता डेटा को रखने के लिए एक NIS या LDAP सर्वर का प्रयोग कर रहे हैं,\n"
+#~ "तो उचित मान चुनें। इसके बाद अपने ग्राहक के कॉन्फिगरेशन को जारी रखने के लिए <b>Next</b> दबाएं।</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
+#~ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p> अगर आप उपयोगकर्ता डेटा को रखने के लिए एक LDAP सर्वर का प्रयोग कर रहे हैं, या अगर\n"
+#~ "आप एक NT सर्वर के विरुद्ध उपयोगकर्ताओं को प्रमाणिक करना चाहते हैं, तो उचितमान चुनें। इसके बाद\n"
+#~ "अपने ग्राहक के कॉन्फिगरेशन को जारी रखने के लिए <b>Next</b> दबाएं।</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>अगर आप उपयोगकर्ता डेटा को रखने के लिए एक LDAP सर्वर का प्रयोग कर रहे हैं, तो\n"
+#~ "उचित मान चुनें। इसके बाद अपने ग्राहक के कॉन्फिगरेशन को जारी रखने के लिए <b>Next</b> दबाएं।</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>उपयोगकर्ता डेटा स्रोत को कॉन्फिगर करने के बाद Kerberos को कॉन्फिगर करने के लिए<b>Kerberos प्रमाणीकरण को सेटअप करें</b> की जांच करें।</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "&Choose"
+#~ msgstr "&चुनें"
+
+#~ msgid "Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "सत्यापन तरीका"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "यूजर सत्यापन तरीका"
+
+#~ msgid "E&xpert Options..."
+#~ msgstr "निपुण विकल्प...(&x)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+#~ "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>यदि आप इस पासवर्ड का उपयोग प्रमाण-पत्रों को सृजित करने के लिए करना चाहते हैं, तो\n"
+#~ "यह कम से कम %1 वर्णों की लंबाई वाला होना चाहिए।</p>"
+
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#~| "the password should have at least %1 characters.\n"
+#~| "Really use this shorter password?"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#~ "the password should have at least %1 characters."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "यदि आपका इरादा प्रमाणपत्रों को सृजित करने का है, तो\n"
+#~ "पासवर्ड में कम से कम %1 वर्ण होने चाहिए।\n"
+#~ "वास्तव में इस छोटे पासवर्ड का उपयोग करना है?"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The root password could not be set.\n"
+#~ "You might not be able to log in.\n"
+#~ "Try setting it again?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "रूट पासवर्ड सेट नहीं किया जा सका।\n"
+#~ "आप शायद लॉगिन न कर सकें।\n"
+#~ "इसे फिर से सेट करने का प्रयास करें?\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
+#~ msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण के कॉन्फिगरेशन के लिए मॉड्यूल का आरंभीकरण..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>लागइन व्यवस्थाऐं</b></p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Expert Settings"
+#~ msgstr "निपुण व्यवस्थायें"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
+#~ msgstr "पासवर्ड इनक्रिप्सन पद्धति"
+
+#~ msgid "&Change..."
+#~ msgstr "बदलें .....(&C)"
+
+#~ msgid "Summary"
+#~ msgstr "सार"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
+#~ msgstr "विन्डो मैनेजर(&W)"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
+#~ msgstr "सत्यापन"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
+#~ msgstr "सत्यापन"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
+#~ msgstr "%1 लिखावटें समनुरूपण किया"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Password required."
#~ msgid "No Password Entered"
#~ msgstr "पासवर्ड की आवश्यकता है।"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/vm.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/vm.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/vm.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -26,12 +26,12 @@
msgstr "विरचयुल मशीन समनुरुपण कर रहा है..."
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -41,176 +41,176 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr "संस्थापित पैकेजों को प्रमाणित करें"
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण"
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr "युजर प्रबघन औजारों का समनुरूपण"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>VM सर्वर कॉन्फिगरेशन</b></big></p><p> VM सर्वर (डोमेन 0) के कॉन्फिगरेशन के दो भाग हैं।</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr "<p>सर्वप्रथम सिस्टम में आवश्यक पैकेज संस्थापित किए जाते हैं। तत्पश्चात बूट लोडर को बदलकर GRUB किया जाता है बशर्ते कि इसका पहले से ही उपयोग न किया गया हो और यदि यह छूटा हुआ हो तो Xen अनुभाग को बूट लोडर मेन्यू में जोड़ा गया हो।</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel.</p>"
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr "<p>GRUB की आवश्यकता है क्योंकि यह Xen और लीनक्स कर्नेल को बूट करने के लिए जरूरी मल्टीबूट मानक को समर्थन देता है।</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p>जब कॉन्फिगरेशन सफलतापूर्वक पूरा कर लिया जाता है, तब बूट लोडर मेन्यू से VM सर्वर को बूट करना संभव होता है।</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr " इंसटालेशन विफल कर दिया जाएगा ।"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr "हाइपरवाइजर और उपकरणों को संस्थापित कर दिया है।"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..."
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr "विरचयुल मशीन समनुरुपण कर रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr "हाइपरवाइजर और उपकरणों को संस्थापित कर दिया है।"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Broken server"
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr "टूटा हुआ सेवक"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Xen Section"
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr "कर्नेल अनुभाग"
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr " इंसटालेशन विफल कर दिया जाएगा ।"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr " इंसटालेशन विफल कर दिया जाएगा ।"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr " पैकेज जाँज रहा हैं ... "
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr "पैकेज इंसटाल कर रहा है"
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr "जरुरी पैकेज इंसटाल नहीं कर सकता ।"
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating configuration files..."
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "सेवाऎं रोक रहा हैं..."
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr "सामान्य व्यवस्था विन्यास कर रहा है..."
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Bridge"
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "नेटवर्क ब्रिज"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -223,11 +223,11 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n"
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
"\n"
"मशीन को पुन: बूट करें और इसे आरंभ करने के लिए बूट लोडर मेन्यू में Xen खंड को चुनें।\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n"
@@ -251,19 +251,19 @@
"\n"
"मशीन को पुन: बूट करें और इसे आरंभ करने के लिए बूट लोडर मेन्यू में Xen खंड को चुनें।\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr "हाइपरवाइजर और उपकरणों को संस्थापित कर दिया है।"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr "हाइपरवाइजर और उपकरणों को संस्थापित कर दिया है।"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/vpn.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/vpn.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/vpn.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -237,14 +237,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used."
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr "बताया गया पंक्ति नाम %1 पहले ही इस्तेमाल कर लिया गया है।"
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -347,118 +347,118 @@
msgstr "क्या तुम CD बदल कर दुबारा कोशिश करना चाहते हो? "
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr "नाम"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr "विवरण"
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection Management"
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "कनेक्शन प्रबंधन"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr "प्रकार"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Master Server"
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr "मास्टर सर्वर"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Clients"
msgid "Client"
msgstr "ग्राहक"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The scheme name"
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr "व्यवस्था नाम"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "You must select a certificate."
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr "आप एक प्रमाण पत्र चूनें"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit Crypt File"
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr "क्रिप्ट फाइल संपादित करें"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server Requires Authentication"
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr "परिसेवक को प्रमाणीकरण की आवश्यकता होती है"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read certificates"
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr "प्रमाण पत्रो को पढो"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -565,38 +565,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr "आवश्यक पैकेज इस्टांल करने में फेल हो गया "
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr "NTP डैमण दुबारा शुरू करें।"
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr ""
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr "एमबीआर को पुनर्स्थापित करने में असफल।"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -604,35 +604,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Global Settings"
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr "विश्वीय व्यवस्थायें"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable VPN Services"
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr "VPN सेवा समर्थ करें"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create Client Connection"
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr "ग्राहक सम्बंध बनाइए "
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read current connection setup"
msgid "A client connecting to "
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/yast2-apparmor.hi.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/yast2-apparmor.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/yast2-apparmor.hi.po 2016-07-04 09:05:19 UTC (rev 96006)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:47+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n"
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r96005 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
04 Jul '16
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:04:37 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 96005
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/add-on-creator.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/audit-laf.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/control-center.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/crowbar.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/docker.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/fcoe-client.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/firewall-services.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/firewall.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/fonts.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/ftp-server.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/http-server.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/iplb.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/isns.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/journal.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/languages_db.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/ldap-client.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/ldap.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/live-installer.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/mail.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/migration.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/multipath.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/nfs.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/nis.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/nis_server.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/oneclickinstall.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/online-update-configuration.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/online-update.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/opensuse_mirror.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/pam.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/product-creator.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/proxy.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/rdp.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/relocation-server.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/samba-users.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/scanner.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/services-manager.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/slp-server.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/sound.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/squid.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/sshd.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/sysconfig.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/tftp-server.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/timezone_db.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/tune.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/update.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/vpn.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/xpram.hu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/yast2-apparmor.hu.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/add-on-creator.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/add-on-creator.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/add-on-creator.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/audit-laf.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/audit-laf.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/audit-laf.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/control-center.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/control-center.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/control-center.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/crowbar.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/crowbar.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/crowbar.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-20 19:26+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Kalman Kemenczy <kkemenczy(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hungarian <kde-l10n-hu(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -25,19 +25,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "Crowbar beállítása"
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -51,11 +41,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -202,32 +192,35 @@
msgstr "&IP-cím"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Név"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User Found Error"
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr "A felhasználó hibát talált"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Target Name"
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr "Kiszolgáló neve"
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr "Architektúra"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -240,54 +233,61 @@
"Válasszon egy másikat."
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP Server &URL"
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr "LDAP-kiszolgáló &URL"
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Repository Name"
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr "&Telepítési forrás neve"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User Found Error"
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr "A felhasználó hibát talált"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repository URL"
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr "Telepítési forrás URL-címe"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add Repository"
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr "Telepítési forrás hozzáadása"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local NTP Server"
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr "Helyi NTP-kiszolgáló"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote WINS Server"
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr "Távoli WINS-kiszolgáló"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Finger Server"
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
@@ -296,38 +296,38 @@
# modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:216
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:865
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "Egyéni"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
# clients/lan_dns.ycp:269
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "Felhasználónév"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Jelszó"
# modules/inst_user.ycp:37
# modules/inst_user.ycp:53
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "Adja meg újra a jelszót"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server name cannot be empty."
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr "A kiszolgáló nevét meg kell adni."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@
"Próbálja újra."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -351,19 +351,19 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168
# clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:1004 clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:1022
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The entered URL is not valid."
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "A megadott URL érvénytelen."
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "letiltva"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168
# clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:1004 clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:1022
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -393,19 +393,19 @@
"%2"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "A(z) '%1' útválasztó címe nem része a(z) '%2' hálózatnak."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "A(z) '%1'cím nem része a(z) '%2' hálózatnak."
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
@@ -415,72 +415,72 @@
# clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:1011 clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:1028
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "Legkisebb IP-cím"
# clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:1011 clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:1028
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "Legnagyobb IP-cím"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "A(z) '%1'cím nem része a(z) '%2' hálózatnak."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "A legkisebb IP-címnek kisebbnek kell lennie, mint a legnagyobbnak."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr "A(z) '%1' és '%2' tartomány átfedi egymást."
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User Settings"
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "Felhasználói beállítások"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
# clients/lan_address.ycp:112 clients/lan_manual.ycp:90 clients/lan_manual.ycp:310
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Mode"
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "Hálózati mód"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Network"
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "Nyalábolt hálózat"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Networks"
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "Hálózatok"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repositories"
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "Telepítési források"
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@
"A Crowbar a http://%1:3000/ címen érhető el"
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr "Crowbar-beállítások áttekintése"
@@ -562,12 +562,12 @@
msgstr "A modul indítása…"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "A crowbar beállításának előkészítése"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "Beállítások beolvasása"
@@ -575,31 +575,31 @@
# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:259
# clients/lan_route.ycp:319
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "Jelenlegi beállítások beolvasása…"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Kész"
# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:568 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:620
# menuentries/menuentry_isdn.ycp:11
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Crowbar beállítások mentése"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Beállítások mentése"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Beállítások mentése…"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/docker.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/docker.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/docker.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: docker\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/fcoe-client.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/fcoe-client.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/fcoe-client.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/firewall-services.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/firewall-services.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/firewall-services.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 16:46\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/firewall.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/firewall.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/firewall.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/fonts.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/fonts.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/fonts.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 09:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Marcel Hilzinger <hili(a)suselinux.hu>\n"
"Language-Team: Hungarian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -21,64 +21,64 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bitmap Editors"
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr "Bittérképes szerkesztők"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
# clients/printconf.ycp:305
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Alapértelmezett"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Fonts"
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr "Betűkészletek"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/ftp-server.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/ftp-server.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/ftp-server.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/http-server.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/http-server.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/http-server.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: http-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/iplb.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/iplb.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/iplb.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iplb\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/isns.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/isns.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/isns.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: isns\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/journal.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/journal.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/journal.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: journal\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/languages_db.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/languages_db.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/languages_db.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 16:46\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/ldap-client.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/ldap-client.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/ldap-client.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/ldap.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/ldap.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/ldap.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/live-installer.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/live-installer.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/live-installer.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: live-installer.hu\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-16 03:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kalman Kemenczy <kkemenczy(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hungarian <kde-l10n-hu(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -48,29 +48,29 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr "Fájlrendszerek kiértékelése a másoláshoz…"
# modules/printconf/printconf.ycp:363
# clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:104
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr "A root fájlrendszer másolása…"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr "Live lemezkép másolása…"
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr "%1 másolása…"
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -84,73 +84,55 @@
"nagyobb partíciót a live rendszer telepítéséhez."
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr "A Live lemezkép másolása a lemezre sikertelen."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Telepítési beállítások"
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr "A rendszer vizsgálata…"
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr "A(z) %2 lemez %1%%-ának használata a Linuxhoz"
# clients/lan_ypclient.ycp:119
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr "A(z) %1 lemez használatának tiltása"
# modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:608
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Particionálás"
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr "Rendszerindítás"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr "Kérdezzen rá a Linux vagy a meglévő rendszer indítására"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr "Csak a Linux indítása"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr "Rendszerindítási időtúllépés: %1 másodperc"
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "Billentyűzet"
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Időzóna"
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr "Telepítési beállítások módosítása"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
@@ -159,7 +141,7 @@
"A telepítés megjelenített értékekkel való megkezdéséhez kattintson az <b>Elfogadás</b> gombra.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -170,7 +152,7 @@
"nyomja meg a <b>Telepítési beállítások módosítása</b> gombot.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -285,7 +267,7 @@
"megnyomása szükséges."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Fájlok másolása a telepített rendszerre…"
@@ -317,6 +299,18 @@
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "Időzóna-beállítások mentése…"
+#~ msgid "System start-up"
+#~ msgstr "Rendszerindítás"
+
+#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
+#~ msgstr "Kérdezzen rá a Linux vagy a meglévő rendszer indítására"
+
+#~ msgid "Boot only Linux"
+#~ msgstr "Csak a Linux indítása"
+
+#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
+#~ msgstr "Rendszerindítási időtúllépés: %1 másodperc"
+
#~ msgid "Installation settings"
#~ msgstr "Telepítési beállítások"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/mail.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/mail.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/mail.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/migration.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/migration.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/migration.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: migration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 15:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-13 11:25\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/multipath.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/multipath.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/multipath.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: multipath\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/nfs.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/nfs.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/nfs.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/nis.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/nis.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/nis.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/nis_server.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/nis_server.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/nis_server.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/oneclickinstall.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/oneclickinstall.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/oneclickinstall.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: oneclickinstall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-21 20:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kalman Kemenczy <kkemenczy(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hungarian <kde-l10n-hu(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/online-update-configuration.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/online-update-configuration.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/online-update-configuration.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/online-update.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/online-update.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/online-update.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/opensuse_mirror.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/opensuse_mirror.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/opensuse_mirror.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 09:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Marcel Hilzinger <hili(a)suselinux.hu>\n"
"Language-Team: Hungarian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/pam.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/pam.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/pam.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/product-creator.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/product-creator.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/product-creator.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/proxy.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/proxy.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/proxy.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: proxy\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/rdp.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/rdp.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/rdp.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: rdp\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/relocation-server.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/relocation-server.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/relocation-server.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/samba-users.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/samba-users.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/samba-users.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/scanner.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/scanner.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/scanner.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/services-manager.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/services-manager.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/services-manager.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/slp-server.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/slp-server.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/slp-server.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/sound.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/sound.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/sound.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sound\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/squid.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/squid.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/squid.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: squid\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/sshd.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/sshd.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/sshd.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sshd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/sysconfig.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/sysconfig.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/sysconfig.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/tftp-server.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/tftp-server.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/tftp-server.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/timezone_db.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/timezone_db.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/timezone_db.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/tune.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/tune.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/tune.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tune\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-12 15:25\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/update.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/update.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/update.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/vpn.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/vpn.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/vpn.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 09:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Marcel Hilzinger <hili(a)suselinux.hu>\n"
"Language-Team: Hungarian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -243,14 +243,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The server name is already in configured."
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr "A szervernév már be van állítva."
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -359,57 +359,57 @@
msgstr "Megpróbálja egy másik CD-vel?"
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Név"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Leírás"
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "All networks"
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr "Összes hálózat"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
# clients/lan_modem.ycp:793
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection Management"
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "Kapcsolatkezelés"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Típus"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Master Server"
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr "Elsődleges DNS-kiszolgáló"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Clients"
msgid "Client"
@@ -417,59 +417,59 @@
# modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:63
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:118
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Choose Scenario"
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr "Válasszon egy alapesetet"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Choose the directory with certificates"
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr "Válassza ki a könyvtárt, ahol a tanúsítvány található"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
# modules/inst_sw_details.ycp:123
# clients/inst_sw_details.ycp:220
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "External credentials"
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr "Külső hitelesítési adatok"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
# modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:63
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:118
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server Requires Authentication"
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr "A kiszolgáló azonosítást kér"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read certificates"
msgid "By a certificate"
@@ -477,13 +477,13 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:88
# clients/lan_route.ycp:306
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default &Gateway IP"
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr "Alapértelmezett át&járó"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -601,40 +601,40 @@
msgstr "A Smart nem használható ehhez a lemezhez."
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr "A szükséges csomagok telepítése nem sikerült."
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon"
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr "A CUPS-démon indítása sikertelen"
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system."
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr "A beállítások alkalmazása sikertelen."
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to create the new map."
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr "Az új csatolás létrehozása sikertelen."
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -642,33 +642,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Global Settings"
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr "Általános beállítások"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:799
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable VPN Services"
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr "VPN szolgáltatás engedélyezése"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
# modules/printconf/printconf.ycp:363
# clients/printconf_ask_device.ycp:69
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create Client Connection"
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr "Klienskapcsolat létrehozása"
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
@@ -676,7 +676,7 @@
# modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:259
# clients/lan_route.ycp:319
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read current connection setup"
msgid "A client connecting to "
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/xpram.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/xpram.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/xpram.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xpram\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 16:46\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/yast2-apparmor.hu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/yast2-apparmor.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/yast2-apparmor.hu.po 2016-07-04 09:04:37 UTC (rev 96005)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r96004 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
04 Jul '16
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:03:38 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 96004
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/add-on-creator.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/audit-laf.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/control-center.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/crowbar.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/docker.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/fcoe-client.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/firewall-services.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/firewall.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/fonts.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ftp-server.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/http-server.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/iplb.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/isns.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/journal.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/languages_db.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ldap-client.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ldap.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/live-installer.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/mail.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/migration.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/multipath.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nfs.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nis.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nis_server.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/oneclickinstall.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/online-update-configuration.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/online-update.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/opensuse_mirror.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/pam.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/product-creator.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/proxy.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/rdp.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/relocation-server.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/samba-users.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/scanner.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/services-manager.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/slp-server.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sound.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/squid.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sshd.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sysconfig.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/tftp-server.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/timezone_db.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/tune.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/update.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/vpn.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/xpram.sv.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/yast2-apparmor.sv.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/add-on-creator.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/add-on-creator.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/add-on-creator.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/audit-laf.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/audit-laf.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/audit-laf.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:25\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/control-center.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/control-center.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/control-center.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/crowbar.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/crowbar.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/crowbar.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-01-04 13:30+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Mattias Newzella <newzella(a)linux.nu>\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -26,19 +26,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "Ställ in cd-skapare"
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -52,11 +42,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -197,32 +187,35 @@
msgstr "&IP-adress"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Namn"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr "Webbadress"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User Found Error"
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr "Användare hittade fel"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Target Name"
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr "Målnamn"
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr "Arkitektur"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Hardware configuration %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -235,90 +228,97 @@
"Välj en annan."
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP Server &URL"
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr "&URL för LDAP-server"
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Repository Name"
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr "A&rkivnamn"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User Found Error"
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr "Användare hittade fel"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repository URL"
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr "Arkiv-URL"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repository"
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr "Arkiv"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local NTP Server"
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr "Lokal NTP-server"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote WINS Server"
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr "WINS-fjärrserver"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Master Server"
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr "Huvudserver"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "Egen"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "Användarnamn"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Lösenord"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reenter the &Password"
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "&Bekräfta lösenordet"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server name cannot be empty."
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr "Servernamn kan inte vara tomt."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@
"Försök igen."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Hardware configuration %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -340,19 +340,19 @@
"Välj en annan."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The entered URL '%1' is invalid"
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "Den angivna webbadressen \"%1\" är felaktig"
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "inaktiverad"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@
msgstr "IP-adressen är felaktig."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -380,14 +380,14 @@
msgstr "Den fjärranslutna IP-adressen är felaktig."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Formatet på serveradressen \"%1\" är felaktigt."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "IP address %1 does not match\n"
@@ -398,27 +398,27 @@
"det aktuella nätverket %2/%3.\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "M&insta IP-adress"
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "&Högsta IP-adress"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "IP address %1 does not match\n"
@@ -429,56 +429,56 @@
"det aktuella nätverket %2/%3.\n"
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "Den lägsta adressen måste vara lägre än den högsta."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User Settings"
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "Användarinställningar"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Mode"
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "Nätverksläge"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Network"
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "Bond-nätverk"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "Nätverk"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repositories"
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "Arkiv"
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "CD Creator Configuration Overview"
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
@@ -554,44 +554,44 @@
msgstr "Initierar..."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration"
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Initierar inställningsverktyg för bildläsare"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the configuration"
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "Läs inställningar"
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "Läser inställningar..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Klar"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration"
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Sparar proxyinställningar"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Spara inställningarna"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Sparar inställningarna..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/docker.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/docker.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/docker.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: docker\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/fcoe-client.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/fcoe-client.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/fcoe-client.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/firewall-services.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/firewall-services.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/firewall-services.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/firewall.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/firewall.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/firewall.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/fonts.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/fonts.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/fonts.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-01-04 13:30+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Mattias Newzella <newzella(a)linux.nu>\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -22,63 +22,63 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bitmap Editors"
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr "Bitmappeditorer"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standard"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Fonts"
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr "Typsnitt"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ftp-server.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ftp-server.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ftp-server.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/http-server.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/http-server.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/http-server.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: http-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/iplb.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/iplb.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/iplb.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iplb\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/isns.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/isns.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/isns.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: isns\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/journal.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/journal.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/journal.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: journal\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/languages_db.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/languages_db.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/languages_db.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-14 14:51\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ldap-client.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ldap-client.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ldap-client.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ldap.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ldap.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ldap.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/live-installer.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/live-installer.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/live-installer.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: live-installer\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-18 19:47+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Per Eriksson <per(a)erinet.se>\n"
"Language-Team: <sv(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -44,15 +44,15 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr "Utvärderar filsystem att kopiera..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr "Kopierar rotfilsystem..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr "Paketen kopieras..."
@@ -60,12 +60,12 @@
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr "Kopierar %1..."
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -75,72 +75,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr "Kopierar live-avbilden till hårddisk"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Inställningar för installation"
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr "Analyserar systemet..."
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr "Använd %1%% av disken %2 för Linux"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr "Använd inte disk %1"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Partitionering"
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr "Systemstart"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr "Fråga om Linux eller befintligt system ska startas"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr "Starta endast Linux"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr "Tidsgräns för systemstart: %1 sekunder"
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "Tangentbord"
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Tidszon"
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr "Ändra inställningar för installation"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
@@ -149,7 +131,7 @@
"Använd <b>Acceptera</b> för att utföra en ny installation med värdena som visas.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -165,7 +147,7 @@
"eller genom att klicka på <b>Ändra inställningar för installation</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -290,7 +272,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Kopierar filer till installerat system..."
@@ -314,6 +296,18 @@
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "Sparar tidszon..."
+#~ msgid "System start-up"
+#~ msgstr "Systemstart"
+
+#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
+#~ msgstr "Fråga om Linux eller befintligt system ska startas"
+
+#~ msgid "Boot only Linux"
+#~ msgstr "Starta endast Linux"
+
+#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
+#~ msgstr "Tidsgräns för systemstart: %1 sekunder"
+
#~ msgid "Installation settings"
#~ msgstr "Inställningar för installation"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/mail.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/mail.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/mail.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/migration.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/migration.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/migration.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: migration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 15:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-13 11:27\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/multipath.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/multipath.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/multipath.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: multipath\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nfs.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nfs.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nfs.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nis.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nis.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nis.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nis_server.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nis_server.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nis_server.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/oneclickinstall.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/oneclickinstall.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/oneclickinstall.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-01-04 13:30+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Mattias Newzella <newzella(a)linux.nu>\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/online-update-configuration.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/online-update-configuration.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/online-update-configuration.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/online-update.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/online-update.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/online-update.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/opensuse_mirror.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/opensuse_mirror.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/opensuse_mirror.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-01-04 13:30+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Mattias Newzella <newzella(a)linux.nu>\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/pam.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/pam.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/pam.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/product-creator.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/product-creator.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/product-creator.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-03 10:44\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/proxy.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/proxy.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/proxy.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: proxy\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/rdp.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/rdp.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/rdp.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: rdp\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/relocation-server.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/relocation-server.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/relocation-server.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/samba-users.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/samba-users.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/samba-users.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/scanner.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/scanner.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/scanner.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/services-manager.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/services-manager.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/services-manager.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/slp-server.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/slp-server.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/slp-server.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sound.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sound.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sound.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sound\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/squid.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/squid.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/squid.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: squid\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sshd.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sshd.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sshd.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sshd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sysconfig.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sysconfig.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sysconfig.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/tftp-server.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/tftp-server.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/tftp-server.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/timezone_db.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/timezone_db.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/timezone_db.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/tune.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/tune.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/tune.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tune\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-14 14:51\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/update.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/update.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/update.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/vpn.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/vpn.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/vpn.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-01-04 13:30+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Mattias Newzella <newzella(a)linux.nu>\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -236,14 +236,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used."
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr "Specificerat könamn %1 används redan."
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -342,120 +342,120 @@
msgstr "Vill du byta cd och försöka igen?"
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Namn"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beskrivning"
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection Management"
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "Anslutningshantering"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Typ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Master Server"
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr "Huvudserver"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Clients"
msgid "Client"
msgstr "Klienter"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The scanner"
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr "Bildläsaren"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "You must select a certificate."
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr "Du måste välja ett certifikat."
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit Crypt File"
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr "R&edigera krypteringsfil"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server Requires Authentication"
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr "Server kräver autentisering"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read certificates"
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr "Läs certifikat"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default &Gateway IP"
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr "Standard-&gateway IP"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -568,40 +568,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr "Kunde inte installera alla paket som krävs."
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr "Starta om NTP-demon"
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr "Skriv inställningar för IP-vidarebefordring"
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to create the new map."
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr "Misslyckades med att skapa den nya kartan."
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -609,35 +609,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Global Settings"
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr "Globala alternativ"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable VPN Services"
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr "Aktivera VPN-tjänsten"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create Client Connection"
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr "Skapa klientanslutning"
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read current connection setup"
msgid "A client connecting to "
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/xpram.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/xpram.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/xpram.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xpram\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/yast2-apparmor.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/yast2-apparmor.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/yast2-apparmor.sv.po 2016-07-04 09:03:38 UTC (rev 96004)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r96003 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
04 Jul '16
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:03:01 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 96003
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/add-on-creator.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/add-on.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/audit-laf.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/auth-client.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/auth-server.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/autoinst.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/base.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/bootloader.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ca-management.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/cio.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/cluster.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/control-center.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/control.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/country.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/crowbar.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/dhcp-server.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/dns-server.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/docker.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/drbd.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/fcoe-client.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firewall-services.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firewall.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firstboot.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/fonts.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ftp-server.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/geo-cluster.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/http-server.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/inetd.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/installation.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/instserver.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iplb.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iscsi-client.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iscsi-lio-server.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/isns.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/journal.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/kdump.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/languages_db.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ldap-client.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ldap.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/live-installer.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/mail.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/multipath.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/network.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nfs.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nfs_server.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nis.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nis_server.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ntp-client.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/oneclickinstall.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/online-update-configuration.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/online-update.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/opensuse_mirror.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/packager.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/pam.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/pkg-bindings.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/printer.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/product-creator.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/proxy.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/rdp.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/rear.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/registration.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/reipl.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/relocation-server.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-client.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-server.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-users.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/scanner.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/security.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/services-manager.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/slp-server.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/snapper.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sound.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/squid.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sshd.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/storage.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/support.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sysconfig.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/tftp-server.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/timezone_db.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/tune.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/update.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/users.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/vm.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/vpn.sq.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/yast2-apparmor.sq.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/add-on-creator.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/add-on-creator.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/add-on-creator.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/add-on.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/add-on.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/add-on.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -67,13 +67,14 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
-msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
msgstr ""
+#. just report error
#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr ""
#. placeholder for unknown path
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/audit-laf.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/audit-laf.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/audit-laf.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/auth-client.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/auth-client.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/auth-client.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,1110 +16,1666 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
msgid "None."
msgstr ""
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
-msgid "Sections"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Options - %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-msgid "More Parameters"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-msgid "Name filter:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
msgstr ""
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-msgid "Identification provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/auth-server.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/auth-server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/auth-server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -435,12 +435,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -466,8 +466,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""
@@ -556,8 +556,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2420,237 +2420,237 @@
msgstr ""
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/autoinst.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/autoinst.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/autoinst.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr ""
@@ -49,12 +49,12 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
@@ -295,23 +295,21 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -476,111 +474,99 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
msgid "Registration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
-msgid "Configure users and groups"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77
-msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr ""
-#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a
-#. network configuration is available. So this will be written
-#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
-#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
-#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#. configure general settings
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr ""
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr ""
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1486,7 +1472,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1496,7 +1482,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1535,7 +1521,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr ""
@@ -2101,7 +2087,7 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2117,45 +2103,45 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr ""
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr ""
@@ -2165,14 +2151,14 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2181,7 +2167,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2212,97 +2198,79 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
-msgid "Syncing time..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
-msgid "Syncing time with %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
-msgid "Time syncing failed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
-msgid "Cannot update system time."
-msgstr ""
-
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -2383,7 +2351,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2391,76 +2359,76 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr ""
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr ""
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr ""
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr ""
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr ""
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "Ok"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2468,43 +2436,43 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr ""
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr ""
@@ -2547,14 +2515,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr ""
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2562,14 +2530,14 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr ""
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/base.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/base.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/base.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr ""
@@ -422,14 +422,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -990,6 +990,73 @@
"F keys are not available.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196
+msgid "running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
@@ -1184,7 +1251,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr ""
@@ -1207,7 +1274,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -1408,27 +1475,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1438,7 +1505,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1448,7 +1515,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1456,18 +1523,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr ""
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2446,47 +2513,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
msgid "TCP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
msgid "UDP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251
msgid "RPC"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2497,80 +2564,80 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480
msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
msgid "Check for network devices"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
msgid "Read current configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492
msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500
msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr ""
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr ""
@@ -2660,49 +2727,50 @@
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
#.
-#. @param [String] service name
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
#. defined by package.
#.
#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
#.
#. @example
#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr ""
@@ -2726,35 +2794,75 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2763,57 +2871,57 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -2824,34 +2932,34 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr ""
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2860,7 +2968,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2870,83 +2978,83 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr ""
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2954,99 +3062,99 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082
msgid "Package: "
msgstr ""
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr ""
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3056,64 +3164,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
@@ -3124,27 +3232,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr ""
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr ""
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3152,20 +3260,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083
msgid "Size: "
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3229,12 +3337,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3242,34 +3350,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
@@ -3281,7 +3389,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3290,7 +3398,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3299,7 +3407,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3307,7 +3415,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3320,124 +3428,124 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr ""
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr ""
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr ""
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3755,83 +3863,83 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr ""
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667
msgid "&Details"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr ""
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr ""
@@ -4426,6 +4534,16 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr ""
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
+msgid ""
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
@@ -4495,7 +4613,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4503,7 +4621,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5397,51 +5515,3 @@
"There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n"
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-msgid "running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/bootloader.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/bootloader.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/bootloader.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -27,49 +27,147 @@
#. command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-msgid "Delete a global option"
+msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for set action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option"
+msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
msgstr ""
+#. command line help text for add action
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72
+msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82
msgid "Print value of specified option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+msgid "The name of the section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97
msgid "The key of the option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104
msgid "The value of the option"
msgstr ""
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225
+msgid "Section %1 not found."
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr ""
+#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name
+#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239
+msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
-msgid "Option was not specified."
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245
+msgid "Section name must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
-msgid "Value: %s"
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265
+msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284
msgid "Specified option does not exist."
msgstr ""
+#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287
+msgid "Value: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+msgid "Disk Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68
+msgid "Boot Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. `VSpacing(1),
+#. Window title
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -141,11 +239,17 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
@@ -153,55 +257,64 @@
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
+msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
+msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -210,160 +323,227 @@
"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr ""
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration
+#. and installation
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Jiri Srain <jsrain(a)suse.cz>
+#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
+#. Olaf Dabrunz <od(a)suse.de>
+#. Philipp Thomas <pth(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68
+msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))),
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129
+msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Validate function of a popup
#. @param [String] key any widget key
#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr ""
-
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr ""
+#. Common widget of a console
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+msgid "Use &serial console"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+msgid "&Console arguments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555
+msgid "&Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556
+msgid "&Down"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
+msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr ""
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -382,34 +562,54 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
+msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
+msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -418,20 +618,30 @@
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
+#. combo box item
+#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
+#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
+#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
+#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523
msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537
msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
msgstr ""
#. item of a combo box
+#. item of a combo box
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540
msgid "Text Mode"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr ""
@@ -452,70 +662,223 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
+#. file open popup caption
+#. file open popup caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279
msgid "Select File"
msgstr ""
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr ""
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr ""
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325
+msgid "Kernel Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636
+msgid "Section Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585
+msgid "Xen Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591
+msgid "Menu Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593
+msgid "Dump Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628
+msgid "Other System Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803
+msgid "&Filename"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811
+msgid "Filename: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. multiline edit header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828
+msgid "Fi&le Contents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836
+msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. sections list widget
+#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections
+#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections
+#. menu button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641
+msgid "Other"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134
+msgid "Xen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
+msgid "Floppy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154
+msgid "Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161
+msgid "Dump"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header, Def stands for default
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255
+msgid "Def."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header; header for section details, either
+#. the specification of the kernel image to load,
+#. or the specification of device to boot from
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+msgid "Image / Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271
+msgid "Set as De&fault"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -524,64 +887,106 @@
"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
+"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
+"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a course of action:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406
+msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415
+msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423
+msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433
+msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514
+msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. pushbutton
+#. menu button entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586
+msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+msgstr ""
+
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr ""
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr ""
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr ""
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
-msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730
+msgid "&Section Management"
msgstr ""
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740
+msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818
+msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
@@ -598,9 +1003,16 @@
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#. help text, optional part of following
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
+"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
+"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
@@ -608,28 +1020,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -640,7 +1052,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -649,14 +1061,14 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -664,7 +1076,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -676,8 +1088,19 @@
"to start &product;.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7
+#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
+"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
+"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
+"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -685,7 +1108,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -694,7 +1117,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -702,7 +1125,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
@@ -710,7 +1133,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
@@ -718,7 +1141,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
@@ -726,7 +1149,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -734,7 +1157,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
@@ -742,14 +1165,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -757,28 +1180,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -786,40 +1209,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48
msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
+#. popup, %1 is bootloader name
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101
+msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup - continuing
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113
+msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup message
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
msgid ""
@@ -834,42 +1267,111 @@
"All changes will be lost.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. yes-no popup question
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59
+msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
msgstr ""
+#. message popup, %1 is sectino label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed.\n"
+"Check section %1 settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
+"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116
msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
msgstr ""
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128
+msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130
+msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136
+msgid "Create a FAT File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
+"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
+"and confirm with OK.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150
+msgid "&Low Level Format"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153
+msgid "&Create File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182
+msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207
+msgid "Creating file system failed."
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218
msgid ""
"The name selected is already used.\n"
"Use a different one.\n"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229
msgid ""
"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241
+msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
+msgstr ""
+
#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -883,257 +1385,505 @@
msgstr ""
#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305
msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
msgstr ""
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23
+msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
+msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Disk order settings"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
+msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
+"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
+msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
+msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
+"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
+"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
-msgid "Booting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57
+msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
-msgid "&Booting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
+msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64
+msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
+msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
+"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
+"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
+"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583
+msgid "Image Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96
+msgid "&Kernel Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97
+msgid "&Root Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100
+msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101
+msgid "Chainloader Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102
+msgid "Use Password Protection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103
+msgid "&Other System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104
+msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105
+msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106
+msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107
+msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109
+msgid "&Hypervisor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110
+msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112
+msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113
+msgid "&Menu Description File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114
+msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115
+msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116
+msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117
+msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118
+msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119
+msgid "&Dump Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120
+msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122
+msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123
+msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124
+msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125
+msgid "&Show boot menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126
+msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127
+msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128
+msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58
+msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65
+msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82
+msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:"";
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227
+msgid "Enable &SELinux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401
+msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533
+msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573
+msgid "Clone Selected Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader')
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587
+msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609
+msgid "Section Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668
+msgid "Section &Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr ""
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
+#.
+#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr ""
+#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO)
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr ""
+#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
+msgid " (\"/boot\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
+msgid " (\"/\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
+#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
+#. section name "suffix" for default section
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768
+msgid " (default)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779
+msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary text
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788
+msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919
+msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr ""
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
+#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+msgstr ""
+
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
-msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
+msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ca-management.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ca-management.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ca-management.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -1836,42 +1836,41 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/cio.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/cio.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/cio.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/cluster.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/cluster.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/cluster.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""
@@ -199,169 +199,169 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Del"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
@@ -452,96 +452,96 @@
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/control-center.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/control-center.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/control-center.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/control.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/control.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/control.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,238 +15,204 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+msgid "Expert"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
-msgid "Installation Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
msgid "Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
-msgid "Perform Update"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
+msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/country.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/country.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/country.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -735,56 +735,56 @@
"Enter the correct date.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Other &Settings..."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr ""
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -794,7 +794,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -802,12 +802,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/crowbar.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/crowbar.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/crowbar.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -20,19 +20,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr ""
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -44,11 +34,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -167,124 +157,132 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr ""
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -292,91 +290,91 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr ""
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -385,7 +383,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr ""
@@ -430,37 +428,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/dhcp-server.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/dhcp-server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/dhcp-server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -56,9 +56,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr ""
@@ -98,242 +96,247 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr ""
@@ -358,190 +361,150 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr ""
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
@@ -549,60 +512,60 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -610,48 +573,48 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr ""
@@ -659,10 +622,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -670,61 +633,61 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr ""
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -732,8 +695,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -741,135 +704,135 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -882,15 +845,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -902,7 +865,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1115,7 +1078,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr ""
@@ -1139,7 +1102,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
@@ -1150,9 +1113,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr ""
@@ -1168,51 +1131,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1220,80 +1183,80 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr ""
@@ -1572,8 +1535,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1591,17 +1553,9 @@
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1609,7 +1563,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1617,7 +1571,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1627,7 +1581,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1637,14 +1591,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1652,7 +1606,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1661,7 +1615,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1670,7 +1624,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1679,14 +1633,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1696,14 +1650,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1711,7 +1665,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1721,7 +1675,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1730,7 +1684,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1739,7 +1693,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
@@ -1748,21 +1702,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1770,14 +1724,14 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -1785,40 +1739,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -1827,7 +1781,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1838,7 +1792,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -1846,14 +1800,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -1861,14 +1815,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1878,45 +1832,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -1924,7 +1878,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -1934,23 +1888,23 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr ""
@@ -1960,101 +1914,101 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr ""
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr ""
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2062,7 +2016,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2070,7 +2024,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2078,206 +2032,195 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2288,101 +2231,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -2390,22 +2333,22 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/dns-server.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/dns-server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/dns-server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -416,8 +416,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""
@@ -550,8 +550,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
@@ -598,32 +598,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417
msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr ""
@@ -631,8 +631,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -640,8 +640,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/docker.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/docker.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/docker.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/drbd.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/drbd.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/drbd.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -224,10 +224,11 @@
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -253,11 +254,11 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -266,20 +267,22 @@
"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -289,7 +292,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -299,14 +302,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -315,7 +318,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -323,7 +326,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
@@ -331,14 +334,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
@@ -346,7 +349,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -355,7 +358,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -363,7 +366,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -371,50 +374,107 @@
msgstr ""
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr ""
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
-msgid "Node names must be different."
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569
+msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -516,81 +576,81 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -598,46 +658,46 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/fcoe-client.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/fcoe-client.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/fcoe-client.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firewall-services.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firewall-services.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firewall-services.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firewall.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firewall.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firewall.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firstboot.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firstboot.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firstboot.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -110,11 +110,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
+msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
+msgid "Module Name"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog text
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/fonts.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/fonts.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/fonts.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -18,59 +18,59 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ftp-server.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ftp-server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ftp-server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/geo-cluster.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/geo-cluster.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/geo-cluster.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
@@ -114,17 +114,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -133,24 +133,24 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Ca&ncel"
msgstr ""
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
@@ -159,177 +159,185 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr ""
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid "Authentication file "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog contents
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/http-server.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/http-server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/http-server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/inetd.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/inetd.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/inetd.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -101,11 +101,11 @@
msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
@@ -117,15 +117,15 @@
msgid "Prot."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
msgid "Wait"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "User"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
msgid "Server"
msgstr ""
@@ -140,12 +140,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. determine wait mode (convert to string)
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
@@ -161,181 +161,181 @@
#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode:
#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process."
msgstr ""
#. if (true) { // for debugging
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179
msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed."
msgstr ""
#. This is main inetd module dialog.
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "&Activate All Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "&Deactivate All Services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334
msgid "D&isable"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Enab&le"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf
#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Currently Available Services"
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`notify),
#. `opt(`keepSorting),
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Ch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Type "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
msgid "Server / Args"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Add service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "&Add"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Edit service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Delete service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Change service status
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384
msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396
msgid "Status for All &Services"
msgstr ""
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
msgstr ""
#. execute dialog
#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Add a New Service Entry"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Error
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552
msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog."
msgstr ""
#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736
msgid "Edit a service entry"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Warning
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782
msgid ""
"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n"
"Internet super-server will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. service name
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807
msgid "&Service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "RPC Versio&n"
msgstr ""
#. service status (running or stopped)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "Service is acti&ve."
msgstr ""
#. service socket type
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828
msgid "Socket T&ype"
msgstr ""
#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850
msgid "&Wait"
msgstr ""
#. user and group ComboBoxes
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "&User"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. Server arguments
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "S&erver"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Server Argumen&ts"
msgstr ""
#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Co&mment"
msgstr ""
@@ -349,26 +349,26 @@
#. It does not get the NIS entries.
#. "+" is filtered out.
#. @return [Array] groups
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353
msgid "--default--"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942
msgid ""
"Service is empty.\n"
"Enter valid values.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only."
msgstr ""
@@ -572,57 +572,57 @@
msgstr ""
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185
msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193
msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267
msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. in future: catch errors
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337
msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgstr ""
#. "enabled" defaults to true
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607
msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618
msgid "Network services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623
msgid "Network services are managed via %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627
msgid "These services will be enabled"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/installation.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/installation.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/installation.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -171,28 +171,28 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr ""
@@ -239,47 +239,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
@@ -456,7 +416,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -483,52 +443,26 @@
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -538,7 +472,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -547,7 +481,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -555,7 +489,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -564,7 +498,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -572,22 +506,48 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415
+msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#. !/usr/bin/env rspec
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287
+#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -677,7 +637,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
@@ -686,8 +646,8 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
msgid "Deploying Images..."
@@ -695,34 +655,34 @@
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr ""
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr ""
@@ -748,33 +708,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -793,7 +754,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
@@ -833,53 +794,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr ""
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr ""
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr ""
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr ""
@@ -904,27 +865,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -932,7 +893,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
@@ -940,7 +901,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1185,21 +1146,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1207,7 +1168,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1216,12 +1177,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215
+msgid ""
+"Downloading installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
@@ -1273,8 +1260,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1476,7 +1463,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1593,58 +1580,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr ""
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr ""
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr ""
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr ""
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr ""
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr ""
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1655,42 +1631,36 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr ""
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr ""
@@ -1718,7 +1688,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1728,7 +1698,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1737,7 +1707,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1746,7 +1716,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1755,7 +1725,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1763,12 +1733,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1777,7 +1747,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1791,6 +1761,16 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr ""
+#. skip forward or backward
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -1798,10 +1778,71 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr ""
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr ""
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/instserver.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/instserver.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/instserver.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -61,37 +61,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the current cd number
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue."
msgstr ""
#. %2 is the product name and version
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgstr ""
#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. popup request, %1 is ISO name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr ""
#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n"
"by the current repository.\n"
@@ -100,97 +100,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697
msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698
msgid "This may take a while..."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: report more details (stderr)
#. rename the directory
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361
msgid "Error while moving repository content."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "Repository Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000
msgid "Data &Source"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Use &ISO Images"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017
msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400
msgid "Select &Directory"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
msgid "Installation server name missing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid ""
"Contents already exist in this directory.\n"
"Not copying CDs."
msgstr ""
#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123
msgid ""
"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n"
"Package CD, etc.) to the repository?"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199
msgid "Repository &Name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252
msgid "Invalid repository name."
msgstr ""
#. an error message - entered repository name already exists
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists,\n"
"enter another name."
msgstr ""
#. create directory only for a new repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273
msgid ""
"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n"
"Verify that the directory \n"
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n"
"When adding a new repository with the same name\n"
@@ -209,87 +209,87 @@
msgstr ""
#. Instserver server dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376
msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392
msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412
msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420
msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428
msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480
msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507
msgid "Installation Server -- NFS"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527
msgid "&Options"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585
msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617
msgid "Installation Server -- FTP"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Directory Alias:"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684
msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704
msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Directory Alias"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777
msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration."
msgstr ""
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read service data using _auto
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308
msgid ""
"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n"
"will now be installed.\n"
@@ -554,79 +554,79 @@
#. @param string directory
#. @param [String] options
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570
msgid ""
"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n"
"Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152
msgid "Initializing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166
msgid "Read configuration file"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168
msgid "Search for a new repository"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172
msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174
msgid "Searching for a new repository..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254
msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iplb.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iplb.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iplb.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iscsi-client.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iscsi-client.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iscsi-client.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Disconnect"
+msgid "Log Out"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
@@ -123,6 +123,9 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
+msgid "Log In"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr ""
@@ -204,8 +207,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -297,42 +300,49 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -347,20 +357,12 @@
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
-msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
+msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
msgstr ""
-#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
-msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -411,30 +413,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
-msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr ""
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr ""
@@ -442,36 +438,36 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -560,7 +556,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -568,12 +564,7 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
-msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iscsi-lio-server.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iscsi-lio-server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iscsi-lio-server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr ""
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Portal group"
msgstr ""
@@ -95,153 +95,159 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Client"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
msgstr ""
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr ""
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr ""
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr ""
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -361,19 +367,24 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
@@ -381,12 +392,12 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -395,19 +406,19 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -416,11 +427,11 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
@@ -443,7 +454,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
@@ -471,7 +482,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-msgid "Client Lun"
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
@@ -491,7 +502,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-msgid "Client name:"
+msgid "Initiator name:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
@@ -500,21 +511,21 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr ""
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr ""
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
@@ -525,93 +536,99 @@
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -625,11 +642,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/isns.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/isns.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/isns.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/journal.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/journal.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/journal.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/kdump.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/kdump.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/kdump.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -360,10 +360,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -1094,148 +1092,163 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/languages_db.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/languages_db.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/languages_db.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ldap-client.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ldap-client.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ldap-client.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ldap.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ldap.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ldap.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/live-installer.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/live-installer.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/live-installer.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -36,27 +36,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr ""
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr ""
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -66,78 +66,60 @@
msgstr ""
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr ""
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -145,7 +127,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -232,7 +214,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/mail.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/mail.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/mail.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/multipath.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/multipath.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/multipath.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/network.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/network.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/network.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr ""
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -701,13 +701,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
msgid "Change."
msgstr ""
@@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr ""
@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
@@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr ""
@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1195,13 +1195,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr ""
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1212,20 +1212,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1243,60 +1243,60 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195
msgid "&General"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1306,12 +1306,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr ""
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1623,12 +1623,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr ""
@@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2434,7 +2434,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2676,47 +2676,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr ""
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -2724,20 +2724,20 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -2746,21 +2746,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
@@ -2769,57 +2769,57 @@
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -2829,7 +2829,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -2839,97 +2839,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr ""
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354
msgid "Any"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360
msgid "GTC"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364
msgid "PAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -2970,12 +2970,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -2983,111 +2983,61 @@
"Try again?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871
msgid "Modems"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3159,8 +3109,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -3186,28 +3136,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3239,27 +3189,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3295,40 +3245,40 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3556,7 +3506,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr ""
@@ -3645,7 +3595,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3668,7 +3618,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -3680,440 +3630,433 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr ""
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr ""
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638
msgid "No network running"
msgstr ""
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr ""
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
msgid "connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr ""
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr ""
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4121,30 +4064,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr ""
@@ -4153,22 +4096,22 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nfs.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nfs.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nfs.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nfs_server.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nfs_server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nfs_server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -71,27 +71,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -100,11 +100,11 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
msgstr ""
@@ -155,55 +155,63 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr ""
+#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
+msgid ""
+"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+"with spaces in their names.\n"
+"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+msgstr ""
+
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr ""
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr ""
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -211,25 +219,25 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
@@ -237,51 +245,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
msgid "&Start"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -289,77 +297,82 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
"IP networks.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Help, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
+msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr ""
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -367,71 +380,83 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314
+msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321
+msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328
+msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+msgstr ""
+
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
-msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349
+msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr ""
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nis.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nis.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nis.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nis_server.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nis_server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nis_server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ntp-client.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ntp-client.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ntp-client.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -71,25 +71,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/oneclickinstall.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/oneclickinstall.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/oneclickinstall.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/online-update-configuration.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/online-update-configuration.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/online-update-configuration.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/online-update.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/online-update.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/online-update.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/opensuse_mirror.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/opensuse_mirror.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/opensuse_mirror.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/packager.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/packager.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/packager.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -168,8 +168,8 @@
#. force minimum width
#. table header - name of the repo
#. table header - name of the repo
-#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716
+#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr ""
@@ -463,8 +463,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -494,100 +494,85 @@
msgstr ""
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57
msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr ""
#. pad to 3 characters
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. unkown name (alias) of the source
#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter,
#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260
msgid "Unknown Name"
msgstr ""
#. displaye only repositories from the selected service
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables
-#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342
-msgid "Raw URL: %s"
-msgstr ""
-
#. heading - in case repo name not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357
msgid "Unknown Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367
msgid "Category: %1"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377
msgid "Service: %1"
msgstr ""
#. #176013
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625
msgid "All repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628
msgid "All services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637
msgid "Service '%1'"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only
-#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also
-#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE
-#. within product subscription.
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669
-msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service"
-msgstr ""
-
#. combobox label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
msgid "View"
msgstr ""
#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667
msgid "Priority"
msgstr ""
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. status info, to be used inside summary
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -596,98 +581,98 @@
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo?
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685
msgid "Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. table header - service to which the repo belongs
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
#. table header - URL of the repo
#. table header - URL of the repo
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. push button - change URL of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr ""
#. push button - refresh the selected repository now
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791
msgid "Re&fresh Selected"
msgstr ""
#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793
msgid "Status &on or off"
msgstr ""
#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795
msgid "Refre&sh on or off"
msgstr ""
#. push button - set name of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797
msgid "Set &Name..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804
msgid "Properties"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809
msgid "&Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815
msgid "Automatically &Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853
msgid "&GPG Keys..."
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862
msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864
msgid "Refresh all &Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871
msgid "Configured Software Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. help
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -697,7 +682,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n"
@@ -706,7 +691,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n"
@@ -719,7 +704,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -729,31 +714,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 1
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
msgid ""
"Unable to save changes to the repository\n"
"configuration."
@@ -761,7 +746,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -769,79 +754,79 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030
msgid "Abort Repository Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032
msgid ""
"Abort the repository configuration?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
msgstr ""
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr ""
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
"and its repositories?"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
"cannot be set."
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -850,7 +835,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -954,20 +939,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
msgid ""
"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1268,42 +1253,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr ""
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152
msgid "Repository"
msgstr ""
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1315,7 +1300,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1323,19 +1308,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr ""
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
@@ -1348,19 +1333,19 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr ""
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
msgid ""
"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
@@ -1368,58 +1353,58 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr ""
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr ""
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -1917,7 +1902,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr ""
@@ -1982,7 +1967,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr ""
@@ -2050,7 +2035,7 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr ""
@@ -2071,46 +2056,46 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2120,23 +2105,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2145,42 +2130,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2188,17 +2173,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2208,20 +2193,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363
msgid "&File System"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2234,7 +2219,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2242,11 +2227,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2258,12 +2243,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2271,71 +2256,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600
msgid "&Port"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "&Share"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2350,7 +2335,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2359,12 +2344,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2372,7 +2357,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2380,7 +2365,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2390,7 +2375,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2399,25 +2384,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr ""
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr ""
-#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2427,19 +2412,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/pam.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/pam.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/pam.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/pkg-bindings.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/pkg-bindings.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/pkg-bindings.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -43,12 +43,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/printer.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/printer.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/printer.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -204,8 +204,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
@@ -434,8 +434,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr ""
@@ -2532,56 +2532,56 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
msgid "&Local"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr ""
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr ""
@@ -2591,7 +2591,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -2604,7 +2604,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -2619,74 +2619,74 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr ""
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr ""
@@ -2697,33 +2697,33 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2732,25 +2732,25 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr ""
@@ -2758,7 +2758,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2777,28 +2777,28 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2806,25 +2806,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr ""
@@ -2844,53 +2844,53 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr ""
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/product-creator.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/product-creator.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/product-creator.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/proxy.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/proxy.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/proxy.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/rdp.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/rdp.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/rdp.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/rear.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/rear.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/rear.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -228,11 +228,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/registration.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/registration.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/registration.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
@@ -68,30 +68,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr ""
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr ""
@@ -229,28 +229,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -266,39 +255,39 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -308,23 +297,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -332,6 +321,24 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
@@ -360,7 +367,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -369,14 +376,14 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
msgstr ""
@@ -386,34 +393,34 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -421,7 +428,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -452,7 +459,7 @@
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr ""
@@ -473,12 +480,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
@@ -670,7 +677,7 @@
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr ""
@@ -697,7 +704,7 @@
#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -769,12 +776,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -787,7 +794,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
@@ -798,7 +805,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213
msgid ""
"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
"installation has completed."
@@ -806,8 +813,8 @@
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. SSL error message
@@ -855,11 +862,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr ""
-
#. input field label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
@@ -1063,10 +1065,10 @@
msgstr ""
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/reipl.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/reipl.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/reipl.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/relocation-server.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/relocation-server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/relocation-server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-client.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-client.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-client.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -787,86 +787,86 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-server.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-users.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-users.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-users.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/scanner.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/scanner.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/scanner.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/security.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/security.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/security.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -115,280 +115,247 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr ""
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Configure"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr ""
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr ""
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -397,33 +364,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -431,7 +398,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -440,7 +407,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
@@ -449,7 +416,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -457,14 +424,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
@@ -472,7 +439,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
@@ -482,7 +449,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
@@ -490,12 +457,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
@@ -503,26 +470,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -530,35 +497,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
@@ -576,7 +543,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
@@ -586,7 +553,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -595,7 +562,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
@@ -604,7 +571,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -615,21 +582,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
@@ -637,26 +604,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -668,7 +635,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
@@ -676,23 +643,23 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
@@ -704,13 +671,13 @@
"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -722,7 +689,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -734,38 +701,86 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
msgid "Workstation"
@@ -823,163 +838,236 @@
"maximum."
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr ""
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
msgid "Disable"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
msgstr ""
@@ -995,61 +1083,61 @@
msgstr ""
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/services-manager.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/services-manager.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/services-manager.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/slp-server.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/slp-server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/slp-server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/snapper.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/snapper.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/snapper.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,294 +15,265 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of snapper
-#. Summary: Main file
-#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
-#.
-#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
+#. The main ()
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "User data"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+#. popup label, %1 is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
+#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
+msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
+msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
-msgid "Post (%{post})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
+msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
-msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
+msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr ""
-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
-msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
msgid "Single"
msgstr ""
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "End Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "User Data"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr ""
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
+msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
-msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
-msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -313,7 +284,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -323,17 +294,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -344,37 +315,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -385,91 +356,115 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
-#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
-msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+#. popup error
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
+msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
msgstr ""
-#. Return the path to given snapshot
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
-msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. Initialize snapper agent
+#. Return true on success
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
#. Create new snapshot
#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
-msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
+msgid "Reason not known."
msgstr ""
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
-msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
+msgid "Configuration not found."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
+msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
+msgid ""
+"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
+msgid "Snapshot was not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
+msgid ""
+"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
+msgid ""
+"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
-msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
msgstr ""
-#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
-msgid "Initializing Snapper"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
+msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
msgstr ""
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
-msgid "Read list of configurations"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
+msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
msgstr ""
-#. Progress stage 2/2
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
+msgid ""
+"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Snapper read dialog caption
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
-msgid "Read list of snapshots"
+msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr ""
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
-msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
+msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
msgstr ""
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
-msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
+msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
-msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
-msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr ""
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr ""
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sound.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sound.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sound.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/squid.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/squid.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/squid.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sshd.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sshd.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sshd.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/storage.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/storage.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/storage.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -143,7 +143,11 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -759,7 +763,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -777,7 +781,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -787,7 +791,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -797,7 +801,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -807,7 +811,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -818,7 +822,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -828,7 +832,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -841,7 +845,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -851,7 +855,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -863,7 +867,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -874,7 +878,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -886,11 +890,11 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -988,53 +992,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1043,7 +1047,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1053,7 +1057,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1063,7 +1067,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1078,13 +1082,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr ""
@@ -1111,7 +1115,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1122,7 +1126,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1142,7 +1146,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1151,7 +1155,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1448,7 +1452,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1463,17 +1467,17 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -1505,7 +1509,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1518,7 +1522,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1531,7 +1535,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -1553,7 +1557,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -1712,7 +1716,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -1727,12 +1731,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -1740,26 +1744,26 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
@@ -2155,39 +2159,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2195,54 +2204,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr ""
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2251,17 +2260,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2271,7 +2280,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2280,56 +2289,56 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr ""
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -2337,8 +2346,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2350,33 +2359,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2386,7 +2395,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2395,12 +2404,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2583,108 +2592,113 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
msgid "Forward"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
msgid "Backward"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2692,51 +2706,51 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -2746,50 +2760,50 @@
"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3025,50 +3039,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
"RAID device will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr ""
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3076,7 +3090,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr ""
@@ -3084,31 +3098,31 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3206,12 +3220,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3506,12 +3520,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr ""
@@ -3545,9 +3559,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr ""
@@ -3557,14 +3571,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
"It cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3905,17 +3919,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -4178,7 +4192,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr ""
@@ -4903,38 +4917,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4944,7 +4971,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4958,7 +4985,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4971,7 +4998,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -4980,7 +5007,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -4988,7 +5015,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -4997,24 +5024,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5022,12 +5049,12 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr ""
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5035,97 +5062,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr ""
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5133,7 +5160,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5141,7 +5168,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5149,18 +5176,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -5744,48 +5771,39 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -5794,35 +5812,48 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr ""
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363
msgid "Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr ""
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/support.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/support.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/support.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -32,52 +32,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Open"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Upload"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -85,184 +85,183 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
msgid "Save as"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
msgstr ""
-#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "File Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sysconfig.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sysconfig.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sysconfig.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/tftp-server.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/tftp-server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/tftp-server.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/timezone_db.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/timezone_db.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/timezone_db.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/tune.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/tune.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/tune.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/update.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/update.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/update.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/users.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/users.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/users.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -124,540 +124,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr ""
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] ""
-msgstr[1] ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -779,11 +245,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1024,93 +485,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr ""
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1262,6 +636,22 @@
"enter the user's current password."
msgstr ""
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1285,6 +675,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -1299,11 +696,30 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr ""
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr ""
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr ""
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1471,6 +887,30 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr ""
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1559,6 +999,20 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr ""
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
@@ -1568,6 +1022,24 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1686,6 +1158,15 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1711,6 +1192,21 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
@@ -2325,7 +1821,9 @@
msgstr ""
#. the type of user set
+#. New user is the default option
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr ""
@@ -2401,6 +1899,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2420,6 +1923,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr ""
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
@@ -2535,6 +2043,11 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2545,6 +2058,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr ""
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -2802,6 +2335,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr ""
@@ -3077,6 +2616,13 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr ""
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3094,6 +2640,346 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -3535,7 +3421,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:716
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -3547,202 +3433,202 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:964
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3750,14 +3636,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3766,7 +3652,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3775,7 +3661,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3783,14 +3669,14 @@
"Really change the user type to 'system'?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -3798,14 +3684,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -3813,7 +3699,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -3821,7 +3707,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -3829,14 +3715,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -3844,7 +3730,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -3852,7 +3738,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -3861,7 +3747,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -3871,19 +3757,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3891,14 +3777,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3907,7 +3793,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3916,7 +3802,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3925,14 +3811,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -3940,7 +3826,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -3949,20 +3835,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -3970,7 +3856,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -3978,22 +3864,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
@@ -4011,21 +3897,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -4142,7 +4028,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4150,7 +4036,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
@@ -4160,7 +4046,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4168,37 +4054,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4206,7 +4092,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4214,20 +4100,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4235,7 +4121,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4244,22 +4130,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/vm.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/vm.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/vm.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -40,151 +40,151 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr ""
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr ""
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr ""
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -197,26 +197,26 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/vpn.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/vpn.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/vpn.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -196,12 +196,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr ""
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -282,102 +282,102 @@
msgstr ""
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
msgid "Client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -462,32 +462,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr ""
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr ""
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr ""
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -495,28 +495,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr ""
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/yast2-apparmor.sq.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/yast2-apparmor.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/yast2-apparmor.sq.po 2016-07-04 09:03:01 UTC (rev 96003)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r96002 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
04 Jul '16
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:02:51 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 96002
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/add-on-creator.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/add-on.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/audit-laf.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/auth-client.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/auth-server.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/autoinst.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/base.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/bootloader.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/ca-management.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/cio.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/cluster.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/control-center.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/control.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/country.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/crowbar.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/dhcp-server.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/dns-server.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/docker.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/drbd.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/fcoe-client.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/firewall-services.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/firewall.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/firstboot.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/fonts.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/ftp-server.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/geo-cluster.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/http-server.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/inetd.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/installation.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/instserver.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/iplb.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/iscsi-client.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/iscsi-lio-server.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/isns.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/journal.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/kdump.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/languages_db.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/ldap-client.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/ldap.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/live-installer.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/mail.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/multipath.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/network.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/nfs.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/nfs_server.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/nis.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/nis_server.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/ntp-client.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/oneclickinstall.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/online-update-configuration.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/online-update.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/opensuse_mirror.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/packager.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/pam.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/pkg-bindings.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/printer.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/product-creator.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/proxy.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/rdp.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/rear.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/registration.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/reipl.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/relocation-server.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/samba-client.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/samba-server.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/samba-users.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/scanner.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/security.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/services-manager.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/slp-server.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/snapper.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/sound.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/squid.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/sshd.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/storage.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/support.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/sysconfig.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/tftp-server.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/timezone_db.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/tune.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/update.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/users.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/vm.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/vpn.si.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/yast2-apparmor.si.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/add-on-creator.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/add-on-creator.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/add-on-creator.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/add-on.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/add-on.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/add-on.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -67,13 +67,14 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
-msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
msgstr ""
+#. just report error
#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr ""
#. placeholder for unknown path
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/audit-laf.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/audit-laf.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/audit-laf.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/auth-client.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/auth-client.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/auth-client.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,1112 +16,1668 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
msgid "None."
msgstr ""
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
-msgid "Sections"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Stop services"
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr "සේවය නවතනු!"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Options - %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-msgid "More Parameters"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-msgid "Name filter:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
msgstr ""
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Stop services"
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "සේවය නවතනු!"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr ""
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-msgid "Identification provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/auth-server.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/auth-server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/auth-server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -435,12 +435,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -466,8 +466,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""
@@ -556,8 +556,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2420,237 +2420,237 @@
msgstr ""
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/autoinst.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/autoinst.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/autoinst.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr ""
@@ -49,12 +49,12 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
@@ -295,23 +295,21 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -476,111 +474,99 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
msgid "Registration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
-msgid "Configure users and groups"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77
-msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr ""
-#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a
-#. network configuration is available. So this will be written
-#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
-#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
-#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#. configure general settings
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr ""
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr ""
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1486,7 +1472,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1496,7 +1482,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1535,7 +1521,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr ""
@@ -2101,7 +2087,7 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2117,45 +2103,45 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr ""
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr ""
@@ -2165,14 +2151,14 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2181,7 +2167,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2212,97 +2198,79 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
-msgid "Syncing time..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
-msgid "Syncing time with %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
-msgid "Time syncing failed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
-msgid "Cannot update system time."
-msgstr ""
-
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -2383,7 +2351,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2391,76 +2359,76 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr ""
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr ""
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr ""
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr ""
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr ""
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "Ok"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2468,43 +2436,43 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr ""
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr ""
@@ -2547,14 +2515,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr ""
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2562,7 +2530,7 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "Couldn't open file: %s."
@@ -2570,7 +2538,7 @@
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/base.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/base.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/base.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr ""
@@ -422,14 +422,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -990,6 +990,73 @@
"F keys are not available.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196
+msgid "running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
@@ -1184,7 +1251,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr ""
@@ -1207,7 +1274,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -1408,27 +1475,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1438,7 +1505,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1448,7 +1515,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1456,18 +1523,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr ""
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2446,47 +2513,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
msgid "TCP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
msgid "UDP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251
msgid "RPC"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2497,80 +2564,80 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480
msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
msgid "Check for network devices"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
msgid "Read current configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492
msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500
msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr ""
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr ""
@@ -2660,49 +2727,50 @@
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
#.
-#. @param [String] service name
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
#. defined by package.
#.
#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
#.
#. @example
#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr ""
@@ -2726,35 +2794,75 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2763,57 +2871,57 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -2824,34 +2932,34 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr ""
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2860,7 +2968,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2870,83 +2978,83 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr ""
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2954,99 +3062,99 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082
msgid "Package: "
msgstr ""
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr ""
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3056,64 +3164,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
@@ -3124,27 +3232,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr ""
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr ""
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3152,20 +3260,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083
msgid "Size: "
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3229,12 +3337,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3242,34 +3350,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
@@ -3281,7 +3389,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3290,7 +3398,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3299,7 +3407,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3307,7 +3415,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3320,125 +3428,125 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr ""
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr ""
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr ""
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3756,83 +3864,83 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr ""
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667
msgid "&Details"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr ""
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr ""
@@ -4427,6 +4535,16 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr ""
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
+msgid ""
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
@@ -4496,7 +4614,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4504,7 +4622,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5406,51 +5524,3 @@
"There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n"
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-msgid "running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/bootloader.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/bootloader.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/bootloader.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -27,49 +27,147 @@
#. command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-msgid "Delete a global option"
+msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for set action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option"
+msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
msgstr ""
+#. command line help text for add action
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72
+msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82
msgid "Print value of specified option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+msgid "The name of the section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97
msgid "The key of the option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104
msgid "The value of the option"
msgstr ""
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225
+msgid "Section %1 not found."
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr ""
+#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name
+#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239
+msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
-msgid "Option was not specified."
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245
+msgid "Section name must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
-msgid "Value: %s"
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265
+msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284
msgid "Specified option does not exist."
msgstr ""
+#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287
+msgid "Value: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+msgid "Disk Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68
+msgid "Boot Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. `VSpacing(1),
+#. Window title
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -141,11 +239,17 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
@@ -153,55 +257,64 @@
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
+msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
+msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -210,160 +323,227 @@
"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr ""
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration
+#. and installation
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Jiri Srain <jsrain(a)suse.cz>
+#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
+#. Olaf Dabrunz <od(a)suse.de>
+#. Philipp Thomas <pth(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68
+msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))),
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129
+msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Validate function of a popup
#. @param [String] key any widget key
#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr ""
-
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr ""
+#. Common widget of a console
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+msgid "Use &serial console"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+msgid "&Console arguments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555
+msgid "&Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556
+msgid "&Down"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
+msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr ""
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -382,34 +562,54 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
+msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
+msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -418,20 +618,30 @@
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
+#. combo box item
+#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
+#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
+#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
+#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523
msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537
msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
msgstr ""
#. item of a combo box
+#. item of a combo box
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540
msgid "Text Mode"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr ""
@@ -452,70 +662,223 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
+#. file open popup caption
+#. file open popup caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279
msgid "Select File"
msgstr ""
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr ""
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr ""
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325
+msgid "Kernel Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636
+msgid "Section Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585
+msgid "Xen Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591
+msgid "Menu Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593
+msgid "Dump Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628
+msgid "Other System Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803
+msgid "&Filename"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811
+msgid "Filename: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. multiline edit header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828
+msgid "Fi&le Contents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836
+msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. sections list widget
+#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections
+#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections
+#. menu button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641
+msgid "Other"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134
+msgid "Xen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
+msgid "Floppy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154
+msgid "Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161
+msgid "Dump"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header, Def stands for default
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255
+msgid "Def."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header; header for section details, either
+#. the specification of the kernel image to load,
+#. or the specification of device to boot from
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+msgid "Image / Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271
+msgid "Set as De&fault"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -524,64 +887,106 @@
"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
+"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
+"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a course of action:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406
+msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415
+msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423
+msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433
+msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514
+msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. pushbutton
+#. menu button entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586
+msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+msgstr ""
+
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr ""
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr ""
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr ""
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
-msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730
+msgid "&Section Management"
msgstr ""
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740
+msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818
+msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
@@ -598,9 +1003,16 @@
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#. help text, optional part of following
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
+"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
+"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
@@ -608,28 +1020,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -640,7 +1052,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -649,14 +1061,14 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -664,7 +1076,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -676,8 +1088,19 @@
"to start &product;.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7
+#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
+"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
+"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
+"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -685,7 +1108,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -694,7 +1117,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -702,7 +1125,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
@@ -710,7 +1133,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
@@ -718,7 +1141,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
@@ -726,7 +1149,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -734,7 +1157,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
@@ -742,14 +1165,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -757,28 +1180,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -786,40 +1209,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48
msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
+#. popup, %1 is bootloader name
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101
+msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup - continuing
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113
+msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup message
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
msgid ""
@@ -834,42 +1267,111 @@
"All changes will be lost.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. yes-no popup question
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59
+msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
msgstr ""
+#. message popup, %1 is sectino label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed.\n"
+"Check section %1 settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
+"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116
msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
msgstr ""
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128
+msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130
+msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136
+msgid "Create a FAT File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
+"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
+"and confirm with OK.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150
+msgid "&Low Level Format"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153
+msgid "&Create File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182
+msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207
+msgid "Creating file system failed."
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218
msgid ""
"The name selected is already used.\n"
"Use a different one.\n"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229
msgid ""
"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241
+msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
+msgstr ""
+
#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -883,257 +1385,505 @@
msgstr ""
#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305
msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
msgstr ""
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23
+msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
+msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Disk order settings"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
+msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
+"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
+msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
+msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
+"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
+"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
-msgid "Booting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57
+msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
-msgid "&Booting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
+msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64
+msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
+msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
+"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
+"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
+"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583
+msgid "Image Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96
+msgid "&Kernel Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97
+msgid "&Root Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100
+msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101
+msgid "Chainloader Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102
+msgid "Use Password Protection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103
+msgid "&Other System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104
+msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105
+msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106
+msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107
+msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109
+msgid "&Hypervisor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110
+msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112
+msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113
+msgid "&Menu Description File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114
+msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115
+msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116
+msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117
+msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118
+msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119
+msgid "&Dump Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120
+msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122
+msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123
+msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124
+msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125
+msgid "&Show boot menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126
+msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127
+msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128
+msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58
+msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65
+msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82
+msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:"";
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227
+msgid "Enable &SELinux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401
+msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533
+msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573
+msgid "Clone Selected Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader')
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587
+msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609
+msgid "Section Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668
+msgid "Section &Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr ""
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
+#.
+#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr ""
+#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO)
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr ""
+#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
+msgid " (\"/boot\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
+msgid " (\"/\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
+#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
+#. section name "suffix" for default section
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768
+msgid " (default)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779
+msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary text
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788
+msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919
+msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr ""
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
+#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+msgstr ""
+
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
-msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
+msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/ca-management.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/ca-management.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/ca-management.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -1836,42 +1836,41 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/cio.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/cio.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/cio.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/cluster.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/cluster.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/cluster.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""
@@ -201,169 +201,169 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Del"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
@@ -454,96 +454,96 @@
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/control-center.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/control-center.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/control-center.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/control.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/control.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/control.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,238 +15,204 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+msgid "Expert"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
-msgid "Installation Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
msgid "Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
-msgid "Perform Update"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
+msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/country.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/country.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/country.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -735,56 +735,56 @@
"Enter the correct date.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Other &Settings..."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr ""
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -794,7 +794,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -802,12 +802,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/crowbar.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/crowbar.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/crowbar.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -20,19 +20,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr ""
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -44,11 +34,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -167,124 +157,132 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr ""
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -292,91 +290,91 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr ""
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -385,7 +383,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr ""
@@ -430,37 +428,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/dhcp-server.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/dhcp-server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/dhcp-server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -56,9 +56,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr ""
@@ -98,242 +96,247 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr ""
@@ -358,190 +361,150 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr ""
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
@@ -549,60 +512,60 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -610,48 +573,48 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr ""
@@ -659,10 +622,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -670,61 +633,61 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr ""
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -732,8 +695,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -741,135 +704,135 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -882,15 +845,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -902,7 +865,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1115,7 +1078,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr ""
@@ -1139,7 +1102,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
@@ -1150,9 +1113,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr ""
@@ -1168,51 +1131,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1220,80 +1183,80 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr ""
@@ -1572,8 +1535,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1591,17 +1553,9 @@
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1609,7 +1563,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1617,7 +1571,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1627,7 +1581,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1637,14 +1591,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1652,7 +1606,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1661,7 +1615,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1670,7 +1624,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1679,14 +1633,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1696,14 +1650,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1711,7 +1665,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1721,7 +1675,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1730,7 +1684,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1739,7 +1693,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
@@ -1748,21 +1702,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1770,14 +1724,14 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -1785,40 +1739,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -1827,7 +1781,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1838,7 +1792,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -1846,14 +1800,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -1861,14 +1815,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1878,45 +1832,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -1924,7 +1878,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -1934,23 +1888,23 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr ""
@@ -1960,101 +1914,101 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr ""
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr ""
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2062,7 +2016,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2070,7 +2024,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2078,206 +2032,195 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2288,101 +2231,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -2390,22 +2333,22 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/dns-server.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/dns-server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/dns-server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -416,8 +416,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""
@@ -550,8 +550,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
@@ -598,32 +598,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417
msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr ""
@@ -631,8 +631,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -640,8 +640,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/docker.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/docker.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/docker.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/drbd.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/drbd.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/drbd.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -224,10 +224,11 @@
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -253,11 +254,11 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -266,20 +267,22 @@
"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -289,7 +292,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -299,14 +302,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -315,7 +318,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -323,7 +326,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
@@ -331,14 +334,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
@@ -346,7 +349,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -355,7 +358,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -363,7 +366,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -371,50 +374,107 @@
msgstr ""
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr ""
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
-msgid "Node names must be different."
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569
+msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -520,81 +580,81 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -602,46 +662,46 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/fcoe-client.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/fcoe-client.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/fcoe-client.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/firewall-services.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/firewall-services.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/firewall-services.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/firewall.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/firewall.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/firewall.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/firstboot.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/firstboot.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/firstboot.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -110,11 +110,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
+msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
+msgid "Module Name"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog text
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/fonts.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/fonts.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/fonts.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -18,59 +18,59 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/ftp-server.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/ftp-server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/ftp-server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/geo-cluster.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/geo-cluster.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/geo-cluster.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
@@ -114,17 +114,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -133,24 +133,24 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Ca&ncel"
msgstr ""
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
@@ -159,177 +159,185 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr ""
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid "Authentication file "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog contents
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/http-server.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/http-server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/http-server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/inetd.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/inetd.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/inetd.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -101,11 +101,11 @@
msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
@@ -117,15 +117,15 @@
msgid "Prot."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
msgid "Wait"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "User"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
msgid "Server"
msgstr ""
@@ -140,12 +140,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. determine wait mode (convert to string)
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
@@ -161,181 +161,181 @@
#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode:
#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process."
msgstr ""
#. if (true) { // for debugging
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179
msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed."
msgstr ""
#. This is main inetd module dialog.
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "&Activate All Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "&Deactivate All Services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334
msgid "D&isable"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Enab&le"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf
#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Currently Available Services"
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`notify),
#. `opt(`keepSorting),
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Ch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Type "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
msgid "Server / Args"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Add service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "&Add"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Edit service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Delete service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Change service status
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384
msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396
msgid "Status for All &Services"
msgstr ""
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
msgstr ""
#. execute dialog
#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Add a New Service Entry"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Error
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552
msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog."
msgstr ""
#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736
msgid "Edit a service entry"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Warning
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782
msgid ""
"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n"
"Internet super-server will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. service name
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807
msgid "&Service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "RPC Versio&n"
msgstr ""
#. service status (running or stopped)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "Service is acti&ve."
msgstr ""
#. service socket type
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828
msgid "Socket T&ype"
msgstr ""
#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850
msgid "&Wait"
msgstr ""
#. user and group ComboBoxes
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "&User"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. Server arguments
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "S&erver"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Server Argumen&ts"
msgstr ""
#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Co&mment"
msgstr ""
@@ -349,26 +349,26 @@
#. It does not get the NIS entries.
#. "+" is filtered out.
#. @return [Array] groups
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353
msgid "--default--"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942
msgid ""
"Service is empty.\n"
"Enter valid values.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only."
msgstr ""
@@ -572,57 +572,57 @@
msgstr ""
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185
msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193
msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267
msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. in future: catch errors
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337
msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgstr ""
#. "enabled" defaults to true
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607
msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618
msgid "Network services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623
msgid "Network services are managed via %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627
msgid "These services will be enabled"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/installation.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/installation.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/installation.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -171,28 +171,28 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr ""
@@ -239,47 +239,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
@@ -456,7 +416,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -483,52 +443,26 @@
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -538,7 +472,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -547,7 +481,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -555,7 +489,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -564,7 +498,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -572,22 +506,48 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415
+msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#. !/usr/bin/env rspec
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287
+#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -677,7 +637,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
@@ -686,8 +646,8 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
msgid "Deploying Images..."
@@ -695,34 +655,34 @@
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr ""
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr ""
@@ -748,33 +708,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -793,7 +754,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
@@ -833,53 +794,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr ""
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr ""
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr ""
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr ""
@@ -904,27 +865,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -932,7 +893,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
@@ -940,7 +901,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1185,21 +1146,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1207,7 +1168,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1216,12 +1177,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215
+msgid ""
+"Downloading installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
@@ -1273,8 +1260,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1476,7 +1463,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1593,58 +1580,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr ""
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr ""
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr ""
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr ""
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr ""
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr ""
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1655,42 +1631,36 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr ""
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr ""
@@ -1718,7 +1688,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1728,7 +1698,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1737,7 +1707,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1746,7 +1716,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1755,7 +1725,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1763,12 +1733,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1777,7 +1747,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1791,6 +1761,16 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr ""
+#. skip forward or backward
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -1798,10 +1778,71 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr ""
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr ""
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/instserver.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/instserver.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/instserver.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -61,37 +61,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the current cd number
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue."
msgstr ""
#. %2 is the product name and version
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgstr ""
#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. popup request, %1 is ISO name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr ""
#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n"
"by the current repository.\n"
@@ -100,97 +100,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697
msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698
msgid "This may take a while..."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: report more details (stderr)
#. rename the directory
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361
msgid "Error while moving repository content."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "Repository Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000
msgid "Data &Source"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Use &ISO Images"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017
msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400
msgid "Select &Directory"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
msgid "Installation server name missing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid ""
"Contents already exist in this directory.\n"
"Not copying CDs."
msgstr ""
#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123
msgid ""
"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n"
"Package CD, etc.) to the repository?"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199
msgid "Repository &Name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252
msgid "Invalid repository name."
msgstr ""
#. an error message - entered repository name already exists
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists,\n"
"enter another name."
msgstr ""
#. create directory only for a new repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273
msgid ""
"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n"
"Verify that the directory \n"
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n"
"When adding a new repository with the same name\n"
@@ -209,87 +209,87 @@
msgstr ""
#. Instserver server dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376
msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392
msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412
msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420
msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428
msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480
msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507
msgid "Installation Server -- NFS"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527
msgid "&Options"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585
msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617
msgid "Installation Server -- FTP"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Directory Alias:"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684
msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704
msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Directory Alias"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777
msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration."
msgstr ""
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read service data using _auto
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308
msgid ""
"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n"
"will now be installed.\n"
@@ -554,79 +554,79 @@
#. @param string directory
#. @param [String] options
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570
msgid ""
"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n"
"Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152
msgid "Initializing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166
msgid "Read configuration file"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168
msgid "Search for a new repository"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172
msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174
msgid "Searching for a new repository..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254
msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/iplb.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/iplb.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/iplb.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/iscsi-client.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/iscsi-client.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/iscsi-client.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Disconnect"
+msgid "Log Out"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
@@ -123,6 +123,9 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
+msgid "Log In"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr ""
@@ -204,8 +207,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -297,42 +300,49 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -347,20 +357,12 @@
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
-msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
+msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
msgstr ""
-#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
-msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -411,30 +413,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
-msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr ""
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr ""
@@ -442,36 +438,36 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -561,7 +557,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -569,12 +565,7 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
-msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/iscsi-lio-server.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/iscsi-lio-server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/iscsi-lio-server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr ""
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Portugal"
msgid "Portal group"
@@ -99,153 +99,159 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Client"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
msgstr ""
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr ""
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr ""
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr ""
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -365,19 +371,24 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
@@ -385,12 +396,12 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -399,19 +410,19 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -420,11 +431,11 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
@@ -447,7 +458,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
@@ -475,7 +486,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-msgid "Client Lun"
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
@@ -495,7 +506,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-msgid "Client name:"
+msgid "Initiator name:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
@@ -504,21 +515,21 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr ""
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr ""
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
@@ -529,93 +540,99 @@
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -629,11 +646,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/isns.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/isns.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/isns.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/journal.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/journal.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/journal.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/kdump.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/kdump.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/kdump.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -360,10 +360,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -1094,148 +1092,163 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/languages_db.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/languages_db.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/languages_db.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/ldap-client.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/ldap-client.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/ldap-client.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/ldap.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/ldap.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/ldap.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/live-installer.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/live-installer.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/live-installer.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -36,27 +36,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr ""
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr ""
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -66,78 +66,60 @@
msgstr ""
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr ""
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -145,7 +127,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -232,7 +214,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/mail.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/mail.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/mail.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/multipath.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/multipath.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/multipath.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/network.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/network.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/network.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr ""
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -701,13 +701,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
msgid "Change."
msgstr ""
@@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr ""
@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
@@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr ""
@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1195,13 +1195,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr ""
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1212,20 +1212,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1243,60 +1243,60 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195
msgid "&General"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1306,12 +1306,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr ""
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1623,12 +1623,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr ""
@@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2434,7 +2434,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2676,47 +2676,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr ""
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -2724,20 +2724,20 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -2746,21 +2746,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
@@ -2769,57 +2769,57 @@
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -2829,7 +2829,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -2839,97 +2839,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr ""
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354
msgid "Any"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360
msgid "GTC"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364
msgid "PAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -2970,12 +2970,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -2983,111 +2983,61 @@
"Try again?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871
msgid "Modems"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3159,8 +3109,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -3186,28 +3136,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3239,27 +3189,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3297,40 +3247,40 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3558,7 +3508,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr ""
@@ -3647,7 +3597,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3670,7 +3620,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -3682,440 +3632,433 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr ""
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr ""
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638
msgid "No network running"
msgstr ""
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr ""
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
msgid "connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr ""
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr ""
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4123,30 +4066,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr ""
@@ -4155,22 +4098,22 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/nfs.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/nfs.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/nfs.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs.si\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-22 19:13+0600\n"
"Last-Translator: manjula\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/nfs_server.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/nfs_server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/nfs_server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -71,27 +71,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -100,11 +100,11 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
msgstr ""
@@ -155,55 +155,63 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr ""
+#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
+msgid ""
+"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+"with spaces in their names.\n"
+"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+msgstr ""
+
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr ""
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr ""
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -211,25 +219,25 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
@@ -237,51 +245,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
msgid "&Start"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -289,77 +297,82 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
"IP networks.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Help, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
+msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr ""
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -367,71 +380,83 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314
+msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321
+msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328
+msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+msgstr ""
+
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
-msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349
+msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr ""
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/nis.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/nis.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/nis.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/nis_server.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/nis_server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/nis_server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/ntp-client.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/ntp-client.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/ntp-client.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -71,25 +71,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/oneclickinstall.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/oneclickinstall.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/oneclickinstall.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/online-update-configuration.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/online-update-configuration.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/online-update-configuration.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/online-update.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/online-update.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/online-update.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/opensuse_mirror.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/opensuse_mirror.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/opensuse_mirror.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/packager.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/packager.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/packager.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -168,8 +168,8 @@
#. force minimum width
#. table header - name of the repo
#. table header - name of the repo
-#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716
+#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr ""
@@ -464,8 +464,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -495,96 +495,81 @@
msgstr ""
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr "පෘතුගාලය"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57
msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr ""
#. pad to 3 characters
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. unkown name (alias) of the source
#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter,
#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260
msgid "Unknown Name"
msgstr ""
#. displaye only repositories from the selected service
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables
-#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342
-msgid "Raw URL: %s"
-msgstr ""
-
#. heading - in case repo name not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357
msgid "Unknown Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367
msgid "Category: %1"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377
msgid "Service: %1"
msgstr ""
#. #176013
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625
msgid "All repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628
#, fuzzy
msgid "All services"
msgstr "සේවය නවතනු!"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service '%1'"
msgstr "සේවය නවතනු!"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only
-#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also
-#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE
-#. within product subscription.
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669
-msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service"
-msgstr ""
-
#. combobox label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
msgid "View"
msgstr ""
#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667
#, fuzzy
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "පෘතුගාලය"
@@ -592,7 +577,7 @@
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. status info, to be used inside summary
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -601,100 +586,100 @@
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo?
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685
msgid "Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. table header - service to which the repo belongs
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service"
msgstr "සේවය නවතනු!"
#. table header - URL of the repo
#. table header - URL of the repo
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. push button - change URL of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr ""
#. push button - refresh the selected repository now
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&fresh Selected"
msgstr "සේවය නවතනු!"
#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793
msgid "Status &on or off"
msgstr ""
#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795
msgid "Refre&sh on or off"
msgstr ""
#. push button - set name of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797
msgid "Set &Name..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804
msgid "Properties"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809
msgid "&Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815
msgid "Automatically &Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853
msgid "&GPG Keys..."
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862
msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864
msgid "Refresh all &Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871
msgid "Configured Software Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. help
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -704,7 +689,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n"
@@ -713,7 +698,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n"
@@ -726,7 +711,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -736,31 +721,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 1
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
msgid ""
"Unable to save changes to the repository\n"
"configuration."
@@ -768,7 +753,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -776,80 +761,80 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030
msgid "Abort Repository Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032
msgid ""
"Abort the repository configuration?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
msgstr ""
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr "සේවය නවතනු!"
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr ""
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
"and its repositories?"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
"cannot be set."
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -858,7 +843,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -962,20 +947,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
msgid ""
"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1276,42 +1261,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr ""
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152
msgid "Repository"
msgstr ""
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1323,7 +1308,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1331,19 +1316,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr ""
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
@@ -1356,19 +1341,19 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr ""
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
msgid ""
"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
@@ -1376,58 +1361,58 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr ""
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr ""
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -1925,7 +1910,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr ""
@@ -1990,7 +1975,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr ""
@@ -2058,7 +2043,7 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr ""
@@ -2079,47 +2064,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "සේවය නවතනු!"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2129,23 +2114,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2154,42 +2139,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2197,17 +2182,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2217,20 +2202,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363
msgid "&File System"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2243,7 +2228,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2251,11 +2236,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2267,12 +2252,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2280,72 +2265,72 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "පෘතුගාලය"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "&Share"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2360,7 +2345,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2369,12 +2354,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2382,7 +2367,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2390,7 +2375,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2400,7 +2385,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2409,25 +2394,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr ""
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr ""
-#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2437,19 +2422,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/pam.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/pam.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/pam.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/pkg-bindings.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/pkg-bindings.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/pkg-bindings.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -43,12 +43,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/printer.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/printer.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/printer.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -206,8 +206,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
@@ -438,8 +438,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr ""
@@ -2540,56 +2540,56 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
msgid "&Local"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr ""
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr ""
@@ -2599,7 +2599,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -2612,7 +2612,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -2627,74 +2627,74 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr ""
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr ""
@@ -2705,33 +2705,33 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2740,26 +2740,26 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr ""
@@ -2767,7 +2767,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
@@ -2787,28 +2787,28 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
@@ -2817,25 +2817,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr ""
@@ -2855,54 +2855,54 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr ""
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/product-creator.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/product-creator.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/product-creator.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/proxy.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/proxy.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/proxy.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/rdp.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/rdp.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/rdp.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/rear.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/rear.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/rear.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -230,11 +230,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/registration.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/registration.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/registration.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
@@ -68,30 +68,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr ""
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr ""
@@ -229,28 +229,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -266,39 +255,39 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -308,23 +297,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -332,6 +321,24 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
@@ -360,7 +367,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -369,14 +376,14 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
msgstr ""
@@ -386,34 +393,34 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -421,7 +428,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -452,7 +459,7 @@
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr ""
@@ -473,12 +480,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
@@ -670,7 +677,7 @@
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr ""
@@ -697,7 +704,7 @@
#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -769,12 +776,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -787,7 +794,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
@@ -798,7 +805,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213
msgid ""
"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
"installation has completed."
@@ -806,8 +813,8 @@
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. SSL error message
@@ -855,11 +862,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr ""
-
#. input field label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
@@ -1063,11 +1065,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/reipl.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/reipl.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/reipl.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/relocation-server.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/relocation-server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/relocation-server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/samba-client.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/samba-client.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/samba-client.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -787,86 +787,86 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/samba-server.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/samba-server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/samba-server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/samba-users.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/samba-users.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/samba-users.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/scanner.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/scanner.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/scanner.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/security.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/security.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/security.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -115,282 +115,249 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop services"
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr "සේවය නවතනු!"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr ""
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Configure"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr ""
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr ""
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -399,33 +366,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -433,7 +400,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -442,7 +409,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
@@ -451,7 +418,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -459,14 +426,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
@@ -474,7 +441,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
@@ -484,7 +451,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
@@ -492,12 +459,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
@@ -505,26 +472,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -532,35 +499,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
@@ -578,7 +545,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
@@ -588,7 +555,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -597,7 +564,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
@@ -606,7 +573,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -617,21 +584,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
@@ -639,26 +606,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -670,7 +637,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
@@ -678,23 +645,23 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
@@ -706,13 +673,13 @@
"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -724,7 +691,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -736,38 +703,86 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
msgid "Workstation"
@@ -825,163 +840,236 @@
"maximum."
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr ""
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
msgid "Disable"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
msgstr ""
@@ -997,61 +1085,61 @@
msgstr ""
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/services-manager.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/services-manager.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/services-manager.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/slp-server.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/slp-server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/slp-server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/snapper.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/snapper.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/snapper.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,294 +15,265 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of snapper
-#. Summary: Main file
-#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
-#.
-#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
+#. The main ()
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "User data"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+#. popup label, %1 is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
+#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
+msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
+msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
-msgid "Post (%{post})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
+msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
-msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
+msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr ""
-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
-msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
msgid "Single"
msgstr ""
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "End Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "User Data"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr ""
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
+msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
-msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
-msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -313,7 +284,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -323,17 +294,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -344,37 +315,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -385,91 +356,115 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
-#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
-msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+#. popup error
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
+msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
msgstr ""
-#. Return the path to given snapshot
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
-msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. Initialize snapper agent
+#. Return true on success
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
#. Create new snapshot
#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
-msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
+msgid "Reason not known."
msgstr ""
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
-msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
+msgid "Configuration not found."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
+msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
+msgid ""
+"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
+msgid "Snapshot was not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
+msgid ""
+"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
+msgid ""
+"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
-msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
msgstr ""
-#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
-msgid "Initializing Snapper"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
+msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
msgstr ""
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
-msgid "Read list of configurations"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
+msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
msgstr ""
-#. Progress stage 2/2
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
+msgid ""
+"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Snapper read dialog caption
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
-msgid "Read list of snapshots"
+msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr ""
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
-msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
+msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
msgstr ""
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
-msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
+msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
-msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
-msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr ""
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr ""
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/sound.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/sound.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/sound.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/squid.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/squid.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/squid.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/sshd.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/sshd.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/sshd.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/storage.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/storage.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/storage.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -143,7 +143,11 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -759,7 +763,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -777,7 +781,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -787,7 +791,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -797,7 +801,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -807,7 +811,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -818,7 +822,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -828,7 +832,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -841,7 +845,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -851,7 +855,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -863,7 +867,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -874,7 +878,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -886,11 +890,11 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -988,53 +992,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1043,7 +1047,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1053,7 +1057,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1063,7 +1067,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1078,13 +1082,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr ""
@@ -1111,7 +1115,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1122,7 +1126,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1142,7 +1146,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1151,7 +1155,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1448,7 +1452,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1463,17 +1467,17 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -1505,7 +1509,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1518,7 +1522,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1531,7 +1535,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -1553,7 +1557,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -1712,7 +1716,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -1727,12 +1731,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -1740,26 +1744,26 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
@@ -2158,39 +2162,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2198,54 +2207,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr ""
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2254,17 +2263,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2274,7 +2283,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2283,56 +2292,56 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr ""
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -2340,8 +2349,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2353,33 +2362,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2389,7 +2398,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2398,12 +2407,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2586,108 +2595,113 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
msgid "Forward"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
msgid "Backward"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2695,51 +2709,51 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -2749,50 +2763,50 @@
"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3028,50 +3042,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
"RAID device will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr ""
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3079,7 +3093,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr ""
@@ -3087,31 +3101,31 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3209,12 +3223,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3509,12 +3523,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr ""
@@ -3548,9 +3562,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr ""
@@ -3560,14 +3574,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
"It cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3908,17 +3922,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -4181,7 +4195,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr ""
@@ -4906,38 +4920,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4947,7 +4974,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4961,7 +4988,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4974,7 +5001,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -4983,7 +5010,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -4991,7 +5018,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -5000,24 +5027,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5025,12 +5052,12 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr ""
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5038,97 +5065,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr ""
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5136,7 +5163,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5144,7 +5171,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5152,18 +5179,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -5747,48 +5774,39 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -5797,35 +5815,48 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr ""
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363
msgid "Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr ""
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/support.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/support.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/support.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -32,52 +32,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Open"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Upload"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -85,184 +85,183 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
msgid "Save as"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
msgstr ""
-#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "File Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/sysconfig.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/sysconfig.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/sysconfig.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/tftp-server.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/tftp-server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/tftp-server.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/timezone_db.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/timezone_db.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/timezone_db.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db.si\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-22 21:52+0600\n"
"Last-Translator: Manjula Herath\n"
"Language-Team: <SinhalaOpenSuse(a)googlegroups.co>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/tune.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/tune.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/tune.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/update.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/update.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/update.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/users.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/users.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/users.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -124,540 +124,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr ""
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] ""
-msgstr[1] ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -779,11 +245,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1024,93 +485,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr ""
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1262,6 +636,22 @@
"enter the user's current password."
msgstr ""
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1285,6 +675,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -1299,11 +696,30 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr ""
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr ""
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr ""
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1471,6 +887,30 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr ""
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1559,6 +999,20 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr ""
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
@@ -1568,6 +1022,24 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1686,6 +1158,15 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1711,6 +1192,21 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
@@ -2325,7 +1821,9 @@
msgstr ""
#. the type of user set
+#. New user is the default option
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr ""
@@ -2401,6 +1899,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2420,6 +1923,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr ""
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
@@ -2535,6 +2043,11 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2545,6 +2058,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr ""
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -2802,6 +2335,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr ""
@@ -3077,6 +2616,13 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr ""
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3094,6 +2640,346 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -3535,7 +3421,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:716
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -3547,202 +3433,202 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:964
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3750,14 +3636,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3766,7 +3652,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3775,7 +3661,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3783,14 +3669,14 @@
"Really change the user type to 'system'?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -3798,14 +3684,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -3813,7 +3699,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -3821,7 +3707,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -3829,14 +3715,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -3844,7 +3730,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -3852,7 +3738,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -3861,7 +3747,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -3871,19 +3757,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3891,14 +3777,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3907,7 +3793,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3916,7 +3802,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3925,14 +3811,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -3940,7 +3826,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -3949,20 +3835,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -3970,7 +3856,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -3978,22 +3864,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
@@ -4011,21 +3897,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -4142,7 +4028,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4150,7 +4036,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
@@ -4160,7 +4046,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4168,37 +4054,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4206,7 +4092,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4214,20 +4100,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4235,7 +4121,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4244,22 +4130,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/vm.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/vm.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/vm.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -40,151 +40,151 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr ""
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr ""
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr ""
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -197,26 +197,26 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/vpn.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/vpn.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/vpn.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -196,12 +196,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr ""
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -282,102 +282,102 @@
msgstr ""
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
msgid "Client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -462,34 +462,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr ""
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to parse: %s."
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr ""
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -497,28 +497,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr ""
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/yast2-apparmor.si.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/yast2-apparmor.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/yast2-apparmor.si.po 2016-07-04 09:02:51 UTC (rev 96002)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r96001 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
04 Jul '16
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:02:40 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 96001
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/add-on-creator.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/add-on.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/audit-laf.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/auth-client.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/auth-server.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/autoinst.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/base.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/bootloader.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/ca-management.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/cio.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/cluster.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/control-center.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/control.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/country.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/crowbar.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/dhcp-server.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/dns-server.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/docker.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/drbd.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/fcoe-client.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/firewall-services.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/firewall.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/firstboot.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/fonts.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/ftp-server.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/geo-cluster.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/http-server.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/inetd.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/installation.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/instserver.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/iplb.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/iscsi-client.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/iscsi-lio-server.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/isns.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/journal.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/kdump.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/languages_db.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/ldap-client.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/ldap.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/live-installer.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/mail.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/multipath.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/network.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/nfs.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/nfs_server.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/nis.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/nis_server.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/ntp-client.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/oneclickinstall.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/online-update-configuration.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/online-update.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/opensuse_mirror.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/packager.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/pam.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/pkg-bindings.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/printer.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/product-creator.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/proxy.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/rdp.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/rear.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/registration.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/reipl.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/relocation-server.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/samba-client.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/samba-server.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/samba-users.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/scanner.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/security.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/services-manager.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/slp-server.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/snapper.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/sound.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/squid.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/sshd.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/storage.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/support.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/sysconfig.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/tftp-server.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/timezone_db.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/tune.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/update.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/users.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/vm.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/vpn.be.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/yast2-apparmor.be.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/add-on-creator.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/add-on-creator.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/add-on-creator.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-01 00:08-0700\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/add-on.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/add-on.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/add-on.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-31 21:56-0700\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -100,17 +100,18 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr "<li>Носьбіт: %1, Шлях: %2, Прадукт: %3</li>\n"
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
-msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
-msgstr "Не атрымалася дадаць дадатковы прадукт."
-
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\""
msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
msgstr "Калі ласка, пераканайцеся, што дадатковы прадукт \"%1\" даступны праз \"%2\""
+#. just report error
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
+msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
+msgstr "Не атрымалася дадаць дадатковы прадукт."
+
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media
#. placeholder for unknown directory
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/audit-laf.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/audit-laf.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/audit-laf.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/auth-client.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/auth-client.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/auth-client.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -17,1159 +17,1826 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr "Налады выдаленага адміністравання"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Product Name"
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr "Назва прадукта"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&User Name"
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr "Імя &карыстача"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter a name for the volume group."
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr "Увядзіце імя групы тамоў. "
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "On Cable Connection"
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr "Пры падлучэнні кабеля"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# Translators: button
+# TODO ...
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr "Метад &аўтэнтыфікацыі"
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please insert the vendor CD-ROM"
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr "Устаўце CD-ROM вытворцы"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Do you really want to execute these changes?"
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr "Вы сапраўды жадаеце зрабіць гэтыя змены?"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Automatically Retrieve DNS"
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr "&Аўтаматычна запытваць DNS"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr "Карыстачы"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Test Internet Connection"
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr "Праверыць злучэнне з інтэрнэтам"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Extended Partition"
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr "Дадатковы &падзел"
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# Translators: button
+# TODO ...
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr "Метад &аўтэнтыфікацыі"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Delete"
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr "Выдаліць"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Use &Power Management"
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr "Выкарыстоўваць кіраванне &сілкаваннем"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connection Settings"
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr "Параметры злучэння"
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr "Выкарыстоўваць наступную канфігурацыю"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Proxy Configuration"
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr "Налада проксі"
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Імя"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr "Значэнне"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Module Name"
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr "Імя модуля"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Full Name"
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr "Поўнае імя"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network mask"
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr "Маска сеткі"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "IP Address"
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr "IP-адрас"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Identity"
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr "&Ідэнтыфікатар"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Апісанне"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Extended Partition"
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr "Дадатковы &падзел"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Name for Dialing:"
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr "Імя для набору нумара: "
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Done."
msgid "None."
msgstr "Завершана."
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modem Parameters"
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr "Параметры мадэма"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection Parameters"
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr "Параметры злучэння"
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr "Агульныя параметры"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Authentication Method"
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
-msgstr "Метад &аўтэнтыфікацыі"
+#| msgid "Name for Dialing:"
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr "Імя для набору нумара: "
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
+# summary item
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Host Configuration"
-msgid "Global Configuration"
-msgstr "Налада вузла"
+#| msgid "User Authentication"
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr "Аўтэнтыфікацыя карыстача"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "DSL Connections"
-msgid "Sections"
-msgstr "DSL-злучэнні"
+#| msgid "GPG Public Keys"
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr "Адкрытыя ключы GPG"
-# * Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network Services"
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
-msgstr "Сеткавыя службы"
+#| msgid "Current Status: "
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
+msgstr "Бягучы стан: "
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Running Script"
+msgid "Running"
+msgstr "Запуск сцэнара"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Stop"
+msgid "Stopped"
+msgstr "&Стоп"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
-#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Input Directory"
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
+msgstr "Каталог уводу"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Імя"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
-msgstr "Значэнне"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Domain Name"
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr "Імя &дамена"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
-msgstr "Апісанне"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Domain Name"
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr "Імя &дамена"
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Modem Parameters"
-msgid "More Parameters"
-msgstr "Параметры мадэма"
+#| msgid "Do&main Search"
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr "Да&мен пошуку"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Name for Dialing:"
-msgid "Name filter:"
-msgstr "Імя для набору нумара: "
+#| msgid "Service Types"
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr "Тыпы Службаў"
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
-msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Formatting Options"
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr "Опцыі фарматавання"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
+# table header
+#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
+#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Options"
+msgid "Options - %s"
+msgstr "Параметры"
+
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid " Do you really want to execute these changes?"
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
msgstr "Вы сапраўды жадаеце зрабіць гэтыя змены?"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
+msgid ""
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modem Parameter Details"
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr "Падрабязныя налады мадэма"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Proxy is enabled."
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr "Проксі-сервер уключаны."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n"
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
-msgstr "Ці жадаеце Вы перапыніць ці паўтарыць спробу доступу?\n"
+#| msgid "&User name:"
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr "Імя &карыстача:"
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr "Пароль"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Service: %1"
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "Служба: %1"
+#| msgid "Current Status"
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr "Бягучы стан"
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Domain Name"
-msgid "Domain"
-msgstr "Імя &дамена"
+#| msgid "Detecting current status..."
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr "Вызначэнне бягучага стану..."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
msgstr ""
-# Translators: button
-# TODO ...
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
+msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
-msgid "Identification provider:"
-msgstr "Метад &аўтэнтыфікацыі"
+#| msgid "Free"
+msgid "FreeIPA"
+msgstr "Вольна"
-# Translators: button
-# TODO ...
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
-msgstr "Метад &аўтэнтыфікацыі"
+#| msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
+msgstr "Імя карыстача, выкарыстоўванае для аўтэнтыфікацыі на проксі-серверы"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID."
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
-msgstr "Недастаткова падыходных невыкарыстоўваных прылад для стварэння RAIDа."
+#| msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr "Імя карыстача, выкарыстоўванае для аўтэнтыфікацыі на проксі-серверы"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a name for the volume group."
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
msgstr "Увядзіце імя групы тамоў. "
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The domain name is invalid."
msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
msgstr "Няслушнае імя дамена."
#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Authentication Method"
+#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Метад &аўтэнтыфікацыі"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Host Configuration"
+#~ msgid "Global Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Налада вузла"
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "DSL Connections"
+#~ msgid "Sections"
+#~ msgstr "DSL-злучэнні"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
+# * Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Network Services"
+#~ msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#~ msgstr "Сеткавыя службы"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Modem Parameters"
+#~ msgid "More Parameters"
+#~ msgstr "Параметры мадэма"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n"
+#~ msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#~ msgstr "Ці жадаеце Вы перапыніць ці паўтарыць спробу доступу?\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Service: %1"
+#~ msgid "Service"
+#~ msgstr "Служба: %1"
+
+# Translators: button
+# TODO ...
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
+#~ msgid "Identification provider:"
+#~ msgstr "Метад &аўтэнтыфікацыі"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID."
+#~ msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#~ msgstr "Недастаткова падыходных невыкарыстоўваных прылад для стварэння RAIDа."
+
#~ msgid "Help"
#~ msgstr "Дапамога"
@@ -1178,6 +1845,3 @@
#~ msgid "Edit"
#~ msgstr "Рэдагаваць"
-
-#~ msgid "Delete"
-#~ msgstr "Выдаліць"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/auth-server.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/auth-server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/auth-server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -438,12 +438,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Пароль"
@@ -469,8 +469,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""
@@ -559,8 +559,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2266,7 +2266,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2427,237 +2427,237 @@
msgstr ""
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr "Выбраць"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Атрыбуты"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Рэдагаваць"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/autoinst.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/autoinst.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/autoinst.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr ""
@@ -50,12 +50,12 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
@@ -305,25 +305,23 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting service..."
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "Запускаюцца сервісы..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -488,98 +486,86 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Administration"
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "Выдаленае адміністраванне"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
-msgid "Configure users and groups"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving language..."
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr "Захаванне мовы..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking the installed system..."
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "Праверка ўсталяванай сістэмы..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77
-msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr ""
-#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a
-#. network configuration is available. So this will be written
-#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
-#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
-#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#. configure general settings
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Signing the Add-On Product"
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
@@ -588,19 +574,19 @@
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr ""
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1514,7 +1500,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1524,7 +1510,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1563,7 +1549,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr ""
@@ -2129,7 +2115,7 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2145,45 +2131,45 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr ""
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr ""
@@ -2193,14 +2179,14 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2209,7 +2195,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2240,101 +2226,79 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Так"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
msgid "No"
msgstr "Не"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Saving time zone..."
-msgid "Syncing time..."
-msgstr "Захаванне гадзіннага пояса..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
-msgid "Syncing time with %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
-msgid "Time syncing failed."
-msgstr "Запіс налад не атрымалася"
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
-msgid "Cannot update system time."
-msgstr ""
-
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -2418,7 +2382,7 @@
msgstr "Невядомы"
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2426,48 +2390,48 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr ""
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "Усталяванне пакетаў..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr ""
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr ""
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
@@ -2475,34 +2439,34 @@
# translators: error message
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot restart '%1' service"
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr "Немагчыма перазапусціць службу '%1'"
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr ""
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Preparing disks..."
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr "Падрыхтоўка дыскаў..."
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "Ok"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2510,43 +2474,43 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr ""
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr ""
@@ -2589,14 +2553,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr ""
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2604,7 +2568,7 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write content file."
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
@@ -2613,7 +2577,7 @@
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
@@ -2631,6 +2595,16 @@
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "Добра"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Saving time zone..."
+#~ msgid "Syncing time..."
+#~ msgstr "Захаванне гадзіннага пояса..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Writing settings failed"
+#~ msgid "Time syncing failed."
+#~ msgstr "Запіс налад не атрымалася"
+
#~ msgid "Mouse"
#~ msgstr "Мыш"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/base.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/base.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/base.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base.be\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-06 01:02-0700\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: <ru(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr "Не вызначана паслядоўнасць для гэтага рэжыму ўсталёўкі."
@@ -444,14 +444,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "&Працягнуць Усталёўку"
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "&Перапыніць усталёўку"
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@
msgstr "Адбылася ўнутраная памылка пры інтэграцыі дадатковага струменя."
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr "Значэнне для %1 няслушна"
@@ -1109,6 +1109,89 @@
"<p>У некаторых абалонках усе ці некаторыя\n"
"з F-клавіш не дзейнічаюць.</p>"
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "Налады выдаленага адміністравання"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "Налады выдаленага адміністравання"
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service Start"
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "Запуск службы"
+
+#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Status: "
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "Бягучы стан: "
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "During Boot"
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "Падчас загрузкі"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Warning"
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "Папярэджанне"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Stop"
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "&Стоп"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Start"
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "Пачатак"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
@@ -1309,7 +1392,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Прапусціць"
@@ -1332,7 +1415,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Пароль"
@@ -1564,27 +1647,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr "Сапраўды перапыніць усталёўку?"
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr "Сапраўды перапыніць аднаўленне сістэмы YaST?"
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "Перапыніць аднаўленне сістэмы"
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "&Працягнуць Аднаўленне Сістэмы"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1597,7 +1680,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1611,7 +1694,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1622,18 +1705,18 @@
"Вам будзе патрэбна пераўсталёўка."
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "Сапраўды перапыніць?"
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr "Усе змены будуць страчаны!"
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&Падрабязнасці..."
@@ -2693,47 +2776,47 @@
"Прабелы не дапушчаюцца.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr "Вонкавая зона"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr "Унутраная зона"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr "Дэмілітарызаваная зона"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
msgid "TCP"
msgstr "TCP"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
msgid "UDP"
msgstr "UDP"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251
msgid "RPC"
msgstr "RPC"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr "Невядомая зона"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2749,8 +2832,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
@@ -2760,72 +2843,72 @@
# Inetd read dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480
msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Ініцыялізацыя Налад Брандмаўара"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
msgid "Check for network devices"
msgstr "Праверыць сеткавыя прылады"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
msgid "Read current configuration"
msgstr "Прачытаць бягучую канфігурацыю"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492
msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
msgstr "Праверыць магчыма канфліктуючыя службы"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgstr "Пошук сеткавых прылад..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgstr "Чытанне бягучай канфігурацыі..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500
msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
msgstr "Праверка канфліктуючых службаў..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Запіс налад брандмаўара"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Запісаць налады брандмаўара"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr "Наладзіць службу брандмаўара"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Запіс налад брандмаўара..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr "Налада службы брандмаўара..."
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr "Запіс налад не атрымалася"
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr "Невядомы пратакол (%1)"
@@ -2919,51 +3002,52 @@
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
#.
-#. @param [String] service name
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
#. defined by package.
#.
#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
#.
#. @example
#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Service: %1"
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr "Служба: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr "Невядомая служба '%1'"
@@ -2987,35 +3071,78 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "&Выдаліць"
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr "Праверка канфліктуючых службаў..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+msgstr[2] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Загрузка пакета %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "Загрузка пакета"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "Пакет %1 няспраўны, не атрымалася праверыць цэласнасць."
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "Паўтарыць усталёўку пакета?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "Перапыніць усталёўку?"
@@ -3024,15 +3151,15 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "Памылка: %1:"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
@@ -3046,36 +3173,36 @@
# progress bar label - %1 is package name
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Выдаленне пакета %1 (%2)..."
# progress bar label - %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Усталёўка пакета %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "Выдаленне пакета"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "Усталёўка пакета"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Выдаленне пакета %1 не атрымалася."
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Усталёўка пакета %1 не атрымалася."
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
@@ -3084,7 +3211,7 @@
"Пазней сістэма павінна быць праверана запускам модуля Кіраванне ПА."
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -3099,27 +3226,27 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "Бок A"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "Бок B"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1 (Дыск %2)"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "%1 (Носьбіт %2)"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3128,7 +3255,7 @@
"'%1'"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3141,7 +3268,7 @@
"Праверце, што каталог даступны."
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3155,51 +3282,51 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr "Прапусціць аўтаматычнае абнаўленне"
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Выняць"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "А&ўтаматычна выняць носьбіт CD/DVD"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "Паўтарыць усталёўку?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "Прапусціць носьбіт?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "Ігнараванне дрэннага носьбіта..."
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "Ствараецца сховішча %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository."
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
@@ -3209,32 +3336,32 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "Немагчыма атрымаць апісанне выдаленага сховішча."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "Памылка падчас атрымання новых метададзеных."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "Няслушнае сховішча."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Няслушныя метададзеныя сховішча."
@@ -3242,92 +3369,92 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "Паўтарыць?"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "Праверка сховішча %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "Памылка пры праверцы сховішча."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "Падрабязнасці пра праверку сховішча."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Няслушныя метададзеныя сховішча."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "Сховішча %1"
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Загрузка рознаснага пакета RPM %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "Загрузка рознаснага пакета RPM"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "Ужыванне рознаснага пакета RPM %1..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "Ужыванне рознаснага пакета RPM"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "Пакет: "
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "Запуск сцэнара %1 (выпраўленне %2)…"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "Запуск сцэнара"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "Выпраўленне: "
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "Сцэнар: "
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "Выснова сцэнара"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3336,7 +3463,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3351,37 +3478,37 @@
"адсутнічаць ці састарэць."
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "&Прапусціць абнаўленне"
# frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail)
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "Загрузка"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "Загрузка: %1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "Праверка базы дадзеных пакетаў"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Абнаўленне базы дадзеных пакетаў. Для гэтага запатрабуецца некаторы час."
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3390,17 +3517,17 @@
"%1"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Пераўтварэнне базы дадзеных пакетаў. Для гэтага запатрабуецца некаторы час."
# table header: module status
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Стан"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3409,12 +3536,12 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "Чытанне базы дадзеных RPM..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "Чытанне ўсталяваных пакеты"
@@ -3425,28 +3552,28 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "Сканаванне базы дадзеных RPM..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "Не атрымалася ініцыялізаваць базу дадзеных RPM."
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "Чытанне базы дадзеных RPM"
# summary item
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "Аўтэнтыфікацыя карыстача"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3457,20 +3584,20 @@
"%2"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "Імя &карыстача"
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "Паказаць &падрабязнасці"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "Памер: "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr "Да паўтору спробы засталося %1"
@@ -3559,12 +3686,12 @@
"ручнога дазволу ў мэнэджару пакетаў."
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Не атрымалася ўсталяваць патрабаваныя пакеты."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3576,12 +3703,12 @@
# translators: error popup before aborting the module
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "Немагчыма працягнуць без усталёўкі патрабаваных пакетаў."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3590,22 +3717,22 @@
"пакетаў, YaST можа працаваць няслушна.\n"
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr "Пацвердзіць ліцэнзію пакета: %1"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "Я &Згодзен(на)"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "Я &не згодзен(на)"
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
@@ -3624,7 +3751,7 @@
"Калі вы не згодны з ліцэнзіяй пакета, націсніце <b>Я не згодзен</b>.</p>"
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3638,7 +3765,7 @@
"\t\t калонцы. Для прагляду апісання, абярыце любы з пунктаў.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3652,7 +3779,7 @@
"\t\t З дапамогай кантэкстнага меню таксама змяняецца рэжым усіх пунктаў.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3664,7 +3791,7 @@
"\t\t у якім вы можаце прагледзець і абраць неабходныя пакеты.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3684,135 +3811,135 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr "Выбар праграмнага забеспячэння і задач сістэмы"
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr "(яшчэ)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "Усталёўка завершана паспяхова"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "Збой усталёўкі пакетаў"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "Паведамленне пра памылку: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Збойныя пакеты: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Усталяваныя пакеты: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "Абнаўлённыя пакеты: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Выдаляныя пакеты: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Неўсталяваныя пакеты: %1"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Пакеты"
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr "Прайшло часу: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr "Агульны памер усталёўкі: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "Агульны памер загрузкі: %1"
# table header: module status
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "Статыстыка"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "Часопіс усталёўкі"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Падрабязнасці"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installing Package"
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "Усталёўка пакета"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Finish"
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "За&чыніць"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Accessing the Package Management Failed"
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr "Не атрымалася атрымаць доступ да Мэнэджара пакетаў"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Summary</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed packages.</P>"
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Вынікі ўсталёўкі</B><BIG></P><P>Справаздача пра ўсталяваныя пакеты...</P>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Error"
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "Памылка пры ўсталёўцы"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "Усталяваныя пакеты"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "Абнаўляемыя пакеты"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "Выдаляныя пакеты"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "Пакінутыя пакеты"
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -4359,84 +4486,84 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "Усталёўка..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Носьбіт"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "Пакінутыя пакеты"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Час"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "Выкананыя дзеянні:"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Please wait while packages are being installed.</p>"
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Пачакайце, калі ласка, пакуль усталёўваюцца пакеты.</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Перапыненне ўсталёўкі</B>Усталёўка пакетаў можа быць перапынена кнопкай <B>Перапыніць</B>. Аднак, сістэма пасля гэтага можа знаходзіцца ў супярэчлівым ці непрыдатным для выкарыстання стане ці можа не загрузіцца, калі не будзе ўсталяваны асноўны сістэмны кампанент.</P>"
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release &Notes"
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "Ната&ткі да выпуску"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "Слайд-шо&у"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Падрабязнасці"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "Выканаць усталёўку"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "Усталёўка пакетаў"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4445,7 +4572,7 @@
"выйсці з усталёўкі?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Перапынена"
@@ -5043,6 +5170,16 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr "Прылада Bluetooth"
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
+msgid ""
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
#, fuzzy
@@ -5136,7 +5273,7 @@
"шаснаццатковых лікаў, падзеленых двукроп'ямі."
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -5147,7 +5284,7 @@
"напачатку ці ў канцы кампанента і апошні кампанент не можа пачынацца з лічбы."
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -6135,68 +6272,6 @@
"Не зададзена зваротная зона для %1, кіраванай вашым DNS-серверам.\n"
"Імя хаста %2 не можа быць дададзена."
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Service Start"
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr "Запуск службы"
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Current Status: "
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr "Бягучы стан: "
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "During Boot"
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr "Падчас загрузкі"
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr "Налады выдаленага адміністравання"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Warning"
-msgid "running"
-msgstr "Папярэджанне"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Stop"
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr "&Стоп"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Start"
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr "Пачатак"
-
#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
#~ msgstr "Не атрымалася змантаваць дакладны носьбіт рэпазітара."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/bootloader.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/bootloader.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/bootloader.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -30,53 +30,161 @@
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Global Options"
-msgid "Delete a global option"
+msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
msgstr "Агульныя параметры"
#. command line help text for set action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Global Options"
-msgid "Set a global option"
+msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
msgstr "Агульныя параметры"
+#. command line help text for add action
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72
+msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82
msgid "Print value of specified option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Name of the Pattern"
+msgid "The name of the section"
+msgstr "Імя шаблону"
+
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97
msgid "The key of the option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104
msgid "The value of the option"
msgstr ""
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225
+msgid "Section %1 not found."
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr ""
+#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name
+#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239
+msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The zone name must be defined."
+msgid "Section name must be specified."
+msgstr "Павінна быць вызначана імя зоны."
+
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265
msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr ""
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284
+msgid "Specified option does not exist."
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value"
-msgid "Value: %s"
+msgid "Value: %1"
msgstr "Значэнне"
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
-msgid "Specified option does not exist."
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+# dialog caption
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disable proxy settings"
+msgid "Disk Order"
+msgstr "Не выкарыстоўваць параметры працы праз проксі-сервер"
+
+# dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disable proxy settings"
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "Не выкарыстоўваць параметры працы праз проксі-сервер"
+
+#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68
+msgid "Boot Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. `VSpacing(1),
+#. Window title
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -148,11 +256,17 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
@@ -160,55 +274,64 @@
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
+msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
+msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -217,164 +340,239 @@
"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr ""
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration
+#. and installation
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Jiri Srain <jsrain(a)suse.cz>
+#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
+#. Olaf Dabrunz <od(a)suse.de>
+#. Philipp Thomas <pth(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Choose the New License File"
+msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
+msgstr "Абярыце новы файл ліцэнзіі"
+
+#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))),
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129
+msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Validate function of a popup
#. @param [String] key any widget key
#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr ""
-
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "Пароль"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr ""
+#. Common widget of a console
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+msgid "Use &serial console"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+msgid "&Console arguments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device"
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "Прыстасаванне"
+
+#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select at least one device."
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr "Абярыце хоць бы адну прыладу."
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Hard Disks"
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr "Цвёрдыя дыскі"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555
+msgid "&Up"
+msgstr "Уверх"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556
+msgid "&Down"
+msgstr "Уніз"
+
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
+msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr ""
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "During Boot"
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "Падчас загрузкі"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr "Уключыць падтрымку &квот"
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -393,34 +591,56 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
+msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Distribution name"
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr "Назва дыстрыбутыва"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
+msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -429,20 +649,30 @@
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
+#. combo box item
+#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
+#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
+#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
+#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523
msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537
msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
msgstr ""
#. item of a combo box
+#. item of a combo box
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540
msgid "Text Mode"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr ""
@@ -465,76 +695,249 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Choose the New License File"
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "Абярыце новы файл ліцэнзіі"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Serial controller"
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "Паслядоўны кантролер"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Console"
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "Кансоль"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
+#. file open popup caption
+#. file open popup caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279
msgid "Select File"
msgstr ""
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr ""
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr ""
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Serial Line Connection"
+msgid "Kernel Section"
+msgstr "Злучэнне па паслядоўнай лініі"
+
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connection Settings"
+msgid "Section Settings"
+msgstr "Параметры злучэння"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgid "Xen Section"
+msgstr "Выбар працоўнага стала"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Product Selection"
+msgid "Menu Section"
+msgstr "Выбар Прадукта"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgid "Dump Section"
+msgstr "Выбар працоўнага стала"
+
+#. label
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628
+msgid "Other System Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803
+msgid "&Filename"
+msgstr "Імя файла"
+
+#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Filename"
+msgid "Filename: %1"
+msgstr "Імя файла"
+
+#. multiline edit header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828
+msgid "Fi&le Contents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Card Configuration"
+msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
+msgstr "Налада сеткавай карты"
+
+#. sections list widget
+#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections
+#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections
+#. menu button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641
+msgid "Other"
+msgstr "Іншае"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134
+msgid "Xen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Floppy disk"
+msgid "Floppy"
+msgstr "Гнуткі дыск"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154
+msgid "Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161
+msgid "Dump"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header, Def stands for default
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255
+msgid "Def."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr "Метка"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Тып"
+
+#. table header; header for section details, either
+#. the specification of the kernel image to load,
+#. or the specification of device to boot from
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Change Device"
+msgid "Image / Device"
+msgstr "З&мяніць прыладу"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Set as Default"
+msgid "Set as De&fault"
+msgstr "&Усталяваць па змаўчанні"
+
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -543,66 +946,122 @@
"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
+"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
+"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a course of action:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read current configuration"
+msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
+msgstr "Прачытаць бягучую канфігурацыю"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415
+msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration of IrDA"
+msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
+msgstr "Канфігурацыя IrDA"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Configuration saved.\n"
+#| "There were errors."
+msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
+msgstr ""
+"Канфігурацыя захавана.\n"
+"Былі памылкі."
+
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514
+msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. pushbutton
+#. menu button entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586
+msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+msgstr ""
+
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "Іншае"
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr ""
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr ""
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Volume Management"
+msgid "&Section Management"
+msgstr "Кіраванне тамамі"
+
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "After Installation"
+msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
+msgstr "Пасля ўсталёўкі"
+
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818
msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr ""
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr ""
-
#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
msgid ""
@@ -617,9 +1076,16 @@
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#. help text, optional part of following
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
+"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
+"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
@@ -627,28 +1093,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -659,7 +1125,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -668,14 +1134,14 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -683,7 +1149,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -695,8 +1161,19 @@
"to start &product;.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7
+#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
+"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
+"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
+"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -704,7 +1181,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -713,7 +1190,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -721,7 +1198,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
@@ -729,7 +1206,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
@@ -737,7 +1214,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
@@ -745,7 +1222,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -753,7 +1230,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
@@ -761,14 +1238,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -776,28 +1253,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -805,40 +1282,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48
msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
+#. popup, %1 is bootloader name
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101
+msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup - continuing
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113
+msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup message
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
msgid ""
@@ -853,42 +1340,123 @@
"All changes will be lost.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. yes-no popup question
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really delete %1?"
+msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+msgstr "Сапраўды выдаліць %1?"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
msgstr ""
+#. message popup, %1 is sectino label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed.\n"
+"Check section %1 settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
+"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116
msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
msgstr ""
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default File System"
+msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
+msgstr "Файлавая сістэма па змаўчанні"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default File System"
+msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
+msgstr "Файлавая сістэма па змаўчанні"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default File System"
+msgid "Create a FAT File System"
+msgstr "Файлавая сістэма па змаўчанні"
+
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
+"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
+"and confirm with OK.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150
+msgid "&Low Level Format"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default File System"
+msgid "&Create File System"
+msgstr "Файлавая сістэма па змаўчанні"
+
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182
+msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
+msgid "Creating file system failed."
+msgstr "Не атрымалася стварыць TSIG ключ."
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218
msgid ""
"The name selected is already used.\n"
"Use a different one.\n"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229
msgid ""
"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241
+msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
+msgstr ""
+
#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -902,298 +1470,560 @@
msgstr ""
#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305
msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
msgstr ""
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>Name and Version</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Назва і версія</b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
+msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Select at least one device."
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
-msgstr "Абярыце хоць бы адну прыладу."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<b>Device</b> shows the kernel name of the\n"
+#| "device."
+msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<b>Прылада</b> паказвае імя ядра\n"
+"прылады."
-# dialog caption
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
+"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
+msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
+msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
+"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57
+msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
+msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Disable proxy settings"
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr "Не выкарыстоўваць параметры працы праз проксі-сервер"
+#| msgid "<p><b>Name and Version</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Назва і версія</b></p>"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Hard Disks"
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr "Цвёрдыя дыскі"
+#| msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Віншаванні!</b></p>"
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
+msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
+"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
+"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
+"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgid "Image Section"
+msgstr "Выбар працоўнага стала"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Kernel Messages"
+msgid "&Kernel Image"
+msgstr "Паведамленні ядра"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device"
-msgid "&Device"
+msgid "&Root Device"
msgstr "Прыстасаванне"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100
+msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101
+msgid "Chainloader Section"
msgstr ""
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Pass&word (Optional)"
+msgid "Use Password Protection"
+msgstr "Паро&ль(апцыянальна)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "File System:"
+msgid "&Other System"
+msgstr "Файлавая сістэма:"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104
+msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105
+msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
msgstr ""
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106
+msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
msgstr ""
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
-msgid "Booting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107
+msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
-msgid "&Booting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109
+msgid "&Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110
+msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add Partition on %1"
+msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
+msgstr "Дадаць падзел на %1"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Description"
+msgid "&Menu Description File"
+msgstr "&Апісанне"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114
+msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115
+msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116
+msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connection Parameters"
+msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
+msgstr "Параметры злучэння"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118
+msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device"
+msgid "&Dump Device"
+msgstr "Прыстасаванне"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "ISDN Devices"
+msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
+msgstr "ISDN-прылады"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122
+msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123
+msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "I&dle Time-Out (seconds)"
+msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
+msgstr "Час ч&акання прастою (секунды)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125
+msgid "&Show boot menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126
+msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127
+msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128
+msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58
+msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65
+msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82
+msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:"";
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227
+msgid "Enable &SELinux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401
+msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533
+msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Selected Option"
+msgid "Clone Selected Section"
+msgstr "&Абраны параметр"
+
+#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader')
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587
+msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "New Partition Type"
+msgid "Section Type"
+msgstr "Новы тып часткі"
+
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668
+msgid "Section &Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr ""
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
+#.
+#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "Усталёўка з вобразаў уключана (<a href=\"%1\">выключыць</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr "Усталеўка з вобразаў выключана (<a href=\"%1\">уключыць</a>)"
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "Усталёўка з вобразаў уключана (<a href=\"%1\">выключыць</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr "Усталеўка з вобразаў выключана (<a href=\"%1\">уключыць</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "Усталёўка з вобразаў уключана (<a href=\"%1\">выключыць</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr "Усталеўка з вобразаў выключана (<a href=\"%1\">уключыць</a>)"
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr ""
+#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO)
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr ""
+#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
+msgid " (\"/boot\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
+msgid " (\"/\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
+#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
+# table header
+#. section name "suffix" for default section
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default"
+msgid " (default)"
+msgstr "Па змаўчанні"
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779
+msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary text
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788
+msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919
+msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "Уключыць падтрымку &квот"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr ""
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
+#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+msgstr ""
+
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
-msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Provider Parameters"
+msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
+msgstr "Параметры правайдара"
+
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Distribution name"
-#~ msgid "D&istributor"
-#~ msgstr "Назва дыстрыбутыва"
-
-#~ msgid "&Up"
-#~ msgstr "Уверх"
-
-#~ msgid "&Down"
-#~ msgstr "Уніз"
-
-#~ msgid "&Filename"
-#~ msgstr "Імя файла"
-
-#~ msgid "Label"
-#~ msgstr "Метка"
-
-#~ msgid "Type"
-#~ msgstr "Тып"
-
#~ msgid "Linux"
#~ msgstr "Linux"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/ca-management.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/ca-management.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/ca-management.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -1851,42 +1851,41 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Падрабязнасці"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/cio.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/cio.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/cio.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -44,13 +44,13 @@
msgstr "Выкарыстоўваецца"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "не"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "yes"
msgstr "так"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
-msgstr "не"
-
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
#, fuzzy
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/cluster.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/cluster.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/cluster.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
msgstr "Аб'яднаная сетка"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Additional Address"
msgid "Multicast Address:"
@@ -238,126 +238,126 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Running Script"
msgid "Running"
msgstr "Запуск сцэнара"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No network running"
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "Сетка не запушчана"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Started manually"
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr "Запускаецца ўручную"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Started manually"
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr "Запускаецца ўручную"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Пераключэнне Вкл. і Выкл."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Бягучы стан: "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Запусціць службу"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Спыніць службу"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Дадаць"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delete"
msgid "Del"
msgstr "Выдаліць"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Рэдагаваць"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Crypt Files"
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "Шыфраваныя файлы"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Suggested packages"
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr "Прапанаваныя пакеты"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
# translators: error message for share command line action
# must provide the share name
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write hostname"
msgid "Enter a hostname"
@@ -365,72 +365,72 @@
# translators: error message for share command line action
# must provide the share name
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write hostname"
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr "Запісаць імя вузла"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Icon filename"
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr "Імя файла значка"
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed."
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "Збой выдалення групы тамоў \"%1\"."
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
@@ -550,49 +550,49 @@
msgstr "Ініцыялізацыя"
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Ініцыялізацыя канфігурацыі сеткі"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Чытанне базы дадзеных RPM..."
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Чытаць налады брандмаўара"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Чытаць налады брандмаўара"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Чытанне базы дадзеных RPM..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Чытанне налад брандмаўара..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
@@ -600,19 +600,19 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завершана"
# error report
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr "Не атрымалася ўсталяваць неабходныя пакеты."
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Change existing configuration"
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@
# Novell Translation
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgid "Cannot read database1."
@@ -628,14 +628,14 @@
# Novell Translation
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "Немагчыма прачытаць бягучыя параметры."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Detect devices"
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
@@ -643,34 +643,34 @@
# PowerManagement read dialog caption
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Захаванне налад імя вузла"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Запіс наладжванняў"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Запісваюцца наладжванні..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'"
msgid "Cannot write settings."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/control-center.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/control-center.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/control-center.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/control.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/control.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/control.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,262 +16,247 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
-#| "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
-"<p>Усталёўка &product; на ваш камп'ютар завершана.\n"
-"Націсніце <b>Завяршыць</b>,каб вы маглі ўвайсці ў сістэму.</p>\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&NFS Servers"
+msgid "CIM Server"
+msgstr "&NFS-серверы"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Агляд"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Expert..."
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Эксперт..."
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
-msgid "Installation Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Налада сеткі"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Захаванне налад сеткі"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Setup"
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "Наладжванне сеткі"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Калі ласка"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disk Activation"
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "Актывацыя дыска"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Актывацыя дыска"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr "Дадатковыя Прадукты"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Дыск"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Add enabled repositories"
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "Дадаць уключаныя сховішчы"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr "Дадатковыя Прадукты"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Выбар працоўнага стала"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Expert Settings"
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "Налады эксперта"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Агляд усталёўкі"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Выканаць усталёўку"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Абнавіць"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ": Summary"
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr ": Заключэнне"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Overview"
-#~ msgstr "Агляд"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
+#~| "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#~ " "
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Усталёўка &product; на ваш камп'ютар завершана.\n"
+#~ "Націсніце <b>Завяршыць</b>,каб вы маглі ўвайсці ў сістэму.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Add enabled repositories"
+#~ msgid "Online Repositories"
+#~ msgstr "Дадаць уключаныя сховішчы"
+
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Выбар працоўнага стала"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Network is not Configured"
#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration"
#~ msgstr "Сетка не наладжана"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/country.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/country.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/country.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -759,56 +759,56 @@
"Enter the correct date.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Other &Settings..."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr ""
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -818,7 +818,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -826,12 +826,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/crowbar.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/crowbar.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/crowbar.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -23,19 +23,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "Канфігурацыя IrDA"
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -49,11 +39,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -196,28 +186,31 @@
msgstr "&IP адрас"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Імя"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr "Архітэктура"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -230,90 +223,97 @@
"Абярыце іншае."
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Name Server &1"
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr "Сервер імёнаў &1"
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repository"
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr "Сховішча"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Repository URL"
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr "&URL сховішча"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repository"
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr "Сховішча"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Name Servers"
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr "Серверы імёнаў"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Name Servers"
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr "Серверы імёнаў"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Custom Size"
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "Іншы памер"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Name"
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "Імя &карыстача"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Пароль"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Root Password"
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "Пароль Root "
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Netmask cannot be empty."
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr "Сеткавая маска ня можа быць пустой."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again."
msgid ""
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@
msgstr "Паролі не супадаюць. Паспрабуйце яшчэ раз."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -335,21 +335,21 @@
"Абярыце іншае."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "Няправільны дамен пошуку '%1'."
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disabled"
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "Выключаны"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@
msgstr "Недапушчальны IP-адрас."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -377,95 +377,95 @@
msgstr "Выдалены IP-адрас няслушны."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Недапушчальны IP-адрас."
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "IP-адрас"
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "IP-адрас"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "Сеткавае імя павінна быць карацей, чым 32 знака. "
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "Налады э&ксперта"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Mode"
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "Рэжым сеткі"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Network"
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "Аб'яднаная сетка"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "Сетка"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repositories &Found"
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "Сховішчы &Знойдзеныя"
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modem Configuration Overview"
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
@@ -538,21 +538,21 @@
# Inetd read dialog caption
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Ініцыялізацыя Налад Брандмаўара"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read device configuration"
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "Чытаць налады прылады"
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
@@ -560,25 +560,25 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завершана"
# PowerManagement read dialog caption
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration"
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Захаванне налад проксі-сервера"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Запіс наладжванняў"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Запісваюцца наладжванні..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/dhcp-server.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/dhcp-server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/dhcp-server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -57,9 +57,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr ""
@@ -99,242 +97,249 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr "Захаванне канфігурацыі абсталявання..."
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "Агульныя параметры"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr ""
@@ -359,190 +364,150 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Налады эксперта"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Уручную"
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr ""
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Імя прылады"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP-адрас"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
@@ -550,60 +515,60 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "Імя &дамена"
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -611,48 +576,48 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr ""
@@ -660,10 +625,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -671,61 +636,61 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr ""
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -733,8 +698,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -742,135 +707,135 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Імя"
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Тып"
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Назва"
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP адрас"
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet"
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Token Ring"
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -883,15 +848,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -903,7 +868,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1116,7 +1081,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr ""
@@ -1140,7 +1105,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
@@ -1151,9 +1116,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr ""
@@ -1169,51 +1134,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "Імя хоста"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1221,80 +1186,80 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "Маска сеткі"
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr ""
@@ -1573,8 +1538,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1592,17 +1556,9 @@
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1610,7 +1566,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1618,7 +1574,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1628,7 +1584,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1638,14 +1594,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1653,7 +1609,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1662,7 +1618,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1671,7 +1627,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1680,14 +1636,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1697,14 +1653,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1712,7 +1668,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1722,7 +1678,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1731,7 +1687,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1740,7 +1696,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
@@ -1749,21 +1705,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1771,14 +1727,14 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -1786,40 +1742,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -1828,7 +1784,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1839,7 +1795,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -1847,14 +1803,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -1862,14 +1818,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1879,45 +1835,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -1925,7 +1881,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -1935,23 +1891,23 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr ""
@@ -1961,101 +1917,101 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr "Адкл."
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr ""
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr ""
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2063,7 +2019,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2071,7 +2027,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2079,206 +2035,197 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Changes:"
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr "Змены:"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "Да&даткова"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Праверка асяроддзя"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Чытаць налады брандмаўара"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Чытанне налад брандмаўара..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завершана"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2289,101 +2236,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Запісаць налады брандмаўара"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Запіс налад брандмаўара..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -2391,22 +2338,22 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/dns-server.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/dns-server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/dns-server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -418,8 +418,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""
@@ -552,8 +552,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "Падтрымка &LDAP уключана"
@@ -600,12 +600,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Changes:"
msgid "Apply Changes"
@@ -613,21 +613,21 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr ""
@@ -635,8 +635,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -644,8 +644,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/docker.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/docker.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/docker.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/drbd.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/drbd.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/drbd.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Saving Provider\n"
@@ -268,10 +268,11 @@
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -297,7 +298,7 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Saving Provider\n"
@@ -307,7 +308,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Захаванне канфігурацыі правайдара</big></b>\n"
"<br>Калі ласка, пачакайце...<br></p>\n"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -316,20 +317,22 @@
"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -339,7 +342,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -349,7 +352,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Provider Setup</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -362,7 +365,7 @@
"Наладзьце тут вашага правайдара.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -379,7 +382,7 @@
"затым націсніце <b>Рэдагаваць</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -387,7 +390,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Provider Overview</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -403,7 +406,7 @@
"адрэдагуйце іх налады.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -416,7 +419,7 @@
"Націсніце <b>Дадаць</b>, каб уручную наладзіць новага правайдара.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -432,7 +435,7 @@
"Затым націсніце адпаведна <b>Рэдагаваць</b> ці <b>Выдаліць</b>.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -441,7 +444,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -449,7 +452,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -457,58 +460,125 @@
msgstr ""
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of IrDA"
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Канфігурацыя IrDA"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device identifier"
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr "Ідэнтыфікатар прылады"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the patterns..."
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr "Запіс шаблонаў..."
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr ""
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr "Дадаць"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr "Рэдагаваць"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr "Выдаліць"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Save"
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr "Захаваць"
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The zone name must be defined."
-msgid "Node names must be different."
-msgstr "Павінна быць вызначана імя зоны."
+#| msgid "&OK"
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr "Добра"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Cancel"
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "&Адмена"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Netmask cannot be empty."
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
+msgstr "Сеткавая маска ня можа быць пустой."
+
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the provider name."
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr "Увядзіце імя правайдара. "
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The zone name must be defined."
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr "Павінна быць вызначана імя зоны."
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -614,76 +684,76 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read device configuration"
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr "Чытаць налады прылады"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Чытаць налады брандмаўара"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Чытанне налад прылады..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завершана"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
msgid ""
@@ -691,12 +761,12 @@
"%2"
msgstr "Запусціць наладу для %1? "
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -704,55 +774,55 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write configuration"
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr "Запісаць налады"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "Запісаць налады брандмаўара"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing configuration..."
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Запіс налад..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr "Запіс налад брандмаўара..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/fcoe-client.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/fcoe-client.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/fcoe-client.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/firewall-services.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/firewall-services.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/firewall-services.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/firewall.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/firewall.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/firewall.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/firstboot.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/firstboot.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/firstboot.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-05 14:16+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Denis Gavrik <denizz(a)open.by>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <>\n"
@@ -115,13 +115,13 @@
msgstr "Метка"
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "Статус"
+
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Module Name"
msgstr "Імя модуля"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "Статус"
-
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/fonts.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/fonts.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/fonts.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -19,60 +19,60 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
# table header
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Па змаўчанні"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/ftp-server.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/ftp-server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/ftp-server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/geo-cluster.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/geo-cluster.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/geo-cluster.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -61,8 +61,8 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
#, fuzzy
@@ -123,17 +123,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Дадаць"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Рэдагаваць"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Выдаліць"
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
@@ -150,11 +150,11 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User Authentication"
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "Аўтэнтыфікацыя карыстача"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Cancel"
msgid "Ca&ncel"
@@ -162,9 +162,9 @@
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
@@ -177,114 +177,120 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr "Метад &аўтэнтыфікацыі"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
+msgstr "Імя вузла не будзе запісана ў /etc/hosts"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
msgstr "Абярыце файл для ключа аўтэнтыфікацыі"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address."
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr "%1 — гэта няслушны IPv4 адрас."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Required patterns"
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr "Неабходныя шаблоны"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr "Няслушнае імя хаста."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr "Няслушнае сховішча."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr "Няслушнае сховішча."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr "Няслушнае сховішча."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr "Няслушнае сховішча."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Netmask cannot be empty."
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr "Сеткавая маска ня можа быць пустой."
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
@@ -293,84 +299,92 @@
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists."
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr "Імя зоны %1 ужо існуе."
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration Name"
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "Назва канфігурацыі"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration name already exists!"
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr "Канфігурацыя ўжо існуе."
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr "Няслушнае імя хаста."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr "Няслушны IP-адрас шлюза."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr "Абярыце файл для ключа аўтэнтыфікацыі"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
+# Translators: button
+# TODO ...
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
-msgstr "Усталяваць аўтэнтыфікацыю для проксі-сервера"
+#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
+msgid "Authentication file "
+msgstr "Метад &аўтэнтыфікацыі"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The test was successful."
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr "Тэст паспяховы"
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host Configuration"
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
@@ -378,7 +392,7 @@
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Firstboot configuration disabled"
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
@@ -387,7 +401,7 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Automatic Configuration"
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr "Аўтаматычнае наладжванне"
#. Initialization dialog contents
@@ -546,3 +560,8 @@
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295
msgid "Configuration summary ..."
msgstr ""
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
+#~ msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#~ msgstr "Усталяваць аўтэнтыфікацыю для проксі-сервера"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/http-server.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/http-server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/http-server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/inetd.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/inetd.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/inetd.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -102,11 +102,11 @@
msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Статус"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
@@ -118,15 +118,15 @@
msgid "Prot."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
msgid "Wait"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "User"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
msgid "Server"
msgstr ""
@@ -141,12 +141,12 @@
msgstr "Адкл."
#. determine wait mode (convert to string)
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Так"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213
msgid "No"
msgstr "Не"
@@ -162,181 +162,181 @@
#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode:
#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process."
msgstr ""
#. if (true) { // for debugging
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179
msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed."
msgstr ""
#. This is main inetd module dialog.
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "&Activate All Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "&Deactivate All Services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334
msgid "D&isable"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Enab&le"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf
#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Currently Available Services"
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`notify),
#. `opt(`keepSorting),
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Ch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Type "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
msgid "Server / Args"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Add service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "&Add"
msgstr "Дадаць"
#. Translators: Edit service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Рэдагаваць"
#. Translators: Delete service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Change service status
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384
msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396
msgid "Status for All &Services"
msgstr ""
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
msgstr ""
#. execute dialog
#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Add a New Service Entry"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Error
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552
msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog."
msgstr ""
#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736
msgid "Edit a service entry"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Warning
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782
msgid ""
"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n"
"Internet super-server will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. service name
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807
msgid "&Service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "RPC Versio&n"
msgstr ""
#. service status (running or stopped)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "Service is acti&ve."
msgstr ""
#. service socket type
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828
msgid "Socket T&ype"
msgstr ""
#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Пратакол"
#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850
msgid "&Wait"
msgstr ""
#. user and group ComboBoxes
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "&User"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. Server arguments
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "S&erver"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Server Argumen&ts"
msgstr ""
#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Co&mment"
msgstr ""
@@ -350,26 +350,26 @@
#. It does not get the NIS entries.
#. "+" is filtered out.
#. @return [Array] groups
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353
msgid "--default--"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942
msgid ""
"Service is empty.\n"
"Enter valid values.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only."
msgstr ""
@@ -573,57 +573,57 @@
msgstr "Ініцыялізацыя..."
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185
msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193
msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завершана"
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267
msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Запіс наладжванняў"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Запісваюцца наладжванні..."
#. in future: catch errors
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337
msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgstr ""
#. "enabled" defaults to true
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607
msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618
msgid "Network services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623
msgid "Network services are managed via %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627
msgid "These services will be enabled"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/installation.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/installation.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/installation.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-03 00:21-0700\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <>\n"
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Ініцыялізацыя"
@@ -231,21 +231,21 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Вярніцеся назад і праверце налады, калі вы не ўпэўнены.</p>"
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr "Пацвердзіць абнаўленне"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>All information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr "Пачаць &Абнаўленне"
@@ -310,63 +310,7 @@
msgstr "Запуск сервіса %1..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-#| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-#| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-#| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Выкарыстоўвай <b>Кланіраваць</b>,каб стварыць новы профіль AutoYaST .\n"
-"AutoYaST - гэта спосаб выканаць поўную ўсталёўку SUSE Linux без умяшэння карыстача.\n"
-"AutoYaST патрэбен профіль, у якім павінна быць апісана,як.\n"
-"будзе выглядаць устаноўленая сістэма.\n"
-" Калі выбрана<b>Кланіраваць</b>,то профіль бягучай \n"
-" сістэмы будзе запісаны ў <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>.</p>"
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "Запіс сістэмнай канфігурацыі"
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "Прапусціць канфігурацыю"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Капіраванне файлаў ва ўсталяваную сістэму..."
@@ -578,7 +522,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Невядомы"
@@ -608,54 +552,28 @@
"Выберыце,каб пачать абнаўленне зараз.\n"
"Таксама магчыма абнаўленне выканаць пазней.\n"
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
-msgstr "&Мова"
-
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Раскладка &клавіятуры"
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr "Я &згодны с умовамі ліцэнзіі"
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Keyboard"
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr "Клавіятура"
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "Заўвага да выпуску"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr "Ліцэнзінае пагадненне"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr "Ліцэнзія і пераклады..."
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -669,7 +587,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -688,7 +606,7 @@
"</p>"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -699,7 +617,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -712,7 +630,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -724,24 +642,50 @@
"усталёўку ў любы час.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Release Notes"
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "Заўвага да выпуску"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Ліцэнзінае пагадненне"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Мова"
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "Раскладка &клавіятуры"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr "Я &згодны с умовамі ліцэнзіі"
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#. !/usr/bin/env rspec
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287
+#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard"
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "Клавіятура"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr "Ліцэнзія і пераклады..."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -856,7 +800,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
@@ -865,8 +809,8 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
msgid "Deploying Images..."
@@ -874,7 +818,7 @@
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Deploying from images has failed.\n"
@@ -887,7 +831,7 @@
"Адмена ўсталёўкі..."
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Debugging has been turned on.\n"
@@ -900,20 +844,20 @@
"YaST адчыніць мэнэджэр пакетаў,для таго,каб вы праверылі бягучы стан пакетаў."
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "Загрузка вобразаў з хуткасцю %1/s"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "Загрузка вобраза %1 з хуткасцю %2/s"
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "Распакаванне вобразаў..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "Распакаванне вобраза %1..."
@@ -939,38 +883,39 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr "Азначэнне даступных кантралёраў"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Актывацыя дыска"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "Наладжванне &DASD дыскаў"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "Наладжванне &ZFCP дыскаў"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "Наладжванне &ZFCP дыскаў"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "Наладжванне &iSCSI дыскаў"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
-msgstr "Захаванне канфігурацыі сеткі"
+#| msgid "Network Configuration"
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
+msgstr "Налада сеткі"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56
@@ -988,7 +933,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Ініцыялізацыя"
@@ -1028,53 +973,53 @@
msgstr "Стварэнне спісу завяршальных скрыптоў для выкліку..."
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Капіраваць файлы ва ўсталяваную сістэму"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Захаваць канфігурацыю"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Захаваць налады ўсталёўкі"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Усталёўка мэнэджэра загрузкі"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Падрыхтоўка сістэмы для пачатковай загрузкі"
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Праверка этапу: %1..."
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "Выклік кроку %1..."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444
msgid " * %1"
msgstr " * %1"
#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Гатова"
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Памылка пры ўсталёўцы"
@@ -1101,26 +1046,26 @@
msgstr "Падрыхтоўка пачатковай сістэмнай канфігурацыі..."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Mode"
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "Рэжым усталёўкі"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr "Дадаць сеткавыя сховішчы да ўсталёўкі"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "In&clude Add-On Products from Separate Media"
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr "Дадаць дадатковы прадукт з іншага носьбіта"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><big><b>Installation Mode</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -1131,7 +1076,7 @@
"Выберыце,што зарабіць:</p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -1142,7 +1087,7 @@
"<b>Дадаць сеткавыя сховішчы да ўсталёўкі</b>.</p>"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -1158,7 +1103,7 @@
"<b>Уключыць дадатковыя прадукты з іншага носьбіта</b>.</p>"
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1448,7 +1393,7 @@
msgstr "Калі ласка, пачакайце, пакуль вызначаюцца ўсталяваныя сістэмы і абсталяванне..."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1461,7 +1406,7 @@
"Калі ласка, праверце ваша абсталяванне!\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1474,7 +1419,7 @@
"Цвёрдыя дыскі для ўсталёўкі не знойдзены.\n"
"Калі ласка, праверце ваша абсталяванне!\n"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1490,7 +1435,7 @@
"(асабліва на сістэмах s390 ці iSCSI)\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
@@ -1507,7 +1452,7 @@
"Праверце ваша абсталяванне!\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
@@ -1515,6 +1460,32 @@
"Не атрымалася ініцыялізаваць сховішчы.\n"
"Перапыненне ўсталёўкі."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215
+msgid ""
+"Downloading installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
#, fuzzy
@@ -1570,8 +1541,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "Змяніць..."
@@ -1825,7 +1796,7 @@
msgstr "Стварэнне кэша linkerа"
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "Захаванне канфігурацыі сеткі"
@@ -1958,35 +1929,22 @@
msgstr "Пошук раздзелаў з Linux..."
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr "Вярнуць усе значэнні па зноўчанні?"
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr "Усе змяненні будуць згубленыя."
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Automatic Configuration"
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "Аўтаматычнае наладжванне"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "Пропуск наладжвання па запыту карыстача"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1995,25 +1953,25 @@
"быць вырашана да ўсталёўкі.\n"
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "Падладка прапаноў да бягучых налад..."
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "Аналіз вашай сістэмы..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "ПАМЫЛКА:няма прапановы"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -2026,48 +1984,40 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "Прапусціць канфігурацыю"
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "Выкарыстоўваць наступную канфігурацыю"
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "Прапусціць канфігурацыю"
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr "Націсніце на любым загалоўку,каб зрабіць змены,ці карыстайцеся меню \"Змяніць...\" унізе."
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr "Націсніце на любым загалоўку,каб зрабіць змены,ці карыстайцеся меню \"Змяніць...\" унізе."
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "Па зноўчанні"
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "Абнаўленне"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&Усталяваць"
@@ -2107,7 +2057,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -2120,7 +2070,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -2132,7 +2082,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2144,7 +2094,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2156,7 +2106,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2167,12 +2117,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Прапанова ўсталёўкі UML</B></P>"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -2183,7 +2133,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2202,6 +2152,18 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "Выдаленае адміністраванне"
+#. skip forward or backward
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System View"
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr "Выгляд сістэмы"
+
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -2209,12 +2171,87 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving file system configuration..."
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr "Захаванне налад файлавай сістэмы..."
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed."
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr "Збой выдалення групы тамоў \"%1\"."
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed."
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr "Збой выдалення групы тамоў \"%1\"."
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr "Усталёўка пакета %1 не атрымалася."
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Ці варта таксама выдаліць пятлявы файл %1 ?\n"
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr "Невядомы пратакол (%1)"
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
@@ -2255,6 +2292,50 @@
"Усталёўка не змагла дазволіць залежнасці пакетаў аўтаматычна.\n"
"Будзе адкрыты мэнэджар пакетаў, каб вы дазволілі іх уручную."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+#~| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#~| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+#~| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Выкарыстоўвай <b>Кланіраваць</b>,каб стварыць новы профіль AutoYaST .\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST - гэта спосаб выканаць поўную ўсталёўку SUSE Linux без умяшэння карыстача.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST патрэбен профіль, у якім павінна быць апісана,як.\n"
+#~ "будзе выглядаць устаноўленая сістэма.\n"
+#~ " Калі выбрана<b>Кланіраваць</b>,то профіль бягучай \n"
+#~ " сістэмы будзе запісаны ў <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
+#~ msgid "Clone System Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Запіс сістэмнай канфігурацыі"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+#~ msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Прапусціць канфігурацыю"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
+#~ msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Захаванне канфігурацыі сеткі"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Automatic Configuration"
+#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Аўтаматычнае наладжванне"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+#~ msgid "&Export Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Прапусціць канфігурацыю"
+
#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
#~ msgstr "ПАМЫЛКА:Адсутнічае назва"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/instserver.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/instserver.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/instserver.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -62,37 +62,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the current cd number
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue."
msgstr ""
#. %2 is the product name and version
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgstr ""
#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. popup request, %1 is ISO name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr ""
#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n"
"by the current repository.\n"
@@ -101,97 +101,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697
msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698
msgid "This may take a while..."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: report more details (stderr)
#. rename the directory
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361
msgid "Error while moving repository content."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "Repository Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000
msgid "Data &Source"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Use &ISO Images"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017
msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400
msgid "Select &Directory"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
msgid "Installation server name missing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid ""
"Contents already exist in this directory.\n"
"Not copying CDs."
msgstr ""
#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123
msgid ""
"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n"
"Package CD, etc.) to the repository?"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199
msgid "Repository &Name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252
msgid "Invalid repository name."
msgstr ""
#. an error message - entered repository name already exists
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists,\n"
"enter another name."
msgstr ""
#. create directory only for a new repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273
msgid ""
"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n"
"Verify that the directory \n"
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n"
"When adding a new repository with the same name\n"
@@ -210,87 +210,87 @@
msgstr ""
#. Instserver server dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376
msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392
msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412
msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420
msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428
msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480
msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507
msgid "Installation Server -- NFS"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "Опцыі"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585
msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617
msgid "Installation Server -- FTP"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Directory Alias:"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684
msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704
msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Directory Alias"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777
msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration."
msgstr ""
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read service data using _auto
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308
msgid ""
"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n"
"will now be installed.\n"
@@ -569,82 +569,82 @@
#. @param string directory
#. @param [String] options
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570
msgid ""
"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n"
"Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152
msgid "Initializing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166
msgid "Read configuration file"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168
msgid "Search for a new repository"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172
msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174
msgid "Searching for a new repository..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завершана"
# Novell Translation
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgstr "Немагчыма прачытаць бягучыя параметры."
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254
msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Запіс наладжванняў"
# translators: progress stage 2/3
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "Запусціць SuSEconfig"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Запісваюцца наладжванні..."
# translators: progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "Запуск SuSEconfig..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/iplb.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/iplb.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/iplb.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/iscsi-client.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/iscsi-client.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/iscsi-client.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -114,10 +114,8 @@
msgstr "Рэдагаваць"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Disconnected"
-msgid "Disconnect"
-msgstr "Непадключаны"
+msgid "Log Out"
+msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
@@ -128,6 +126,9 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
+msgid "Log In"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr ""
@@ -209,8 +210,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -302,42 +303,49 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -352,23 +360,12 @@
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-# summary item
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "User Authentication"
-msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
-msgstr "Аўтэнтыфікацыя карыстача"
-
+#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
+msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
msgstr ""
-#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
-msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -419,30 +416,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
-msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr ""
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr ""
@@ -450,36 +441,36 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -574,7 +565,7 @@
msgstr "Усё"
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -582,14 +573,23 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Read current connection setup"
-msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
-msgstr "Чытаць бягучыя налады злучэння"
-
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Disconnected"
+#~ msgid "Disconnect"
+#~ msgstr "Непадключаны"
+
+# summary item
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "User Authentication"
+#~ msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
+#~ msgstr "Аўтэнтыфікацыя карыстача"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Read current connection setup"
+#~ msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
+#~ msgstr "Чытаць бягучыя налады злучэння"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/iscsi-lio-server.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/iscsi-lio-server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/iscsi-lio-server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr ""
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Portugal"
msgid "Portal group"
@@ -117,62 +117,61 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Дадаць"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Рэдагаваць"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Выдаліць"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "NTP Client"
-msgid "Client"
-msgstr "NTP Кліент"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Edit"
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr "Рэдагаваць"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Edit"
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr "Рэдагаваць"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
#, fuzzy
@@ -180,7 +179,7 @@
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr "Аўтэнтыфікацыя проксі-серверам"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
#, fuzzy
@@ -189,8 +188,8 @@
msgstr "Аўтэнтыфікацыя проксі-серверам"
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
@@ -199,15 +198,15 @@
msgid "Username"
msgstr "Імя &карыстача:"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Пароль"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
#, fuzzy
@@ -216,42 +215,49 @@
msgstr "Аўтэнтыфікацыя проксі-серверам"
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Manually"
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "Уручную"
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Уручную"
+# translators: toggle button label
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Test Status"
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr "Статут праверкі"
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Ключ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Значэнне"
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DSL Configuration"
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
@@ -259,29 +265,30 @@
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr ""
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr ""
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr ""
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
@@ -478,19 +485,24 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
@@ -498,12 +510,12 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -512,19 +524,19 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -533,11 +545,11 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
@@ -568,7 +580,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The selected option is already present."
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr "Абраны параметр ужо прысутнічае"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
@@ -606,10 +618,8 @@
msgstr "Абярыце хоць бы адну прыладу."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Client &Key"
-msgid "Client Lun"
-msgstr "&Ключ кліента"
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
+msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
msgid "Target LUN"
@@ -633,9 +643,9 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Client &Key"
-msgid "Client name:"
-msgstr "&Ключ кліента"
+#| msgid "Distribution name"
+msgid "Initiator name:"
+msgstr "Назва дыстрыбутыва"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
msgid "Import LUNs from TPG"
@@ -646,24 +656,26 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mount point must not be empty."
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr "Кропка мантавання не павінна быць пустой."
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration name already exists!"
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr "Канфігурацыя ўжо існуе."
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Vendor name"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
+msgstr "Імя вытворцы"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
#, fuzzy
@@ -677,102 +689,110 @@
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "&Адмена"
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "Уключаны"
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "Выключаны"
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete selected entry?"
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr "Сапраўды выдаліць абраны запіс?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Netmask cannot be empty."
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr "Сеткавая маска ня можа быць пустой."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP address cannot be empty."
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr "IP адрас ня можа быць пустым."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists."
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr "Імя зоны %1 ужо існуе."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "Выключаны"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Proxy Authentication"
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
+msgstr "Аўтэнтыфікацыя проксі-серверам"
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110
@@ -787,11 +807,11 @@
msgstr "Ініцыялізацыя"
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
@@ -916,6 +936,26 @@
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Вынікі налады DNS:"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "NTP Client"
+#~ msgid "Client"
+#~ msgstr "NTP Кліент"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Client &Key"
+#~ msgid "Client Lun"
+#~ msgstr "&Ключ кліента"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Client &Key"
+#~ msgid "Client name:"
+#~ msgstr "&Ключ кліента"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Configuration name already exists!"
+#~ msgid "Client name already exists!"
+#~ msgstr "Канфігурацыя ўжо існуе."
+
# translators: progress stage 2/3
#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
#~ msgstr "Запусціць SuSEconfig"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/isns.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/isns.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/isns.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/journal.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/journal.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/journal.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/kdump.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/kdump.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/kdump.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -361,10 +361,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -1103,148 +1101,175 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This module must be run as root.\n"
+#| "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+#| "For example, some settings can be read improperly\n"
+#| "and it is unlikely that settings can be written.\n"
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Гэты модуль павінен быць запушчаны пад уліковым запісам супер-карыстача.\n"
+"Калі вы працягнеце, модуль можа працаваць няслушна.\n"
+"Для прыкладу, некаторыя налады могуць быць прачытаны няслушна,\n"
+"г.зн. не так, як гэтыя налады былі запісаны.\n"
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Zone type %1 is not supported."
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr "Тып зоны %1 не падтрымліваецца."
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Запіс наладжванняў"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Запісваюцца наладжванні..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завершана"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/languages_db.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/languages_db.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/languages_db.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/ldap-client.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/ldap-client.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/ldap-client.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/ldap.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/ldap.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/ldap.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/live-installer.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/live-installer.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/live-installer.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -37,15 +37,15 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr "Распакаванне вобразаў..."
@@ -53,12 +53,12 @@
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr ""
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -68,80 +68,62 @@
msgstr ""
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save installation settings"
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Захаваць налады ўсталёўкі"
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr ""
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Разметка"
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "Клавіятура"
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -159,7 +141,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -246,7 +228,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Капіраванне файлаў ва ўсталяваную сістэму..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/mail.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/mail.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/mail.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/multipath.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/multipath.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/multipath.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/network.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/network.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/network.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-03 11:10-0700\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "Вынікі налады вузла:"
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration Error : uninitialized interface!"
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Налада маршрутызацыі"
@@ -819,13 +819,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "Увага: шыфраванне не выкарыстоўваецца."
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
msgid "Change."
msgstr "Змяніць."
@@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP-адрас"
@@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr "&Дадаць"
@@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1175,7 +1175,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
@@ -1222,7 +1222,7 @@
msgstr "Група тунэля"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "Прылады \"моста\""
@@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP-адрас"
@@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@
msgstr "&S/390"
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1346,13 +1346,13 @@
"вызначэнне было няправільнае."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr "Канфігурацыя %1 ужо існуе."
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1366,24 +1366,24 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "Няслушны IP-адрас."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No valid netmask or prefix lenght."
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "Няслушная сеткавая маска ці даўжыня прэфікса."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No valid hostname."
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Няслушнае імя вузла."
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1403,54 +1403,54 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195
msgid "&General"
msgstr "&Агульны"
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "Актывацыя прылады"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "Зона брандмаўара"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr "Максімальны блок перадачы дадзеных (MTU)"
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Наладзьце параметры сеткавай платы.</p>"
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "&Адрас"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Наладзьце ваш IP-адрас.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&Абсталяванне"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "&Аб'яднованыя падпарадкаваныя прылады"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "&Бесправодная"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
@@ -1458,7 +1458,7 @@
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1468,13 +1468,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "Налада сеткавай карты"
# Novell Translation
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
@@ -1828,12 +1828,12 @@
"інтэрфейс больш не будзе кіравацца NetworkManager.\n"
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr "Для абранай прылады STARTMODE=nfsroot. Сапраўды выдаліць?"
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "Метад усталёўкі сеткі"
@@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "Налады сеткі"
@@ -2976,7 +2976,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr "Недапушчальны IP-адрас."
@@ -3245,49 +3245,49 @@
msgstr "&WEP-ключы"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr "Рэжым аўтэнтыфікацыі WPA даступны толькі ў кіраваным рэжыме працы."
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr "Пакажыце сеткавае імя для гэтага рэжыму."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr "Сеткавае імя павінна быць карацей, чым 32 знака. "
# error popup
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr "Кантрольная фраза павінна быць ад 8 да 63 знакаў даўжынёй (улучна)."
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr "Ключ павінен мець %1 шаснаццатковых лічбаў."
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr "Няслушны ключ шыфравання."
# yes/no popup
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr "Павінен быць паказаны ключ шыфравання для гэтага рэжыму аўтэнтыфікацыі."
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -3297,13 +3297,13 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr "Налады эксперта бесправоднага абсталявання"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
@@ -3312,7 +3312,7 @@
"(рэдка неабходна).</p> "
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -3325,7 +3325,7 @@
"пошуку кропак доступу.</p>\n"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
@@ -3334,7 +3334,7 @@
"<b>Хуткасць у бітах</b>. Значэнне па змаўчанні — як мага хутчэй.</p> "
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
@@ -3343,7 +3343,7 @@
"адну для злучэння, увядучы яе MAC-адрас.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
@@ -3355,59 +3355,59 @@
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "Аўта"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr "&Канал"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr "Б&ітавая хуткасць"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr "Кропка &доступу"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr "Выкарыстоўваць кіраванне &сілкаваннем"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "EAP &Mode"
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr "EAP-&рэжым"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr "Увядзіце ключ шыфравання"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr "&Ключ"
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Дапамога"
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr "Бесправодныя ключы"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -3422,7 +3422,7 @@
"адзін ключ.</p>"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -3437,44 +3437,44 @@
"на 64.</p>"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr "WEP ключы"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr "Даўжыня &ключа"
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr "№"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Ключ"
# table header
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Па змаўчанні"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "&Усталяваць па змаўчанні"
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr "Абярыце сертыфікат"
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
@@ -3483,7 +3483,7 @@
"да небяспечных ашуканскіх бесправодных сетак. Працягнуць без CA?"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
@@ -3492,47 +3492,47 @@
"ці сертыфікат кліента."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr "WPA-EAP"
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354
msgid "Any"
msgstr "Любы"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358
msgid "MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360
msgid "GTC"
msgstr "GTC"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr "CHAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364
msgid "PAP"
msgstr "PAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr "MSCHAPv1"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr "MSCHAPv2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr "Падрабязнасці WPA-EAP"
@@ -3580,12 +3580,12 @@
msgstr "Налады выдаленага адміністравання"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Гэтыя пакеты павінны быць усталяваны: "
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3597,111 +3597,61 @@
"\n"
"Паспрабаваць ізноў?\n"
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Невядома"
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Канфігурацыя паспяхова захавана"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Налады DNS паспяхова захаваны"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Налады DSL паспяхова захаваны"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Налады вузлоў паспяхова захаваны"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Налады ISDN паспяхова захаваны"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Налады сеткавай карты паспяхова захаваны"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Налады мадэма паспяхова захаваны"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Налады проксі-сервера паспяхова захаваны"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Налады правайдара паспяхова захаваны"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Налады маршрутызацыі паспяхова захаваны"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr "Наладзіць пошту цяпер?"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr "Запусціць наладу для %1? "
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "Сеткавыя карты"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "Мадэмы"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "Карты ISDN"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "DSL-прылады"
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "Усе сеткавыя прылады"
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "Няслушнае імя вузла."
@@ -3775,8 +3725,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr "Імя вузла і імя дамена"
@@ -3802,28 +3752,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr "Спіс пошуку можа мець не больш за %1 даменаў."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr "Спіс пошуку можа мець не больш за %1 знакаў."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr "Няправільны дамен пошуку '%1'."
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr "Налада імя вузла і сервера імёнаў"
@@ -3857,27 +3807,27 @@
"<b>Псеўданімы вузла</b>, падзеленыя прабеламі.</p>\n"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr "Бягучыя вузлы"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr "Імёны вузла"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr "Псеўданімы вузла"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr "Псеўданімы вуз&ла"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr "Няслушнае імя псеўданіма \"%1\"."
@@ -3919,42 +3869,42 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr "&Прызначэнне"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Net&mask"
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr "&Маска сеткі"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr "&Шлюз"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr "Прыла&ды"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr "Няслушнае прызначэнне."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr "Няслушны IP-адрас шлюза."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr "Няслушная маска падсеткі."
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "Няслушны шлюз па змаўчанні."
@@ -4222,7 +4172,7 @@
msgstr "Налады пратаколу IPv6"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "Уключыць IPv6"
@@ -4327,7 +4277,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "Канфігурацыя адноўлення"
@@ -4350,7 +4300,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "Абноўленне канфігурацыі..."
@@ -4362,104 +4312,104 @@
msgstr "Абнаўленне /etc/resolv.conf..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr "Імя вузла: Усталявана DHCP"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "Імя вузла: %1"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr "Імя вузла не будзе запісана ў /etc/hosts"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr "Сервера імёнаў: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr "Спіс пошуку: %1"
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr "Абнавіць /etc/hosts"
# PowerManagement read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr "Захаванне налад імя вузла"
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr "Абнаўленне /etc/hosts..."
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr "Ініцыялізацыя канфігурацыі сеткі"
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr "Выявіць сеткавыя прылады"
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr "Чытаць інфармацыю драйвера"
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr "Чытаць налады прылады"
# translators: progress stage
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "Чытаць налады сеткі"
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Чытаць налады брандмаўара"
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Чытаць імя вузла і налады DNS"
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr "Чытаць усталявальную інфармацыю"
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr "Чытаць налады маршрутызацыі"
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr "Вызначыць бягучы стан"
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Detecting for ndiswrapper..."
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "Выяўленне ndiswrapper..."
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "There is a ndiswrapper configuration detected,\n"
@@ -4474,7 +4424,7 @@
"але модуль ядра не быў загружаны.\n"
"Вы жадаеце загрузіць модуль ndiswrapper?\n"
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "ndiswrapper kernel module wasn't loaded.\n"
@@ -4487,250 +4437,243 @@
"Праверце налады ўручную."
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr "Выяўленне сеткавых прылад..."
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr "Чытанне налад прылады..."
# translators: progress step
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "Чытанне налад сеткі..."
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Чытанне налад брандмаўара..."
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Чытанне імя вузла і налад DNS..."
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr "Чытанне ўсталявальнай інфармацыі"
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr "Чытанне налад маршрутызацыі..."
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr "Вызначэнне бягучага стану..."
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Гатова"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "To apply this change a reboot is needed."
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr "Каб змены набылі моц, неабходна перазагрузіць сістэму."
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "Захаванне налад сеткі"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr "Запісаць інфармацыю драйвераў"
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "Запісаць налады прылады"
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "Запісаць налады сеткі"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "Запісаць налады маршрутызацыі"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Запісаць імя вузла і налады DNS"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "Усталяваць сеткавыя службы"
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Запісаць налады брандмаўара"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "Запусціць сеткавыя службы"
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "Запіс /etc/modprobe.conf..."
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "Запіс налад прылады..."
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "Запіс налад сеткі..."
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "Запіс налад маршрутызацыі..."
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Запіс імя вузла і налад DNS..."
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "Усталёўка сеткавых службаў... "
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Запіс налад брандмаўара..."
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "Запуск сеткавых службаў..."
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "Сетка не запушчана"
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "Рэжым сеткі"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Інтэрфейсы кіруюцца NetworkManager"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Адключыць NetworkManager"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr "Традыцыйны метад налады сеткі з NetControl — ifup"
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Уключыць NetworkManager"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr "Дазволена падтрымка пратаколу IPv6"
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "Адключыць IPv6"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr "Забаронена падтрымка пратаколу IPv6"
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Not connected"
msgid "connected"
msgstr "Не падлучаны"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "Запускаецца аўтаматычна пры загрузцы"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "Запускаецца аўтаматычна пры далучэнні кабеля"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Кіруецца NetworkManager"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "Не будзе запускацца наогул"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "Запускаецца ўручную"
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "IP-адрас прысвоены пасродкам"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP address: %1/%2"
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IP-адрас: %1/%2"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2"
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
@@ -4738,46 +4681,46 @@
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "Не наладжана"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name: %1"
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Імя прылады: %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond slaves"
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "Аб'яднаныя падпарадкаваныя прылады"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "Не падлучаны"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr "Не hwinfo"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details.</p>"
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr "<p>Немагчыма наладзіць сеткавую карту, бо адсутнічае прылада ядра (eth0, wlan0). Звычайна гэта адбываецца з-за адсутнасці прашыўкі (для бесправодных прылад). Гл. выснову dmesg для падрабязнасцяў.</p>"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
@@ -4789,17 +4732,17 @@
"<p>Прылада не наладжана. Націсніце <B>Рэдагаваць</B>\n"
"для налады.</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "Патрэбная прашыўка"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "невядома"
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
msgid ""
@@ -4808,35 +4751,35 @@
msgstr "Пакет SuSEfirewall2 не ўсталяваны, брандмаўар будзе адключаны."
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "Наладзіць мэнэджар дысплея"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "Перазапусціць службы"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "Захаванне канфігурацыі выдаленага адміністравання"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "Налада мэнэджара дысплея..."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "Перазапуск службы..."
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4844,31 +4787,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "Выдаленае адміністраванне ўключана."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "Выдаленае адміністраванне адключана."
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "Запісаць налады IP-пераадрасаванні"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "Запісаць налады маршрутызацыі"
# Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Захаванне налад маршрутызацыі"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "Запіс налад IP-пераадрасаванні..."
@@ -4877,26 +4820,26 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "Запіс налад маршрутызацыі..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Gateway: %1"
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "Шлюз: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr "IP-пераадрасаванне:"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
@@ -4917,6 +4860,42 @@
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(Неабароненая)"
+#~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Канфігурацыя паспяхова захавана"
+
+#~ msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Налады DNS паспяхова захаваны"
+
+#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Налады DSL паспяхова захаваны"
+
+#~ msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Налады вузлоў паспяхова захаваны"
+
+#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Налады ISDN паспяхова захаваны"
+
+#~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Налады сеткавай карты паспяхова захаваны"
+
+#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Налады мадэма паспяхова захаваны"
+
+#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Налады проксі-сервера паспяхова захаваны"
+
+#~ msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Налады правайдара паспяхова захаваны"
+
+#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Налады маршрутызацыі паспяхова захаваны"
+
+#~ msgid "Configure mail now?"
+#~ msgstr "Наладзіць пошту цяпер?"
+
+#~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
+#~ msgstr "Запусціць наладу для %1? "
+
#~ msgid "Device boot protocol"
#~ msgstr "Пратакол загрузкі прылады"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/nfs.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/nfs.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/nfs.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/nfs_server.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/nfs_server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/nfs_server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -72,27 +72,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -101,11 +101,11 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
msgstr ""
@@ -156,55 +156,63 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr ""
+#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
+msgid ""
+"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+"with spaces in their names.\n"
+"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+msgstr ""
+
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr ""
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr ""
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -212,25 +220,25 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
@@ -238,51 +246,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
msgid "&Start"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -290,78 +298,83 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
"IP networks.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Help, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
+msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Рэдагаваць"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "Вы&даліць"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
# table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Параметры"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr "Рэгадаванне"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "Выдаліць"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr ""
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -369,76 +382,87 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завершана"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314
+msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unable to find out"
+msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+msgstr "Не магу знасці"
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unable to find out"
+msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+msgstr "Не магу знасці"
+
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
-msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349
+msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr ""
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr ""
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Unable to find out"
-#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
-#~ msgstr "Не магу знасці"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/nis.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/nis.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/nis.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/nis_server.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/nis_server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/nis_server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/ntp-client.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/ntp-client.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/ntp-client.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -74,25 +74,25 @@
msgstr "&Наладзіць..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/oneclickinstall.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/oneclickinstall.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/oneclickinstall.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/online-update-configuration.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/online-update-configuration.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/online-update-configuration.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/online-update.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/online-update.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/online-update.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/opensuse_mirror.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/opensuse_mirror.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/opensuse_mirror.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/packager.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/packager.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/packager.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@
#. force minimum width
#. table header - name of the repo
#. table header - name of the repo
-#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716
+#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Імя"
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Усталяванне пакетаў..."
@@ -480,8 +480,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Ініцыялізацыя"
@@ -515,16 +515,16 @@
msgstr "Захаванне канфігурацыі абсталявання..."
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57
msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface."
msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
@@ -532,88 +532,73 @@
# table header
#. pad to 3 characters
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Па змаўчанні"
#. unkown name (alias) of the source
#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter,
#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260
msgid "Unknown Name"
msgstr ""
#. displaye only repositories from the selected service
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Невядомы"
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables
-#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342
-msgid "Raw URL: %s"
-msgstr ""
-
#. heading - in case repo name not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown repository URL"
msgid "Unknown Repository Name"
msgstr "Невядомы URL сховішча"
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367
msgid "Category: %1"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377
msgid "Service: %1"
msgstr "Служба: %1"
#. #176013
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625
msgid "All repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628
msgid "All services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637
msgid "Service '%1'"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only
-#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also
-#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE
-#. within product subscription.
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669
-msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service"
-msgstr ""
-
#. combobox label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
msgid "View"
msgstr ""
#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667
msgid "Priority"
msgstr ""
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. status info, to be used inside summary
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Уключаны"
@@ -622,98 +607,98 @@
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo?
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685
msgid "Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. table header - service to which the repo belongs
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
#. table header - URL of the repo
#. table header - URL of the repo
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. push button - change URL of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr ""
#. push button - refresh the selected repository now
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791
msgid "Re&fresh Selected"
msgstr ""
#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793
msgid "Status &on or off"
msgstr ""
#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795
msgid "Refre&sh on or off"
msgstr ""
#. push button - set name of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797
msgid "Set &Name..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804
msgid "Properties"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809
msgid "&Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815
msgid "Automatically &Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853
msgid "&GPG Keys..."
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862
msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864
msgid "Refresh all &Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871
msgid "Configured Software Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. help
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -723,7 +708,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n"
@@ -732,7 +717,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n"
@@ -745,7 +730,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -755,31 +740,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 1
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
msgid ""
"Unable to save changes to the repository\n"
"configuration."
@@ -787,7 +772,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -795,79 +780,79 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030
msgid "Abort Repository Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032
msgid ""
"Abort the repository configuration?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
msgstr ""
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr ""
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
"and its repositories?"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
"cannot be set."
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -876,7 +861,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository."
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
@@ -986,20 +971,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Package %1 was not found on the medium."
msgid ""
@@ -1305,42 +1290,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr ""
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Сховішча"
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1352,7 +1337,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1360,19 +1345,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr ""
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
@@ -1385,19 +1370,19 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr ""
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled."
msgid ""
@@ -1407,62 +1392,62 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr ""
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "Ігнараванне дрэннага носьбіта..."
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "Ігнараванне дрэннага носьбіта..."
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr ""
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -1994,7 +1979,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr ""
@@ -2059,7 +2044,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr ""
@@ -2134,7 +2119,7 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr ""
@@ -2155,46 +2140,46 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2204,23 +2189,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2229,42 +2214,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2272,17 +2257,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2292,20 +2277,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363
msgid "&File System"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2318,7 +2303,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2326,11 +2311,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2342,12 +2327,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2355,71 +2340,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "Порт"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "&Share"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "Імя &карыстача"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "Пароль"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2434,7 +2419,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2443,12 +2428,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2456,7 +2441,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2464,7 +2449,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2474,7 +2459,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2483,27 +2468,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select the item to edit."
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "Абярыце пункт для рэдагавання"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr ""
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr ""
-#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2513,12 +2498,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add-On Product"
msgid "Add On Product"
@@ -2527,7 +2512,7 @@
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/pam.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/pam.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/pam.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/pkg-bindings.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/pkg-bindings.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/pkg-bindings.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -44,12 +44,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/printer.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/printer.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/printer.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -214,8 +214,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Апісанне"
@@ -459,8 +459,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr ""
@@ -2599,57 +2599,57 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
msgid "&Local"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr ""
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Імя"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr ""
# table header
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Па змаўчанні"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Статус"
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr ""
@@ -2659,7 +2659,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -2672,7 +2672,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -2687,74 +2687,74 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr ""
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr ""
@@ -2765,33 +2765,33 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2800,25 +2800,25 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr ""
@@ -2826,7 +2826,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2845,22 +2845,22 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Copy the packages"
msgid "Two test pages"
@@ -2868,7 +2868,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2876,25 +2876,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr ""
@@ -2914,53 +2914,53 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr ""
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/product-creator.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/product-creator.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/product-creator.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/proxy.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/proxy.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/proxy.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/rdp.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/rdp.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/rdp.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/rear.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/rear.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/rear.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -265,16 +265,16 @@
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgstr "Чытанне налад брандмаўара..."
+
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "Аналіз вашай сістэмы..."
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
-msgstr "Чытанне налад брандмаўара..."
-
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/registration.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/registration.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/registration.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
@@ -77,26 +77,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The test was successful."
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "Тэст паспяховы"
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading Package"
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr "Загрузка пакета"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Client Certificate"
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
@@ -105,8 +105,8 @@
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr ""
@@ -280,30 +280,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "Няслушнае прызначэнне."
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -319,43 +308,43 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr "Выдаленае адміністраванне ўключана."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "Выдаленае адміністраванне ўключана."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -365,23 +354,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -389,6 +378,24 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
#, fuzzy
@@ -419,7 +426,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -428,8 +435,8 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
@@ -437,7 +444,7 @@
msgstr "Абнаўленне /etc/hosts..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
@@ -449,35 +456,35 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr "Выдаленае адміністраванне ўключана."
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr "Выдаленае адміністраванне ўключана."
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Выдаленае адміністраванне ўключана."
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Please wait, while volumes are being detected.</p>"
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Калі ласка пачакайце, пакуль ідзе вызначэнне тамоў.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The test was successful."
msgid ""
@@ -486,7 +493,7 @@
msgstr "Тэст паспяховы"
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Would you like to use these mount points\n"
@@ -500,7 +507,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n"
msgid ""
@@ -533,7 +540,7 @@
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr ""
@@ -554,12 +561,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No product found in the repository"
msgid ""
@@ -781,7 +788,7 @@
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgid "Registration &Code"
@@ -810,7 +817,7 @@
#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E-&Mail Address"
msgid "&E-mail Address"
@@ -896,12 +903,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -914,7 +921,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
@@ -925,7 +932,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213
msgid ""
"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
"installation has completed."
@@ -933,9 +940,11 @@
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Configuration"
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
+msgstr "Налада сеткі"
#. SSL error message
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23
@@ -982,11 +991,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr ""
-
#. input field label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
#, fuzzy
@@ -1216,11 +1220,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/reipl.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/reipl.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/reipl.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/relocation-server.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/relocation-server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/relocation-server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/samba-client.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/samba-client.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/samba-client.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -815,86 +815,86 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Так"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr "Не"
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/samba-server.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/samba-server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/samba-server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/samba-users.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/samba-users.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/samba-users.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/scanner.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/scanner.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/scanner.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/security.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/security.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/security.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -116,294 +116,261 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Невядомы"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configure display manager"
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr "Наладзіць мэнэджар дысплея"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart the services"
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr "Перазапусціць службы"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr "IP-пераадрасаванне:"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr "IP-пераадрасаванне:"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Generic system peripheral"
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr "Агульная сістэмная прылада"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr "&Адключыць сервіс ZMD."
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Configure"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Уключаны"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Выключаны"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Статус"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr ""
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Даведка"
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Апісанне"
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr "&Апісанне"
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "Аналіз вашай сістэмы..."
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -412,33 +379,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -446,7 +413,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -455,7 +422,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
@@ -464,7 +431,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -472,14 +439,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
@@ -487,7 +454,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
@@ -497,7 +464,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
@@ -505,12 +472,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
@@ -518,26 +485,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -545,35 +512,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
@@ -591,7 +558,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
@@ -601,7 +568,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -610,7 +577,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
@@ -619,7 +586,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -630,21 +597,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
@@ -652,26 +619,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -683,7 +650,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
@@ -691,23 +658,23 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
@@ -719,13 +686,13 @@
"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -737,7 +704,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -749,38 +716,86 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
#, fuzzy
@@ -846,169 +861,242 @@
"maximum."
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr ""
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disabled"
msgid "Disable"
msgstr "Выключаны"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Callback Functions"
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr "Функцыі зваротнага выкліку"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Authentication Method"
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr "Метад &аўтэнтыфікацыі"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
msgstr ""
@@ -1024,66 +1112,66 @@
msgstr "Ініцыялізацыя"
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the settings"
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr "Запіс наладжванняў"
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "Запісваюцца наладжванні..."
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завершана"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/services-manager.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/services-manager.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/services-manager.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/slp-server.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/slp-server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/slp-server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/snapper.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/snapper.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/snapper.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,32 +16,8 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of snapper
-#. Summary: Main file
-#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
-#.
-#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
+#. The main ()
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
@@ -49,14 +25,14 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Апісанне"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Name"
msgid "User data"
@@ -64,41 +40,41 @@
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Parity Algorithm"
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "Алгарытм цотнасці"
-#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+#. popup label, %1 is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
+#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
+msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
+msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
-msgid "Post (%{post})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
+msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "Стварыць новы TSIG ключ"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgid "Single snapshot"
@@ -106,248 +82,241 @@
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Printer"
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Друкарка"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
-msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
+msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr "Сапраўды выдаліць '%1'?"
-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
-msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
-msgstr "Сапраўды выдаліць '%1'?"
-
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Singapore"
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Сінгапур"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "Стварэнне спісу завяршальных скрыптоў для выкліку..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read current configuration"
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "Прачытаць бягучую канфігурацыю"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "UUID"
msgid "ID"
msgstr "UUID"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Тып"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start &Update"
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "Пачаць &Абнаўленне"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Time and Date"
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "Дата і Час"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User ID"
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "ID карыстача"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Changes:"
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "Змены:"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected Devices:"
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "Абраныя прылады:"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving file system configuration..."
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr "Захаванне налад файлавай сістэмы..."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The device was deleted."
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr "Прылада выдалена."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "Файл %1 не існуе."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "Выбар працоўнага стала"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
+msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
-msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
-msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "Выбар працоўнага стала"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -358,7 +327,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -368,19 +337,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Opening file..."
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "Адкрыцце файла.."
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -391,7 +360,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -404,30 +373,30 @@
"Калі ласка, пачакайце...<BR></P>\n"
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -438,131 +407,168 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
-#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
-msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+#. popup error
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
+msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
msgstr ""
-#. Return the path to given snapshot
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point."
-msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
-msgstr "Прылады падпампоўкі павінны мець кропку мантавання swap."
-
+#. Initialize snapper agent
+#. Return true on success
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
#. Create new snapshot
#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
+msgid "Reason not known."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
-msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
-msgstr "Стварыць новы TSIG ключ"
+#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
+msgid "Configuration not found."
+msgstr "Наладжванне завершана"
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
-msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
+msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+msgstr "Наладжванне завершана"
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
+msgid ""
+"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr ""
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
+msgid "Snapshot was not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
-msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr "Сапраўды выдаліць '%1'?"
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr "Сапраўды выдаліць '%1'?"
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
+msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
+msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
+msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr "Стварыць новы TSIG ключ"
+
#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing"
msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr "Ініцыялізацыя"
-# translators: progress stage
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Read network configuration"
-msgid "Read list of configurations"
-msgstr "Чытаць налады сеткі"
-
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
-msgid "Read list of snapshots"
+msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
msgstr "Стварэнне спісу завяршальных скрыптоў для выкліку..."
-# translators: progress step
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading network configuration..."
-msgid "Reading list of configurations"
-msgstr "Чытанне налад сеткі..."
+#| msgid "Reading RPM database..."
+msgid "Reading the database..."
+msgstr "Чытанне базы дадзеных RPM..."
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
-msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
-msgstr "Стварэнне спісу завяршальных скрыптоў для выкліку..."
-
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завершана"
-# translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading network configuration..."
-msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
-msgstr "Чытанне налад сеткі..."
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
-msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "O&ptional Files..."
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr "Неа&бавязковыя файлы..."
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delete"
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr "Выдаліць"
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Configuration Completed"
-#~ msgid "Configuration not found."
-#~ msgstr "Наладжванне завершана"
+#~| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
+#~ msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
+#~ msgstr "Сапраўды выдаліць '%1'?"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Configuration Completed"
-#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid."
-#~ msgstr "Наладжванне завершана"
+#~| msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point."
+#~ msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
+#~ msgstr "Прылады падпампоўкі павінны мець кропку мантавання swap."
+# translators: progress stage
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Reading RPM database..."
-#~ msgid "Reading the database..."
-#~ msgstr "Чытанне базы дадзеных RPM..."
+#~| msgid "Read network configuration"
+#~ msgid "Read list of configurations"
+#~ msgstr "Чытаць налады сеткі"
+
+# translators: progress step
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Reading network configuration..."
+#~ msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+#~ msgstr "Чытанне налад сеткі..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
+#~ msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+#~ msgstr "Стварэнне спісу завяршальных скрыптоў для выкліку..."
+
+# translators: progress step
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Reading network configuration..."
+#~ msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
+#~ msgstr "Чытанне налад сеткі..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/sound.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/sound.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/sound.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/squid.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/squid.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/squid.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/sshd.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/sshd.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/sshd.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/storage.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/storage.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/storage.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-03 22:12-0700\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -206,7 +206,11 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -1044,7 +1048,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "Прапанаваць асобную &хатні падзел"
@@ -1062,7 +1066,7 @@
msgstr "Тып прапановы"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -1077,7 +1081,7 @@
"Сапраўды выкарыстоўваць гэтыя налады?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
@@ -1092,7 +1096,7 @@
"Сапраўды выкарыстоўваць гэтыя налады?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
@@ -1108,7 +1112,7 @@
"Сапраўды выкарыстоўваць гэтыя налады?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
@@ -1125,7 +1129,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -1135,7 +1139,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -1156,7 +1160,7 @@
"Сапраўды выкарыстоўваць гэтыя налады?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Warning:\n"
@@ -1178,7 +1182,7 @@
"Выкарыстоўваць паказаны памер загрузнай часткі?\n"
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1190,7 +1194,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
@@ -1217,7 +1221,7 @@
"Сапраўды выкарыстоўваць налады без падзела /boot?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -1236,11 +1240,11 @@
"\n"
"Сапраўды выкарыстоўваць гэтыя налады?\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1433,7 +1437,7 @@
"Сапраўды пакінуць частку нефарматаваным?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1442,7 +1446,7 @@
"Перад рэдагаваннем яго варта выдаліць з RAID.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1451,7 +1455,7 @@
"Перад рэдагаваннем яго варта выдаліць з групы тамоў.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1460,7 +1464,7 @@
"Выдаліце том перад праўкай.\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1469,7 +1473,7 @@
"Выключыце яго з RAID перад выдаленнем.\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1477,12 +1481,12 @@
"Прылада (%2) выкарыстоўваецца %1.\n"
"Выдаліце %1 да выдалення прылады.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n"
@@ -1497,7 +1501,7 @@
"іншы лагічны падзел з з <b>в</b>ялікім нумарам\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
@@ -1516,7 +1520,7 @@
"Абярыце 'Адмена', калі вы не ведаеце сапраўды, што робіце.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1530,7 +1534,7 @@
"груп тамоў перад выдаленнем дадатковага падзела.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1544,7 +1548,7 @@
"RAID перад выдаленнем дадатковага падзела.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1565,15 +1569,15 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Don't forget what you enter here!"
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "Не забудзьцеся тое, што вы тут увялі!"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "Пусты пароль дазволены."
@@ -1608,7 +1612,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:"
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
@@ -1621,7 +1625,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:"
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
@@ -1651,7 +1655,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1662,7 +1666,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -2070,7 +2074,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -2087,19 +2091,19 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "Імя зоны %1 ужо існуе."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists."
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "Імя зоны %1 ужо існуе."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -2142,7 +2146,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -2169,7 +2173,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -2188,7 +2192,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -2219,7 +2223,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2462,7 +2466,7 @@
"з няіснай ці невядомай файлавай сістэмай."
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -2497,12 +2501,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2510,30 +2514,30 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Немагчыма стварыць падзел на %1."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Немагчыма стварыць падзел на %1."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
@@ -3005,34 +3009,41 @@
msgstr "<p>Абярыце памер для новай часткі.</p>"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Format partition"
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Фарматаваць частку"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "O&perating Mode"
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr "&Рэжым працы"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
@@ -3041,7 +3052,7 @@
"адфарматаваны і тып файлавай сістэмы.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -3049,7 +3060,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
@@ -3062,47 +3073,47 @@
"змантаваны, і ўвядзіце кропку мантавання ( /, /boot, /usr, /var і г.д.)</p>"
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "Опцыі фарматавання"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "Фарматаваць частку"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "Не фарматаваць частку"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "Не мантаваць падзел"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "Опцыі мантавання"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "Мантаваць частку"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Кропка мантавання"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "Опцыі Fs&tab..."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "Файлы шыфра павінны быць зашыфраваны."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -3115,19 +3126,19 @@
"Праверце таксама опцыю фармату.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "Файлам шыфра патрэбна кропка мантавання."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "Файлам шыфра патрэбна кропка мантавання."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -3142,7 +3153,7 @@
"</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -3163,23 +3174,23 @@
"(засынанні на дыск).\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "Усе змены будуць страчаны!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Пароль"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
@@ -3189,7 +3200,7 @@
"Памер абранай часткі змяніць нельга, паколькі файлавая сістэма\n"
"гэтай часткі не падтрымлівае змена памеру.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgid ""
@@ -3198,7 +3209,7 @@
msgstr "Немагчыма стварыць падзел на %1."
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
@@ -3211,21 +3222,21 @@
"з-за супярэчлівасці файлавай сістэмы"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "Змяніць памер падзела %1"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr "Змяніць памер лагічнага тома %1"
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "Бягучы памер: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "Бягучае значэнне: %1"
@@ -3233,8 +3244,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -3246,33 +3257,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Максімальны памер (%1)"
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Мінімальны памер (%1)"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr "Іншы памер"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Абярыце новы памер.</p>"
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -3282,7 +3293,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -3291,12 +3302,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "Выснова %1"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "Перасканаванне дыскаў..."
@@ -3505,58 +3516,58 @@
msgstr "Уведзены рэгіён несапраўдны."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr "Дадаць падзел на %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr "Рэдагаваць падзел %1"
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "Не мантаваць падзел"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mount partition"
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "Мантаваць частку"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Format"
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Фарматаваць"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Back"
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "Назад"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr "Пацвердзіце выдаленне ўсіх падзелаў"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
@@ -3564,30 +3575,35 @@
"Дыск \"%1\" утрымоўвае хоць бы адзін падзел.\n"
"Калі вы працягнеце, наступныя падзелы будуць выдалены:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "Сапраўды выдаліць усе падзелы на \"%1\"?"
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr "Не абраны дыск."
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr "Гэты дыск выкарыстоўваецца і не можа быць адрэдагаваны."
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr "Абярыце новы тып табліцы падзела для %1."
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
@@ -3596,31 +3612,31 @@
"на %1 і ўсіх RAIDах і групах тамоў, якія выкарыстоўваюць падзелы на %1."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "Не абраны дыск."
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr "Сапраўды выдаліць BIOS RAID %1?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr "Сапраўды выдаліць усе падзелы на %1?"
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr "На гэтым дыску няма падзелаў для выдалення."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr "Немагчыма стварыць падзел на %1."
@@ -3628,15 +3644,15 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr "Не абраны падзел."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3645,12 +3661,12 @@
"Для рэдагавання %1 пераканаецеся, што ён не выкарыстоўваецца."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr "Дадатковы падзел не можа быць адрэдагаваны."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n"
@@ -3663,14 +3679,14 @@
"Каб змяніць %1, выдаліце і стварыце яго нанова."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr "Дадатковы падзел не можа быць адрэдагаваны."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3679,12 +3695,12 @@
"Для змены памеру%1 пераканаецеся, што ён не выкарыстоўваецца."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr "Памер дадатковага падзела не можа быць зменены."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -3694,49 +3710,49 @@
"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr "Сапраўды выдаліць усе падзелы на %1?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr "Абярыце новы тып табліцы падзела для %1."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Available &Disks"
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr "&Даступныя дыскі"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
@@ -3745,7 +3761,7 @@
"Сапраўды запусціць dasdfmt на дыску %1?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -4035,11 +4051,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr "Пацвердзіце выдаленне падзела, выкарыстоўванага LVM"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\"\n"
@@ -4054,15 +4070,15 @@
"Для захавання несупярэчлівасці сістэмы гэта групы тамоў і\n"
"усе яго лагічныя тамы будуць выдалены."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "Выдаліць падзел \"%1\" і групу тамоў \"%2\" цяпер?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr "Пацвердзіце выдаленне падзела, выкарыстоўванага RAID"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\"\n"
@@ -4077,24 +4093,24 @@
"Для захавання несупярэчлівасці сістэмы\n"
"RAID-прылада будзе выдалена."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "Выдаліць падзел \"%1\" і RAID \"%2\" цяпер?"
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr "Сапраўды выдаліць усе падзелы на %1?"
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr "Сапраўды выдаліць %1?"
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -4104,7 +4120,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unpartitioned Space"
msgid "Unpartitioned"
@@ -4114,35 +4130,35 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unallocated Space"
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr "Не размечаная прастора"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Няма змен у разметцы</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Змены ў разметцы:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Няма змен у наладах прылад захоўвання.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Налады прылад захоўвання:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Налады прылад захоўвання:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
@@ -4273,12 +4289,12 @@
"актывуйце сцяг."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr "Дадаць шыфраваны файл"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr "Рэдагаваць шыфраваны файл %1"
@@ -4606,12 +4622,12 @@
msgstr "Выкарыстоўваецца"
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr "Дадаць лагічны том да %1"
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "Рэдагаваць лагічны том %1 у %2"
@@ -4649,9 +4665,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr "Лагічны том не абраны."
@@ -4661,7 +4677,7 @@
msgstr "Няма вольнага месца ў групе тамоў \"%1\"."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
@@ -4674,7 +4690,7 @@
"Для рэдагавання %1 пераканаецеся, што яно не выкарыстоўваецца."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
@@ -5061,17 +5077,17 @@
msgstr "<p>Зменіце прылады, выкарыстоўваныя для RAID.</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr "Дадаць RAID %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr "Змяніць памер RAID %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr "Рэдагаваць RAID %1"
@@ -5366,7 +5382,7 @@
msgstr "<p>Тут паказаны справаздача пра ўсталёўку.</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr ""
@@ -6336,12 +6352,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6355,11 +6371,44 @@
#| "disk here.\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Разметка вашага дыска %1 або не чытаема прыладай\n"
+"падзел \"parted\", выкарыстаны для змены\n"
+"табліцы падзелаў, не падтрымліваецца гэтай прыладай.\n"
+"\n"
+"Вы можаце выкарыстоўваць часткі на дыску %1 як яны ёсць.\n"
+"Вы можаце адфарматаваць іх і прысвоіць ім кропкі мантавання, але вы\n"
+"не можаце дадаць, рэдагаваць, змяняць памер ці выдаляць часткі\n"
+"з гэтага дыска пры дапамозе YaST2.\n"
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable by\n"
+#| "the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
+#| "partition table or is not supported by this tool.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "You may use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+#| "format them and assign mount points to them, but you\n"
+#| "cannot add, edit, resize, or remove partitions from that\n"
+#| "disk here.\n"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -6373,8 +6422,8 @@
"не можаце дадаць, рэдагаваць, змяняць памер ці выдаляць часткі\n"
"з гэтага дыска пры дапамозе YaST2.\n"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6388,11 +6437,11 @@
#| "disk here.\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -6407,7 +6456,7 @@
"з гэтага дыска пры дапамозе YaST2.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6431,7 +6480,7 @@
"дыска.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -6449,7 +6498,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "Змена памеру немагчыма:"
@@ -6462,7 +6511,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Could not set encryption.\n"
@@ -6481,7 +6530,7 @@
"Магчыма няправільны пароль шыфравання.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -6492,7 +6541,7 @@
"Паспрабуйце зноў."
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -6509,30 +6558,30 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter Password:"
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "&Увядзіце пароль:"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Password"
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Пароль"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Encrypt Volume Group"
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "Зашыфраваць групу тамоў "
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6540,12 +6589,12 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr ""
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -6553,55 +6602,55 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr ""
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "YaST2 выявіў наступную прыладу"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hard Disk"
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Цвёрды дыск"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "RAID"
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "RAID"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "RAID"
msgid "MD RAID"
@@ -6610,20 +6659,20 @@
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Не атрымалася ўсталяваць патрабаваныя пакеты."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6633,7 +6682,7 @@
"Прылада %1 не можа быць зменена, бо ўтрымоўвае актыўная частка падпампоўкі,\n"
"які неабходзен для запуску ўсталёўкі.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6643,7 +6692,7 @@
"Прылада %1 не можа быць зменена, бо ўтрымоўвае дадзеныя ўсталёўкі,\n"
"неабходныя для ажыццяўлення ўсталёўкі.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6653,7 +6702,7 @@
"Прылада %1 не можа быць выдалена, бо ўтрымоўвае актыўная частка падпампоўкі,\n"
"які неабходзен для запуску ўсталёўкі.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6663,7 +6712,7 @@
"Прылада %1 не можа быць выдалена, бо ўтрымоўвае дадзеныя ўсталёўкі,\n"
"неабходныя для ажыццяўлення ўсталёўкі.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6681,7 +6730,7 @@
"прыладу %2, якое ўтрымоўвае актыўную частка падпампоўкі, неабходны \n"
"для запуску ўсталёўкі.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6697,7 +6746,7 @@
"прыладу %2, якое ўтрымоўвае дадзеныя, неабходныя для ажыццяўлення ўсталёўкі.\n"
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6705,18 +6754,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
@@ -7431,66 +7480,47 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows."
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr "Змена памеру немагчыма з-за супярэчлівасці файлавай сістэмы. Паспрабуйце праверыць файлавую сістэму ў АС Windows."
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr "Стварыць прапанову на базе &LVM"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Encrypt Volume Group"
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr "Зашыфраваць групу тамоў "
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File system options:"
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Опцыі файлавай сістэмы:"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Прапанаваць асобную &хатні падзел"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Proposal type"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Тып прапановы"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "To create an LVM based proposal, choose the corresponding button.</p>\n"
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Для стварэння прапановы на базе LVM абярыце адпаведную кнопку.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -7499,35 +7529,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "Увядзіце пароль для шыфроўкі прапановы."
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Пароль:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "Увядзіце пароль яшчэ раз для праверкі:"
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Partition Based"
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr "На аснове &частак"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Стварыць прапанову на базе &LVM"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Стварыць прапанову на базе &LVM"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
@@ -7575,6 +7624,22 @@
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr "Бачная інфармацыя на прыладах захоўвання:"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Encrypt Volume Group"
+#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
+#~ msgstr "Зашыфраваць групу тамоў "
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>\n"
+#~| "To create an LVM based proposal, choose the corresponding button.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
+#~ "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Для стварэння прапановы на базе LVM абярыце адпаведную кнопку.</p>\n"
+
#~ msgid "No unsaved changes exist."
#~ msgstr "Няма незахаваных змен."
@@ -7782,9 +7847,6 @@
#~ msgid "Default Filesystem:"
#~ msgstr "Файлавая сістэма па змаўчанні:"
-#~ msgid "&Partition Based"
-#~ msgstr "На аснове &частак"
-
#~ msgid "&LVM Based"
#~ msgstr "На аснове &LVM"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/support.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/support.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/support.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -33,52 +33,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Open"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Upload"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -86,185 +86,184 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
msgid "Save as"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Налады эксперта"
# table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Параметры"
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Імя"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Выкананне"
-#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "File Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/sysconfig.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/sysconfig.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/sysconfig.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/tftp-server.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/tftp-server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/tftp-server.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/timezone_db.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/timezone_db.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/timezone_db.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/tune.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/tune.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/tune.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/update.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/update.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/update.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/users.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/users.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/users.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -125,543 +125,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr ""
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr "Абраць ці Адмяніць вылучэнне &ўсяго"
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr "MD5"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>"
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Калі ласка!</b></p>"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr "Налады эксперта"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] ""
-msgstr[1] ""
-msgstr[2] ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "Змяніць..."
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Заключэнне"
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -783,11 +246,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1028,93 +486,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr ""
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1266,6 +637,22 @@
"enter the user's current password."
msgstr ""
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1289,6 +676,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -1303,11 +697,30 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr ""
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr ""
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr ""
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1475,6 +888,30 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr ""
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1563,6 +1000,20 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr ""
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr "MD5"
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
@@ -1572,6 +1023,24 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1690,6 +1159,15 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1715,6 +1193,21 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
@@ -2357,7 +1850,9 @@
msgstr ""
#. the type of user set
+#. New user is the default option
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr ""
@@ -2433,6 +1928,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2452,6 +1952,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr ""
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
@@ -2567,6 +2072,11 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2577,6 +2087,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr ""
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -2834,6 +2364,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr "Сістэма"
@@ -3109,6 +2645,13 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr ""
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3126,6 +2669,362 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Ініцыялізацыя"
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create MD5 sums"
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr "Стварыць кантрольныя сумы MD5"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr "Прапусціць канфігурацыю"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr "Стварыць новы TSIG ключ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Choose Scenario"
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr "Выберыце сцэнарый"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr "Прапусціць канфігурацыю"
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No disk selected."
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr "Не абраны дыск."
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+msgstr[2] ""
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr "Абраць ці Адмяніць вылучэнне &ўсяго"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Encryption Key"
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr "Ключ &шыфравання"
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+msgstr[2] ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -3567,7 +3466,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:716
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -3579,202 +3478,202 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:964
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завершана"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3782,14 +3681,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3798,7 +3697,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3807,7 +3706,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3815,14 +3714,14 @@
"Really change the user type to 'system'?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -3830,14 +3729,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -3845,7 +3744,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -3853,7 +3752,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -3861,14 +3760,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -3876,7 +3775,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -3884,7 +3783,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -3893,7 +3792,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -3903,19 +3802,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3923,14 +3822,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3939,7 +3838,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3948,7 +3847,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3957,14 +3856,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -3972,7 +3871,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -3981,20 +3880,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4002,7 +3901,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4010,22 +3909,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
@@ -4043,23 +3942,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Proxy Configuration"
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr "Налада проксі"
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -4176,7 +4075,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4184,7 +4083,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
@@ -4194,7 +4093,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4202,37 +4101,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4240,7 +4139,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4248,20 +4147,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4269,7 +4168,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4278,22 +4177,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
@@ -4354,3 +4251,17 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2451
msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions."
msgstr ""
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Калі ласка!</b></p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Expert Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Налады эксперта"
+
+#~ msgid "&Change..."
+#~ msgstr "Змяніць..."
+
+#~ msgid "Summary"
+#~ msgstr "Заключэнне"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/vm.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/vm.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/vm.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -28,12 +28,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -41,155 +41,155 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr ""
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr ""
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "Абноўленне канфігурацыі..."
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr ""
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Card"
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "Сеткавая картка"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -202,26 +202,26 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/vpn.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/vpn.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/vpn.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -229,14 +229,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr "Абраны параметр ужо прысутнічае"
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
@@ -336,116 +336,116 @@
"мантаванні для новай усталёўкі?"
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Імя"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Апісанне"
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection Parameters"
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "Параметры злучэння"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Тып"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Name Servers"
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr "Серверы імёнаў"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "NTP Client"
msgid "Client"
msgstr "NTP Кліент"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Choose Scenario"
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr "Выберыце сцэнарый"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr "Імя карыстача, выкарыстоўванае для аўтэнтыфікацыі на проксі-серверы"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr "Абярыце сертыфікат"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default &Gateway IP"
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr "&Шлюз IP па змоўчанні"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -543,36 +543,36 @@
# error report
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr "Не атрымалася ўсталяваць неабходныя пакеты."
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr ""
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr "Запісаць налады IP-пераадрасаванні"
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -580,33 +580,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ISDN Detail Settings"
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr "Падрабязныя налады ISDN"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr "Злучэнне па паслядоўнай лініі"
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read current connection setup"
msgid "A client connecting to "
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/yast2-apparmor.be.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/yast2-apparmor.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/be/po/yast2-apparmor.be.po 2016-07-04 09:02:40 UTC (rev 96001)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r96000 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
04 Jul '16
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:02:23 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 96000
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/add-on-creator.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/audit-laf.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/control-center.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/crowbar.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/docker.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/fcoe-client.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/firewall-services.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/firewall.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/fonts.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/ftp-server.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/http-server.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/iplb.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/isns.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/journal.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/languages_db.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/ldap-client.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/ldap.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/live-installer.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/mail.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/migration.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/multipath.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/nfs.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/nis.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/nis_server.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/oneclickinstall.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/online-update-configuration.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/online-update.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/opensuse_mirror.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/pam.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/product-creator.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/proxy.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/rdp.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/relocation-server.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/samba-users.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/scanner.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/services-manager.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/slp-server.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/sound.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/squid.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/sshd.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/sysconfig.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/tftp-server.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/timezone_db.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/tune.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/update.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/vpn.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/xpram.pl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/yast2-apparmor.pl.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/add-on-creator.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/add-on-creator.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/add-on-creator.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/audit-laf.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/audit-laf.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/audit-laf.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:25\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/control-center.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/control-center.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/control-center.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/crowbar.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/crowbar.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/crowbar.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-14 12:31+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Piotr Krakowiak <piotr.krakowiak(a)opensuse.biz>\n"
"Language-Team: Polish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -22,19 +22,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "Konfiguracja Crowbar"
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -47,11 +37,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -181,30 +171,33 @@
msgstr "Adres &IP"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nazwa użytkownika"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr "Adres URL"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr "Użytkownik wykrył błąd"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr "Architektura"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
@@ -214,76 +207,83 @@
"Proszę wybrać inną."
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr "Nazwa &repozytorium"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr "Użytkownik wykrył błąd"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr "Adres URL repozytorium"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr "Nazwa &repozytorium"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local NTP Server"
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr "Lokalny serwer NTP"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "Inny"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "Nazwa użytkownika"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Hasło"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "Powtórz hasło"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@
"Proszę spróbować ponownie."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
@@ -302,18 +302,18 @@
"Proszę wybrać inną."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
#, fuzzy
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "Podany URL jest nieprawidłowy."
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "wyłączona"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@
"%2"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -341,18 +341,18 @@
"%2"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Adres routera \"%1\" nie należy do sieci \"%2\"."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Adres \"%1\" nie należy do sieci \"%2\"."
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
@@ -361,65 +361,65 @@
"Dostosuj je używając przycisku 'Edycja zakresów'."
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "Minimalny adres IP"
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "Maksymalny adres IP"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Adres \"%1\" nie należy do sieci \"%2\"."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "Najniższy adres musi być niższy od najwyższego."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr "Zakresy \"%1\" i \"%2\" pokrywają się."
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
#, fuzzy
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "Ustawienia użytkownika"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
#, fuzzy
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "Tryb sieciowy"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "Sieć powiązana"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
#, fuzzy
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "Sieci"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "Repozytoria"
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@
"Interfejs internetowy Crowbar możesz wyświetlić pod tym adresem: http://%1:3000/"
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr "Konfiguracja Crowbar - przegląd ogólny"
@@ -489,38 +489,38 @@
msgstr "Inicjalizacja..."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Inicjalizacja konfiguracji crowbar"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "Odczytywanie konfiguracji"
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "Odczytywanie konfiguracji..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Zakończono"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Zapisywanie konfiguracji crowbar"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Zapisanie ustawień"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Zapisywanie ustawień..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/docker.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/docker.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/docker.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: docker\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/fcoe-client.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/fcoe-client.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/fcoe-client.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/firewall-services.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/firewall-services.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/firewall-services.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/firewall.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/firewall.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/firewall.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/fonts.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/fonts.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/fonts.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-10-06 11:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Polish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Polish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -19,61 +19,61 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr "Edytory obrazów rastrowych"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Domyślny"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr "Czcionki"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/ftp-server.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/ftp-server.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/ftp-server.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/http-server.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/http-server.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/http-server.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: http-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/iplb.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/iplb.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/iplb.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iplb\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/isns.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/isns.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/isns.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: isns\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/journal.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/journal.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/journal.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: journal\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/languages_db.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/languages_db.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/languages_db.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/ldap-client.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/ldap-client.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/ldap-client.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/ldap.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/ldap.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/ldap.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/live-installer.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/live-installer.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/live-installer.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: live-installer\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-13 19:21+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Piotr Krakowiak <piotr.krakowiak(a)opensuse.biz>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -35,27 +35,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr "Określanie systemów plików do skopiowania..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr "Kopiowanie głównego systemu plików..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr "Kopiowanie obrazu live..."
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr "Kopiowanie %1..."
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -70,71 +70,53 @@
"systemu live."
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr "Kopiowanie obrazu dysku live na dysk twardy nie powiodło się."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Ustawienia instalacji"
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr "Analizowanie systemu..."
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr "Użyj %1%% z dysku %2 dla systemu Linux"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr "Nie używaj dysku %1"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Partycjonowanie"
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr "Uruchamianie systemu"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr "Pytaj czy uruchomić system Linux, czy istniejący system"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr "Uruchamiaj tylko system Linux"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr "Czas oczekiwania na uruchomienie systemu: %1 sekund"
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "Klawiatura"
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Strefa czasowa"
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr "Zmień ustawienia instalacji"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
@@ -143,7 +125,7 @@
"Aby przeprowadzić nową instalację z wyświetlonymi wartościami, proszę nacisnąć przycisk <b>Akceptuj</b>.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -154,7 +136,7 @@
"lub użyć przycisku <b>Zmień ustawienia instalacji</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -270,7 +252,7 @@
"przycisk 'Reset' aby zrestartować komputer."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Kopiowanie plików do instalowanego systemu..."
@@ -294,6 +276,18 @@
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "Zapisywanie strefy czasowej..."
+#~ msgid "System start-up"
+#~ msgstr "Uruchamianie systemu"
+
+#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
+#~ msgstr "Pytaj czy uruchomić system Linux, czy istniejący system"
+
+#~ msgid "Boot only Linux"
+#~ msgstr "Uruchamiaj tylko system Linux"
+
+#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
+#~ msgstr "Czas oczekiwania na uruchomienie systemu: %1 sekund"
+
#~ msgid "Preparing disks..."
#~ msgstr "Przygotowanie dysków"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/mail.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/mail.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/mail.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/migration.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/migration.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/migration.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: migration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 15:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-13 11:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/multipath.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/multipath.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/multipath.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: multipath\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/nfs.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/nfs.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/nfs.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/nis.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/nis.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/nis.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/nis_server.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/nis_server.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/nis_server.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/oneclickinstall.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/oneclickinstall.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/oneclickinstall.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-28 09:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Marcin Zajączkowski\n"
"Language-Team: Polish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/online-update-configuration.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/online-update-configuration.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/online-update-configuration.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/online-update.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/online-update.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/online-update.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/opensuse_mirror.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/opensuse_mirror.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/opensuse_mirror.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-28 10:10+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Marcin Zajączkowski\n"
"Language-Team: Polish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/pam.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/pam.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/pam.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/product-creator.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/product-creator.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/product-creator.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/proxy.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/proxy.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/proxy.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: proxy\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/rdp.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/rdp.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/rdp.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: rdp\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/relocation-server.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/relocation-server.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/relocation-server.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/samba-users.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/samba-users.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/samba-users.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/scanner.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/scanner.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/scanner.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/services-manager.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/services-manager.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/services-manager.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/slp-server.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/slp-server.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/slp-server.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/sound.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/sound.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/sound.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sound\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/squid.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/squid.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/squid.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: squid\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/sshd.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/sshd.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/sshd.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sshd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/sysconfig.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/sysconfig.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/sysconfig.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/tftp-server.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/tftp-server.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/tftp-server.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/timezone_db.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/timezone_db.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/timezone_db.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/tune.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/tune.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/tune.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tune\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-12 15:29\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/update.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/update.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/update.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/vpn.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/vpn.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/vpn.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-10-06 11:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Polish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Polish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -217,13 +217,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
#, fuzzy
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr "Nazwa serwera jest już skonfigurowana."
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -314,112 +314,112 @@
msgstr "Czy zmienić płytę CD i spróbować jeszcze raz?"
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nazwa"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Opis"
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
#, fuzzy
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr "Wszystkie sieci"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "Zarządzanie połączeniami"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Typ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
#, fuzzy
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr "Serwer główny"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
#, fuzzy
msgid "Client"
msgstr "Klienci"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
#, fuzzy
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr "Proszę wybrać scenariusz"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
#, fuzzy
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr "Wybierz katalog z certyfikatami"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr "Zewnętrzne dane uwierzytelniające"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
#, fuzzy
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr "Serwer wymaga uwierzytelnienia"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
#, fuzzy
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr "Wczytywanie certyfikatów"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
#, fuzzy
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr "&Brama domyślna"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -520,36 +520,36 @@
msgstr "Dane Smart nie są dostępne dla tego dysku."
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr "Instalacja wymaganych pakietów nie powiodła się."
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr "Uruchomienie demona CUPS nie powiodło się."
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr "Zastosowanie ustawień dla systemu nie powiodło się."
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr "Tworzenie nowej mapy autofs nie powiodło się."
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -557,32 +557,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
#, fuzzy
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr "Ustawienia globalne"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr "Włącz usługi VPN"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
#, fuzzy
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr "Utwórz połączenie klienckie"
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
#, fuzzy
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr "Wczytanie bieżącej konfiguracji połączenia"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/xpram.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/xpram.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/xpram.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xpram\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/yast2-apparmor.pl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/yast2-apparmor.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/yast2-apparmor.pl.po 2016-07-04 09:02:23 UTC (rev 96000)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r95999 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
04 Jul '16
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:01:27 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 95999
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/add-on-creator.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/audit-laf.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/control-center.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/crowbar.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/docker.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fcoe-client.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall-services.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fonts.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ftp-server.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/http-server.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iplb.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/isns.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/journal.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/languages_db.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap-client.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/live-installer.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/mail.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/migration.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/multipath.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nfs.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis_server.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/oneclickinstall.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update-configuration.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/opensuse_mirror.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/pam.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/product-creator.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/proxy.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/rdp.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/relocation-server.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-users.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/scanner.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/services-manager.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/slp-server.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sound.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/squid.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sshd.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sysconfig.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tftp-server.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/timezone_db.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tune.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/update.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/vpn.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/xpram.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/yast2-apparmor.de.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/add-on-creator.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/add-on-creator.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/add-on-creator.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/audit-laf.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/audit-laf.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/audit-laf.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 13:58\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/control-center.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/control-center.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/control-center.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/crowbar.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/crowbar.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/crowbar.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-12 14:05+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Maik Wagner <maiktapwagner(a)aol.com>\n"
"Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -29,32 +29,25 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "Konfiguration von Crowbar"
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr "Für alle gültig"
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr "SLES 11 SP3"
-#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
-msgstr "SLES 12"
-
#. combobox label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106
-#| msgid "&List of Repositories"
msgid "&Location of Repositories"
msgstr "&Ort der Repositories"
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
#| "<p>\n"
-#| "Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
+#| "If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+#| " to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
#| "</p><p>\n"
#| "<ul>\n"
#| "<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
@@ -65,33 +58,24 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought"
-" to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
-" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also"
-" possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i>"
-" for SMT server\n"
-"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle"
-"s11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Hier können Sie die Adresse Ihres <b>Update-Repositories</b> ändern.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Wenn Repositories auf dem SMT-Server oder SUSE Manager Server gespeichert"
-" werden, reicht es die URL des Servers und die Pfade\n"
-" der Repositories werden automatisch ausgefüllt.</p>Es ist auch"
-" möglich, eigene Pfade zu verwenden. Eine Beispiele wie die URL aussehen"
-" könnte:\n"
+"Wenn Repositories auf dem SMT-Server oder SUSE Manager Server gespeichert werden, reicht es die URL des Servers und die Pfade\n"
+" der Repositories werden automatisch ausgefüllt.</p>Es ist auch möglich, eigene Pfade zu verwenden. Eine Beispiele wie die URL aussehen könnte:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i>"
-" für SMT-Server\n"
-"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle"
-"s11-sp3-x86_64/</i> für SUSE-Manager-Server.\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> für SMT-Server\n"
+"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> für SUSE-Manager-Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"Eine ausführliche Beschreibung finden Sie im Deployment Handbuch.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -104,8 +88,7 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158
msgid "<p>Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Verwalten Sie Benutzernamen und Passwörter für Crowbar-Administratoren.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Verwalten Sie Benutzernamen und Passwörter für Crowbar-Administratoren.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194
@@ -115,15 +98,11 @@
#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196
msgid ""
-"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p"
-">\n"
-"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as"
-" space-separated list.</p>"
+"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Definieren Sie hier einen <b>Netzwerkmodus</b> mit relevanten <b"
-">Bonding-Einstellungen</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Hier können Sie auch Schnittstellennamen für Bastion-Netzwerk-Verbindungen"
-" als durch Leerzeichen getrennte Liste angeben.</p>"
+"<p>Definieren Sie hier einen <b>Netzwerkmodus</b> mit relevanten <b>Bonding-Einstellungen</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Hier können Sie auch Schnittstellennamen für Bastion-Netzwerk-Verbindungen als durch Leerzeichen getrennte Liste angeben.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206
@@ -220,33 +199,32 @@
msgstr "&IP-Adresse"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Name"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
# error box title
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr "Bei Fehler nachfragen"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
-#| msgid "Target Name"
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr "Zielplattform"
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr "Architektur"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
-#| msgid ""
-#| "User '%1' already exists.\n"
-#| "Choose a different name."
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
@@ -255,79 +233,82 @@
"Wählen Sie einen anderen Namen."
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
-#| msgid "LDAP Server &URL"
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr "Server &URL"
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr "Repository-Name"
# error box title
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr "Bei Fehler n&achfragen"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr "Repository-&URL"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr "Eine leere URL bedeutet, dass der Standardwert benutzt werden wird."
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add Repository"
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr "Repository hinzufügen"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
-#| msgid "Remote WINS Server"
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local NTP Server"
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr "Lokaler NTP-Server"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr "Entfernter SMT Server"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
-#| msgid "Finger Server"
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr "SUSE Manager Server"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "Benutzername"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Passwort"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "Wiederholen Sie das Passwort"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
-#| msgid "Server name cannot be empty."
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr "Benutzername darf nicht leer sein."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -336,7 +317,7 @@
"Versuchen Sie es erneut."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
@@ -345,17 +326,17 @@
"Wählen Sie einen anderen Namen."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "Das Schnittstellenformat '%1' ist nicht gültig."
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "deaktiviert"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -365,7 +346,7 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -374,7 +355,7 @@
"%2"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -383,17 +364,17 @@
"%2"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Die Routeradresse '%1' ist nicht Teil des Netzwerks '%2'."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Die IP-Adresse '%1' ist nicht Teil des Netzwerks '%2'."
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
@@ -402,70 +383,62 @@
"Passen Sie diese über die Schaltfläche 'Bereiche bearbeiten' an."
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "Min. IP-Adresse"
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "Max. IP-Adresse"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Die Adresse '%1' ist nicht Teil des Netzwerks '%2'."
# #-#-#-#-# dhcp-server.de.po (dhcp-server.de) #-#-#-#-#
# sounds strange
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "Die niedrigste Adresse muss niedriger als die höchste sein"
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr "Die Bereiche '%1' und '%2' überlappen sich."
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "Ben&utzereinstellungen"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
-msgid ""
-"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn kein Benutzer vorhanden ist, wird der Benutzer 'crowbar' mit dem"
-" Standard-Passwort benutzt."
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
+msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
+msgstr "Wenn kein Benutzer vorhanden ist, wird der Benutzer 'crowbar' mit dem Standard-Passwort benutzt."
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "Net&zwerkmodus"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "Bastion-Netzwerk"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "Netz&werke"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "Re&positories"
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
-#| "currently not supported.\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/"
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -478,7 +451,7 @@
"Sie können die Crowbar-Webschnittstelle unter http://%1:3000/ ansehen"
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr "Überblick über die Konfiguration von Crowbar"
@@ -511,11 +484,6 @@
#. Ovreview dialog help
#: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:49
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n"
-#| "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n"
-#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"See the product deployment guide for details on the network\n"
@@ -523,8 +491,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Lesen Sie im Product Deployment Guide nach Details über das"
-" Netzwerkkonfiguration\n"
+"Lesen Sie im Product Deployment Guide nach Details über das Netzwerkkonfiguration\n"
"und wie dieses YaST-Modul verwendet wird.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -539,41 +506,47 @@
msgstr "Initialisierung ..."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Initialisierung der Crowbar-Konfiguration"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "Einlesen der Konfiguration"
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "Konfiguration wird eingelesen..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Crowbar-Konfiguration wird gespeichert"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Die Einstellungen schreiben"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..."
+#~ msgid "Common for All"
+#~ msgstr "Für alle gültig"
+
+#~ msgid "SLES 12"
+#~ msgstr "SLES 12"
+
#~ msgid "Password for Crowbar Administrator"
#~ msgstr "Passwort für den Crowbar-Administrator"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/docker.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/docker.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/docker.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: docker\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fcoe-client.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fcoe-client.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fcoe-client.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall-services.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall-services.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall-services.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fonts.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fonts.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fonts.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -23,63 +23,63 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bitmap Editors"
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr "Bitmap-Editoren"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standard"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Fonts"
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr "Schriften"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ftp-server.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ftp-server.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ftp-server.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/http-server.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/http-server.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/http-server.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: http-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iplb.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iplb.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iplb.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iplb\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/isns.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/isns.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/isns.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: isns\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/journal.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/journal.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/journal.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: journal\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/languages_db.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/languages_db.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/languages_db.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap-client.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap-client.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap-client.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/live-installer.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/live-installer.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/live-installer.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: live-installer.de\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-01 23:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Michael Skiba <trans(a)michael-skiba.de>\n"
"Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -57,27 +57,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr "Zu kopierende Dateisysteme werden untersucht ..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr "Root-Dateisystem wird kopiert ..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr "Live Abbilder werden kopiert ..."
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr "%1 wird kopiert ..."
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -92,71 +92,53 @@
"Live-Systems."
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr "Fehler beim Kopieren des Live-Abbildes auf die Festplatte."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Installationseinstellungen"
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr "System wird analysiert ..."
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr "%1%% der Festplatte %2 für Linux reservieren"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr "Festplatte %1 nicht verwenden"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Partitionierung"
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr "Systemstart"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr "Fragen, ob Linux oder das vorhandene System gestartet werden soll"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr "Nur Linux starten"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr "Zeitablauf bei Systemstart: %1 Sekunde/n"
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "Tastatur"
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Zeitzone"
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr "Installationseinstellungen ändern"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
@@ -165,7 +147,7 @@
"Klicken Sie auf <b>Übernehmen</b>, um eine neue Installation mit den angezeigten Einstellungen durchzuführen.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -176,7 +158,7 @@
"oder wählen Sie <b>Installationseinstellungen ändern</b> aus.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -291,7 +273,7 @@
"den 'Reset'-Knopf drücken um neu zu starten."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Dateien werden in das installierte System kopiert ..."
@@ -315,6 +297,18 @@
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "Zeitzone wird gespeichert ..."
+#~ msgid "System start-up"
+#~ msgstr "Systemstart"
+
+#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
+#~ msgstr "Fragen, ob Linux oder das vorhandene System gestartet werden soll"
+
+#~ msgid "Boot only Linux"
+#~ msgstr "Nur Linux starten"
+
+#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
+#~ msgstr "Zeitablauf bei Systemstart: %1 Sekunde/n"
+
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/mail.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/mail.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/mail.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/migration.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/migration.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/migration.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: migration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 15:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-13 10:21\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/multipath.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/multipath.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/multipath.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: multipath\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nfs.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nfs.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nfs.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis_server.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis_server.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis_server.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/oneclickinstall.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/oneclickinstall.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/oneclickinstall.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 13:49+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Hermann J. Beckers <hj.beckers(a)onlinehome.de>\n"
"Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update-configuration.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update-configuration.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update-configuration.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/opensuse_mirror.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/opensuse_mirror.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/opensuse_mirror.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:49+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Hendrik Woltersdorf <hendrikw(a)arcor.de>\n"
"Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/pam.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/pam.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/pam.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/product-creator.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/product-creator.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/product-creator.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/proxy.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/proxy.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/proxy.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: proxy\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/rdp.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/rdp.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/rdp.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: rdp\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/relocation-server.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/relocation-server.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/relocation-server.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-users.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-users.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-users.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/scanner.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/scanner.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/scanner.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/services-manager.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/services-manager.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/services-manager.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/slp-server.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/slp-server.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/slp-server.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sound.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sound.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sound.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sound\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/squid.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/squid.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/squid.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: squid\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sshd.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sshd.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sshd.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sshd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sysconfig.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sysconfig.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sysconfig.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tftp-server.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tftp-server.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tftp-server.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/timezone_db.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/timezone_db.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/timezone_db.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tune.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tune.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tune.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tune\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-12 15:49\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/update.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/update.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/update.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/vpn.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/vpn.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/vpn.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-12 13:03+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Maik Wagner <maiktapwagner(a)aol.com>\n"
"Language-Team: German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -28,12 +28,10 @@
msgstr "Vorab verteilter Schlüssel für Gateways"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
-#| msgid "Gateway"
msgid "Gateway IP"
msgstr "Gateway IP"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57
-#| msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
msgid "Pre-shared key"
msgstr "Vorab geteilter Schlüssel"
@@ -44,12 +42,10 @@
msgstr "&Anwenden"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188
-#| msgid "Show &Next"
msgid "Show key"
msgstr "Schlüssel zeigen"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61
-#| msgid "Certificate key file does not exist."
msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways"
msgstr "Zertifikat/Schlüsselpaar für Gateways"
@@ -90,32 +86,24 @@
#. Remove the selected EAP user.
#. Remove the selected XAuth user.
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141
-#| msgid "Please select a card to delete first."
msgid "Please select a user to delete."
msgstr "Wählen Sie einen zu löschenden Benutzer."
#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved.
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154
msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key."
-msgstr ""
-"Ein vorab verteilter Schlüssel ist erforderlich. Bitte geben Sie einen vorab"
-" verteilten Schlüssel ein."
+msgstr "Ein vorab verteilter Schlüssel ist erforderlich. Bitte geben Sie einen vorab verteilten Schlüssel ein."
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166
-#| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed."
msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path."
-msgstr ""
-"Bitte geben Sie sowohl den Pfad der Zertifikatsdatei und den Pfad des"
-" Schlüssels an."
+msgstr "Bitte geben Sie sowohl den Pfad der Zertifikatsdatei und den Pfad des Schlüssels an."
#. Event handlers
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64
-#| msgid "Cannot read certificate file."
msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file"
msgstr "Wählen Sie eine PEM-verschlüsselte Zertifikatsdatei"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69
-#| msgid "Cannot read certificate file."
msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file"
msgstr "Wählen Sie eine PEM-verschlüsseltes Zertifikatsschlüsseldatei"
@@ -124,12 +112,10 @@
msgstr "Vorab verteilter Schlüssel für den Gateway"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192
-#| msgid "Read certificates"
msgid "Gateway certificate"
msgstr "Gatewayzertifikat"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194
-#| msgid "Path to certificate file required."
msgid "Path to certificate file"
msgstr "Pfad zur Zertifikatdatei"
@@ -140,7 +126,6 @@
msgstr "Wählen.."
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197
-#| msgid "Path to certificate file required."
msgid "Path to certificate key file"
msgstr "Pfad zur Zertifikatsschlüsseldatei"
@@ -165,7 +150,6 @@
msgstr "Löschen"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216
-#| msgid "No Password"
msgid "Show Password"
msgstr "Passwort zeigen"
@@ -175,7 +159,6 @@
#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection.
#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199
-#| msgid "Gateway"
msgid "Gateway - PSK"
msgstr "Gateway - PSK"
@@ -186,22 +169,18 @@
msgstr "&Pfad zum Zertifikat"
#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203
-#| msgid "enable LPD clients"
msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients"
msgstr "Gateway - Mobile Geräte "
#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205
-#| msgid "Samba or Windows Printer"
msgid "Gateway - Windows clients"
msgstr "Gateway - Windows Clients"
#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207
-#| msgid "Client &Key"
msgid "Client - PSK"
msgstr "Client - PSK"
#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209
-#| msgid "&Client Certificate"
msgid "Client - Certificate"
msgstr "Client-Zertifikat"
@@ -216,7 +195,6 @@
#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful.
#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310
-#| msgid "Configuration name '%1' is already in use"
msgid "The connection name is already used."
msgstr "Der Konfigurationsname wird bereits verwendet"
@@ -239,13 +217,12 @@
"Sie dürfen nicht zwei laufende Gateways unter einem Szenario haben."
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
-#| msgid "The server name is already in configured."
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr "Der Benutername wird bereits verwendet."
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr "Kann keine passende Clientverbindung finden."
@@ -260,7 +237,6 @@
msgstr "Globale Konfiguration"
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68
-#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
msgid "Enable VPN daemon"
msgstr "NTP-Daemon aktivieren "
@@ -269,7 +245,6 @@
msgstr "TCP MSS reduzieren"
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73
-#| msgid "All Patches"
msgid "All VPNs"
msgstr "Alle VPNs"
@@ -278,12 +253,10 @@
msgstr "Neuer VPN"
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77
-#| msgid "Delete "
msgid "Delete VPN"
msgstr "VPN Löschen"
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79
-#| msgid "Connection Settings"
msgid "View Connection Status"
msgstr "Verbindungsstatus einsehen"
@@ -291,38 +264,27 @@
#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103
msgid ""
-"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible"
-" that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit)"
-" discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
-"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth"
-" will be reduced by about 10%."
+"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
+"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
msgstr ""
-"Wenn Die VPN-Clients Probleme haben, gewisse Internetsites zu betreten, ist"
-" es möglich, dass die betroffenen Hosts automatisches Entdecken der MTU"
-" (Maximum Transmission Unit) aufgrund falscher Firewallkonfiguration"
-" verhinden.\n"
-"Senken das TCP-MSS wird die Situation korrigieren. Dennoch, wird die"
-" verfügbare Bandbreite um etwa 10% reduziert werden."
+"Wenn Die VPN-Clients Probleme haben, gewisse Internetsites zu betreten, ist es möglich, dass die betroffenen Hosts automatisches Entdecken der MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) aufgrund falscher Firewallkonfiguration verhinden.\n"
+"Senken das TCP-MSS wird die Situation korrigieren. Dennoch, wird die verfügbare Bandbreite um etwa 10% reduziert werden."
# #-#-#-#-# printer.de.po (opensuse-de) #-#-#-#-# &W is taken by &Weiter
# 2001-06-28 16:18:52 CEST -ke-
#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124
-#| msgid "Select a connection."
msgid "Delete connection"
msgstr "Verbindung löschen"
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125
-#| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete: "
msgid "Are you sure to delete connection "
msgstr "Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie die Verbindung löschen wollen"
#. Check for incomplete configuration
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144
-#| msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: "
msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Bitte vervollständigen Sie die Konfiguration für die folgenden Verbindungen:\n"
+msgstr "Bitte vervollständigen Sie die Konfiguration für die folgenden Verbindungen:\n"
#. Consider enabling the daemon
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151
@@ -335,136 +297,119 @@
#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172
-#| msgid "Configuration has been successfully saved."
msgid "Settings have been successfully applied."
msgstr "Einstellungen wurden erfolgreich angewendet."
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174
-#| msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon"
msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon."
msgstr "Fehler beim Start des IPSec-Daemons."
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177
-#| msgid "Would you like to change the CD and retry ?"
msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?"
-msgstr ""
-"Möchten Sie die Logdateien und den Verbidungsstatus des Daemon einsehen?"
+msgstr "Möchten Sie die Logdateien und den Verbidungsstatus des Daemon einsehen?"
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
-msgstr ""
-"Bitte geben Sie die Gateway-IP an bevor Sie die Zugangsdaten bearbeiten."
+msgstr "Bitte geben Sie die Gateway-IP an bevor Sie die Zugangsdaten bearbeiten."
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Name"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beschreibung"
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicken Sie auf \"Neues VPN\" um einen Gateway oder Client zu erstellen."
+msgstr "Klicken Sie auf \"Neues VPN\" um einen Gateway oder Client zu erstellen."
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr "Alle IPv4-Netzwerk (0.0.0.0/0)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
-#| msgid "All networks"
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr "Alle IPv6 Netzwerke (::/0)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr "Begrenzte CIRDs, Komma getrennt:"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
-#| msgid "Connection Management"
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "Verbindungsname:"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Typ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
-#| msgid "Master Server"
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr "Gateway (Server)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
-#| msgid "Clients"
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
msgid "Client"
msgstr "Client"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
-#| msgid "Choose Scenario"
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr "Das Szenario lautet"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr "Sichere Kommunikation mit einem vorab verteilten Schlüssel"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
-#| msgid "You must select a certificate."
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr "Sichere Kommunikation mit einem Zertifikat"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr "Zugriff auf folgendes für Android, iOS, Mac OS X Clients geben"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr "Zugriff auf folgendes für Windows 7, Windows 8 Clients geben"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
-#| msgid "External credentials"
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr "Zugangsdaten bearbeiten"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr "Zugriff für VPN-Clients gewähren auf"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr "Adresspool der Clients (z.B. 192.168.100.0/24)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
-#| msgid "Server Requires Authentication"
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr "Dieser Gateway erfordert Authentifizierung"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr "Über einen vorab verteilten Schlüssel"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
-#| msgid "Read certificates"
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr "Über ein Zertifikat"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
-#| msgid "Default &Gateway IP"
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr "VPN Gateway IP"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr "Den VPN-Tunnel zum Zugriff auf folgendes wählen"
#. They are however allowed in password
#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64
-#| msgid "Please enter a password"
msgid "Please enter both username and password."
msgstr "Geben Sie sowohl Benutzername als auch ein Passwort ein"
@@ -473,19 +418,16 @@
"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n"
"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore"
msgstr ""
-"Biette sehen Sie davon ab, Sonder- und Leerzeichen im Benutzername zu"
-" verwenden.\n"
+"Biette sehen Sie davon ab, Sonder- und Leerzeichen im Benutzername zu verwenden.\n"
"Akzeptable Zeichen sind: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, Binde- und Unterstrich"
#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway.
#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46
-#| msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection"
msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection"
msgstr "Geben Sie den Namen für die neue VPN-Verbindung ein."
#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel.
#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58
-#| msgid "Enter the connection name."
msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name."
msgstr "Geben Sie einen VPN-Verbindungsnamen an."
@@ -501,30 +443,24 @@
#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client
#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49
-#| msgid "Path to certificate file required."
msgid "Path to certificate file:"
msgstr "Pfad zur Zertifikatdatei:"
#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52
-#| msgid "Path to certificate file required."
msgid "Path to certificate key file:"
msgstr "Pfad zur Zertifikatdatei."
#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54
-#| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed."
msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself."
-msgstr ""
-"Bitte speichern Sie den Schlüssel nicht in der Zertifikatsdatei selbst."
+msgstr "Bitte speichern Sie den Schlüssel nicht in der Zertifikatsdatei selbst."
#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations.
#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80
-#| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed."
msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file."
msgstr "Bitte geben Sie sowohl Zertifikatsdatei als auch Schlüsseldatei an."
#. Return password string.
#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59
-#| msgid "Please enter a password"
msgid "Please enter a password."
msgstr "Geben Sie ein Passwort ein."
@@ -534,21 +470,15 @@
msgstr "Die Logs werden automatisch alle 3 Sekunden aktualisiert."
#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51
-#| msgid "Restart NTP Daemon"
msgid "Restart VPN Daemon"
msgstr "VPN-Daemon neustarten"
#. Restart IPSec daemon service.
#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76
-#| msgid "Confirm Network Restart"
msgid "Confirm daemon restart"
msgstr "Neustart des Daemons bestätigen"
#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Existing file %1\n"
-#| "can be part of new volume set and it can be rewritten.\n"
-#| "Do you wish to continue?"
msgid ""
"Existing connections will be interrupted.\n"
"Do you still wish to continue?"
@@ -557,37 +487,31 @@
"Möchten Sie immer noch fortfahren?"
#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81
-#| msgid "Failed to restart the CUPS daemon"
msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon"
msgstr "Fehler beim Neustart des IPSec Daemons"
#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views.
#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100
-#| msgid "Smart is not available for this disk."
msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?"
msgstr "Status ist nicht verfügbar: Läuft der Deamon?"
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
-#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr "Fehler beim Installieren des IPSec Paketes"
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
-#| msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr "Fehler beim Starten des IPSec Daemons."
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
-#| msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system."
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
-msgstr ""
-"Das Setzen der IP-Weiterleistungseinstellungen mit sysctl schlug fehl. "
+msgstr "Das Setzen der IP-Weiterleistungseinstellungen mit sysctl schlug fehl. "
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
@@ -595,54 +519,48 @@
"SuSE Firewall ist eingeschaltet aber nicht aktiviert.\n"
"Damit VPN ordentlich funktioniert, wird SuSE Firewall nun aktiviert werden."
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
-#| msgid "Failed to create the new map."
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr "Fehler beim Neustart der SuSE-Firewall"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
-"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the"
-" configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
+"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
"The script is located at %s"
msgstr ""
-"Sowohl der VPN Gateway als auch die Clients benötigen eine besondere SuSE"
-" Firewallkonfiguration.\n"
-"SuSE Firewall ist nicht aktiviert. Aus diesem Grund müssen Sie das"
-" Konfiguration nach jedem Neustart starten lassen. Das Skript wird nun"
-" gestartet.\n"
+"Sowohl der VPN Gateway als auch die Clients benötigen eine besondere SuSE Firewallkonfiguration.\n"
+"SuSE Firewall ist nicht aktiviert. Aus diesem Grund müssen Sie das Konfiguration nach jedem Neustart starten lassen. Das Skript wird nun gestartet.\n"
"Das Skript befindet sich unter %s"
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
-#| msgid "Global Settings"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr "Globale Einstellungen für VPN"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
-#| msgid "Enable VPN Services"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr "VPN- (IPSec) Daemon aktivieren: %s"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
-msgstr "Reduzieren von TCP MSS auf 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reduce TCP MSS"
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
+msgstr "TCP MSS reduzieren"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
-#| msgid "Create Client Connection"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr "Gateway und Verbindungen"
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr "Ein Gateway, der Clients versorgt in "
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
-#| msgid "Read current connection setup"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr "Ein Client, der sich mit folgendem verbindet"
-
+#~ msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#~ msgstr "Reduzieren von TCP MSS auf 1024: %s"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/xpram.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/xpram.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/xpram.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xpram\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/yast2-apparmor.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/yast2-apparmor.de.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/yast2-apparmor.de.po 2016-07-04 09:01:27 UTC (rev 95999)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r95998 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
04 Jul '16
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:00:31 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 95998
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/add-on-creator.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/add-on.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/audit-laf.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/auth-client.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/auth-server.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/autoinst.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/base.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/bootloader.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/ca-management.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/cio.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/cluster.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/control-center.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/control.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/country.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/crowbar.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/dhcp-server.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/dns-server.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/docker.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/drbd.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/fcoe-client.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/firewall-services.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/firewall.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/firstboot.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/fonts.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/ftp-server.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/geo-cluster.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/http-server.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/inetd.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/installation.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/instserver.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/iplb.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/iscsi-client.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/iscsi-lio-server.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/isns.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/journal.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/kdump.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/languages_db.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/ldap-client.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/ldap.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/live-installer.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/mail.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/multipath.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/network.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/nfs.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/nfs_server.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/nis.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/nis_server.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/ntp-client.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/oneclickinstall.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/online-update-configuration.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/online-update.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/opensuse_mirror.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/packager.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/pam.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/pkg-bindings.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/printer.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/product-creator.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/proxy.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/rdp.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/rear.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/registration.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/reipl.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/relocation-server.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/samba-client.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/samba-server.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/samba-users.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/scanner.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/security.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/services-manager.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/slp-server.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/snapper.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/sound.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/squid.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/sshd.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/storage.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/support.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/sysconfig.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/tftp-server.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/timezone_db.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/tune.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/update.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/users.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/vm.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/vpn.sw.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/yast2-apparmor.sw.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/add-on-creator.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/add-on-creator.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/add-on-creator.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/add-on.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/add-on.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/add-on.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -67,13 +67,14 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
-msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
msgstr ""
+#. just report error
#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr ""
#. placeholder for unknown path
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/audit-laf.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/audit-laf.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/audit-laf.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/auth-client.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/auth-client.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/auth-client.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,1110 +16,1666 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
msgid "None."
msgstr ""
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
-msgid "Sections"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Options - %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-msgid "More Parameters"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-msgid "Name filter:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
msgstr ""
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-msgid "Identification provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/auth-server.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/auth-server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/auth-server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -435,12 +435,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -466,8 +466,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""
@@ -556,8 +556,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2420,237 +2420,237 @@
msgstr ""
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/autoinst.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/autoinst.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/autoinst.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr ""
@@ -49,12 +49,12 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
@@ -295,23 +295,21 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -476,111 +474,99 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
msgid "Registration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
-msgid "Configure users and groups"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77
-msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr ""
-#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a
-#. network configuration is available. So this will be written
-#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
-#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
-#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#. configure general settings
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr ""
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr ""
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1486,7 +1472,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1496,7 +1482,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1535,7 +1521,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr ""
@@ -2101,7 +2087,7 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2117,45 +2103,45 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr ""
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr ""
@@ -2165,14 +2151,14 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2181,7 +2167,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2212,97 +2198,79 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
-msgid "Syncing time..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
-msgid "Syncing time with %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
-msgid "Time syncing failed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
-msgid "Cannot update system time."
-msgstr ""
-
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -2383,7 +2351,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2391,76 +2359,76 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr ""
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr ""
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr ""
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr ""
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr ""
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "Ok"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2468,43 +2436,43 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr ""
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr ""
@@ -2547,14 +2515,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr ""
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2562,14 +2530,14 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr ""
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/base.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/base.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/base.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr ""
@@ -422,14 +422,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -990,6 +990,73 @@
"F keys are not available.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196
+msgid "running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
@@ -1184,7 +1251,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr ""
@@ -1207,7 +1274,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -1408,27 +1475,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1438,7 +1505,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1448,7 +1515,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1456,18 +1523,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr ""
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2446,47 +2513,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
msgid "TCP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
msgid "UDP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251
msgid "RPC"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2497,80 +2564,80 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480
msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
msgid "Check for network devices"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
msgid "Read current configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492
msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500
msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr ""
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr ""
@@ -2660,49 +2727,50 @@
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
#.
-#. @param [String] service name
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
#. defined by package.
#.
#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
#.
#. @example
#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr ""
@@ -2726,35 +2794,75 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2763,57 +2871,57 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -2824,34 +2932,34 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr ""
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2860,7 +2968,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2870,83 +2978,83 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr ""
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2954,99 +3062,99 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082
msgid "Package: "
msgstr ""
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr ""
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3056,64 +3164,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
@@ -3124,27 +3232,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr ""
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr ""
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3152,20 +3260,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083
msgid "Size: "
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3229,12 +3337,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3242,34 +3350,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
@@ -3281,7 +3389,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3290,7 +3398,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3299,7 +3407,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3307,7 +3415,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3320,124 +3428,124 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr ""
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr ""
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr ""
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3755,83 +3863,83 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr ""
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667
msgid "&Details"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr ""
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr ""
@@ -4426,6 +4534,16 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr ""
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
+msgid ""
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
@@ -4495,7 +4613,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4503,7 +4621,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5397,51 +5515,3 @@
"There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n"
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-msgid "running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/bootloader.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/bootloader.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/bootloader.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -27,49 +27,147 @@
#. command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-msgid "Delete a global option"
+msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for set action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option"
+msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
msgstr ""
+#. command line help text for add action
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72
+msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82
msgid "Print value of specified option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+msgid "The name of the section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97
msgid "The key of the option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104
msgid "The value of the option"
msgstr ""
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225
+msgid "Section %1 not found."
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr ""
+#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name
+#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239
+msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
-msgid "Option was not specified."
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245
+msgid "Section name must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
-msgid "Value: %s"
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265
+msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284
msgid "Specified option does not exist."
msgstr ""
+#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287
+msgid "Value: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+msgid "Disk Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68
+msgid "Boot Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. `VSpacing(1),
+#. Window title
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -141,11 +239,17 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
@@ -153,55 +257,64 @@
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
+msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
+msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -210,160 +323,227 @@
"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr ""
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration
+#. and installation
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Jiri Srain <jsrain(a)suse.cz>
+#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
+#. Olaf Dabrunz <od(a)suse.de>
+#. Philipp Thomas <pth(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68
+msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))),
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129
+msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Validate function of a popup
#. @param [String] key any widget key
#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr ""
-
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr ""
+#. Common widget of a console
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+msgid "Use &serial console"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+msgid "&Console arguments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555
+msgid "&Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556
+msgid "&Down"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
+msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr ""
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -382,34 +562,54 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
+msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
+msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -418,20 +618,30 @@
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
+#. combo box item
+#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
+#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
+#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
+#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523
msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537
msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
msgstr ""
#. item of a combo box
+#. item of a combo box
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540
msgid "Text Mode"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr ""
@@ -452,70 +662,223 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
+#. file open popup caption
+#. file open popup caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279
msgid "Select File"
msgstr ""
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr ""
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr ""
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325
+msgid "Kernel Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636
+msgid "Section Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585
+msgid "Xen Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591
+msgid "Menu Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593
+msgid "Dump Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628
+msgid "Other System Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803
+msgid "&Filename"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811
+msgid "Filename: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. multiline edit header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828
+msgid "Fi&le Contents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836
+msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. sections list widget
+#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections
+#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections
+#. menu button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641
+msgid "Other"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134
+msgid "Xen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
+msgid "Floppy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154
+msgid "Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161
+msgid "Dump"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header, Def stands for default
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255
+msgid "Def."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header; header for section details, either
+#. the specification of the kernel image to load,
+#. or the specification of device to boot from
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+msgid "Image / Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271
+msgid "Set as De&fault"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -524,64 +887,106 @@
"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
+"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
+"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a course of action:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406
+msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415
+msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423
+msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433
+msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514
+msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. pushbutton
+#. menu button entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586
+msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+msgstr ""
+
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr ""
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr ""
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr ""
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
-msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730
+msgid "&Section Management"
msgstr ""
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740
+msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818
+msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
@@ -598,9 +1003,16 @@
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#. help text, optional part of following
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
+"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
+"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
@@ -608,28 +1020,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -640,7 +1052,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -649,14 +1061,14 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -664,7 +1076,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -676,8 +1088,19 @@
"to start &product;.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7
+#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
+"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
+"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
+"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -685,7 +1108,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -694,7 +1117,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -702,7 +1125,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
@@ -710,7 +1133,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
@@ -718,7 +1141,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
@@ -726,7 +1149,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -734,7 +1157,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
@@ -742,14 +1165,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -757,28 +1180,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -786,40 +1209,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48
msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
+#. popup, %1 is bootloader name
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101
+msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup - continuing
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113
+msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup message
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
msgid ""
@@ -834,42 +1267,111 @@
"All changes will be lost.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. yes-no popup question
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59
+msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
msgstr ""
+#. message popup, %1 is sectino label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed.\n"
+"Check section %1 settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
+"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116
msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
msgstr ""
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128
+msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130
+msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136
+msgid "Create a FAT File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
+"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
+"and confirm with OK.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150
+msgid "&Low Level Format"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153
+msgid "&Create File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182
+msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207
+msgid "Creating file system failed."
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218
msgid ""
"The name selected is already used.\n"
"Use a different one.\n"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229
msgid ""
"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241
+msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
+msgstr ""
+
#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -883,257 +1385,505 @@
msgstr ""
#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305
msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
msgstr ""
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23
+msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
+msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Disk order settings"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
+msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
+"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
+msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
+msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
+"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
+"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
-msgid "Booting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57
+msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
-msgid "&Booting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
+msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64
+msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
+msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
+"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
+"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
+"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583
+msgid "Image Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96
+msgid "&Kernel Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97
+msgid "&Root Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100
+msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101
+msgid "Chainloader Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102
+msgid "Use Password Protection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103
+msgid "&Other System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104
+msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105
+msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106
+msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107
+msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109
+msgid "&Hypervisor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110
+msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112
+msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113
+msgid "&Menu Description File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114
+msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115
+msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116
+msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117
+msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118
+msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119
+msgid "&Dump Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120
+msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122
+msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123
+msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124
+msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125
+msgid "&Show boot menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126
+msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127
+msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128
+msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58
+msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65
+msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82
+msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:"";
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227
+msgid "Enable &SELinux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401
+msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533
+msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573
+msgid "Clone Selected Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader')
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587
+msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609
+msgid "Section Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668
+msgid "Section &Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr ""
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
+#.
+#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr ""
+#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO)
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr ""
+#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
+msgid " (\"/boot\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
+msgid " (\"/\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
+#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
+#. section name "suffix" for default section
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768
+msgid " (default)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779
+msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary text
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788
+msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919
+msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr ""
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
+#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+msgstr ""
+
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
-msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
+msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/ca-management.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/ca-management.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/ca-management.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -1836,42 +1836,41 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/cio.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/cio.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/cio.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/cluster.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/cluster.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/cluster.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""
@@ -199,169 +199,169 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Del"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
@@ -452,96 +452,96 @@
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/control-center.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/control-center.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/control-center.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/control.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/control.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/control.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,238 +15,204 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+msgid "Expert"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
-msgid "Installation Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
msgid "Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
-msgid "Perform Update"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
+msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/country.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/country.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/country.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -735,56 +735,56 @@
"Enter the correct date.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Other &Settings..."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr ""
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -794,7 +794,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -802,12 +802,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/crowbar.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/crowbar.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/crowbar.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -20,19 +20,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr ""
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -44,11 +34,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -167,124 +157,132 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr ""
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -292,91 +290,91 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr ""
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -385,7 +383,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr ""
@@ -430,37 +428,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/dhcp-server.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/dhcp-server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/dhcp-server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -56,9 +56,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr ""
@@ -98,242 +96,247 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr ""
@@ -358,190 +361,150 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr ""
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
@@ -549,60 +512,60 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -610,48 +573,48 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr ""
@@ -659,10 +622,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -670,61 +633,61 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr ""
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -732,8 +695,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -741,135 +704,135 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -882,15 +845,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -902,7 +865,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1115,7 +1078,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr ""
@@ -1139,7 +1102,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
@@ -1150,9 +1113,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr ""
@@ -1168,51 +1131,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1220,80 +1183,80 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr ""
@@ -1572,8 +1535,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1591,17 +1553,9 @@
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1609,7 +1563,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1617,7 +1571,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1627,7 +1581,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1637,14 +1591,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1652,7 +1606,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1661,7 +1615,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1670,7 +1624,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1679,14 +1633,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1696,14 +1650,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1711,7 +1665,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1721,7 +1675,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1730,7 +1684,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1739,7 +1693,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
@@ -1748,21 +1702,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1770,14 +1724,14 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -1785,40 +1739,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -1827,7 +1781,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1838,7 +1792,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -1846,14 +1800,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -1861,14 +1815,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1878,45 +1832,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -1924,7 +1878,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -1934,23 +1888,23 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr ""
@@ -1960,101 +1914,101 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr ""
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr ""
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2062,7 +2016,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2070,7 +2024,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2078,206 +2032,195 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2288,101 +2231,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -2390,22 +2333,22 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/dns-server.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/dns-server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/dns-server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -416,8 +416,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""
@@ -550,8 +550,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
@@ -598,32 +598,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417
msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr ""
@@ -631,8 +631,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -640,8 +640,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/docker.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/docker.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/docker.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/drbd.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/drbd.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/drbd.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -224,10 +224,11 @@
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -253,11 +254,11 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -266,20 +267,22 @@
"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -289,7 +292,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -299,14 +302,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -315,7 +318,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -323,7 +326,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
@@ -331,14 +334,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
@@ -346,7 +349,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -355,7 +358,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -363,7 +366,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -371,50 +374,107 @@
msgstr ""
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr ""
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
-msgid "Node names must be different."
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569
+msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -516,81 +576,81 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -598,46 +658,46 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/fcoe-client.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/fcoe-client.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/fcoe-client.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/firewall-services.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/firewall-services.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/firewall-services.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/firewall.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/firewall.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/firewall.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/firstboot.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/firstboot.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/firstboot.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -110,11 +110,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
+msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
+msgid "Module Name"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog text
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/fonts.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/fonts.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/fonts.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -18,59 +18,59 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/ftp-server.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/ftp-server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/ftp-server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/geo-cluster.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/geo-cluster.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/geo-cluster.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
@@ -114,17 +114,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -133,24 +133,24 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Ca&ncel"
msgstr ""
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
@@ -159,177 +159,185 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr ""
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid "Authentication file "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog contents
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/http-server.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/http-server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/http-server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/inetd.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/inetd.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/inetd.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -101,11 +101,11 @@
msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
@@ -117,15 +117,15 @@
msgid "Prot."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
msgid "Wait"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "User"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
msgid "Server"
msgstr ""
@@ -140,12 +140,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. determine wait mode (convert to string)
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
@@ -161,181 +161,181 @@
#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode:
#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process."
msgstr ""
#. if (true) { // for debugging
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179
msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed."
msgstr ""
#. This is main inetd module dialog.
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "&Activate All Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "&Deactivate All Services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334
msgid "D&isable"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Enab&le"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf
#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Currently Available Services"
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`notify),
#. `opt(`keepSorting),
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Ch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Type "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
msgid "Server / Args"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Add service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "&Add"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Edit service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Delete service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Change service status
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384
msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396
msgid "Status for All &Services"
msgstr ""
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
msgstr ""
#. execute dialog
#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Add a New Service Entry"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Error
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552
msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog."
msgstr ""
#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736
msgid "Edit a service entry"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Warning
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782
msgid ""
"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n"
"Internet super-server will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. service name
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807
msgid "&Service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "RPC Versio&n"
msgstr ""
#. service status (running or stopped)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "Service is acti&ve."
msgstr ""
#. service socket type
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828
msgid "Socket T&ype"
msgstr ""
#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850
msgid "&Wait"
msgstr ""
#. user and group ComboBoxes
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "&User"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. Server arguments
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "S&erver"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Server Argumen&ts"
msgstr ""
#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Co&mment"
msgstr ""
@@ -349,26 +349,26 @@
#. It does not get the NIS entries.
#. "+" is filtered out.
#. @return [Array] groups
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353
msgid "--default--"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942
msgid ""
"Service is empty.\n"
"Enter valid values.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only."
msgstr ""
@@ -572,57 +572,57 @@
msgstr ""
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185
msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193
msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267
msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. in future: catch errors
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337
msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgstr ""
#. "enabled" defaults to true
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607
msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618
msgid "Network services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623
msgid "Network services are managed via %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627
msgid "These services will be enabled"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/installation.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/installation.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/installation.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -171,28 +171,28 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr ""
@@ -239,47 +239,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
@@ -456,7 +416,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -483,52 +443,26 @@
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -538,7 +472,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -547,7 +481,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -555,7 +489,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -564,7 +498,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -572,22 +506,48 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415
+msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#. !/usr/bin/env rspec
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287
+#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -677,7 +637,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
@@ -686,8 +646,8 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
msgid "Deploying Images..."
@@ -695,34 +655,34 @@
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr ""
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr ""
@@ -748,33 +708,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -793,7 +754,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
@@ -833,53 +794,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr ""
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr ""
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr ""
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr ""
@@ -904,27 +865,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -932,7 +893,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
@@ -940,7 +901,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1185,21 +1146,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1207,7 +1168,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1216,12 +1177,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215
+msgid ""
+"Downloading installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
@@ -1273,8 +1260,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1476,7 +1463,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1593,58 +1580,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr ""
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr ""
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr ""
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr ""
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr ""
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr ""
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1655,42 +1631,36 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr ""
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr ""
@@ -1718,7 +1688,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1728,7 +1698,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1737,7 +1707,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1746,7 +1716,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1755,7 +1725,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1763,12 +1733,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1777,7 +1747,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1791,6 +1761,16 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr ""
+#. skip forward or backward
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -1798,10 +1778,71 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr ""
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr ""
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/instserver.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/instserver.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/instserver.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -61,37 +61,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the current cd number
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue."
msgstr ""
#. %2 is the product name and version
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgstr ""
#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. popup request, %1 is ISO name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr ""
#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n"
"by the current repository.\n"
@@ -100,97 +100,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697
msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698
msgid "This may take a while..."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: report more details (stderr)
#. rename the directory
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361
msgid "Error while moving repository content."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "Repository Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000
msgid "Data &Source"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Use &ISO Images"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017
msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400
msgid "Select &Directory"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
msgid "Installation server name missing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid ""
"Contents already exist in this directory.\n"
"Not copying CDs."
msgstr ""
#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123
msgid ""
"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n"
"Package CD, etc.) to the repository?"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199
msgid "Repository &Name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252
msgid "Invalid repository name."
msgstr ""
#. an error message - entered repository name already exists
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists,\n"
"enter another name."
msgstr ""
#. create directory only for a new repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273
msgid ""
"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n"
"Verify that the directory \n"
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n"
"When adding a new repository with the same name\n"
@@ -209,87 +209,87 @@
msgstr ""
#. Instserver server dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376
msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392
msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412
msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420
msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428
msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480
msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507
msgid "Installation Server -- NFS"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527
msgid "&Options"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585
msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617
msgid "Installation Server -- FTP"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Directory Alias:"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684
msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704
msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Directory Alias"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777
msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration."
msgstr ""
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read service data using _auto
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308
msgid ""
"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n"
"will now be installed.\n"
@@ -554,79 +554,79 @@
#. @param string directory
#. @param [String] options
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570
msgid ""
"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n"
"Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152
msgid "Initializing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166
msgid "Read configuration file"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168
msgid "Search for a new repository"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172
msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174
msgid "Searching for a new repository..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254
msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/iplb.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/iplb.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/iplb.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/iscsi-client.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/iscsi-client.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/iscsi-client.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Disconnect"
+msgid "Log Out"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
@@ -123,6 +123,9 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
+msgid "Log In"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr ""
@@ -204,8 +207,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -297,42 +300,49 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -347,20 +357,12 @@
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
-msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
+msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
msgstr ""
-#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
-msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -411,30 +413,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
-msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr ""
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr ""
@@ -442,36 +438,36 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -560,7 +556,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -568,12 +564,7 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
-msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/iscsi-lio-server.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/iscsi-lio-server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/iscsi-lio-server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr ""
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Portal group"
msgstr ""
@@ -95,153 +95,159 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Client"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
msgstr ""
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr ""
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr ""
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr ""
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -361,19 +367,24 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
@@ -381,12 +392,12 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -395,19 +406,19 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -416,11 +427,11 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
@@ -443,7 +454,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
@@ -471,7 +482,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-msgid "Client Lun"
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
@@ -491,7 +502,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-msgid "Client name:"
+msgid "Initiator name:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
@@ -500,21 +511,21 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr ""
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr ""
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
@@ -525,93 +536,99 @@
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -625,11 +642,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/isns.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/isns.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/isns.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/journal.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/journal.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/journal.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/kdump.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/kdump.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/kdump.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -360,10 +360,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -1094,148 +1092,163 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/languages_db.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/languages_db.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/languages_db.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/ldap-client.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/ldap-client.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/ldap-client.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/ldap.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/ldap.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/ldap.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/live-installer.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/live-installer.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/live-installer.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -36,27 +36,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr ""
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr ""
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -66,78 +66,60 @@
msgstr ""
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr ""
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -145,7 +127,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -232,7 +214,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/mail.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/mail.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/mail.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/multipath.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/multipath.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/multipath.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/network.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/network.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/network.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr ""
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -701,13 +701,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
msgid "Change."
msgstr ""
@@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr ""
@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
@@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr ""
@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1195,13 +1195,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr ""
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1212,20 +1212,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1243,60 +1243,60 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195
msgid "&General"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1306,12 +1306,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr ""
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1623,12 +1623,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr ""
@@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2434,7 +2434,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2676,47 +2676,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr ""
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -2724,20 +2724,20 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -2746,21 +2746,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
@@ -2769,57 +2769,57 @@
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -2829,7 +2829,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -2839,97 +2839,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr ""
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354
msgid "Any"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360
msgid "GTC"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364
msgid "PAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -2970,12 +2970,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -2983,111 +2983,61 @@
"Try again?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871
msgid "Modems"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3159,8 +3109,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -3186,28 +3136,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3239,27 +3189,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3295,40 +3245,40 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3556,7 +3506,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr ""
@@ -3645,7 +3595,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3668,7 +3618,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -3680,440 +3630,433 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr ""
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr ""
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638
msgid "No network running"
msgstr ""
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr ""
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
msgid "connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr ""
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr ""
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4121,30 +4064,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr ""
@@ -4153,22 +4096,22 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/nfs.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/nfs.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/nfs.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/nfs_server.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/nfs_server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/nfs_server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -71,27 +71,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -100,11 +100,11 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
msgstr ""
@@ -155,55 +155,63 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr ""
+#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
+msgid ""
+"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+"with spaces in their names.\n"
+"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+msgstr ""
+
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr ""
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr ""
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -211,25 +219,25 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
@@ -237,51 +245,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
msgid "&Start"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -289,77 +297,82 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
"IP networks.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Help, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
+msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr ""
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -367,71 +380,83 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314
+msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321
+msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328
+msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+msgstr ""
+
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
-msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349
+msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr ""
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/nis.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/nis.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/nis.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/nis_server.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/nis_server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/nis_server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/ntp-client.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/ntp-client.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/ntp-client.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -71,25 +71,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/oneclickinstall.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/oneclickinstall.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/oneclickinstall.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/online-update-configuration.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/online-update-configuration.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/online-update-configuration.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/online-update.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/online-update.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/online-update.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/opensuse_mirror.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/opensuse_mirror.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/opensuse_mirror.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/packager.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/packager.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/packager.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -168,8 +168,8 @@
#. force minimum width
#. table header - name of the repo
#. table header - name of the repo
-#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716
+#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr ""
@@ -463,8 +463,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -494,100 +494,85 @@
msgstr ""
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57
msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr ""
#. pad to 3 characters
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. unkown name (alias) of the source
#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter,
#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260
msgid "Unknown Name"
msgstr ""
#. displaye only repositories from the selected service
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables
-#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342
-msgid "Raw URL: %s"
-msgstr ""
-
#. heading - in case repo name not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357
msgid "Unknown Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367
msgid "Category: %1"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377
msgid "Service: %1"
msgstr ""
#. #176013
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625
msgid "All repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628
msgid "All services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637
msgid "Service '%1'"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only
-#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also
-#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE
-#. within product subscription.
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669
-msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service"
-msgstr ""
-
#. combobox label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
msgid "View"
msgstr ""
#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667
msgid "Priority"
msgstr ""
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. status info, to be used inside summary
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -596,98 +581,98 @@
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo?
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685
msgid "Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. table header - service to which the repo belongs
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
#. table header - URL of the repo
#. table header - URL of the repo
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. push button - change URL of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr ""
#. push button - refresh the selected repository now
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791
msgid "Re&fresh Selected"
msgstr ""
#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793
msgid "Status &on or off"
msgstr ""
#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795
msgid "Refre&sh on or off"
msgstr ""
#. push button - set name of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797
msgid "Set &Name..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804
msgid "Properties"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809
msgid "&Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815
msgid "Automatically &Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853
msgid "&GPG Keys..."
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862
msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864
msgid "Refresh all &Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871
msgid "Configured Software Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. help
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -697,7 +682,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n"
@@ -706,7 +691,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n"
@@ -719,7 +704,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -729,31 +714,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 1
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
msgid ""
"Unable to save changes to the repository\n"
"configuration."
@@ -761,7 +746,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -769,79 +754,79 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030
msgid "Abort Repository Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032
msgid ""
"Abort the repository configuration?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
msgstr ""
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr ""
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
"and its repositories?"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
"cannot be set."
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -850,7 +835,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -954,20 +939,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
msgid ""
"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1268,42 +1253,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr ""
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152
msgid "Repository"
msgstr ""
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1315,7 +1300,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1323,19 +1308,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr ""
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
@@ -1348,19 +1333,19 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr ""
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
msgid ""
"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
@@ -1368,58 +1353,58 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr ""
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr ""
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -1917,7 +1902,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr ""
@@ -1982,7 +1967,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr ""
@@ -2050,7 +2035,7 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr ""
@@ -2071,46 +2056,46 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2120,23 +2105,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2145,42 +2130,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2188,17 +2173,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2208,20 +2193,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363
msgid "&File System"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2234,7 +2219,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2242,11 +2227,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2258,12 +2243,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2271,71 +2256,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600
msgid "&Port"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "&Share"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2350,7 +2335,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2359,12 +2344,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2372,7 +2357,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2380,7 +2365,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2390,7 +2375,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2399,25 +2384,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr ""
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr ""
-#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2427,19 +2412,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/pam.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/pam.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/pam.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/pkg-bindings.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/pkg-bindings.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/pkg-bindings.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -43,12 +43,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/printer.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/printer.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/printer.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -204,8 +204,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
@@ -434,8 +434,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr ""
@@ -2532,56 +2532,56 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
msgid "&Local"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr ""
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr ""
@@ -2591,7 +2591,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -2604,7 +2604,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -2619,74 +2619,74 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr ""
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr ""
@@ -2697,33 +2697,33 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2732,25 +2732,25 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr ""
@@ -2758,7 +2758,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2777,28 +2777,28 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2806,25 +2806,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr ""
@@ -2844,53 +2844,53 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr ""
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/product-creator.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/product-creator.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/product-creator.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/proxy.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/proxy.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/proxy.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/rdp.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/rdp.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/rdp.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/rear.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/rear.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/rear.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -228,11 +228,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/registration.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/registration.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/registration.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
@@ -68,30 +68,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr ""
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr ""
@@ -229,28 +229,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -266,39 +255,39 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -308,23 +297,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -332,6 +321,24 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
@@ -360,7 +367,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -369,14 +376,14 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
msgstr ""
@@ -386,34 +393,34 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -421,7 +428,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -452,7 +459,7 @@
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr ""
@@ -473,12 +480,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
@@ -670,7 +677,7 @@
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr ""
@@ -697,7 +704,7 @@
#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -769,12 +776,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -787,7 +794,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
@@ -798,7 +805,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213
msgid ""
"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
"installation has completed."
@@ -806,8 +813,8 @@
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. SSL error message
@@ -855,11 +862,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr ""
-
#. input field label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
@@ -1063,10 +1065,10 @@
msgstr ""
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/reipl.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/reipl.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/reipl.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/relocation-server.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/relocation-server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/relocation-server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/samba-client.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/samba-client.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/samba-client.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -787,86 +787,86 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/samba-server.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/samba-server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/samba-server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/samba-users.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/samba-users.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/samba-users.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/scanner.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/scanner.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/scanner.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/security.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/security.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/security.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -115,280 +115,247 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr ""
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Configure"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr ""
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr ""
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -397,33 +364,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -431,7 +398,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -440,7 +407,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
@@ -449,7 +416,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -457,14 +424,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
@@ -472,7 +439,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
@@ -482,7 +449,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
@@ -490,12 +457,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
@@ -503,26 +470,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -530,35 +497,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
@@ -576,7 +543,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
@@ -586,7 +553,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -595,7 +562,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
@@ -604,7 +571,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -615,21 +582,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
@@ -637,26 +604,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -668,7 +635,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
@@ -676,23 +643,23 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
@@ -704,13 +671,13 @@
"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -722,7 +689,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -734,38 +701,86 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
msgid "Workstation"
@@ -823,163 +838,236 @@
"maximum."
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr ""
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
msgid "Disable"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
msgstr ""
@@ -995,61 +1083,61 @@
msgstr ""
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/services-manager.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/services-manager.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/services-manager.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/slp-server.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/slp-server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/slp-server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/snapper.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/snapper.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/snapper.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,294 +15,265 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of snapper
-#. Summary: Main file
-#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
-#.
-#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
+#. The main ()
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "User data"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+#. popup label, %1 is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
+#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
+msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
+msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
-msgid "Post (%{post})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
+msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
-msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
+msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr ""
-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
-msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
msgid "Single"
msgstr ""
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "End Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "User Data"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr ""
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
+msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
-msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
-msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -313,7 +284,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -323,17 +294,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -344,37 +315,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -385,91 +356,115 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
-#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
-msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+#. popup error
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
+msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
msgstr ""
-#. Return the path to given snapshot
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
-msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. Initialize snapper agent
+#. Return true on success
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
#. Create new snapshot
#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
-msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
+msgid "Reason not known."
msgstr ""
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
-msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
+msgid "Configuration not found."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
+msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
+msgid ""
+"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
+msgid "Snapshot was not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
+msgid ""
+"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
+msgid ""
+"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
-msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
msgstr ""
-#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
-msgid "Initializing Snapper"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
+msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
msgstr ""
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
-msgid "Read list of configurations"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
+msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
msgstr ""
-#. Progress stage 2/2
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
+msgid ""
+"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Snapper read dialog caption
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
-msgid "Read list of snapshots"
+msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr ""
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
-msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
+msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
msgstr ""
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
-msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
+msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
-msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
-msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr ""
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr ""
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/sound.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/sound.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/sound.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/squid.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/squid.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/squid.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/sshd.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/sshd.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/sshd.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/storage.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/storage.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/storage.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -143,7 +143,11 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -759,7 +763,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -777,7 +781,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -787,7 +791,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -797,7 +801,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -807,7 +811,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -818,7 +822,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -828,7 +832,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -841,7 +845,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -851,7 +855,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -863,7 +867,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -874,7 +878,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -886,11 +890,11 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -988,53 +992,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1043,7 +1047,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1053,7 +1057,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1063,7 +1067,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1078,13 +1082,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr ""
@@ -1111,7 +1115,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1122,7 +1126,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1142,7 +1146,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1151,7 +1155,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1448,7 +1452,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1463,17 +1467,17 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -1505,7 +1509,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1518,7 +1522,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1531,7 +1535,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -1553,7 +1557,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -1712,7 +1716,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -1727,12 +1731,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -1740,26 +1744,26 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
@@ -2155,39 +2159,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2195,54 +2204,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr ""
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2251,17 +2260,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2271,7 +2280,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2280,56 +2289,56 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr ""
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -2337,8 +2346,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2350,33 +2359,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2386,7 +2395,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2395,12 +2404,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2583,108 +2592,113 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
msgid "Forward"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
msgid "Backward"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2692,51 +2706,51 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -2746,50 +2760,50 @@
"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3025,50 +3039,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
"RAID device will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr ""
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3076,7 +3090,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr ""
@@ -3084,31 +3098,31 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3206,12 +3220,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3506,12 +3520,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr ""
@@ -3545,9 +3559,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr ""
@@ -3557,14 +3571,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
"It cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3905,17 +3919,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -4178,7 +4192,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr ""
@@ -4903,38 +4917,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4944,7 +4971,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4958,7 +4985,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4971,7 +4998,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -4980,7 +5007,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -4988,7 +5015,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -4997,24 +5024,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5022,12 +5049,12 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr ""
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5035,97 +5062,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr ""
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5133,7 +5160,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5141,7 +5168,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5149,18 +5176,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -5744,48 +5771,39 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -5794,35 +5812,48 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr ""
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363
msgid "Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr ""
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/support.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/support.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/support.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -32,52 +32,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Open"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Upload"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -85,184 +85,183 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
msgid "Save as"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
msgstr ""
-#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "File Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/sysconfig.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/sysconfig.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/sysconfig.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/tftp-server.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/tftp-server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/tftp-server.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/timezone_db.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/timezone_db.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/timezone_db.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/tune.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/tune.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/tune.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/update.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/update.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/update.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/users.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/users.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/users.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -124,540 +124,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr ""
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] ""
-msgstr[1] ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -779,11 +245,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1024,93 +485,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr ""
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1262,6 +636,22 @@
"enter the user's current password."
msgstr ""
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1285,6 +675,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -1299,11 +696,30 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr ""
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr ""
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr ""
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1471,6 +887,30 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr ""
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1559,6 +999,20 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr ""
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
@@ -1568,6 +1022,24 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1686,6 +1158,15 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1711,6 +1192,21 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
@@ -2325,7 +1821,9 @@
msgstr ""
#. the type of user set
+#. New user is the default option
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr ""
@@ -2401,6 +1899,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2420,6 +1923,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr ""
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
@@ -2535,6 +2043,11 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2545,6 +2058,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr ""
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -2802,6 +2335,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr ""
@@ -3077,6 +2616,13 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr ""
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3094,6 +2640,346 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -3535,7 +3421,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:716
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -3547,202 +3433,202 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:964
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3750,14 +3636,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3766,7 +3652,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3775,7 +3661,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3783,14 +3669,14 @@
"Really change the user type to 'system'?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -3798,14 +3684,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -3813,7 +3699,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -3821,7 +3707,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -3829,14 +3715,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -3844,7 +3730,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -3852,7 +3738,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -3861,7 +3747,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -3871,19 +3757,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3891,14 +3777,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3907,7 +3793,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3916,7 +3802,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3925,14 +3811,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -3940,7 +3826,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -3949,20 +3835,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -3970,7 +3856,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -3978,22 +3864,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
@@ -4011,21 +3897,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -4142,7 +4028,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4150,7 +4036,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
@@ -4160,7 +4046,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4168,37 +4054,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4206,7 +4092,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4214,20 +4100,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4235,7 +4121,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4244,22 +4130,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/vm.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/vm.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/vm.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -40,151 +40,151 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr ""
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr ""
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr ""
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -197,26 +197,26 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/vpn.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/vpn.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/vpn.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -196,12 +196,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr ""
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -282,102 +282,102 @@
msgstr ""
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
msgid "Client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -462,32 +462,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr ""
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr ""
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr ""
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -495,28 +495,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr ""
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/yast2-apparmor.sw.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/yast2-apparmor.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sw/po/yast2-apparmor.sw.po 2016-07-04 09:00:31 UTC (rev 95998)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r95997 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
04 Jul '16
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:00:11 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 95997
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/add-on-creator.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/add-on.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/audit-laf.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/auth-server.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/autoinst.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/base.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/bootloader.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/ca-management.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/cio.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/cluster.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/control-center.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/control.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/country.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/crowbar.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/dhcp-server.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/dns-server.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/docker.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/drbd.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/fcoe-client.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/firewall-services.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/firewall.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/firstboot.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/fonts.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/ftp-server.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/geo-cluster.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/http-server.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/inetd.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/installation.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/instserver.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/iplb.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/iscsi-client.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/iscsi-lio-server.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/isns.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/journal.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/kdump.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/languages_db.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/ldap-client.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/ldap.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/live-installer.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/mail.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/multipath.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/network.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/nfs.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/nfs_server.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/nis.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/nis_server.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/ntp-client.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/oneclickinstall.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/online-update-configuration.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/opensuse_mirror.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/packager.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/pam.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/pkg-bindings.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/printer.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/product-creator.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/rdp.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/rear.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/registration.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/reipl.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/relocation-server.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/samba-server.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/samba-users.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/scanner.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/security.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/services-manager.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/slp-server.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/snapper.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/sound.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/squid.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/sshd.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/storage.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/support.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/sysconfig.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/tftp-server.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/timezone_db.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/tune.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/update.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/users.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/vm.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/vpn.da.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/yast2-apparmor.da.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/add-on-creator.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/add-on-creator.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/add-on-creator.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/add-on.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/add-on.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/add-on.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 18:41+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -91,15 +91,16 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr "<li>Medie: %1, Søgesti: %2, Produkt: %3</li>\n"
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgstr "Gør tillægsproduktet \"%1\" tilgængeligt via \"%2\"."
+
+#. just report error
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr "Det lykkedes ikke at tilføje tillægsproduktet."
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
-msgstr "Gør tillægsproduktet \"%1\" tilgængeligt via \"%2\"."
-
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media
#. placeholder for unknown directory
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/audit-laf.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/audit-laf.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/audit-laf.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-28 20:50+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -17,1110 +17,1666 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
msgid "None."
msgstr ""
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
-msgid "Sections"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Options - %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-msgid "More Parameters"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-msgid "Name filter:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
msgstr ""
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-msgid "Identification provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/auth-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/auth-server.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/auth-server.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -436,12 +436,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -467,8 +467,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""
@@ -557,8 +557,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2192,7 +2192,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2260,7 +2260,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2421,237 +2421,237 @@
msgstr ""
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/autoinst.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/autoinst.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/autoinst.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:09+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr "Dette kan tage et stykke tid"
@@ -62,12 +62,12 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
@@ -328,23 +328,21 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr "Udfører efter-installationsscripter"
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "Genstarter alle kørende tjenester"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr "Aktiverer systemd's standardmål"
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "Færdiggør konfiguration"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "Behandler ressourcen %1"
@@ -521,111 +519,97 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Vent mens systemet forberedes til autoinstallation.</P>"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr "Kør før-installations brugerscripter"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr "Konfigurér generelle indstillinger"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr "Indstil sprog"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr "Opret partitionsplaner"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr "Konfigurér bootloader"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Question"
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "Spørgsmål"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr "Konfigurér valg af software"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr "Indstil standardmål for Systemd"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configure Volume Groups"
-msgid "Configure users and groups"
-msgstr "Konfigurér delarkivgrupper"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr "Kører før-installations brugerscripter..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer generelle indstillinger..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr "Opsætning af sprog..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr "Opretter partitionsplan..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer bootloader..."
#
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cloning the system..."
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "Kloner systemet..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer valg af software..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr "Indstilller standardmål for Systemd..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77
-msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr "Forbereder system til automatiseret installation"
-#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a
-#. network configuration is available. So this will be written
-#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
-#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
-#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#. configure general settings
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr "Håndtering af tillægsprodukter..."
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer sprog..."
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -634,7 +618,7 @@
"Prøv igen.\n"
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1622,7 +1606,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr "Tjekker XML med RNG-gyldighed..."
@@ -1632,7 +1616,7 @@
msgstr "Sektion %1: "
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr "Tjekker XML med RNC-gyldighed..."
@@ -1672,7 +1656,7 @@
msgstr "Genstart maskinen efter trin 2"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr "Signaturhåndtering"
@@ -2347,7 +2331,7 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr "XML-fortolkeren rapporterede en fejl under fortolkning af AutoYaST-profilen. Fejlbeskeden er:\n"
@@ -2368,45 +2352,45 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr "Vælg profil"
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr "Henter kontrolfil fra diskette."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr "Henter kontrolfilen (%1) fra TFTP-serveren: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr "Henter kontrolfilen (%1) fra NFS-serveren: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr "Henter kontrolfilen (%1) fra HTTP-serveren: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr "Henter kontrolfilen (%1) fra FTP-serveren: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr "Kopierer kontrolfil fra filen: %1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr "Kopierer kontrolfil fra enheden: /dev/%1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr "Kopierer kontrolfil fra standardplacering."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr "Kilde ukendt."
@@ -2416,7 +2400,7 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
@@ -2426,7 +2410,7 @@
"<p>Næsten alle ressourcer i kontrolfilen kan konfigureres\n"
"med systemet til konfigurationshåndtering.</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2440,7 +2424,7 @@
"et andet system med AutoYaST.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2474,99 +2458,79 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr "Bekræft Installation?"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nej"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr "Andet trin af AutoYaST"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr "Lukker maskinen ned efter trin 1"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr "Stopper maskinen efter trin 2"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr "Genstarter maskinen efter trin 2"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "Accepterer ikke-signerede filer"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "Accepterer ikke ikke-signerede filer"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "Accepterer filer uden en tjeksum"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "Accepterer ikke filer uden en tjeksum"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "Accepterer fejlede verificeringer"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "Accepterer ikke fejlede verificeringer"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr "Accepterer ukendte GPG-nøgler"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr "Accepterer ikke ukendte GPG-nøgler"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr "Importerer nye GPG-nøgler"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr "Importerer ikke nye GPG-nøgler"
-#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
-msgid "Syncing time..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
-msgid "Syncing time with %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
-msgid "Time syncing failed."
-msgstr "Montering af %1 fejlede."
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
-msgid "Cannot update system time."
-msgstr ""
-
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr "Kan ikke genbruge delarkivgruppen %1. Delarkivgruppen eksisterer ikke."
@@ -2648,7 +2612,7 @@
# label text
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2658,31 +2622,31 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr "Tilføjelse af softwarekilden %1 mislykkedes"
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "Oprettelse af imagefil mislykkedes under mønsterinstallation. Tjek /tmp/ay_image.log"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "Opretter imagefil - installerer pakker"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "Oprettelse af imagefil mislykkedes under pakkeinstallation. Tjek /tmp/ay_image.log"
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr "Gem imagefil i..."
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
@@ -2690,16 +2654,16 @@
"Du kan udføre ændringer på imagefilen i %1/ nu\n"
"Hvis du trykker på O.k.-knappen, vil imagefilen blive komprimeret og kan ikke længere ændres."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "Komprimering af imagefil mislykkedes i \"%1\". Tjek /tmp/ay_image.log"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr "Imagefilen er blevet oprettet"
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
@@ -2708,30 +2672,30 @@
"Du kan oprette den fil med \"ls -F > directory.yast\" hvis den mangler."
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr "kan ikke læse \"%1\". Vil du prøve igen?"
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr "kan ikke læse \"%1\". Oprettelse af ISO mislykkedes"
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr "Forbereder ISO-filstruktur..."
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr "boot-konfiguration for dvd'en"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "O.k."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2741,44 +2705,44 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr "Gem ISO-imagefil i..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr "Opretter ISO-fil..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr "ISO blev oprettet i %1"
#
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr "Valgte mønstre"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr "Individuelt valgte pakker"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr "Pakker som skal fjernes"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr "Gennemtving kernepakke"
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr "Kunne ikke indstille mønstrene: %1."
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr "Kørslen af pakkeløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i AutoYaST-profilen."
@@ -2823,14 +2787,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr "Indsamler konfigurationsdata..."
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr "Krypteret AutoYaST-profil. Angiv adgangskoden to gange."
@@ -2838,14 +2802,14 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "Kunne ikke skrive sektionen %1 til filen %2."
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr "Krypteret AutoYaST-profil. Angiv den korrekte adgangskode."
@@ -2863,6 +2827,16 @@
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "&O.k."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Configure Volume Groups"
+#~ msgid "Configure users and groups"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurér delarkivgrupper"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+#~ msgid "Time syncing failed."
+#~ msgstr "Montering af %1 fejlede."
+
#~ msgid "Configure runlevel"
#~ msgstr "Konfigurér kørselsniveau"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/base.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/base.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/base.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-30 20:44+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr "Ingen arbejdsgang defineret for denne installationstilstand."
@@ -448,14 +448,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "&Fortsæt installation"
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "&Afbryd installation"
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@
msgstr "En intern fejl opstod ved integrering af ekstra arbejdsgang."
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr "Værdien af %1 er ugyldig."
@@ -1117,6 +1117,83 @@
"<p>I nogle miljøer er alle eller nogle\n"
"F-taster ikke tilgængelige.</p>"
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service Start"
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "Tjenestestart"
+
+#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Status: "
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "Nuværende status: "
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "During Boot"
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "Under boot"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Warning"
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "Advarsel"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Stop"
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "&Stop"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
@@ -1317,7 +1394,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Spring over"
@@ -1340,7 +1417,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "Adgan&gskode"
@@ -1565,27 +1642,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig afbryde installationen?"
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig afbryde YaST systemreparation?"
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "Afbryd systemreparation"
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "&Fortsæt systemreparation"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1598,7 +1675,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1612,7 +1689,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1623,18 +1700,18 @@
"Du bliver nødt til at geninstallere."
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig afbryde?"
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr "Alle ændringer vil gå tabt!"
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&Detaljer..."
@@ -2700,48 +2777,48 @@
#
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr "Ekstern zone"
#
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr "Intern zone"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr "Demilitariseret zone"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
msgid "TCP"
msgstr "TCP"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
msgid "UDP"
msgstr "UDP"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251
msgid "RPC"
msgstr "RPC"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr "Ukendt zone"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2757,8 +2834,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
@@ -2767,82 +2844,82 @@
"Kør YaST2 Firewall and tildel den.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480
msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer firewall-konfiguration"
#
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
msgid "Check for network devices"
msgstr "Søg efter netværksenheder"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
msgid "Read current configuration"
msgstr "Læs nuværende konfiguration"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492
msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
msgstr "Tjek muligt konfliktende tjenester"
#
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgstr "Søger efter netværksenheder..."
#
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgstr "Læser nuværende konfiguration..."
#
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500
msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
msgstr "Søger efter muligt konfliktende tjenester..."
#
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Skriver firewall-konfiguration"
#
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Skriv firewall-indstillinger"
#
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr "Tilpas firewall-tjeneste"
#
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Skriver firewall indstillinger..."
#
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr "Tilpasser firewall tjeneste..."
#
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr "Skrivning af indstillinger fejlede"
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr "Ukendt protokol (%1)"
@@ -2936,51 +3013,52 @@
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
#.
-#. @param [String] service name
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
#. defined by package.
#.
#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
#.
#. @example
#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Service: %1"
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr "Tjeneste: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr "Ukendt tjeneste '%1'"
@@ -3004,35 +3082,78 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "&Afinstallér"
+#
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr "Søger efter muligt konfliktende tjenester..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Downloader pakken %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "Downloader pakke"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "Pakken %1 er i uorden - tjek af integritet fejlede."
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "Genforsøg installation af pakken?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "Afbryd installationen?"
@@ -3041,15 +3162,15 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "Fejl: %1"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
@@ -3058,35 +3179,35 @@
"Verificér systemet senere ved at køre modulet Håndtering af software.\n"
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Afinstallerer pakken %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Installerer pakken %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "Afinstallerer pakke"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "Installerer pakke"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Fjernelse af pakken %1 fejlede."
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Installation af pakken %1 fejlede."
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
@@ -3095,7 +3216,7 @@
"Systemet burde verificeres senere ved at køre modulet for softwarehåndtering."
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -3110,27 +3231,27 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "side A"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "side B"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1 (disk %2)"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "%1 (medium %2)"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3139,7 +3260,7 @@
"'%1'"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3152,7 +3273,7 @@
"Tjek om mappen er tilgængelig."
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3166,83 +3287,83 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr "Spring automatisk genopfriskning over"
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Skub ud"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "Skub a&utomatisk cd- eller dvd-mediet ud"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "Genforsøg installationen?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "Spring mediet over?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "Ignorerer det dårlige medie..."
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "Opretter softwarekilden %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under oprettelse af softwarekilden."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "Kunne ikke hente beskrivelsen af ekstern softwarekilde."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "Fejl opstod under hentning af det nye metadata."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "Softwarekilden er ikke gyldig."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Metadata i softwarekilden er ugyldig."
@@ -3250,92 +3371,92 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "Forsøg igen?"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "Undersøger softwarekilden %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "Fejl opstod under undersøgelse af softwarekilden."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "Detaljer fra undersøgelse af softwarekilde."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Softwarekildens metadata er ugyldig."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "Softwarekilde %1"
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Downloader delta-RPM-pakken %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "Downloader delta-RPM-pakke"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "Tilfører delta-RPM-pakken %1..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "Tilfører delta-RPM-pakke"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "Pakke: "
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "Starter script %1 (rettelse %2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "Kører script"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "Rettelsen: "
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "Scriptet: "
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "Output af scriptet"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3344,7 +3465,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3359,36 +3480,36 @@
"nogle pakker mangle eller være for gamle."
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "&Skip genopfriskning"
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "Downloader"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "Downloader: %1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "Tjekker pakkedatabasen"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Genopbygger pakkedatabase. Denne proces kan tage noget tid."
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3397,16 +3518,16 @@
"%1"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Konverterer pakkedatabase. Denne proces kan tage noget tid."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3415,13 +3536,13 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "Læser RPM-database..."
#
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "Læser installerede pakker"
@@ -3432,27 +3553,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "Scanner RPM-database..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "Initialisering af målet fejlede."
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "RPM-databasen læst"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "Brugerautentifikation"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3463,21 +3584,21 @@
"%2"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "Br&ugernavn:"
#
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "Vis &detaljer"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "Størrelse: "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr "Tid indtil automatisk genforsøg: %1"
@@ -3555,12 +3676,12 @@
"løses manuelt i softwarehåndteringen."
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Installation af krævede pakker fejlede."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3571,12 +3692,12 @@
"vil YaST måske ikke virke korrekt.\n"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "Kan ikke forsætte uden at installere de krævede pakker."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3585,22 +3706,22 @@
"pakker, vil YaST måske ikke virke korrekt.\n"
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr "Acceptér pakkelicens: %1"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "Jeg &accepterer"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "Jeg a&fviser"
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
@@ -3619,7 +3740,7 @@
"
For at afslå pakkens licens, tryk på <b>Jeg afviser</b></p>."
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3633,7 +3754,7 @@
"
\t\t til venstre. Markér et element i listen, for at se en beskrivelse af det.\n"
"
\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3647,7 +3768,7 @@
"
\t\t Med kontekstmenuen kan du også ændre status for alle elementer.\n"
"
\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3659,7 +3780,7 @@
"
\t\t hvor du kan se og vælge softwarepakker enkeltvis.\n"
"
\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3679,134 +3800,134 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr "Softwareudvalg og systemopgaver"
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr "(flere)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "Installation gennemført"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "Pakkeinstallation mislykkedes"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "Fejlmeddelelse: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Mislykkede pakker: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Installerede pakker: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "Opdaterede pakker: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Fjernede pakker: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Ikke installerede pakker: %1"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Pakker"
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr "Forløbet tid: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr "Installeret størrelse i alt: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "Downloadet størrelse i alt: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "Statistik"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "Installationslog"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Detaljer"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installing Package"
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "Installerer pakke"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Finish"
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "A&fslut"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed"
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr "Adgang til softwarehåndteringen mislykkedes"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Summary</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed packages.</P>"
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Installationsoversigt</B></BIG><BR>Her er en oversigt over installerede pakker.</P>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Error"
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "Installationsfejl"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "Installerede pakker"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "Opdaterede pakker"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "Fjernede pakker"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "Tilbageværende pakker"
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -4234,83 +4355,83 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "Installerer..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Medie"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "Tilbageværende pakker"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Tid"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "Handlinger udført:"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Pakkerne installeres.</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Afbrydelse af installation</B> Pakkeinstallation kan afbrydes med knappen <B>Afbryd</B>. Systemet kan dog i så fald være i en inkonsistent eller ubrugelig tilstand, eller det vil måske ikke boote hvis en basal systemkomponent ikke er installeret.</P>"
#
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release &Notes"
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "Udgivelses¬er"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "Dias-sho&w"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Detaljer"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "Udfør installation"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "Pakkeinstallation"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4319,7 +4440,7 @@
"installationen?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Afbrudt"
@@ -4914,6 +5035,16 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr "Bluetooth-enhed"
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
+msgid ""
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
@@ -5003,7 +5134,7 @@
"tal adskilt af kolon."
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -5014,7 +5145,7 @@
"starte eller afslutte en komponent og den sidste komponent må ikke begynde med et tal."
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5973,64 +6104,6 @@
"Der er ingen omvendt zone for %1 administreret af din DNS-server.\n"
"Værtsnavnet %2 kan ikke tilføjes."
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Service Start"
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr "Tjenestestart"
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Current Status: "
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr "Nuværende status: "
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "During Boot"
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr "Under boot"
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Warning"
-msgid "running"
-msgstr "Advarsel"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Stop"
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr "&Stop"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr ""
-
#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
#~ msgstr "Det rette softwarekilde-medie kunne ikke monteres."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/bootloader.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/bootloader.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/bootloader.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:30+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -36,56 +36,156 @@
#. command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Detailed Global Options"
-msgid "Delete a global option"
-msgstr "&Detaljerede globale tilvalg"
+msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
+msgstr "Slet et globalt tilvalg eller et tilvalg for en sektion"
#. command line help text for set action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Detailed Global Options"
-msgid "Set a global option"
-msgstr "&Detaljerede globale tilvalg"
+msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
+msgstr "Indstil et globalt tilvalg eller et tilvalg for en sektion"
+#. command line help text for add action
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72
+msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
+msgstr "Tilføj en ny sektion - brug interaktiv tilstand"
+
#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82
msgid "Print value of specified option"
msgstr "Skriv værdien af det angivne tilvalg"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+msgid "The name of the section"
+msgstr "Sektionens navn"
+
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97
msgid "The key of the option"
msgstr "Tilvalgets nøgle"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104
msgid "The value of the option"
msgstr "Tilvalgets værdi"
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225
+msgid "Section %1 not found."
+msgstr "Sektion %1 ikke fundet."
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr "Værdi blev ikke specificeret."
+#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name
+#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239
+msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
+msgstr "Tilføjelse af tilvalg er kun tilgængeligt i interaktiv kommandolinje-tilstand"
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245
+msgid "Section name must be specified."
+msgstr "Sektionsnavn skal specificeres."
+
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265
msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr "Tilvalget blev ikke specificeret."
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284
+msgid "Specified option does not exist."
+msgstr "Det angivne tilvalg findes ikke."
+
#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value: %1"
-msgid "Value: %s"
+msgid "Value: %1"
msgstr "Værdi: %1"
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
-msgid "Specified option does not exist."
-msgstr "Det angivne tilvalg findes ikke."
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr "Gemmer bootloader-konfiguration..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Dit system lukker nu ned.%1\n"
+"Se efter detaljer i det relaterede \n"
+"kapitel i dokumentationen. \n"
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr "Systemet vil nu genstarte..."
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr "Ingen bootloader er valgt til installation. Dit system kan måske ikke starte."
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr "På grund at partitioneringen kan bootloaderen ikke installeres ordenligt"
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr "Booter"
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr "&Booter"
+
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+msgid "Disk Order"
+msgstr "Diskrækkefølge"
+
+# Boot dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "Indstilling af diskrækkefølge"
+
#
+#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68
+msgid "Boot Menu"
+msgstr "Boot-menu"
+
+#. `VSpacing(1),
+#. Window title
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgstr "Tilvalg til bootloader"
+
+#
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -173,13 +273,21 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Brug betroet GRUB</b>, betyder installér betroet GRUB og brug det. Tilvalget <i>Grafisk menufil</i> ignoreres.\n"
+"Det anbefales at installere GRUB til MBR</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Boot fra MBR (Master Boot Record)</b> anbefales ikke, hvis du har et andet operativsystem\n"
" installeret på computeren</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
@@ -191,17 +299,17 @@
" i <b>Tilvalg til bootloader</b>, for at opdatere MBR, hvis det er nødvendigt, eller konfigurér din anden boot-håndtering\n"
" til at starte denne sektion.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Brugervalgt boot-partition</b> lader dig vælge, hvilken partition der skal bootes fra.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
@@ -209,19 +317,19 @@
"<p>MD-array bygges af to diske. <b>Aktivér redundans for MD-array</b>\n"
"aktivér skrivning af GRUB til MBR på begge diske.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
#| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Brug seriel konsol</b> lader dig definere parametre, til brug\n"
"for en seriel konsol. Se efter detaljer i GRUB-dokumentationen (<code>info grub</code>).</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
@@ -231,7 +339,7 @@
#| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
@@ -242,7 +350,7 @@
"kommandoen som <code>seriel konsol</code>. I det tilfælde vælges en terminal,\n"
"i hvilken du trykker på en tast, som en GRUB-terminal.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
@@ -250,11 +358,19 @@
"<p><b>Fallback-sektioner hvis standard fejler</b> indeholder en liste over sektionsnumre,\n"
"der bliver brugt til boot, hvis standardsektionen ikke kan bootes.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p>At vælge <b>Skjul menu under boot </b>, skjuler boot-menuen.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
+msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Grafisk menufil</b> definerer filen, der skal bruges til den grafiske boot-menu.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
+msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Aktivér akustiske signaler</b> slå akustiske signaler til/fra.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
@@ -262,14 +378,15 @@
#| "it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Beskyt bootloader med adgangskode</b><br>\n"
"Definer den adgangskode, som kræves for tilgang til boot-menuen. YaST accepterer kun adgangskoden, hvis du gentager \n"
"den i <b>Gentag adgangskode</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -283,160 +400,227 @@
"Tryk <b>Tilføj</b> for at tilføje en disk.\n"
"Tryk <b>Fjern</b> for at fjerne en disk.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr "Bootloader-placeringer"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr "Sæt &aktivt flag i partitionstabel for boot-partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr "&Tidsudløb i sekunder"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "Stan&dard boot-sektion"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr "Skriv &generisk boot-kode til MBR"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
+msgstr "Brug be&troet GRUB"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr "Brugervalgt boot-partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Boot fra Master Boot Record"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr "Boot fra rodpartition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Boot fra boot-partitionen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr "Boot fra udvidet partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "&Parametre for serieltilslutning"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr "Fallback-sektioner, hvis standard fejler"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr "S&kjul menu ved boot"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
+msgstr "Grafisk &menufil"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr "Adgang&skode på menubrugerfladen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr "Fejlf&indingsflag"
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration
+#. and installation
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Jiri Srain <jsrain(a)suse.cz>
+#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
+#. Olaf Dabrunz <od(a)suse.de>
+#. Philipp Thomas <pth(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68
+msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
+msgstr "Vælg ny grafisk menufil"
+
+#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))),
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129
+msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
+msgstr "Aktivér akustiske &signaler"
+
#. Validate function of a popup
#. @param [String] key any widget key
#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr "B&eskyt bootloader med adgangskode"
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr ""
-
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Adgangskode"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr "Gen&tag adgangskode"
+#. Common widget of a console
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+msgid "Use &serial console"
+msgstr "Brug &seriel konsol"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+msgid "&Console arguments"
+msgstr "&Konsolargumenter"
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "Enhe&d"
+
+#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr "&Enhedsudlægning skal indeholde mindst én enhed"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr "D&iske"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555
+msgid "&Up"
+msgstr "&Op"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556
+msgid "&Down"
+msgstr "&Ned"
+
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr "Boot fra &rodpartitionen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Boo&t fra boot-partitionen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Br&ugervalgt boot-partition"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr "Bootloaders placering"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Boot fra &Master Boot Record"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "Boot fra &udvidet partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Br&ugervalgt boot-partition"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr "Aktivér red&undans for MD-array"
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
+msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+msgstr "Bootloaders installations&detaljer"
+
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr "Tilvalg til bootkode"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "Kerneparametre"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "Tilvalg til bootloader"
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr "Tilvalg til bootloader"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "\"Secure Boot\""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr "Aktivér understøttelse af \"&Secure Boot\""
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "Boot&loaders placering"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr "Vælg partition hvor boot-sekvensen skal installeres."
@@ -455,34 +639,54 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Valgfri parameter for kernekommandolinje</b> lader dig angive yderligere parametre, der skal sendes videre til kernen.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>VGA-tilstand</b> angiver den VGA-tilstand, kernen skal sætte for<i>konsol</i> under boot.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
+msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Fejlsikre kommandolinjeparametre til kernen</b> lader dig angive fejlsikre parametre som skal skal sendes videre til kernen.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "Valgfrie parametre for kerne-kommandolinje"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr "D&istributør"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr "&VGA-tilstand"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
+msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr "&Fejlsikre kommandolinjeparametre til kernen"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr "Undersøg for fremmed styresystem"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr "Beskyttende MBR-flag"
@@ -491,20 +695,30 @@
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
+#. combo box item
+#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
+#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
+#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
+#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523
msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
msgstr "%1x%2, %3 bits (%4 tilstand)"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537
msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
msgstr "Standard 8-pixel skrifttypetilstand."
#. item of a combo box
+#. item of a combo box
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540
msgid "Text Mode"
msgstr "Teksttilstand"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr "Ikke angivet"
@@ -525,72 +739,226 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr "Autodetekteret af grub2"
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "Vælg ny grafisk temafil"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "Brug &grafisk konsol"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "&Konsolopløsning"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "&Konsoltema"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr "Brug &seriel konsol"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr "&Konsolargumenter"
-
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
+#. file open popup caption
+#. file open popup caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279
msgid "Select File"
msgstr "Vælg fil"
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr "Boot-partitionen er af typen NFS. Bootloaderen kan ikke installeres."
# Boot dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr "Bootloader-indstillinger"
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr "Der er ingen tilvalg at sætte for den nuværende bootloader."
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325
+msgid "Kernel Section"
+msgstr "Kernesektion"
+
#
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636
+msgid "Section Settings"
+msgstr "Sektionsindstillinger"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
+msgstr "Bootloader-indstillinger: Sektionshåndtering"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585
+msgid "Xen Section"
+msgstr "Xen-sektion"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591
+msgid "Menu Section"
+msgstr "Menusektion"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593
+msgid "Dump Section"
+msgstr "Dump sektion"
+
+#. label
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628
+msgid "Other System Section"
+msgstr "Anden systemsektion"
+
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803
+msgid "&Filename"
+msgstr "&Filnavn"
+
+#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811
+msgid "Filename: %1"
+msgstr "Filnavn: %1"
+
+#. multiline edit header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828
+msgid "Fi&le Contents"
+msgstr "Fi&lindhold"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836
+msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
+msgstr "Avanceret manuel konfiguration"
+
+#. sections list widget
+#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections
+#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections
+#. menu button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641
+msgid "Other"
+msgstr "Andet"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr "Imagefil"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134
+msgid "Xen"
+msgstr "Xen"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
+msgid "Floppy"
+msgstr "Diskette"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154
+msgid "Menu"
+msgstr "Menu"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161
+msgid "Dump"
+msgstr "Dump"
+
+#. table header, Def stands for default
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255
+msgid "Def."
+msgstr "Std."
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr "Etiket"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Type"
+
+#. table header; header for section details, either
+#. the specification of the kernel image to load,
+#. or the specification of device to boot from
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+msgid "Image / Device"
+msgstr "Imagefil / Enhed"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271
+msgid "Set as De&fault"
+msgstr "&Brug som standard"
+
+#
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr "&Bootloader"
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -604,66 +972,116 @@
"\n"
"Vil du fortsætte?\n"
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
-msgstr "Re&digér konfigurationsfiler"
+#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
+"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
+"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a course of action:\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Du valgte at skifte bootloader. Når man konverterer \n"
+"konfigurationen kan nogle indstillinger gå tabt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Den nuværende opsætning vil blive gemt, og du kan\n"
+"gendanne den, hvis du vender tilbage til den nuværende bootloader.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vælg en handling:\n"
+#. radiobutton
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr "&Foreslå ny konfiguration"
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406
+msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
+msgstr "Ko&nvertér nuværende konfiguration"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415
+msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
+msgstr "&Start ny konfiguration fra bunden"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423
+msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
+msgstr "&Læs konfigurationen gemt på disk"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433
+msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
+msgstr "Gendan konfigura&tionen gemt før konvertering"
+
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514
+msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgstr "Vælg bootloader, før du redigerer sektioner."
+
+#. pushbutton
+#. menu button entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586
+msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+msgstr "Re&digér konfigurationsfiler"
+
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr "&Start fra bunden"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr "&Genindlæs konfigurationen fra disk"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr "Gendan harddiskens MBR"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr "Skriv startkode for bootloader til disk"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "Andet"
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr "MBR blev gendannet."
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr "Gendannelse af MBR fejlede."
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr "Skrivning af bootloader-indstillinger fejlede."
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730
+msgid "&Section Management"
+msgstr "&Sektionshåndtering"
+
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740
+msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
+msgstr "&Installation af bootloader"
+
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818
msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr "Boot&loader-tilvalg"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr "Bootloaders installations&detaljer"
-
#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
msgid ""
@@ -682,9 +1100,18 @@
"<P><B><BIG>Gemmer bootloader-konfiguration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Vent venligst...<br></p>"
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#. help text, optional part of following
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
+"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
+"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har flere Linux-systemer installeret, kan\n"
+"YaST prøve at finde dem og flette deres menuer."
+
+#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
@@ -696,7 +1123,7 @@
"konfigurationen gemt på disken. %1</P>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
@@ -705,7 +1132,7 @@
"manuelt skal du trykke på <b>Redigér konfigurationsfiler</b>.</p>"
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
@@ -714,7 +1141,7 @@
"i boot-menuen.</P>"
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
@@ -723,7 +1150,7 @@
"valgte sektion.</P>"
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -740,7 +1167,7 @@
"med knapperne <b>Op</b> og <b>Ned</b>.</p>"
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -751,7 +1178,7 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
@@ -760,7 +1187,7 @@
"Bootloaderen (%1) kan installeres på følgende måder:</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -771,7 +1198,7 @@
"på computeren.</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -791,8 +1218,24 @@
"hvis det er nødvendigt, eller konfigurér din anden boot-håndtering\n"
"til at starte &product;.</p>"
+#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7
+#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
+"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
+"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
+"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- På en <b>diskette</b>.\n"
+"Brug dette for at undgå risiko for at lave problemer for en allerede eksisterende\n"
+"boot-mekanisme. Aktivér boot fra diskette i\n"
+"BIOS på din maskine for at bruge denne mulighed.</p>"
+
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -803,7 +1246,7 @@
"når du vælger denne mulighed.</p>"
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -816,7 +1259,7 @@
"der anvendes, om du kan starte fra en logisk partition eller ej.</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -827,7 +1270,7 @@
"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) i input-feltet.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
@@ -838,7 +1281,7 @@
"kortlægning af enheder) skal du klikke på <b>Bootloaders installationsdetaljer</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
@@ -849,7 +1292,7 @@
"installeres, benyt <b>Bootloader</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
@@ -860,7 +1303,7 @@
"<b>Bootloader-tilvalg</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -871,7 +1314,7 @@
"<P>Bemærk: Den endelige konfigurationsfil kan have en anden indrykning.</P>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
@@ -882,7 +1325,7 @@
"Sektionsnavnet skal være unikt.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
@@ -891,7 +1334,7 @@
"Vælg hvilken type sektion, der skal oprettes.</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -902,7 +1345,7 @@
"den valgte sektion.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
@@ -911,7 +1354,7 @@
"at indlæse og starte.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
@@ -920,7 +1363,7 @@
"men for at starte den i et Xen-miljø.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -930,7 +1373,7 @@
"indlæser og starter en boot-sektor fra en partition på disken. Dette bruges til at \n"
"boote andre operativsystemer.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -941,43 +1384,53 @@
"boote andre operativsystemer.</p>"
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr "Harddiskrækkefølge: %1"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48
msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr "Installér ikke nogen bootloader"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr "Installér ikke nogen bootloader"
#
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr "Installér standard bootloader"
#
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr "Installér standard bootloader"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr "Bootloader"
#
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr "Bootloader"
+#. popup, %1 is bootloader name
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101
+msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
+msgstr "Boot-sektoren %1 er blevet skrevet til disketten."
+
+#. popup - continuing
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113
+msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
+msgstr "Lad disketten sidde i drevet."
+
#. popup message
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
msgid ""
@@ -996,13 +1449,18 @@
"Vil du virkelig forlade bootloader-konfigurationen uden at gemme?\n"
"Alle ændringer vil gå tabt.\n"
+#. yes-no popup question
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59
+msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette sektionen %1?"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr "Adgangskoden må ikke være tom."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
@@ -1010,15 +1468,81 @@
"Værdierne i Adgangskode og Bekræft adgangskode \n"
"matcher ikke. Indtast adgangskoden igen."
+#. message popup, %1 is sectino label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed.\n"
+"Check section %1 settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Diskindstillingerne har ændret sig.\n"
+"Tjek indstillinger for sektion '%1.\n"
+
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
+"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Diskindstillinger er ændret, og du har manuelt redigeret\n"
+"bootloaders konfigurationsfiler. Tjek bootloaders indstillinger.\n"
+
#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116
msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
msgstr "%1Indstil bootloaderens standardplacering?\n"
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128
+msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
+msgstr "Opret ikke et filsystem"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130
+msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
+msgstr "Opret et ext2-filsystem"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136
+msgid "Create a FAT File System"
+msgstr "Opret et FAT-filsystem"
+
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
+"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
+"and confirm with OK.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Bootloaders boot-sektor vil blive skrevet\n"
+"til en diskette. Indsæt en diskette\n"
+"og bekræft med O.k.\n"
+
+#. checkbox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150
+msgid "&Low Level Format"
+msgstr "&Lavniveauformatering"
+
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153
+msgid "&Create File System"
+msgstr "&Opret filsystem"
+
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182
+msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
+msgstr "Lavniveauformatering fejlede. Prøv igen?"
+
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207
+msgid "Creating file system failed."
+msgstr "Oprettelse af filsystem fejlede."
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218
msgid ""
"The name selected is already used.\n"
"Use a different one.\n"
@@ -1027,7 +1551,7 @@
"Brug et andet.\n"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229
msgid ""
"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
@@ -1035,9 +1559,14 @@
"En fejl opstod under installation af\n"
"bootloader. Gentag bootloader-konfiguration?\n"
+#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241
+msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
+msgstr "Ikke i stand til at installere bootloader."
+
#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -1060,767 +1589,546 @@
"Vil du fortsætte?\n"
#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305
msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
msgstr "&Ja, genskriv"
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
-msgstr "På grund af partitioneringen kan bootloader ikke installeres ordenligt."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23
+msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Sektion for imagefil</b></p>"
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
-msgstr "&Enhedsudlægning skal indeholde mindst én enhed"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
+msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Kerne-imagefil</b> angiver den kerne, der skal bootes. Angiv enten navnet direkte, eller vælg via <b>Gennemse</b>.</p>"
-# Boot dialog caption
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr "Indstilling af diskrækkefølge"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
+msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Rodenhed</b> angiver enheden, der skal sendes til kernen som rodenhed.</p>"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr "D&iske"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
+"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Indledende RAM-disk</b>, hvis det ikke er tomt, angives den ramdisk, der bruges indledningsvis. Angiv enten\n"
+"stien og filnavnet direkte, eller vælg med <b>Gennemse</b></p>\n"
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
-msgstr "Enhe&d"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vælg <b>Chainloader-sektion</b>, hvis du vil angive en sektion til at boote et andet OS end Linux.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
+msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>At sætte <b>Brug adgangskodebeskyttelse</p> vil kræve en adgangskode for at vælge denne sektion.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
+msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Andet system</b> gør det muligt at vælge blandt andre operativsystemer end Linux, som er fundet på computeren.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vælg <b>Aktivér denne partition, når valgt til boot</b>, hvis din BIOS kræver dette flag sat for at boote den</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Blok-forskydning for chainloading</b> lader dig angive listen over blokke, der skal bootes. I de fleste tilfælde vil du \n"
+"angive <code>+1</code> her. Se nærmere om bloklistenotation i GRUB-dokumentationen.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
+"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Vælg <b>Xen-sektion</b>, hvis du vil tilføje en ny Linux-kerne eller en anden imagefil,\n"
+"og starte det i et Xen-miljø.</p>\n"
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr "Gemmer bootloader-konfiguration..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57
+msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> angiver, hvilken hypervisor der skal bruges.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
+msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Yderligere Xen Hypervisor-parametre</b> lader dig angive yderligere parametre, der skal sendes videre til Xen Hypervisor'en.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Menusektion</b></p>"
+
+#
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64
+msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Partition af menufil</b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Menu-beskrivelsesfil</b> angiver stien på rod-enheden hvorfra menufilen indlæses.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
+msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Indtegn sektionen til første disk fra enhedsfortegnelsen</b>. Windows kræver normalt at være på den første disk.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Dit system lukker nu ned.%1\n"
-"Se efter detaljer i det relaterede \n"
-"kapitel i dokumentationen. \n"
+"<p><b>Mål</b> inkluderer målte filer med PCR. Det er muligt at ændre tabellen via knapperne: <b>Tilføj</b>, \n"
+"<b>Redigér</b>og <b>Slet</b></p>"
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr "Systemet vil nu genstarte..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Tillad forsøg på flytning </b>\n"
+"Angives normalt i den globale sektion</p>"
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
-msgid "Booting"
-msgstr "Booter"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Gennemtving rodfilsystem til montering som skrivebeskyttet </b><br>\n"
+"Angives normalt i den globale sektion</p>"
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr "&Booter"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
+"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
+"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Vælg <b>Dump-sektion</b> for at tilføje en sektion, der angiver, hvordan man\n"
+"opretter en system-dump på en DASD diskpartition eller en båndenhed eller en\n"
+" fil på en SCSI diskpartition.</p>"
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr "Ingen bootloader er valgt til installation. Dit system kan måske ikke starte."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
+"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Vælg <b>Menusektion</b> for at tilføje en ny menu i konfigurationen.\n"
+"Menusektioner indeholder en liste over opgaver, som er grupperet sammen</p>\n"
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr "På grund at partitioneringen kan bootloaderen ikke installeres ordenligt"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Vælg <b>Aktivér SELinux</b> for at tilføje de nødvendige boot-parametre til kernen for at aktivere SELinux sikkerhedssystemet.\n"
+"Bemærk at dette også vil deaktivere AppArmor.</p>"
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583
+msgid "Image Section"
+msgstr "Sektion for imagefil"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96
+msgid "&Kernel Image"
+msgstr "&Kerne-imagefil"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97
+msgid "&Root Device"
+msgstr "&Rodenhed"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100
+msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
+msgstr "&Indledende RAM-disk"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101
+msgid "Chainloader Section"
+msgstr "Chainloader-sektion"
+
+# Password dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102
+msgid "Use Password Protection"
+msgstr "Brug adgangskodebeskyttelse"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103
+msgid "&Other System"
+msgstr "&Andet system"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104
+msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
+msgstr "&Kontrollér ikke filsystem før boot"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105
+msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
+msgstr "&Aktivér denne partition, når den er valgt til boot"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106
+msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
+msgstr "B&lokforskydning for chainloading"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107
+msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
+msgstr "&Afbild sektion som den første disk i enhedsfortegnelsen"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109
+msgid "&Hypervisor"
+msgstr "&Hypervisor"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110
+msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
+msgstr "&Yderligere parametre for Xen Hypervisor"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112
+msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
+msgstr "Menufilens &partition"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113
+msgid "&Menu Description File"
+msgstr "&Menubeskrivelsesfil"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114
+msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
+msgstr "&Tving rodfilsystem til montering som skrivebeskyttet"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115
+msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
+msgstr "Tillad forsøg på &genplacering"
+
+# title in the file selection dialog
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116
+msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
+msgstr "Må&lmappe for sektion"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117
+msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
+msgstr "Valgfri parame&terfil"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118
+msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
+msgstr "Dump-sektion (forældet)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119
+msgid "&Dump Device"
+msgstr "&Dump-enhed"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120
+msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
+msgstr "&SCSI-dumpenhed"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122
+msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
+msgstr "&Liste over menuindgange"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123
+msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
+msgstr "&Nummer på standardindgang"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124
+msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
+msgstr "&Tidsudløb i sekunder"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125
+msgid "&Show boot menu"
+msgstr "Vi&s boot-menu"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126
+msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Kopiér imagefil til boot-partition"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127
+msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
+msgstr "&Skip elegant sektionen ved fejl"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128
+msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
+msgstr "Boot-&partition for det andet system"
+
+#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58
+msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
+msgstr "Imagefil-sektionen skal have angivet kerne-imagefil"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65
+msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr "Imagefilen findes ikke nu. Vil du virkelig bruge den?"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82
+msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr "Initrd-filen findes ikke nu. Vil du virkelig bruge den?"
+
+#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:"";
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227
+msgid "Enable &SELinux"
+msgstr "Aktivér &SELinux"
+
+#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401
+msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
+msgstr "Navnet indeholder ulovlige tegn"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533
+msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
+msgstr "Spørg om opløsning under boot."
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573
+msgid "Clone Selected Section"
+msgstr "Klon valgt sektion"
+
+#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader')
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587
+msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
+msgstr "Andet system (Chainloader)"
+
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609
+msgid "Section Type"
+msgstr "Sektionstype"
+
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668
+msgid "Section &Name"
+msgstr "Sektions&navn"
+
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr "På grund af partitioneringen kan bootloader ikke installeres ordenligt."
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
+#.
+#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "Installér bootkode i MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">installér ikke</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr "Installér ikke bootkode i MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">installér</a>)"
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "Installér bootkode i /boot-partitionen (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">installér ikke</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr "Installér ikke bootkode i /boot-partitionen (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">installér</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "Installér bootkode i \"/\"-partitionen (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">installér ikke</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr "Installér ikke bootkode i \"/\"-partitionen (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">installér</a>)"
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr "Advarsel: Ingen placering af bootloaderens fase1 er valgt. Medmindre du ved hvad laver, så vælg placering ovenfor."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "Skift placering: %s"
+#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO)
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "Bootloader-type: %1"
+#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
+msgid " (\"/boot\")"
+msgstr " (\"/boot\")"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr " (udvidet)"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
+msgid " (\"/\")"
+msgstr " (\"/\")"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr " (MBR)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
+#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr "Statusplacering: %1"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
+#. section name "suffix" for default section
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768
+msgid " (default)"
+msgstr " (standard)"
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779
+msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
+msgstr "Sektioner:<br>%1"
+
+#. summary text
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788
+msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
+msgstr "Installér ikke en bootloader; opret kun konfigurationsfiler"
+
+#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919
+msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
+msgstr "Foreslå og &flet med eksisterende GRUB-menuer"
+
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr "Advarsel: Ingen placering af bootloaderens fase1 er valgt. Medmindre du ved hvad laver, så vælg placering ovenfor."
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "Aktivér \"Secure Boot\": %1"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr "Ukendt bootloader: %1"
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr "Ikke understøttet kombination af hardwareplatformen %1 og bootloaderen %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr "Boot-enheden er på raid-type: %1. Systemet vil ikke kunne boote."
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Boot-enheden er på software-RAID1. Vælg en anden bootloader-placering, f.eks. Master Boot Record"
+#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+msgstr "Det var ikke muligt at fastslå den nøjagtige rækkefølge af diske for enhedsoversigten. Rækkefølgen af diske kan ændres under \"Bootloaders installationsdetaljer\""
+
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
-msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr "Tjek bootloader"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr "Læs partitionering"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr "Indlæs bootloader-indstillinger"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr "Tjekker bootloader..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr "Læser partitionering..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr "Indlæser bootloader-indstillinger..."
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af bootloader"
+#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
+msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
+msgstr "Tilløjede kerneparametre: %1"
+
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr "Opret initrd"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr "Gem bootloaders konfigurationsfiler"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr "Installér bootloader"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr "Opretter initrd..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr "Gemmer bootloaders konfigurationsfiler..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr "Installerer bootloader..."
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer bootloaders konfiguration"
-#~ msgid "D&istributor"
-#~ msgstr "D&istributør"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Detailed Global Options"
+#~ msgid "Delete a global option"
+#~ msgstr "&Detaljerede globale tilvalg"
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Fejlsikre kommandolinjeparametre til kernen</b> lader dig angive fejlsikre parametre som skal skal sendes videre til kernen.</p>"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Detailed Global Options"
+#~ msgid "Set a global option"
+#~ msgstr "&Detaljerede globale tilvalg"
-#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-#~ msgstr "&Fejlsikre kommandolinjeparametre til kernen"
-
-#~ msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
-#~ msgstr "Slet et globalt tilvalg eller et tilvalg for en sektion"
-
-#~ msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
-#~ msgstr "Indstil et globalt tilvalg eller et tilvalg for en sektion"
-
-#~ msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
-#~ msgstr "Tilføj en ny sektion - brug interaktiv tilstand"
-
-#~ msgid "The name of the section"
-#~ msgstr "Sektionens navn"
-
-#~ msgid "Section %1 not found."
-#~ msgstr "Sektion %1 ikke fundet."
-
-#~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
-#~ msgstr "Tilføjelse af tilvalg er kun tilgængeligt i interaktiv kommandolinje-tilstand"
-
-#~ msgid "Section name must be specified."
-#~ msgstr "Sektionsnavn skal specificeres."
-
-#~ msgid "Disk Order"
-#~ msgstr "Diskrækkefølge"
-
-#
-#~ msgid "Boot Menu"
-#~ msgstr "Boot-menu"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
-#~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Brug betroet GRUB</b>, betyder installér betroet GRUB og brug det. Tilvalget <i>Grafisk menufil</i> ignoreres.\n"
-#~ "Det anbefales at installere GRUB til MBR</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Grafisk menufil</b> definerer filen, der skal bruges til den grafiske boot-menu.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Aktivér akustiske signaler</b> slå akustiske signaler til/fra.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
-#~ msgstr "Brug be&troet GRUB"
-
-#~ msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
-#~ msgstr "Grafisk &menufil"
-
-#~ msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
-#~ msgstr "Vælg ny grafisk menufil"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
-#~ msgstr "Aktivér akustiske &signaler"
-
-#~ msgid "&Up"
-#~ msgstr "&Op"
-
-#~ msgid "&Down"
-#~ msgstr "&Ned"
-
-#~ msgid "Kernel Section"
-#~ msgstr "Kernesektion"
-
-#
-#~ msgid "Section Settings"
-#~ msgstr "Sektionsindstillinger"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
-#~ msgstr "Bootloader-indstillinger: Sektionshåndtering"
-
-#~ msgid "Xen Section"
-#~ msgstr "Xen-sektion"
-
-#~ msgid "Menu Section"
-#~ msgstr "Menusektion"
-
-#~ msgid "Dump Section"
-#~ msgstr "Dump sektion"
-
-#~ msgid "Other System Section"
-#~ msgstr "Anden systemsektion"
-
-#~ msgid "&Filename"
-#~ msgstr "&Filnavn"
-
-#~ msgid "Filename: %1"
-#~ msgstr "Filnavn: %1"
-
-#~ msgid "Fi&le Contents"
-#~ msgstr "Fi&lindhold"
-
-#~ msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Avanceret manuel konfiguration"
-
-#~ msgid "Image"
-#~ msgstr "Imagefil"
-
-#~ msgid "Xen"
-#~ msgstr "Xen"
-
-#~ msgid "Floppy"
-#~ msgstr "Diskette"
-
-#~ msgid "Menu"
-#~ msgstr "Menu"
-
-#~ msgid "Dump"
-#~ msgstr "Dump"
-
-#~ msgid "Def."
-#~ msgstr "Std."
-
-#~ msgid "Label"
-#~ msgstr "Etiket"
-
-#~ msgid "Type"
-#~ msgstr "Type"
-
-#~ msgid "Image / Device"
-#~ msgstr "Imagefil / Enhed"
-
-#~ msgid "Set as De&fault"
-#~ msgstr "&Brug som standard"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
-#~ "the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
-#~ "restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Select a course of action:\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Du valgte at skifte bootloader. Når man konverterer \n"
-#~ "konfigurationen kan nogle indstillinger gå tabt.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Den nuværende opsætning vil blive gemt, og du kan\n"
-#~ "gendanne den, hvis du vender tilbage til den nuværende bootloader.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Vælg en handling:\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Ko&nvertér nuværende konfiguration"
-
-#~ msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
-#~ msgstr "&Start ny konfiguration fra bunden"
-
-#~ msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
-#~ msgstr "&Læs konfigurationen gemt på disk"
-
-#~ msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
-#~ msgstr "Gendan konfigura&tionen gemt før konvertering"
-
-#~ msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
-#~ msgstr "Vælg bootloader, før du redigerer sektioner."
-
-#~ msgid "&Section Management"
-#~ msgstr "&Sektionshåndtering"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
-#~ msgstr "&Installation af bootloader"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
-#~ "YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Hvis du har flere Linux-systemer installeret, kan\n"
-#~ "YaST prøve at finde dem og flette deres menuer."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
-#~ "Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
-#~ "boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
-#~ "the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "- På en <b>diskette</b>.\n"
-#~ "Brug dette for at undgå risiko for at lave problemer for en allerede eksisterende\n"
-#~ "boot-mekanisme. Aktivér boot fra diskette i\n"
-#~ "BIOS på din maskine for at bruge denne mulighed.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
-#~ msgstr "Boot-sektoren %1 er blevet skrevet til disketten."
-
-#~ msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
-#~ msgstr "Lad disketten sidde i drevet."
-
-#~ msgid "Really delete section %1?"
-#~ msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette sektionen %1?"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The disk settings have changed.\n"
-#~ "Check section %1 settings.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Diskindstillingerne har ændret sig.\n"
-#~ "Tjek indstillinger for sektion '%1.\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
-#~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Diskindstillinger er ændret, og du har manuelt redigeret\n"
-#~ "bootloaders konfigurationsfiler. Tjek bootloaders indstillinger.\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
-#~ msgstr "Opret ikke et filsystem"
-
-#~ msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
-#~ msgstr "Opret et ext2-filsystem"
-
-#~ msgid "Create a FAT File System"
-#~ msgstr "Opret et FAT-filsystem"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
-#~ "to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
-#~ "and confirm with OK.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Bootloaders boot-sektor vil blive skrevet\n"
-#~ "til en diskette. Indsæt en diskette\n"
-#~ "og bekræft med O.k.\n"
-
-#~ msgid "&Low Level Format"
-#~ msgstr "&Lavniveauformatering"
-
-#~ msgid "&Create File System"
-#~ msgstr "&Opret filsystem"
-
-#~ msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
-#~ msgstr "Lavniveauformatering fejlede. Prøv igen?"
-
-#~ msgid "Creating file system failed."
-#~ msgstr "Oprettelse af filsystem fejlede."
-
-#~ msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
-#~ msgstr "Ikke i stand til at installere bootloader."
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Sektion for imagefil</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Kerne-imagefil</b> angiver den kerne, der skal bootes. Angiv enten navnet direkte, eller vælg via <b>Gennemse</b>.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Rodenhed</b> angiver enheden, der skal sendes til kernen som rodenhed.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
-#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Indledende RAM-disk</b>, hvis det ikke er tomt, angives den ramdisk, der bruges indledningsvis. Angiv enten\n"
-#~ "stien og filnavnet direkte, eller vælg med <b>Gennemse</b></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Vælg <b>Chainloader-sektion</b>, hvis du vil angive en sektion til at boote et andet OS end Linux.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>At sætte <b>Brug adgangskodebeskyttelse</p> vil kræve en adgangskode for at vælge denne sektion.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Andet system</b> gør det muligt at vælge blandt andre operativsystemer end Linux, som er fundet på computeren.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Vælg <b>Aktivér denne partition, når valgt til boot</b>, hvis din BIOS kræver dette flag sat for at boote den</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
-#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Blok-forskydning for chainloading</b> lader dig angive listen over blokke, der skal bootes. I de fleste tilfælde vil du \n"
-#~ "angive <code>+1</code> her. Se nærmere om bloklistenotation i GRUB-dokumentationen.</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
-#~ "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Vælg <b>Xen-sektion</b>, hvis du vil tilføje en ny Linux-kerne eller en anden imagefil,\n"
-#~ "og starte det i et Xen-miljø.</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> angiver, hvilken hypervisor der skal bruges.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Yderligere Xen Hypervisor-parametre</b> lader dig angive yderligere parametre, der skal sendes videre til Xen Hypervisor'en.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Menusektion</b></p>"
-
-#
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Partition af menufil</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Menu-beskrivelsesfil</b> angiver stien på rod-enheden hvorfra menufilen indlæses.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Indtegn sektionen til første disk fra enhedsfortegnelsen</b>. Windows kræver normalt at være på den første disk.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
-#~ "<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Mål</b> inkluderer målte filer med PCR. Det er muligt at ændre tabellen via knapperne: <b>Tilføj</b>, \n"
-#~ "<b>Redigér</b>og <b>Slet</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
-#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Tillad forsøg på flytning </b>\n"
-#~ "Angives normalt i den globale sektion</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Gennemtving rodfilsystem til montering som skrivebeskyttet </b><br>\n"
-#~ "Angives normalt i den globale sektion</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
-#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
-#~ "file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Vælg <b>Dump-sektion</b> for at tilføje en sektion, der angiver, hvordan man\n"
-#~ "opretter en system-dump på en DASD diskpartition eller en båndenhed eller en\n"
-#~ " fil på en SCSI diskpartition.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
-#~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Vælg <b>Menusektion</b> for at tilføje en ny menu i konfigurationen.\n"
-#~ "Menusektioner indeholder en liste over opgaver, som er grupperet sammen</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
-#~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Vælg <b>Aktivér SELinux</b> for at tilføje de nødvendige boot-parametre til kernen for at aktivere SELinux sikkerhedssystemet.\n"
-#~ "Bemærk at dette også vil deaktivere AppArmor.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Image Section"
-#~ msgstr "Sektion for imagefil"
-
-#~ msgid "&Kernel Image"
-#~ msgstr "&Kerne-imagefil"
-
-#~ msgid "&Root Device"
-#~ msgstr "&Rodenhed"
-
-#~ msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
-#~ msgstr "&Indledende RAM-disk"
-
-#~ msgid "Chainloader Section"
-#~ msgstr "Chainloader-sektion"
-
-# Password dialog caption
-#~ msgid "Use Password Protection"
-#~ msgstr "Brug adgangskodebeskyttelse"
-
-#~ msgid "&Other System"
-#~ msgstr "&Andet system"
-
-#~ msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
-#~ msgstr "&Kontrollér ikke filsystem før boot"
-
-#~ msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
-#~ msgstr "&Aktivér denne partition, når den er valgt til boot"
-
-#~ msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
-#~ msgstr "B&lokforskydning for chainloading"
-
-#~ msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
-#~ msgstr "&Afbild sektion som den første disk i enhedsfortegnelsen"
-
-#~ msgid "&Hypervisor"
-#~ msgstr "&Hypervisor"
-
-#~ msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
-#~ msgstr "&Yderligere parametre for Xen Hypervisor"
-
-#~ msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
-#~ msgstr "Menufilens &partition"
-
-#~ msgid "&Menu Description File"
-#~ msgstr "&Menubeskrivelsesfil"
-
-#~ msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
-#~ msgstr "&Tving rodfilsystem til montering som skrivebeskyttet"
-
-#~ msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
-#~ msgstr "Tillad forsøg på &genplacering"
-
-# title in the file selection dialog
-#~ msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
-#~ msgstr "Må&lmappe for sektion"
-
-#~ msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
-#~ msgstr "Valgfri parame&terfil"
-
-#~ msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
-#~ msgstr "Dump-sektion (forældet)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Dump Device"
-#~ msgstr "&Dump-enhed"
-
-#~ msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
-#~ msgstr "&SCSI-dumpenhed"
-
-#~ msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
-#~ msgstr "&Liste over menuindgange"
-
-#~ msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
-#~ msgstr "&Nummer på standardindgang"
-
-#~ msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
-#~ msgstr "&Tidsudløb i sekunder"
-
-#~ msgid "&Show boot menu"
-#~ msgstr "Vi&s boot-menu"
-
-#~ msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
-#~ msgstr "Kopiér imagefil til boot-partition"
-
-#~ msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
-#~ msgstr "&Skip elegant sektionen ved fejl"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
-#~ msgstr "Boot-&partition for det andet system"
-
-#~ msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
-#~ msgstr "Imagefil-sektionen skal have angivet kerne-imagefil"
-
-#~ msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
-#~ msgstr "Imagefilen findes ikke nu. Vil du virkelig bruge den?"
-
-#~ msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
-#~ msgstr "Initrd-filen findes ikke nu. Vil du virkelig bruge den?"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable &SELinux"
-#~ msgstr "Aktivér &SELinux"
-
-#~ msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
-#~ msgstr "Navnet indeholder ulovlige tegn"
-
-#~ msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
-#~ msgstr "Spørg om opløsning under boot."
-
-#~ msgid "Clone Selected Section"
-#~ msgstr "Klon valgt sektion"
-
-#~ msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
-#~ msgstr "Andet system (Chainloader)"
-
-#~ msgid "Section Type"
-#~ msgstr "Sektionstype"
-
-#~ msgid "Section &Name"
-#~ msgstr "Sektions&navn"
-
-#~ msgid " (\"/boot\")"
-#~ msgstr " (\"/boot\")"
-
-#~ msgid " (\"/\")"
-#~ msgstr " (\"/\")"
-
-#~ msgid " (default)"
-#~ msgstr " (standard)"
-
-#~ msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
-#~ msgstr "Sektioner:<br>%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
-#~ msgstr "Installér ikke en bootloader; opret kun konfigurationsfiler"
-
-#~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
-#~ msgstr "Foreslå og &flet med eksisterende GRUB-menuer"
-
#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
#~ msgstr "Partitionsnumre > 3 bliver brugt til at boote med GPT partitionstabel"
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
-#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
-#~ msgstr "Det var ikke muligt at fastslå den nøjagtige rækkefølge af diske for enhedsoversigten. Rækkefølgen af diske kan ændres under \"Bootloaders installationsdetaljer\""
-
-#~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
-#~ msgstr "Tilløjede kerneparametre: %1"
-
#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
#~ msgstr "Boot-enheden er på en iSCSI-disk: %1. Systemet vil måske ikke kunne boote."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/ca-management.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/ca-management.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/ca-management.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-30 20:49+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -1965,14 +1965,14 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr "Opretter certifikat..."
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
@@ -1981,28 +1981,27 @@
"CA-håndteringsmodulet.\n"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "Færdiggør"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr "Gem konfiguration?"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Afslut"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr "Afslut uden at gemme?"
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Detaljer"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/cio.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/cio.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/cio.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -44,11 +44,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/cluster.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/cluster.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/cluster.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""
@@ -202,169 +202,169 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Del"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
@@ -455,96 +455,96 @@
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/control-center.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/control-center.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/control-center.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-01 10:07+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/control.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/control.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/control.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:09+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -30,315 +30,319 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
-#| "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-#| "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-#| "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-#| "\t "
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"
<p><b>Tillykke!</b></p>\n"
-"
<p>Installationen af openSUSE på din computer er gennemført.\n"
-"
Efter du har trykket på <b>Afslut</b> kan du logge ind på systemet.<p>\n"
-"
<p>Besøg os på %1.</p>\n"
-"
<p>Hav det sjovt!<br>Venligst openSUSE-udviklingsholdet</p>\n"
-"
\t"
+"<p>\n"
+"Installationen er gennemført med succes.\n"
+"Dit system er klart til brug.\n"
+"Klik <b>Afslut</b> for at logge ind på systemet.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Besøg os endelig på http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
-"Skrivebordsmiljøet på din computer giver en grafisk brugerflade\n"
-"til din computer, såvel som et sæt af programmer til e-mail\n"
-"webbrowsing, kontorarbejde, spil og værktøjer til administration af din computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE tilbyder et udvalg af skrivebordsmiljøer. De mest\n"
-"udbredte skrivebordsmiljøer er KDE og GNOME, og de supporteres\n"
-"ligeligt i openSUSE. Begge skrivebordsmiljøer er nemme at bruge,\n"
-"stærkt integrerede og har et attraktivt udseende og fremtoning. Hvert\n"
-"skrivebordsmiljø har en særlig stil, så personlig smag afgør hvilket\n"
-"der er mest passende til dig."
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+msgid "CIM Server"
+msgstr "CIM-server"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr "GNOME-skrivebordsmiljø"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+msgid "Installation Settings"
+msgstr "Installationsindstillinger"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr "KDE-skrivebordsmiljø"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Oversigt"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr "Xfce-skrivebordsmiljø"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ekspert"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr "LXDE-skrivebordsmiljø"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr "Minimal X vindueshåndtering"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr "Enlightenment-skrivebord"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr "Minimalt serverudvalg (teksttilstand)"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
-msgid "Installation Settings"
-msgstr "Installationsindstillinger"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "Indstillinger for live-installation"
#
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Opdateringsindstillinger"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Netværkskonfiguration"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration af hardware"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Klargøring"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Indlæs Linuxrc netværkskonfiguration"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "Autoopsætning af netværk"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Velkommen"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "Netværksaktivering"
#
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Diskaktivering"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "Systemanalyse"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr "Tillægsprodukter"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disk"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Tidszone"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "Online softwarekilder"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr "Tillægsprodukter"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Valg af skrivebordsmiljø"
-
#
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "Brugerindstillinger"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Installation"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Installationsoversigt"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Udfør installation"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "Installation"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "System der skal opdateres"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Opdatér"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr "Opdateringssammendrag"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Udfør opdatering"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfiguration"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "Basisinstallation"
#
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "AutoYaST-indstillinger"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfiguration"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "Systemkonfiguration"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "\n"
+#~| "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#~| "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#~| "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#~| "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#~| "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#~| "\t "
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ " "
+#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#~ " "
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Installationen er gennemført med succes.\n"
-#~ "Dit system er klart til brug.\n"
-#~ "Klik <b>Afslut</b> for at logge ind på systemet.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Besøg os endelig på http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ " "
+#~ "
<p><b>Tillykke!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "
<p>Installationen af openSUSE på din computer er gennemført.\n"
+#~ "
Efter du har trykket på <b>Afslut</b> kan du logge ind på systemet.<p>\n"
+#~ "
<p>Besøg os på %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "
<p>Hav det sjovt!<br>Venligst openSUSE-udviklingsholdet</p>\n"
+#~ "
\t"
-#~ msgid "CIM Server"
-#~ msgstr "CIM-server"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+#~ "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+#~ "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+#~ "manage your computer.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+#~ "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
+#~ "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+#~ "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+#~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+#~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Skrivebordsmiljøet på din computer giver en grafisk brugerflade\n"
+#~ "til din computer, såvel som et sæt af programmer til e-mail\n"
+#~ "webbrowsing, kontorarbejde, spil og værktøjer til administration af din computer.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "openSUSE tilbyder et udvalg af skrivebordsmiljøer. De mest\n"
+#~ "udbredte skrivebordsmiljøer er KDE og GNOME, og de supporteres\n"
+#~ "ligeligt i openSUSE. Begge skrivebordsmiljøer er nemme at bruge,\n"
+#~ "stærkt integrerede og har et attraktivt udseende og fremtoning. Hvert\n"
+#~ "skrivebordsmiljø har en særlig stil, så personlig smag afgør hvilket\n"
+#~ "der er mest passende til dig."
-#~ msgid "Overview"
-#~ msgstr "Oversigt"
+#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "GNOME-skrivebordsmiljø"
-#~ msgid "Expert"
-#~ msgstr "Ekspert"
+#~ msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "KDE-skrivebordsmiljø"
+#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Xfce-skrivebordsmiljø"
+
+#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "LXDE-skrivebordsmiljø"
+
+#~ msgid "Minimal X Window"
+#~ msgstr "Minimal X vindueshåndtering"
+
+#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Enlightenment-skrivebord"
+
+#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+#~ msgstr "Minimalt serverudvalg (teksttilstand)"
+
+#~ msgid "Online Repositories"
+#~ msgstr "Online softwarekilder"
+
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Valg af skrivebordsmiljø"
+
#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration"
#~ msgstr "Konfiguration af netværkstjenester"
#~ msgid "Installation Summary"
#~ msgstr "Installationssammendrag"
-#~ msgid "Update Summary"
-#~ msgstr "Opdateringssammendrag"
-
#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
#~ msgstr "Installation af tillægsprodukt"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/country.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/country.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/country.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:08+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -867,50 +867,50 @@
"Ugyldig dato (DD-MM-ÅÅÅÅ) %1.\n"
"Indtast den korrekte dato.\n"
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Other &Settings..."
msgstr "Andre ind&stillinger..."
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr "Dato og tid (NTP er konfigureret)"
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr "Dato og tid"
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr "&Hardwareur sat til UTC"
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr "&Region"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr "Tids&zone"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "Dato og tid"
#
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
@@ -919,7 +919,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Indstilling af tidszone og ur</big></b></p>"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -934,7 +934,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -945,12 +945,12 @@
"</p>"
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "Ur og tidszone"
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr "Vælg en gyldig tidszone."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/crowbar.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/crowbar.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/crowbar.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -23,19 +23,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr ""
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -47,11 +37,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -170,124 +160,132 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr ""
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -295,91 +293,91 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr ""
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -388,7 +386,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr ""
@@ -433,37 +431,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/dhcp-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/dhcp-server.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/dhcp-server.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:10+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -75,9 +75,7 @@
#
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr "Vis alle definerede værtsmaskiner med fast adresse"
@@ -123,165 +121,173 @@
msgstr "IP-adressen (eller værtsmaskinenavnet) på værtsmaskinen med fast adresse"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr "Vælg netværksgrænsefladen der skal anvendes"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr "Skriv den for tiden anvendte grænseflade, og vis andre tilgængelige grænseflader"
#
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr "Skriv nuværende tilvalg"
#
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr "Sæt et globalt tilvalg"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr "Tilvalgsnøgle (f.eks. ntp-servere)"
#
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr "Tilvalgsværdi (f.eks. IP-adresse)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "Laveste IP-adresse i området af dynamisk adresseanvisning"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "Højeste IP-adresse i området af dynamisk adresseanvisning"
#
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr "Standardtildelingstid i sekunder"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr "Maksimal tildelingstid i sekunder"
#
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr "DHCP-server er aktiveret."
#
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr "DHCP-server er deaktiveret."
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr "Værtsmaskine: %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr "Hardware: %1"
#
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr "IP-adresse: %1"
#
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr "Værtsmaskinenavn ikke angivet."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr "Specifik værtsmaskine findes ikke."
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr "Ingen"
#
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "Valgte grænseflader: %1"
#
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "Andre grænseflader: %1"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr "Specifik grænseflade findes ikke."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr "Operation med grænsefladen ikke angivet."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr "Nøgle for tilvalg skal sættes."
#
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr "Værdi skal sættes."
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr "Adresseområde: %1-%2"
#
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "Standard tildelingstid: %1"
#
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "Maksimal tildelingstid: %1"
#
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr "Mislykkedes at gemme konfigurationen. Ændr indstillingerne?"
#
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr "Mislykkedes at gemme konfigurationen. Ændr indstillingerne?"
+
+#
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration af DHCP-server"
@@ -289,105 +295,105 @@
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "Globale tilvalg"
#
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr "Subnetkonfiguration"
#
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr "Værtsmaskine med fast adresse"
#
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr "Delt netværk"
#
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "Adressepulje"
#
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr "Gruppespecifikke tilvalg"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr "Klasse"
#
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr "&Subnet"
#
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr "&Værtsmaskine"
#
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr "Delt &netværk"
#
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "&Gruppe"
#
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "&Adressepulje"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr "&Klasse"
#
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr "Deklarationstyper"
#
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr "Deklarationstype"
#
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr "Grænsefladekonfiguration"
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr "Håndtering af TSIG-nøgler"
@@ -414,210 +420,162 @@
msgstr "Sekunder"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr "DHCP-server: Opstart"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Opstart"
#
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr "DHCP-server: Valg af kort"
#
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr "Valg af kort"
#
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr "DHCP-server: Globale indstillinger"
#
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr "Globale indstillinger"
#
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "DHCP-server: Dynamisk DHCP"
#
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "Dynamisk DHCP"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr "DHCP-server: Håndtering af værtsmaskine"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr "Håndtering af værtsmaskine"
#
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr "DHCP-server: Avancerede indstillinger"
#
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Avancerede indstillinger"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "Under &boot"
#
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "&Manuelt"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "Under boot"
#
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manuelt"
-#
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr "DHCP-serveren kører"
-
-#
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr "DHCP-serveren kører ikke"
-
-#
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "&Start DHCP-server nu"
-
-#
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "S&top DHCP-server nu"
-
-#
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr "Gem indstillinger og genstart DHCP-server &nu"
-
-#
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Start DHCP-server nu"
-
-#
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Stop DHCP-server nu"
-
-#
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Gem indstillinger og genstart DHCP-server nu"
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr "Opstartsargumenter for DHCP-server"
#
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr "Netværkskort for DHCP-server"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr "Valgt"
#
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr "Grænsefladenavn"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Enhedsnavn"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr "&Vælg"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr "&Fravælg"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP-adresse"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr "Mindst én netværksgrænseflade skal vælges."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
@@ -628,66 +586,66 @@
#
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr "&LDAP-understøttelse"
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr "DHCP-server&navn (valgfrit)"
#
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "&Domænenavn"
#
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr "&Primær navneserver-IP"
#
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr "&Sekundær navneserver-IP"
#
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr "Standard &gateway (router) "
#
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr "NTP-&tidsserver"
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr "&Udskriftsserver"
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr "&WINS-server"
#
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr "Standard ti&ldelingstid"
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr "&Enheder"
@@ -695,38 +653,38 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr "Den angivne værdi er ikke et gyldigt værtsmaskinenavn eller IP-adresse."
#
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "Subnetinformation"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr "Nuværende &netværk"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr "Nuværende net&maske"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr "Netmaske-bi&ts"
#
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr "M&inimum IP-adresse"
@@ -734,12 +692,12 @@
#
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr "M&aksimum IP-adresse"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr "IP-adresseområde"
@@ -748,10 +706,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr "&Første IP-adresse"
@@ -760,64 +718,64 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr "&Sidste IP-adresse"
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr "Tillad dynamisk &BOOTP"
#
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr "Tildelingstid"
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr "Stan&dard"
# IntField label
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr "&Maksimum"
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr "&Enheder"
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "Opret ny DNS-zone fra bunden"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr "Redigér aktuel DNS-zone"
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr "Hent aktuel zoneinformation"
#
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr "&Synkronisér DNS-server..."
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -827,8 +785,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr "Angiv værdier for begge ender af IP-adresseområdet."
@@ -836,8 +794,8 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
@@ -847,137 +805,137 @@
#
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr "Registreret værtsmaskine"
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Navn"
#
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr "Hardwareadresse"
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
#
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr "Listeopsætning"
#
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Navn"
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP-Adresse"
#
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr "&Hardwareadresse"
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr "&Ethernet"
#
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr "&Tokenring"
#
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr "Æ&ndr i liste"
#
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr "Sle&t fra liste"
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet"
#
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Tokenring"
#
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr "Hardwareadressen er ugyldig.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr "Hardwareadressen skal være unik."
#
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr "Du skal angive et værtsmaskinenavn."
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr "En værtsmaskine ved navn %1 findes allerede."
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr "Skriv en værtsmaskine-IP."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr "Hardwareadressen skal angives."
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr "Vælg først en værtsmaskine."
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr "Input-værdien skal angives."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -998,15 +956,15 @@
"Vil du fortsætte?"
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr "\"-%1\" er ikke et gyldig kommandolinjetilvalg til DHCP-server "
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr "Kommandolinjetilvalget \"-%1\" til DHCP-server kræver et argument"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1025,7 +983,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig fortsætte?\n"
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr "Guide for DHCP-server (%1 af 4)"
@@ -1315,7 +1273,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr "Den sidste IP-adresse skal være højere end den første."
@@ -1342,7 +1300,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Ugyldigt værtsmaskinenavn."
@@ -1354,9 +1312,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr "Ugyldigt IP-adresse"
@@ -1375,44 +1333,44 @@
#
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr "Regenererer DNS' zoneindgange..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr "Tilføjer nyt DNS-opslag"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "&Værtsmaskinenavn"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr "Tilføjer DHCP-område %1-%2 til DNS-serveren..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr "Fjerner DNS-opslag som matcher området"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr "Fjerner opslag i området %1-%2 fra DNS-serveren..."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
@@ -1421,7 +1379,7 @@
"DNS-serveren kan ikke skrive opslag til den.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1431,18 +1389,18 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr "Kan ikke oprette zone %1."
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr "Synkroniserer DNS' omvendte registre..."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
@@ -1452,64 +1410,64 @@
#
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr "&Domæne"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr "&Netværk"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "Net&maske"
#
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr "DNS' zoneregistre"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "Værtsmaskinenavn"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr "Tildelt IP-adresse"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr "&Tilføj..."
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr "&Specielle opgaver"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr "Tilføj nyt område af DNS-registre "
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "Brug guiden for at genskrive DNS-zonen fra bunden"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr "Synkronisér med omvendt zone %1 "
#
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr "DHCP-server: Synkronisering af DNS-server"
@@ -1819,8 +1777,7 @@
"Vent...<br></p>"
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1847,20 +1804,9 @@
"Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig hvis firewallen\n"
"er aktiveret.</p>"
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP-server</big></b><br>\n"
-"<p>For at køre DHCP-serveren hver gang maskinen startes, markér\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP-server<b>.</p>"
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1872,7 +1818,7 @@
"øger sikkerheden og anbefales kraftigt.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1883,7 +1829,7 @@
"aktivér <b>LDAP-understøttelse</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1898,7 +1844,7 @@
"For at slette en deklaration markér den og klik på <b>Slet</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1913,7 +1859,7 @@
"af dynamiske DNS-opdateringer.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
@@ -1922,7 +1868,7 @@
"Angiv <b>Netværksadressen</b> og <b>Netværksmasken</b> for subnettet.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1933,7 +1879,7 @@
"specielle alternativer i <b>Værtsmaskinenavn</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1946,7 +1892,7 @@
"Navnet påvirker ikke DHCP-serverens opførsel.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1959,7 +1905,7 @@
"Navnet påvirker ikke DHCP-serverens opførsel.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1972,7 +1918,7 @@
"Navnet påvirker ikke DHCP-serverens opførsel.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
@@ -1981,7 +1927,7 @@
"Vælg et navn for værtsmaskineklassen i <b>Klassenavn</b>.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1996,7 +1942,7 @@
"et tilvalg, markér det og klik på <b>Slet.</p>"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
@@ -2005,7 +1951,7 @@
"For at justere dynamisk DNS for værtsmaskinerne i dette subnet, benyt<b>Dynamisk DNS</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -2016,7 +1962,7 @@
"<b>Aktivér dynamisk DNS for dette subnet</b>.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -2031,7 +1977,7 @@
"og omvendt navnezone.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -2044,7 +1990,7 @@
"<b>Opdatér globale indstillinger for dynamisk DNS</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -2057,7 +2003,7 @@
"DHCP-serveren, kan du lade felterne være tomme.</p>"
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
@@ -2071,7 +2017,7 @@
#
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
@@ -2080,7 +2026,7 @@
"Vælg et eller flere netværkskort fra listen til brug for DHCP-serveren.</p>\n"
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
@@ -2089,7 +2035,7 @@
"(navnet på dhcpServer-LDAP-objekt), hvis det er forskellig fra dit værtsmaskinenavn.\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -2099,7 +2045,7 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
@@ -2108,7 +2054,7 @@
"tildeler IP-adresser til klientene.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -2119,7 +2065,7 @@
"Disse værdier skal være IP-adresser.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
@@ -2128,7 +2074,7 @@
"værdi som standardruten i rutingens klienttabel.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
@@ -2137,12 +2083,12 @@
"server ved tidssynkronisering.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Udskriftsserver</b> tilbyder denne server som standard-udskriftsserver.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
@@ -2151,7 +2097,7 @@
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
@@ -2160,7 +2106,7 @@
"og klienten skal bede om en ny IP-adresse.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -2173,7 +2119,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -2190,7 +2136,7 @@
"må tildeles BOOTP-klienter såvel som DHCP-klienter dynamisk.</p>\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -2201,7 +2147,7 @@
"hvilket definerer den optimale tid for genopfriskning af klienternes IP-adresser.<br></p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
@@ -2211,7 +2157,7 @@
#
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -2222,7 +2168,7 @@
"<b>Avanceret konfiguration af DHCP-server</b>.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
@@ -2231,7 +2177,7 @@
"Brug denne dialog for at redigere værtsmaskiner med statisk adressebinding.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -2246,18 +2192,18 @@
"redigere alle værdierne, og klik på <b>Ændr i liste</b>.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>For at fjerne en værtsmaskine, markér den og klik på <b>Slet fra liste</b>.</p>"
#
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vælg deklarationstypen som skal tilføjes.</p>"
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
@@ -2266,7 +2212,7 @@
"vælg <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
@@ -2275,7 +2221,7 @@
"(normalt en fast adresse), vælg <b>Værtsmaskine</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
@@ -2284,7 +2230,7 @@
"flere logiske netværk), vælg <b>Delt netværk</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
@@ -2293,7 +2239,7 @@
"hvis de skal dele nogle indstillinger), vælg <b>Gruppe</b>.</p>"
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -2304,7 +2250,7 @@
"subnet, vælg <b>Adressepulje</b>.</p>"
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -2318,24 +2264,24 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr "A&dresser"
#
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr "Den angivne adresse er ikke gyldig."
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr "Mindst én adresse skal specificeres."
@@ -2345,103 +2291,103 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr "&Værdier"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr "De angivne adresser er ikke gyldige."
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr "Mindst et adressepar skal specificeres."
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr "Til"
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr "Fra"
#
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr "En værdi skal specificeres."
#
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr "&Ny adresse"
#
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr "&Ny Værdi"
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr "Flere adresser adskilles med mellemrum."
#
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr "Tilføj &adressepar"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "Den laveste adresse skal være lavere end den højeste."
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr "Hvis du ændrer dette, skal du også opdatere syslog-konfigurationen."
#
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr "&Hardwaretype"
#
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr "&MAC-adresse"
#
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr "&Laveste IP-adresse"
#
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr "&Højeste IP-adresse"
#
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
@@ -2450,7 +2396,7 @@
"vil alle ændringer gå tabt. Vil du virkelig forlade?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2461,7 +2407,7 @@
"Fortsæt?"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2472,7 +2418,7 @@
"Kør YaST firewallkonfiguration for at henvise dem til en zone."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2482,8 +2428,8 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
@@ -2492,228 +2438,214 @@
"forberedelse af autoinstallation."
#
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "Genstart DHCP-server"
-
-#
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "Gem indstillinger og genstart DHCP-server"
-
-#
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr "&Konfigurerede deklarationer"
#
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr "&Dynamisk DNS"
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "Almindelig zones TSIG-&nøgle"
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "Omvendt zones TSIG-&nøgle"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr "Vælg fil med godkendelsesnøgle"
-#
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
-msgstr "&Start DHCP-server"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr "&Kør DHCP-server i Chroot-varetægt"
#
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "A&vanceret"
#
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr "Vis &log"
#
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr "&Grænsefladekonfiguration"
#
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr "&Netværksadresse"
#
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr "Netværks&maske"
#
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr "Gruppe&navn"
#
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr "Pulje&navn"
#
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr "&Navn på delt netværk"
#
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr "Klasse&navn"
#
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr "Tilgængelige grænseflader"
#
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr "Åbn &firewall for valgte grænseflader"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr "&Aktivér dynamisk DNS for dette subnet"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr "&Opdatér globale dynamiske DNS-indstillinger"
#
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr "&Zone"
#
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr "&Primær DNS-server"
#
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr "Om&vendt zone"
#
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr "Pr&imær DNS-server"
#
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr "Avanc&eret konfiguration af DHCP-server..."
#
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af DHCP-server"
#
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Kontrollér miljøet"
#
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Læs firewall-indstillinger"
#
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr "Læs indstillinger for DHCP-server"
#
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr "Læs indstillinger for DNS-server"
#
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer miljøet..."
#
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Læser firewall-indstillinger..."
#
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "Læser indstillinger for DHCP-server..."
#
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr "Læser indstillinger for DNS-server..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Færdig"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2730,7 +2662,7 @@
"Afbryder nu."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
@@ -2739,7 +2671,7 @@
"DHCP-server vil ikke være tilgængelig."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
@@ -2749,97 +2681,97 @@
#
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer konfigurationen for DHCP-server"
#
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr "Skriv indstillinger for DHCP-server"
#
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Skriv firewall-indstillinger"
#
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr "Genstart DHCP-serveren"
#
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr "Skriv indstillinger for DNS-server"
#
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "Skriver indstillinger for DHCP-serveren..."
#
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Skriver firewall-indstillinger..."
#
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr "Genstarter DHCP-server..."
#
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr "Skriver indstillinger for DNS-server..."
#
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr "En fejl opstod under genstart af DHCP-dæmonen."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr "DHCP-serveren startes under boot"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr "DHCP-serveren starter ikke under boot"
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr "Lyt på: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr "Dynamisk adresseområde: %1"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "Ugyldig LDAP-konfiguration. Kan ikke anvende LDAP."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr "Understøttelse for flere 'dhcpServiceDN' er ikke implementeret."
#
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr "DN for DHCP-tjenesten er ikke angivet."
@@ -2848,29 +2780,82 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under oprettelse af %1."
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under opdatering af %1."
#
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under oprettelse af cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
#
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr "En fejl opstod under skrivning af /etc/dhcpd.conf."
+#
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is running"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP-serveren kører"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is not running"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP-serveren kører ikke"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "&Start DHCP-server nu"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "S&top DHCP-server nu"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
+#~ msgstr "Gem indstillinger og genstart DHCP-server &nu"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Start DHCP-server nu"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Stop DHCP-server nu"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Gem indstillinger og genstart DHCP-server nu"
+
#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
+#~ "<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DHCP-server</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "<p>For at køre DHCP-serveren hver gang maskinen startes, markér\n"
+#~ "<b>Start DHCP-server<b>.</p>"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "Genstart DHCP-server"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "Gem indstillinger og genstart DHCP-server"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "&Start DHCP-server"
+
+#~ msgid ""
#~ "IP address %1 does not match\n"
#~ "the current network %2/%3\n"
#~ msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/dns-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/dns-server.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/dns-server.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-30 20:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -447,8 +447,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr "Videresendere"
@@ -593,8 +593,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr "DNS-zoner"
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "&LDAP-understøttelse aktiv"
@@ -642,13 +642,13 @@
msgstr "&Avanceret konfiguration af DNS-server..."
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr "DNS-server"
#
#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "C&hange"
msgid "Apply Changes"
@@ -656,21 +656,21 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Opstart"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr "Basale tilvalg"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr "Logning"
@@ -678,8 +678,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -687,8 +687,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr "TSIG-nøgler"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/docker.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/docker.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/docker.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/drbd.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/drbd.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/drbd.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: drbd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-20 14:41+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
@@ -269,10 +269,11 @@
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -298,13 +299,13 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Global konfiguration af DRBD</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -313,20 +314,22 @@
"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Global konfiguration af DRBD</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr "<p>Markér <b>\"Deaktivér IP-verificering\"</b> for at deaktivere et af drbdadms sundhedstjek</p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -342,7 +345,7 @@
" Dialogen skriver optællingen af hvert 'genopfrisk dialog'-sekund,\n"
" og sætter det til 0 for helt at deaktivere gentegning. </p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
@@ -364,7 +367,7 @@
" enheder konfigureret, der er nævnt i denne fil. </p>"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -377,7 +380,7 @@
"Konfigurér DRBD her.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -396,7 +399,7 @@
"Tryk så på <b>Konfigurér</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -407,7 +410,7 @@
"du kan ændre konfigurationen.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -423,7 +426,7 @@
"redigere deres konfigurationer.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -436,7 +439,7 @@
"Tryk på <b>Tilføj</b> For at konfigurere en DRBD.</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -452,7 +455,7 @@
"Tryk så på <b>Redigér</b> eller <b>Slet</b> som ønsket.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -464,7 +467,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -475,7 +478,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -486,54 +489,115 @@
"<br></p>\n"
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Global Configuration of DRBD"
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Global konfiguration af DRBD"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "Navn på ressource"
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protokol"
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
-msgid "Node names must be different."
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Node names must be different."
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
msgstr "Knudenavne skal være forskellige."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr "Udfyld venligst alle felter."
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Node names must be different."
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr "Knudenavne skal være forskellige."
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -647,87 +711,87 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af DRBD"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "Læs globale indstillinger"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "Læs ressourcer"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Drbd Configuration"
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr "DRBD-konfiguration"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "Læs dæmonstatus"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read global settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Læs globale indstillinger"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "Læser globale indstillinger..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "Læser ressourcer..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Skriver DRBD-konfiguration"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "Læser dæmonstatus..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Færdig"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Skriver DRBD-konfiguration"
@@ -735,55 +799,55 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Skriv globale indstillinger"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "Skriv ressourcer"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr "Skriver DRBD-konfiguration"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "Sæt dæmonstatus"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write global settings"
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "Skriv globale indstillinger"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Skriver globale indstillinger..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "Skriver ressourcer..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Skriver DRBD-konfiguration"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "Sætter dæmonstatus..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr "Skriver globale indstillinger..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/fcoe-client.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/fcoe-client.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/fcoe-client.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/firewall-services.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/firewall-services.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/firewall-services.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-06 22:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/firewall.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/firewall.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/firewall.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/firstboot.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/firstboot.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/firstboot.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 19:46+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -123,13 +123,13 @@
msgstr "Etiket"
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "Status"
+
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Module Name"
msgstr "Modulnavn"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "Status"
-
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/fonts.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/fonts.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/fonts.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -21,59 +21,59 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/ftp-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/ftp-server.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/ftp-server.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-24 20:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/geo-cluster.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/geo-cluster.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/geo-cluster.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -61,8 +61,8 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
@@ -115,17 +115,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -134,24 +134,24 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Ca&ncel"
msgstr ""
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
@@ -160,177 +160,185 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr ""
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid "Authentication file "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog contents
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/http-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/http-server.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/http-server.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: http-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 19:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/inetd.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/inetd.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/inetd.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: inetd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 19:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -112,11 +112,11 @@
msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options."
msgstr "Tilvalget \"id\" kan ikke kombineres med andre tilvalg."
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Tjeneste"
@@ -128,15 +128,15 @@
msgid "Prot."
msgstr "Prot."
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
msgid "Wait"
msgstr "Vent"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "User"
msgstr "Bruger"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Server"
@@ -151,12 +151,12 @@
msgstr "Fra"
#. determine wait mode (convert to string)
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nej"
@@ -172,127 +172,127 @@
#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode:
#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process."
msgstr "Pakken %1 bliver installeret under skriveprocessen."
#. if (true) { // for debugging
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179
msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgstr "Pakken %1 blev ikke installeret. Tjenesten kan ikke redigeres."
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed."
msgstr "Pakken %1 er installeret."
#. This is main inetd module dialog.
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "&Activate All Services"
msgstr "&Aktivér alle tjenester"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "&Deactivate All Services"
msgstr "&Deaktivér alle tjenester"
#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334
msgid "D&isable"
msgstr "Dea&ktivér"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Enab&le"
msgstr "Akti&vér"
#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf
#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Currently Available Services"
msgstr "Nuværende tilgængelige tjenester"
#. `opt(`notify),
#. `opt(`keepSorting),
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Ch"
msgstr "Ændr"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Type "
msgstr "Type "
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protokol"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
msgid "Server / Args"
msgstr "Server / Argumenter"
#. Translators: Add service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "&Add"
msgstr "&Tilføj"
#. Translators: Edit service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Redigér"
#. Translators: Delete service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&Slet"
#. Translators: Change service status
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384
msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)"
msgstr "S&kifte status (Fra og til)"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396
msgid "Status for All &Services"
msgstr "Status for alle t&jenester"
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
msgstr "Konfiguration af netværkstjeneste (xinetd)"
#. execute dialog
#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Add a New Service Entry"
msgstr "Tilføj en ny tjenesteindgang"
#. Translators: Popup::Error
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
msgstr "Kan ikke slette tjenesten. Den er ikke installeret."
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552
msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr "For at slette en tjeneste skal du markere en i hoveddialogsvinduet"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog."
msgstr "For at aktivere eller deaktivere en tjeneste, markér en i hoveddialogboksen."
#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736
msgid "Edit a service entry"
msgstr "Redigér en tjenesteindgang"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr "For at redigere en tjeneste, markér en i hoveddialogboksen"
#. Translators: Popup::Warning
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782
msgid ""
"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n"
"Internet super-server will be disabled."
@@ -301,54 +301,54 @@
"Internet super-server vil blive deaktiveret."
#. service name
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "&Tjeneste"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "RPC Versio&n"
msgstr "RPC-versio&n"
#. service status (running or stopped)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "Service is acti&ve."
msgstr "Tjeneste er &aktiv."
#. service socket type
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828
msgid "Socket T&ype"
msgstr "Sokkelt&ype"
#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protokol"
#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850
msgid "&Wait"
msgstr "&Vent"
#. user and group ComboBoxes
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "&User"
msgstr "&Bruger"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "&Gruppe"
#. Server arguments
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "S&erver"
msgstr "S&erver"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Server Argumen&ts"
msgstr "Serverargumen&ter"
#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Co&mment"
msgstr "Ko&mmentar"
@@ -362,14 +362,14 @@
#. It does not get the NIS entries.
#. "+" is filtered out.
#. @return [Array] groups
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353
msgid "--default--"
msgstr "--standard--"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942
msgid ""
"Service is empty.\n"
"Enter valid values.\n"
@@ -378,12 +378,12 @@
"Angiv gyldige værdier.\n"
#. Error message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"."
msgstr "Tjenestenavnet indeholder det ulovlige tegn \"/\"."
#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only."
msgstr "Brugeren %1 er kun reserveret for interne serverprocesser."
@@ -661,57 +661,57 @@
msgstr "Initialiserer ..."
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185
msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer inetd-konfiguration"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193
msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgstr "Læs konfigurationen"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "Læser konfigurationen..."
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Færdig"
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267
msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer inetd-konfigurationen"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Skriv indstillingerne"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne..."
#. in future: catch errors
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337
msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger!"
#. "enabled" defaults to true
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607
msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr "<p><ul><i>Alle tjenester er markeret som stoppede.</i></ul></p>"
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618
msgid "Network services"
msgstr "Netværkstjenester"
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623
msgid "Network services are managed via %1"
msgstr "Netværkstjenester er håndteret via %1"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627
msgid "These services will be enabled"
msgstr "Disse tjenester bliver aktiverede"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/installation.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/installation.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/installation.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-06 22:14+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialiserer..."
@@ -222,28 +222,28 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Hvis du er usikker, så gå tilbage og tjek indstillingerne.</p>"
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr "Bekræft opdatering"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Nødvendig information for at udføre en opdatering er nu indsamlet.</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr "&Start opdatering"
@@ -293,51 +293,7 @@
msgstr "Sortlister enheder..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr "Genererer AutoYaST-profil hvis nødvendigt..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Markér <b>Klon systemindstillinger</b>, hvis du vil oprette en AutoYAST-profil.\n"
-"AutoYaST er en måde at lave en komplet SUSE Linux installation på uden brugerindgriben. AutoYaST\n"
-"kræver en profil for at vide hvordan det installerede system skal se ud. Hvis denne mulighed vælges, vil\n"
-"en profil af det nuværende system blive gemt i <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>.</p>"
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr "Skriv AutoYaST-profil til /root/autoinst.xml ved installationens afslutning?"
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "Klon systemkonfiguration"
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "&Klon systemkonfiguration"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr "AutoYaST-profilen vil blive gemt som /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">gem den ikke</a>)."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr "AutoYaST-profilen vil ikke blive gemt (<a href=\"%1\">gem den</a>)."
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Kopierer filer til det installerede system..."
@@ -536,7 +492,7 @@
msgstr "Opdateringer til %1 %2"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Ukendt produkt"
@@ -567,52 +523,26 @@
"Vælg om du vil køre en online opdatering nu.\n"
"Du kan springe dette trin over og køre online opdatering senere.\n"
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr "Sprog, tastatur og licensbetingelser"
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
-msgstr "&Sprog"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "&Udgivelsesnoter..."
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "&Tastatur-layout"
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr "Jeg &accepterer licensbetingelserne."
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr "Test af t&astatur"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr "Licensaftale"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr "&Oversættelser af licensaftale..."
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -626,7 +556,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -639,7 +569,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -650,7 +580,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -663,7 +593,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -675,22 +605,48 @@
"
for at afbryde installationsprocessen.\n"
"
</p>\n"
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "&Udgivelsesnoter..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Licensaftale"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Sprog"
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "&Tastatur-layout"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr "Jeg &accepterer licensbetingelserne."
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#. !/usr/bin/env rspec
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287
+#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr "Du skal acceptere licensbetingelserne for at installere dette produkt"
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "Test af t&astatur"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr "&Oversættelser af licensaftale..."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -793,7 +749,7 @@
msgstr "autoyast2-pakken er ikke installeret. Kloning deaktiveret."
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr "Systemet vil nu genstarte..."
@@ -802,8 +758,8 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
msgid "Deploying Images..."
@@ -811,7 +767,7 @@
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
@@ -820,7 +776,7 @@
"Afbryder installationen...\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
@@ -829,20 +785,20 @@
"YaST vil åbne en pakkehåndtering, hvor du kan kan tjekke pakkers aktuelle status."
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "Downloader imagefil med %1/s"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "Downloader imagefilen %1 med %2/s"
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "Ruller imagefil ud..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "Ruller imagefilen %1 ud..."
@@ -868,34 +824,37 @@
msgstr "Harddisk til udrulning af imagefiler"
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr "Finder tilgængelige styreenheder"
#
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Aktivering af diske"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "Konfigurér &DASD-diske"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "Konfigurér &ZFCP-diske"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "Konfigurér &FCoE-grænseflader"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "Konfigurér &iSCSI-diske"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Skift net&værkskonfiguration"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -914,7 +873,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Initialiserer"
@@ -954,54 +913,54 @@
msgstr "Opretter liste over afslutningsscripts der skal kaldes..."
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Kopiér filer til det installerede system"
#
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Gem konfiguration"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Gem installationsindstillinger"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Installér bootloader"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Forbered systemet til første boot"
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Tjekker fase: %1..."
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "Kalder trin %1..."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444
msgid " * %1"
msgstr " * %1"
#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Gennemført"
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Installationsfejl"
@@ -1026,28 +985,28 @@
msgstr "Forbereder første systemkonfiguration..."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "Installationsindstillinger"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr "Tilføj online softw&arekilder før installation"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr "In&kludér tillægsprodukter fra separate medier"
# Read dialog help 1/2
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>Installationsindstillinger</b></big></p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -1058,7 +1017,7 @@
"opdatering vælges <b>Tilføj online softwarekilder før installation</b>.</p>"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
@@ -1069,7 +1028,7 @@
"vælges <b>Installér tillægsprodukter fra andre medier</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Hvis du behøver særlige hardware-drivere til installation, så se websiden <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>.</p>"
@@ -1343,7 +1302,7 @@
msgstr "YaST undersøger din computers hardware og installerede systemer nu."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
@@ -1352,7 +1311,7 @@
"Tjek \"drivers.suse.com\" hvis du behøver særlige hardware-drivere til installation."
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
@@ -1362,7 +1321,7 @@
"Kontrollér din hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1373,7 +1332,7 @@
"(især på S/390- eller iSCSI-systemer)\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1387,7 +1346,7 @@
#
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
@@ -1395,6 +1354,32 @@
"Initialisering af softwarekilderne fejlede.\n"
"Afbryder installationen."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215
+msgid ""
+"Downloading installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
@@ -1451,8 +1436,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "Æ&ndr..."
@@ -1693,7 +1678,7 @@
msgstr "Sætter linker-cache op (ldconfig)..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "Gemmer netværkskonfiguration..."
@@ -1823,33 +1808,22 @@
msgstr "Formindsker PREP-partition..."
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig nulstille alt til standardværdier?"
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr "Du vil miste alle ændringer."
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "Placering af gemt konfiguration"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "Springer konfigurationen over efter brugerens ønske"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1858,25 +1832,25 @@
"rettes, før der kan fortsættes.\n"
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "Tilpasser forslaget til de aktuelle indstillinger..."
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "Analyserer dit system..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "FEJL: Intet forslag"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1889,44 +1863,36 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "&Spring konfiguration over"
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "&Brug følgende konfiguration"
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "&Spring konfiguration over"
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr "Tryk på en overskrift for lave ændringer eller brug menuen \"Ændr...\" herunder."
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr "Tryk på en overskrift for lave ændringer."
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "&Gendan standard"
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "&Opdatering"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&Installér"
@@ -1961,7 +1927,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1974,7 +1940,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1986,7 +1952,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1998,7 +1964,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2010,7 +1976,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2021,12 +1987,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>UML Installationsforslag</B></P>"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -2037,7 +2003,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2056,6 +2022,19 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "Initialiserer installationen..."
+#
+#. skip forward or backward
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System Type"
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr "Systemtype"
+
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -2063,10 +2042,73 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr "Opretter øjebliksbillede af rod-filsystem..."
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unknown Product"
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr "Ukendt produkt"
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
@@ -2103,6 +2145,43 @@
"Installationen kunne ikke løse pakkeafhængigheder automatisk.\n"
"Softwarehåndteringen vil blive åbnet så du kan løse dem manuelt."
+#~ msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
+#~ msgstr "Genererer AutoYaST-profil hvis nødvendigt..."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Markér <b>Klon systemindstillinger</b>, hvis du vil oprette en AutoYAST-profil.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST er en måde at lave en komplet SUSE Linux installation på uden brugerindgriben. AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "kræver en profil for at vide hvordan det installerede system skal se ud. Hvis denne mulighed vælges, vil\n"
+#~ "en profil af det nuværende system blive gemt i <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
+#~ msgstr "Skriv AutoYaST-profil til /root/autoinst.xml ved installationens afslutning?"
+
+#~ msgid "Clone System Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Klon systemkonfiguration"
+
+#~ msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "&Klon systemkonfiguration"
+
+#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
+#~ msgstr "AutoYaST-profilen vil blive gemt som /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">gem den ikke</a>)."
+
+#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
+#~ msgstr "AutoYaST-profilen vil ikke blive gemt (<a href=\"%1\">gem den</a>)."
+
+#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Placering af gemt konfiguration"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+#~ msgid "&Export Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "&Spring konfiguration over"
+
#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
#~ msgstr "FEJL: Manglende titel"
@@ -2896,10 +2975,6 @@
#~ msgid "Description"
#~ msgstr "Beskrivelse"
-#
-#~ msgid "System Type"
-#~ msgstr "Systemtype"
-
#~ msgid "Image deployed"
#~ msgstr "Imagefil rullet ud"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/instserver.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/instserver.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/instserver.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: instserver\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 19:07+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -70,27 +70,27 @@
msgstr "Skift medie"
#. %1 is the current cd number
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue."
msgstr "Indsæt cd %1 og tryk på fortsæt."
# there is a selection from that one option has to be
# chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue."
msgstr "Vælg ISO-imagefilen %1 og tryk derefter på fortsæt."
#. %2 is the product name and version
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2."
msgstr "Indsæt cd %1 af %2."
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgstr "Vælg ISO-imagefil %1 af %2."
#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"%1"
@@ -99,12 +99,12 @@
"
%1"
#. popup request, %1 is ISO name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr "Vælg %1"
#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n"
"by the current repository.\n"
@@ -117,64 +117,64 @@
"Vælg grundproduktmediet først."
#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697
msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory"
msgstr "Kopierer cd-indholdet til lokal mappe"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698
msgid "This may take a while..."
msgstr "Dette kan tage noget tid..."
#. TODO: report more details (stderr)
#. rename the directory
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361
msgid "Error while moving repository content."
msgstr "Fejl ved flytning af softwarekildens indhold."
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "Repository Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration af softwarekilde"
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "Læs &cd- eller dvd-medie"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000
msgid "Data &Source"
msgstr "Data&kilde"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Use &ISO Images"
msgstr "Brug &ISO-imagefiler"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017
msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:"
msgstr "&Mappe med cd-imagefiler:"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400
msgid "Select &Directory"
msgstr "Vælg &mappe"
#. abort?
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr "Vælg mappe"
#
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
msgid "Installation server name missing."
msgstr "Mangler navn på installationserver."
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid ""
"Contents already exist in this directory.\n"
"Not copying CDs."
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
"Kopierer ikke cd'er."
#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123
msgid ""
"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n"
"Package CD, etc.) to the repository?"
@@ -193,21 +193,21 @@
#
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199
msgid "Repository &Name:"
msgstr "Softwarekilde&navn:"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP"
msgstr "A&nnoncér som installationstjeneste med SLP"
#
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252
msgid "Invalid repository name."
msgstr "Ugyldigt softwarekildenavn."
#. an error message - entered repository name already exists
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists,\n"
"enter another name."
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
"Angiv et andet navn."
#. create directory only for a new repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273
msgid ""
"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n"
"Verify that the directory \n"
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@
"er skrivbar og prøv igen.\n"
#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n"
"When adding a new repository with the same name\n"
@@ -244,93 +244,93 @@
"
Vil du slette det gamle indhold og oprette det fra bunden?"
#. Instserver server dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376
msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup"
msgstr "Første opsætning -- Første opsætning"
#
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392
msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services"
msgstr "Konfigurér ikke nogen netv&ærkstjenester"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
msgstr "Mappe som skal indeholde softwarekilde&r:"
#
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412
msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository"
msgstr "&Konfigurér som HTTP-softwarekilde"
#
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420
msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository"
msgstr "&Konfigurér som FTP-softwarekilde"
#
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428
msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository"
msgstr "&Konfigurér som NFS-softwarekilde"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480
msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing."
msgstr "Mappesti for installationsserveren mangler."
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507
msgid "Installation Server -- NFS"
msgstr "Installationsserver -- NFS"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "Værts&maskine wildcard"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "&Tilvalg"
#
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585
msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS."
msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under konfiguration af NFS."
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617
msgid "Installation Server -- FTP"
msgstr "Installationsserver -- FTP"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:"
msgstr "&FTP-serverens rodkatalog:"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Directory Alias:"
msgstr "&Mappealias:"
#
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684
msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP."
msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under konfiguration af FTP."
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704
msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP"
msgstr "Installationsserver -- HTTP"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Directory Alias"
msgstr "&Mappealias"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777
msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration."
msgstr "Fejl ved oprettelse af HTTPD-konfiguration."
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@
"Tryk henholdsvis <b>Redigér</b> eller <b>Slet</b>.</p>\n"
#. Read service data using _auto
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308
msgid ""
"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n"
"will now be installed.\n"
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@
#. @param string directory
#. @param [String] options
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570
msgid ""
"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n"
"Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n"
@@ -710,80 +710,80 @@
"Lad NFS-eksporter forblive uændrede?\n"
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152
msgid "Initializing Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration"
#
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166
msgid "Read configuration file"
msgstr "Læs konfigurationsfil"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168
msgid "Search for a new repository"
msgstr "Søg efter ny softwarekilde"
#
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172
msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgstr "Læser konfigurationsfil..."
#
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174
msgid "Searching for a new repository..."
msgstr "Søger efter ny softwarekilde..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Færdig"
#
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgstr "Kan ikke læse gældende indstillinger."
#
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254
msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration for installationserver"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Skriv indstillingerne"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "Kør SuSEconfig"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne..."
#
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "Kører SuSEconfig..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger."
#
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr "Konfigurerede softwarekilder"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/iplb.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/iplb.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/iplb.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/iscsi-client.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/iscsi-client.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/iscsi-client.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:10+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -125,10 +125,8 @@
msgstr "Redigér"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Connect"
-msgid "Disconnect"
-msgstr "Tilslut"
+msgid "Log Out"
+msgstr "Log ud"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
@@ -139,6 +137,9 @@
msgstr "Opdagelse"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
+msgid "Log In"
+msgstr "Log ind"
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr "Tilslut"
@@ -221,8 +222,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iSCI-igangsætter</h1>"
@@ -348,32 +349,38 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
+"Liste over nuværende sessioner. For at tilføje et nyt mål, tryk på <b>Tilføj</b>.\n"
+"For at fjerne et, markér det og tryk <b>Log ud</b>.\n"
+"For at skifte opstartsstatus tryk <b>Skift</b>.\n"
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Advarsel</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Når du tilgår en iSCSI-enhed <b>LÆS</b>/<b>SKRIV</b>, sikr dig, at adgangen er eksklusiv. Ellers er der en potentiel risiko for datakorrumpering.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
#| "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> er en værdi fra <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"Hvis du har iBFT, erstattes værdien med værdien derfra, og du kan kun ændre den i BIOS-konfigurationen.</p>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
@@ -381,14 +388,14 @@
"Hvis du ønsker at bruge <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) til at finde mål i stedet for standard SendTargets-metoden,\n"
"udfyld IP-adresse for iSNS-server og port. Standardporten bør være 3205.\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
#| "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
#| "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -396,10 +403,14 @@
"Ændr kun <b>Port</b> hvis det er nødvendigt. Anvend <b>Brugernavn</b> og <b>Adgangskode</b> til godkendelse. Hvis du ikke behøver godkendelse,\n"
"Vælg <b>Ingen godkendelse</b>.\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr "Liste over knuder tilbudt af iSCSI-målet.Markér et element og tryk på <b>Tilslut</b>. "
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr " Vælg typen af godkendelse og angiv <b>Brugernavn</b> og <b>Adgangskode</b>."
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Opstart</h1>"
@@ -420,22 +431,12 @@
"<p><b>automatisk</b> er til iSCSI-mål der skal tilsluttes når iSCSI-tjenesten selv\n"
"starter op.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "No Authentication"
-msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
-msgstr "Ingen godkendelse"
-
+#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
+msgstr "Liste over opdagede mål. Start en ny <b>Opdagelse</b>, eller <b>Tilslut</b> til ethvert mål."
-#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
-msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
@@ -486,14 +487,8 @@
msgstr "Port-feltet må ikke være tomt"
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Initiator Name"
-msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
-msgstr "Navn på &igangsætter"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
#| "The correct syntax is\n"
@@ -503,15 +498,13 @@
#| "Example:\n"
#| "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
"Ukorrekt InitiatorName.\n"
"Korrekt syntaks er\n"
@@ -521,12 +514,12 @@
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "Indsæt IP-adressen."
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "Indsæt porten."
@@ -534,37 +527,37 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr "Sand"
#
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr "Falsk"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr "Destinationen med dette TargetName (destinationsnavn) er allerede tilsluttet. Sørg for, at multipathing er aktiveret, så data ikke ødelægges."
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "Fortsæt"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Annullér"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "Målet er allerede tilsluttet."
@@ -654,7 +647,7 @@
msgstr "alle"
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -665,37 +658,26 @@
"er forskellige. Det gamle initiatornavn erstattes med værdien fra iBFT, og der \n"
"oprettes en sikkerhedskopi. Hvis du vil bruge et andet initiatornavn, skal du ændre det i BIOS.\n"
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
-msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Opsummering af konfiguration..."
-#~ msgid "Log Out"
-#~ msgstr "Log ud"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Connect"
+#~ msgid "Disconnect"
+#~ msgstr "Tilslut"
-#~ msgid "Log In"
-#~ msgstr "Log ind"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "No Authentication"
+#~ msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
+#~ msgstr "Ingen godkendelse"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-#~ "To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
-#~ "To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Liste over nuværende sessioner. For at tilføje et nyt mål, tryk på <b>Tilføj</b>.\n"
-#~ "For at fjerne et, markér det og tryk <b>Log ud</b>.\n"
-#~ "For at skifte opstartsstatus tryk <b>Skift</b>.\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Initiator Name"
+#~ msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
+#~ msgstr "Navn på &igangsætter"
-#~ msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-#~ msgstr " Vælg typen af godkendelse og angiv <b>Brugernavn</b> og <b>Adgangskode</b>."
-
-#~ msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
-#~ msgstr "Liste over opdagede mål. Start en ny <b>Opdagelse</b>, eller <b>Tilslut</b> til ethvert mål."
-
#~ msgid "Toggle Start-Up"
#~ msgstr "Skifte opstart"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/iscsi-lio-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/iscsi-lio-server.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/iscsi-lio-server.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr ""
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Portal group"
msgstr ""
@@ -98,153 +98,159 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Client"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
msgstr ""
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr ""
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr ""
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr ""
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -364,19 +370,24 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
@@ -384,12 +395,12 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -398,19 +409,19 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -419,11 +430,11 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
@@ -446,7 +457,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
@@ -474,7 +485,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-msgid "Client Lun"
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
@@ -494,7 +505,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-msgid "Client name:"
+msgid "Initiator name:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
@@ -503,21 +514,21 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr ""
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr ""
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
@@ -528,93 +539,99 @@
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -628,11 +645,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/isns.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/isns.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/isns.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: isns\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-25 19:07+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/journal.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/journal.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/journal.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/kdump.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/kdump.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/kdump.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kdump\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-08 21:44+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -393,10 +393,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "En genstart er nødvendig for at anvende ændringer."
@@ -1281,56 +1279,71 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?"
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr "Kernetilvalg inkluderer flere områder. Vil du genskrive den?"
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer kdump-konfiguration"
#
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Læser konfigurationsfilen..."
#
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Læser kerne-boot-tilvalg..."
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "Læser diskpartitioner..."
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
@@ -1338,106 +1351,106 @@
#
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "Kan ikke læse '/etc/sysconfig/kdump"
#
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "Kan ikke læse kernens boot-tilvalg."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "Kan ikke læse tilgængelig hukommelse."
#
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer kdump konfiguration"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Skriv indstillingerne"
#
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "Opdatér boot-tilvalg"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne..."
#
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "Opdaterer boot-tilvalg..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Færdig"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "Tilføjer crashkerne parameter til bootloader-fejl."
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "Kdump-status: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "aktiveret"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "deaktiveret"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "Værdi af crashkernel-tilvalget: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "Dump-format: %1"
# integer field widget label
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Mål for dump: %1"
# integer field widget label
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Antal dump: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/languages_db.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/languages_db.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/languages_db.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-01 10:13+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/ldap-client.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/ldap-client.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/ldap-client.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:41+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/ldap.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/ldap.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/ldap.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/live-installer.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/live-installer.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/live-installer.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: live-installer\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 18:54+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -45,28 +45,28 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr "Evaluerer filsystemer, som skal kopieres..."
#
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr "Kopierer rodfilsystem..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr "Kopierer live-imagefilen..."
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr "Kopierer %1..."
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -81,72 +81,54 @@
"af live-systemet."
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr "Kopiering af live-imagefilen til harddisk mislykkedes."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Installationsindstillinger"
#
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr "Analyserer systemet..."
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr "Brug %1%% af disk %2 til Linux"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr "Brug ikke disken %1"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Partitionering"
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr "Opstart af system"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr "Spørg om Linux eller eksisterende system skal bootes"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr "Boot kun Linux"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr "Tidsudløb for systemstart: %1 sekunder"
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "Tastatur"
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Tidszone"
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr "Ændr installationsindstillinger"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
@@ -155,7 +137,7 @@
"Brug <b>Acceptér</b> til at udføre en ny installation med de viste værdier.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -166,7 +148,7 @@
"eller ved at trykke på knappen <b>Ændr installationsindstillinger</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -281,7 +263,7 @@
"trykke på \"Sluk\"-knappen for at genstarte."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Kopierer filer til det installerede system..."
@@ -306,6 +288,18 @@
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "Gemmer tidszone..."
+#~ msgid "System start-up"
+#~ msgstr "Opstart af system"
+
+#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
+#~ msgstr "Spørg om Linux eller eksisterende system skal bootes"
+
+#~ msgid "Boot only Linux"
+#~ msgstr "Boot kun Linux"
+
+#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
+#~ msgstr "Tidsudløb for systemstart: %1 sekunder"
+
#~ msgid "Preparing disks..."
#~ msgstr "Forbereder diske..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/mail.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/mail.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/mail.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:09+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/multipath.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/multipath.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/multipath.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: multipath\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-07 18:26+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/network.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/network.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/network.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: network\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-06 22:20+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
#
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "Sammendrag af værtskonfiguration:"
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr "Konfigurationsfejl: Ikke-initialiseret grænseflade."
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Rutningskonfiguration"
@@ -791,14 +791,14 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "Advarsel: Ingen kryptering anvendt."
#
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
msgid "Change."
msgstr "Ændr."
@@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP-adresse"
@@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr "&Tilføj"
@@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
@@ -1221,7 +1221,7 @@
msgstr "Tunnel-gruppe"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "Enheder med bro"
@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr "Intet link eller IP-opsætning (bonding-slaver)"
@@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP-adresse"
@@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@
msgstr "&S/390"
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1336,13 +1336,13 @@
#
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr "Konfigurationen %1 findes allerede."
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1357,20 +1357,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "Ingen gyldig IP-adresse."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "Ingen gyldig netmaske eller længde på præfiks."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Ugyldigt værtsnavn."
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig lade værtsnavn være tomt?\n"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1395,65 +1395,65 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195
msgid "&General"
msgstr "&Generelt"
#
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "Enhedsaktivering"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "Firewall-zone"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr "Maksimal overført enhed (MTU)"
#
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Konfigurér de detaljerede indstillinger for netværkskort her.</p>"
#
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "&Adresse"
#
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Konfigurér din IP-adresse.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&Hardware"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "&Bond-slaver"
#
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "&Trådløst"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr "Ifplugd-prioritet"
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1469,12 +1469,12 @@
#
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "Opsætning af netværkskort"
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1814,12 +1814,12 @@
"vil grænsefladen ikke længere blive administreret af NetworkManager.\n"
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr "Enheden du har valgt har STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vil du virkelig slette den?"
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "Opsætningsmetode for netværk"
@@ -1828,7 +1828,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "Netværksindstillinger"
@@ -2890,7 +2890,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr "IP-adressen er ugyldig."
@@ -3167,48 +3167,48 @@
msgstr "&WEP-nøgler"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr "WPA-autentifikationstilstand er kun muligt i driftstilstanden 'Managed'."
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr "Angiv netværksnavnet for denne tilstand."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr "Netværksnavnet skal være kortere end 32 tegn."
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr "Adgangsfrasen skal indeholde mellem 8 og 63 tegn (inklusive)."
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr "Nøglen skal have %1 hexadecimale cifre."
#
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr "Krypteringsnøglen er ugyldig."
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr "Krypteringsnøglen skal angives for denne autentificeringstilstand."
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -3219,13 +3219,13 @@
#
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr "Ekspertindstillinger for trådløst netværk"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
@@ -3234,7 +3234,7 @@
"(sjældent nødvendig).</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -3247,7 +3247,7 @@
"ved at hoppe igennem kanalerne</p>\n"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
@@ -3256,7 +3256,7 @@
"for transmissioner. Standard er 'så hurtigt som muligt'.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
@@ -3265,7 +3265,7 @@
"det punkt, du vil tilsluttes, ved at angive dets MAC-adresse.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
@@ -3277,63 +3277,63 @@
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "Automatisk"
#
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr "&Kanal"
#
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr "B&ithastighed"
#
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr "&Adgangspunkt"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr "Brug &strømstyring"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr "AP-scanningstilstand"
#
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr "Angiv krypteringsnøgle"
#
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr "&Nøgle"
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Hjælp"
#
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr "Trådløse nøgler"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -3348,7 +3348,7 @@
"én nøgle.</p>"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -3364,44 +3364,44 @@
#
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr "WEP-nøgler"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr "&Nøglelængde"
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr "Nr."
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Nøgle"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standard"
#
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "Sæt som &standard"
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr "Vælg et certifikat"
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
@@ -3410,7 +3410,7 @@
"til usikre, forbryderiske trådløse netværk. Vil du fortsætte uden CA?"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
@@ -3419,48 +3419,48 @@
"eller klientcertifikatet."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr "WPA-EAP"
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354
msgid "Any"
msgstr "Alle"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358
msgid "MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360
msgid "GTC"
msgstr "GTC"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr "CHAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364
msgid "PAP"
msgstr "PAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr "MSCHAPv1"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr "MSCHAPv2"
#
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr "WPA-EAP detaljer"
@@ -3513,12 +3513,12 @@
#
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Følgende pakker skal installeres:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3530,89 +3530,28 @@
"\n"
"Vil du forsøge igen?\n"
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Ukendt"
-#
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Konfigurationen blev gemt"
-
-#
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "DNS-konfigurationen blev gemt"
-
-#
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "DSL-konfigurationen blev gemt"
-
-#
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Værtsmaskinekonfigurationen blev gemt"
-
-#
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ISDN-konfigurationen blev gemt"
-
-#
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Konfigurationen af netværkskort blev gemt"
-
-#
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Modemkonfigurationen blev gemt"
-
-#
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Proxy-konfigurationen blev gemt"
-
-#
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Udbyderkonfigurationen blev gemt"
-
-#
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Rutningkonfigurationen blev gemt"
-
-#
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr "Konfigurér e-mail nu?"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr "Kør konfiguration af %1?"
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
@@ -3622,29 +3561,29 @@
#
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "Netværkskort"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "Modemer"
#
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "ISDN-kort"
#
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "DSL-enheder"
#
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "Alle netværksenheder"
@@ -3652,7 +3591,7 @@
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "Værtsnavnet er ugyldigt."
@@ -3729,8 +3668,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr "Værtsnavn og domænenavn"
@@ -3757,28 +3696,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr "Det anbefales ikke at bruge .local som domænenavn pga. multicast-DNS. Vil du bruge det på egen risiko?"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr "Søgelisten må maksimalt indeholde %1 domæner."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr "Søgelisten må maksimalt indeholde %1 tegn."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr "Søgedomænet '%1' er ugyldigt."
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr "Værtsnavn og navneserverkonfiguration"
@@ -3816,29 +3755,29 @@
#
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr "Nuværende værter"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr "Værtsnavne"
#
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr "Værtsaliaser"
#
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr "Vær&tsaliaser"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr "Aliasnavnet \"%1\" er ugyldigt."
@@ -3874,43 +3813,43 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr "&Destination"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr "Ge&nmaske"
#
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr "&Gateway"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr "En&hed"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr "Destination er ugyldig."
#
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr "Gateway IP-adressen er ugyldig."
#
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr "Subnetmasken er ugyldig."
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "Standard gateway er ugyldig."
@@ -4172,7 +4111,7 @@
msgstr "Indstillinger for IPv6-protokol"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "Aktivér IPv6"
@@ -4263,7 +4202,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "Opdatér konfiguration"
@@ -4288,7 +4227,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "Opdaterer konfiguration..."
@@ -4300,106 +4239,106 @@
msgstr "Opdaterer /etc/resolv.conf..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr "Værtsnavn: Sættes via DHCP"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "Værtsnavn: %1"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr "Værtsnavnet bliver ikke skrevet til /etc/hosts"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr "Navneservere: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr "Søgeliste: %1"
#
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr "Opdatér /etc/hosts"
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer værtsnavnekonfiguration"
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr "Opdaterer /etc/hosts..."
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer netværkskonfiguration"
#
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr "Søg efter netværksenheder"
#
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr "Læs driverinformation"
#
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr "Læs enhedskonfiguration"
#
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "Læs netværkskonfiguration"
#
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Læs firewall-indstillinger"
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Læs værtsnavn og DNS-konfiguration"
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr "Læs installationsinformation"
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr "Læs rutningskonfiguration"
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr "Søg efter nuværende status"
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "Søger efter ndiswrapper..."
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
@@ -4409,7 +4348,7 @@
"men kernemodulet blev ikke modprobet.\n"
"Vil du modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
@@ -4419,223 +4358,216 @@
#
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr "Søger efter netværksenheder..."
#
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr "Læser enhedskonfiguration..."
#
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "Læser netværkskonfiguration..."
#
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Læser firewall-indstillinger..."
#
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Læser værtsnavn og DNS-konfiguration..."
#
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr "Læser installationsinformation..."
#
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr "Læser rutningsinformation..."
#
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr "Søger efter nuværende status..."
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Færdig"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr "Der kræves genstart for at anvende denne ændring."
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer netværkskonfiguration"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr "Skriv driverinformation"
#
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "Skriv enhedskonfiguration"
#
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "Skriv netværkskonfiguration"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "Skriv rutningskonfiguration"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Skriv værtsnavn og DNS-konfiguration"
#
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "Sæt netværkstjenester op"
#
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Skriv firewall-indstillinger"
#
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "Aktivér netværkstjenester"
#
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "Skriver /etc/modprobe.conf..."
#
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "Skriver enhedskonfiguration..."
#
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "Skriver netværkskonfiguration..."
#
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "Skriver rutningsinformation..."
#
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Skriver værtsnavn og DNS-konfiguration..."
#
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "Sætter netværkstjenester op..."
#
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Skriver firewall-indstillinger..."
#
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "Aktiverer netværkstjenester..."
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "Intet netværk kører"
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "Netværkstilstand"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Grænseflader styret af NetworkManager"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Deaktivér NetworkManager"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr "Traditionel netværksopsætning med NetControl - ifup"
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Aktivér NetworkManager"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr "Understøttelse for IPv6-protokol er aktiv"
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "Deaktivér IPv6"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr "Understøttelse for IPv6-protokol er deaktiveret"
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
msgid "connected"
msgstr "forbundet"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200
msgid "datagram"
msgstr "datagram"
@@ -4643,81 +4575,81 @@
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "Startet automatisk under boot"
# check box label
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "Startet automatisk ved kabeltilslutning"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Håndteret af NetworkManager"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "Startes ikke overhovedet"
#
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "Startet manuelt"
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "IP-adresse tildelt via"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IP-adresse: %s/%s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr "IP-adresse: %s, subnetmaske %s"
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "Ikke konfigureret"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Enhedsnavn: %s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "Bonding-slaver"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr "slave i %s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr "Bonding-master"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "Ikke tilsluttet"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr "Ingen hwinfo"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr "Ikke i stand til at konfigurere netværkskort, da kerneenheden (eth0, wlan) ikke er tilstede. Dette skyldes normalt manglende firmware (for wlan-enheder). Se dmesg-output for detaljer."
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
@@ -4725,17 +4657,17 @@
"Enheden er ikke konfigureret. Tryk på <b>Redigér</b>\n"
"for at konfigurere.\n"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "Nødvendig firmware"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "ukendt"
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
@@ -4743,35 +4675,35 @@
#
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "Konfigurér skærmhåndtering"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "Genstart tjenesterne"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af fjernadministration"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer skærmhåndtering..."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "Genstarter tjenesten..."
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4780,32 +4712,32 @@
#
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "Fjernadministration er aktiveret."
#
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "Fjernadministration er deaktiveret."
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "Skriv indstillinger for IP-videresendelse"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "Skriv rutningsindstillinger"
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer rutningskonfiguration"
#
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "Skriver indstillinger for IP-videresendelse..."
@@ -4814,22 +4746,22 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "Gemmer rutningsindstillingerne..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "Gateway: %s"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr "IP-videresendelse for IPv4: %s"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr "IP-videresendelse for IPv6: %s"
@@ -4849,6 +4781,53 @@
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(Ubeskyttet)"
+#
+#~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurationen blev gemt"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "DNS-konfigurationen blev gemt"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "DSL-konfigurationen blev gemt"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Værtsmaskinekonfigurationen blev gemt"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ISDN-konfigurationen blev gemt"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurationen af netværkskort blev gemt"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Modemkonfigurationen blev gemt"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Proxy-konfigurationen blev gemt"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Udbyderkonfigurationen blev gemt"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Rutningkonfigurationen blev gemt"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "Configure mail now?"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurér e-mail nu?"
+
+#~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
+#~ msgstr "Kør konfiguration af %1?"
+
#~ msgid "Device boot protocol"
#~ msgstr "Boot-protokol for enhed"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/nfs.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/nfs.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/nfs.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:10+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/nfs_server.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/nfs_server.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/nfs_server.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:11+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -82,28 +82,28 @@
#
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr "NFS-server er aktiveret"
#
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr "NFS-server er deaktiveret"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr "Krævede pakker (%1) er ikke installeret."
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr "Intet monteringspunkt specificeret."
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -114,11 +114,11 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr "Domæne kan ikke sættes uden at aktivere NFSv4. Brug kommandoen \"set enablev4\"."
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
msgstr "Kommandoen \"set\" skal anvendes som i \"set tilvalg=værdi\". Brug \"set help\" for at se de tilgængelige tilvalg."
@@ -179,48 +179,59 @@
"Der er sandsynligvis uægte blanktegn i konfigurationsfilen.\n"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr "&Mappe der skal eksporteres"
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "&Gennemse..."
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr "Angiv en eksportsti, som ikke er tom. Eksempel: /exports."
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr "Eksporttabellen indeholder allerede denne mappe."
+#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
+msgid ""
+"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+"with spaces in their names.\n"
+"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+msgstr ""
+"NFS-server i brugertilstand (%1) kan ikke eksportere mapper\n"
+"med mellemrum i deres navne.\n"
+"Brug den kernebaserede server (%2) til at gøre dette."
+
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr "Mappen eksisterer ikke. Opret den?"
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr "Vælg mappen som skal eksporteres"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "&Wildcard for værtsmaskine"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "Til&valg"
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
@@ -229,7 +240,7 @@
"NFSv4 er aktiveret (forrige side).\n"
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -239,12 +250,12 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr "Kunne ikke læse filen /etc/idmapd.conf. Sætter standardindstillingen for domænet til 'localdomain'."
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
@@ -253,7 +264,7 @@
"og eksportere nogle af dine mapper til andre.</p>"
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
@@ -261,7 +272,7 @@
"<P>Hvis du vælger <B>Start NFS-server</B>, og klikker på <B>Næste</B>, åbnes\n"
"en konfigurationsdialog, hvori du kan angive, hvilke mapper som skal eksporteres.</P>"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
@@ -272,7 +283,7 @@
"localdomain, eller se man-siden for idmapd og idmapd.conf, hvis du er i tvivl.</P>\n"
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
@@ -281,45 +292,45 @@
"afkrydsningsfeltet <B>Aktiver GSS-sikkerhed</B>. For at bruge GSS-API skal du i øjeblikket have kerberos og gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) på systemet.</P>\n"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS-server"
#
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
msgid "&Start"
msgstr "&Start"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr "Start &ikke"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr "Aktivér NFSv4"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr "Aktivér NFS&v4"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr "Angiv NFSv4 do&mænenavn:"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr "Aktivér &GSS-sikkerhed"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration af NFS-Server"
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -330,7 +341,7 @@
"montere denne mappe.</P>\n"
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
@@ -340,65 +351,70 @@
"Det kan være en enkelt værtsmaskine, grupper, wildcards, eller\n"
"IP-netværk.</P>\n"
-#. Help, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Indtast en stjerne (<tt>*</tt>) i stedet for et navn, for at angive alle værtsmaskiner.</p>"
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
+msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Efterlad feltet tomt for at angive alle værtsmaskiner.</p>"
+
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr "<P>Se <tt>man exports</tt> for yderligere information.</P>\n"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr "&Tilføj mappe"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2430
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "R&edigér"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "S&let"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr "Wildcards for værtsmaskine"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Tilvalg"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr "Tilføj vær&tsmaskine"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr "Red&igér"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2428
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "Sle&t"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr "Mapper som skal eksporteres"
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
@@ -407,7 +423,7 @@
"%1"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -418,60 +434,72 @@
"eksporterede mapper.\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Skriver konfiguration af NFS-server"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr "Gem /etc/exports"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr "Genstart tjenester"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr "Gemmer /etc/exports..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr "Genstarter tjenester..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Færdig"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "Skriver indstillinger for NFS-server. Vent venligst..."
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr "Kunne ikke skrive til idmapd.conf."
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314
+msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+msgstr "Kunne ikke starte idmapd. Tjek din domæneopsætning."
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321
+msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+msgstr "Kunne ikke genstarte idmapd."
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328
+msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+msgstr "Kunne ikke standse idmapd."
+
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
msgstr "Kan ikke starte svcgssd. Kontrollér at kerberos og gssapi (nfs-utils) er sat korrekt op."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
-msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
-msgstr "Kunne ikke genstarte tjenesten \"svcgssd\"."
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349
+msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
+msgstr "'svcgssd' kører allerede. Den kan ikke genstartes."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr "'svcgssd' kører. Den kan ikke genstartes."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
@@ -480,39 +508,18 @@
"Ændringerne træder i kraft efter genstart af systemet.\n"
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr "NFS-eksporteringer"
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr "Og NFSv4-domænet til id-mapping er %1."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
-#~ "with spaces in their names.\n"
-#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "NFS-server i brugertilstand (%1) kan ikke eksportere mapper\n"
-#~ "med mellemrum i deres navne.\n"
-#~ "Brug den kernebaserede server (%2) til at gøre dette."
+#~ msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
+#~ msgstr "Kunne ikke genstarte tjenesten \"svcgssd\"."
-#~ msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Efterlad feltet tomt for at angive alle værtsmaskiner.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
-#~ msgstr "Kunne ikke starte idmapd. Tjek din domæneopsætning."
-
-#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
-#~ msgstr "Kunne ikke genstarte idmapd."
-
-#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
-#~ msgstr "Kunne ikke standse idmapd."
-
-#~ msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
-#~ msgstr "'svcgssd' kører allerede. Den kan ikke genstartes."
-
#~ msgid "Directories"
#~ msgstr "Mapper"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/nis.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/nis.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/nis.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 19:50+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/nis_server.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/nis_server.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/nis_server.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:32+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/ntp-client.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/ntp-client.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/ntp-client.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:13+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
msgstr "&Konfigurér..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
@@ -94,18 +94,18 @@
#
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "Synkroniserer med NTP-server..."
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr "Forbindelse til den valgte NTP-server mislykkedes."
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/oneclickinstall.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/oneclickinstall.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/oneclickinstall.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:13+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/online-update-configuration.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/online-update-configuration.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/online-update-configuration.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:13+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-06 22:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/opensuse_mirror.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/opensuse_mirror.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/opensuse_mirror.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:14+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/packager.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/packager.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/packager.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: packager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-06 22:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -203,8 +203,8 @@
#. force minimum width
#. table header - name of the repo
#. table header - name of the repo
-#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716
+#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Navn"
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr "<p>Håndtering af softwarekilder er ved at downloade softwarekilde-detaljerne...</p>"
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Installerer pakker..."
@@ -536,8 +536,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialiserer..."
@@ -567,102 +567,85 @@
msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af softwarehåndtering..."
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr "&Prioritet"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57
msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages"
msgstr "Behold downloadede pakker"
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr "Softwarekilder - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, brug \"%1\" i stedet."
#. pad to 3 characters
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standard"
#. unkown name (alias) of the source
#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter,
#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260
msgid "Unknown Name"
msgstr "Ukendt navn"
#. displaye only repositories from the selected service
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Ukendt"
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "URL: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables
-#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "URL: %1"
-msgid "Raw URL: %s"
-msgstr "URL: %1"
-
#. heading - in case repo name not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357
msgid "Unknown Repository Name"
msgstr "Ukendt navn på softwarekilde"
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367
msgid "Category: %1"
msgstr "Kategori: %1"
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377
msgid "Service: %1"
msgstr "Tjeneste: %1"
#. #176013
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625
msgid "All repositories"
msgstr "Alle softwarekilder"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628
msgid "All services"
msgstr "Alle tjenester"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637
msgid "Service '%1'"
msgstr "Tjenesten \"%1\""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only
-#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also
-#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE
-#. within product subscription.
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669
-msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service"
-msgstr ""
-
#. combobox label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
msgid "View"
msgstr "Vis"
#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "Prioritet"
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. status info, to be used inside summary
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Aktiveret"
@@ -671,88 +654,88 @@
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo?
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685
msgid "Autorefresh"
msgstr "Autogenopfrisk"
#. table header - service to which the repo belongs
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Tjeneste"
#. table header - URL of the repo
#. table header - URL of the repo
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. push button - change URL of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr "E&rstat..."
#. push button - refresh the selected repository now
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791
msgid "Re&fresh Selected"
msgstr "Genop&frisk de valgte"
#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793
msgid "Status &on or off"
msgstr "Status &til eller fra"
#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795
msgid "Refre&sh on or off"
msgstr "Genopfri&sk til eller fra"
#. push button - set name of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797
msgid "Set &Name..."
msgstr "Angiv &navn..."
#. label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "Egenskaber"
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809
msgid "&Enabled"
msgstr "Aktiv&eret"
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815
msgid "Automatically &Refresh"
msgstr "Genopf&risk automatisk"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853
msgid "&GPG Keys..."
msgstr "&GPG-nøgler..."
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr "Genopfrisk"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862
msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed"
msgstr "Genopfrisk alle med automatisk g&enopfrisk"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864
msgid "Refresh all &Enabled"
msgstr "Genopfrisk alle aktiv&erede"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871
msgid "Configured Software Repositories"
msgstr "Konfigurerede softwarekilder"
#. help
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n"
@@ -760,11 +743,11 @@
"<p>\n"
"Håndtér konfigurerede softwarekilder og tjenester.</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
msgstr "<p>En <b>tjeneste</b> eller <b>Indekstjeneste for softwarekilde (RIS)</b> er en protokol til håndtering af softwarekilder. En tjeneste kan tilbyde en eller flere softwarekilder, som dynamisk kan ændres af tjenesteadministratoren.</p>"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -779,7 +762,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n"
@@ -792,7 +775,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n"
@@ -813,7 +796,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -828,7 +811,7 @@
"
</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
@@ -837,12 +820,12 @@
"En softwarekildes prioritet er et heltal mellem 0 (højeste prioritet) og 99 (laveste prioritet). Standard er 99. Hvis en pakke er tilgængelig på flere softwarekilder, anvendes softwarekilden med højest prioritet.</P>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
msgstr "<p>Vælg den passende indstilling over vinduet til navigation i softwarekilder og tjenester.</p>"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
@@ -852,12 +835,12 @@
"i en lokal cache så de kan genbruges senere når pakkerne geninstalleres. \n"
"Hvis afmarkeret slettes downloadede pakker efter installation.</P>"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Standard lokal cache er placeret i mappen <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>, placeringen kan ændres i filen <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>"
#. popup message part 1
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
msgid ""
"Unable to save changes to the repository\n"
"configuration."
@@ -867,7 +850,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "Detaljer:"
@@ -875,19 +858,19 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Forsøg igen?"
#
#. popup headline
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030
msgid "Abort Repository Configuration"
msgstr "Afbryd konfiguration af softwarekilde"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032
msgid ""
"Abort the repository configuration?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
@@ -896,7 +879,7 @@
"Alle ændringer vil gå tabt."
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
"%1"
@@ -905,40 +888,40 @@
"%1"
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr "Genopfrisker softwarekilder"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr "Genopfrisker tjenester"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr "Genopfrisk softwarekilder"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr "Genopfrisk tjenester"
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr "Genopfrisker softwarekilden %1..."
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr "Genopfrisker tjenesten %1..."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr "Slet den valgte softwarekilde fra listen?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
"and its repositories?"
@@ -947,7 +930,7 @@
"
og dens softwarekilder?"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
"cannot be set."
@@ -956,7 +939,7 @@
"sættes til genopfrisk."
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -969,7 +952,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig tilføje softwarekilden igen?"
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Der opstod fejl under genoprettelse af softwarekildekonfigurationen.</p>\n"
@@ -1083,7 +1066,7 @@
"Vil du installere dem nu?\n"
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
@@ -1091,7 +1074,7 @@
"Kan ikke konfigurere softwarekilde til online opdatering \n"
"uden at have pakken %1 installeret"
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
@@ -1100,7 +1083,7 @@
"uden at have pakken %1 installeret"
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
msgid ""
"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1440,42 +1423,42 @@
"'%2'?"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr "Tilføjelse af ny softwarekilde"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr "Markér typen af softwarekilde"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr "Tilføj softwarekilde"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr "Læs softwarekildens licens"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr "Tjekker type af softwarekilde"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr "Tilføjer softwarekilde"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr "Læser softwarekildens licens"
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Softwarekilde"
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1492,7 +1475,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1502,7 +1485,7 @@
"fra URL '%1'."
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
@@ -1511,12 +1494,12 @@
"Skift protokol eller pak ISO-imagefilen ud på serversiden."
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr "Vil du skifte URL og prøve igen?"
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
@@ -1531,19 +1514,19 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under forberedelse af installationssystemet."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "Kontrolfilen %1 blev ikke fundet på mediet."
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
msgid ""
"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
@@ -1553,26 +1536,26 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "Kan ikke bruge yderligere produkter."
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "%1, URL: %2"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "URL: %1, Sti: %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "Yderligere produkter"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
@@ -1580,33 +1563,33 @@
"Installationssoftwarekilden indeholder også de yderligere softwarekilder på listen.\n"
"Vælg dem du vil bruge.\n"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "Yderligere produkter at vælge"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "Tilføj valgte &produkter"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "Indsæt tillægs %1-mediet"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "Indsæt %2-mediet med %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "Kan ikke tilføje produktet %1."
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Ukendt produkt"
@@ -2149,7 +2132,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr "S&MB/CIFS"
@@ -2218,7 +2201,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "Søgesti til ma&ppe eller ISO-imagefil"
@@ -2287,7 +2270,7 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "Lokal mappe"
@@ -2308,18 +2291,18 @@
msgstr "Server og mappe"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "Navnet på softwarekilden må ikke være tomt."
#
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "Softwa&rekildens navn"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
@@ -2328,12 +2311,12 @@
"Brug <b>Softwarekildens navn</b> til at angive navnet for softwarekilden. Hvis det er tomt vil YaST bruge produktnavnet (hvis tilgængeligt) eller URL som navn.</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "Tjene&stenavn"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
@@ -2343,17 +2326,17 @@
#
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr "URL må ikke være tom."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2365,16 +2348,16 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr "Redigér dele af URL"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr "Redigér hele URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2384,7 +2367,7 @@
"Brug <b>Servernavn</b> og <b>Sti til mappe eller ISO-imagefil</b>\n"
"til at angive NFS-server-værtsmaskinens navn og stien på serveren.</p>"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2397,16 +2380,16 @@
"for detaljer og listen over understøttede tilvalg."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "&Cd-rom"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr "&DVD-ROM"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
@@ -2415,12 +2398,12 @@
"Angiv <b>cd-rom</b> eller <b>dvd-rom</b> for at angive typen af medie.</p>"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "ISO-imagefil"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
@@ -2429,7 +2412,7 @@
"eller mappen eksisterer ikke.\n"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
@@ -2438,7 +2421,7 @@
"eller filen eksisterer ikke.\n"
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2449,17 +2432,17 @@
"Brug den alligevel?\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "Søgesti til ma&ppe"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "Almindelig RPM-ma&ppe"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2474,20 +2457,20 @@
"markér indstillingen <b>Almindelig RPM-mappe</b>.</p>\n"
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr "&USB Mass Storage-enhed"
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "&Filsystem"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "M&appe"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2507,7 +2490,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2518,11 +2501,11 @@
"ønsker at bruge et bestemt filsystem, så vælg det fra listen.</p>\n"
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "&Diskenhed"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2541,12 +2524,12 @@
"markér indstillingen <b>Almindelig RPM-mappe</b>.</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "Søgesti til ISO-&imagefil"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2557,72 +2540,72 @@
"ISO-imagefilen.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "Server&navn"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Port"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "&Delt ressource"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "ISO-&imagefil"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "&Mappe på server"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "&Godkendelse"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "&Anonym"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "Arbejds&gruppe eller domæne"
#
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&Brugernavn"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Adgangskode"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "&FTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "H&TTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTT&PS"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2647,7 +2630,7 @@
"af mediet så angiv <b>ISO-imagefil</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2658,12 +2641,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr "Jeg vil gerne installere yderligere et tilføjelsesprodukt"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2674,7 +2657,7 @@
"eller på harddisken.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2685,7 +2668,7 @@
"skal du have produkt-cd-sættet eller -dvd tilgængelig.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2700,7 +2683,7 @@
"ind i samme mappe.</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2713,25 +2696,25 @@
"cd er placeret, såsom /data1/CD1.</p>\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "Vælg medietype"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "Indsæt tillægsprodukt-cd"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "Indsæt tillægsprodukt-dvd"
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "Ingen USB-disk fundet."
-#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2747,19 +2730,19 @@
#
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "Medietype"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr "Tilføjelsesprodukt"
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
msgstr "URL-skemaet \"%s\" er ikke gyldigt."
@@ -2973,6 +2956,11 @@
msgid "Deselect some packages."
msgstr "Fravælg nogle pakker."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "URL: %1"
+#~ msgid "Raw URL: %s"
+#~ msgstr "URL: %1"
+
#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)"
#~ msgstr "Downloader rettelses-RPM %1 (downloadstørrelse %2)"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/pam.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/pam.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/pam.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-06 01:24+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <suse(a)linuxin.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/pkg-bindings.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/pkg-bindings.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/pkg-bindings.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-01 10:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -51,12 +51,12 @@
msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Genopfrisker softwarekilden</B></BIG></P><P>Pakkehåndteringen opdaterer softwarekildens indhold...</P>"
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr "Pakken kan ikke vælges til installation."
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr "Pakken er ikke tilgængelig."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/printer.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/printer.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/printer.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: printer\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-06 22:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -224,8 +224,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beskrivelse"
@@ -457,8 +457,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "Intet valgt"
@@ -3364,58 +3364,58 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr "Vis"
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
msgid "&Local"
msgstr "&Lokal"
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr "Ekste&rn"
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Navn"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Placering"
#
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standard"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr "Genop&frisk liste"
#
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr "Udskriv &testside"
@@ -3425,7 +3425,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -3441,7 +3441,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -3465,7 +3465,7 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
@@ -3474,32 +3474,32 @@
"(dette kan tage nogen tid)"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr "Brug ikke længere den utilgængelige CUPS-server \"%1\"?"
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr "For at fortsætte skal du acceptere at \"%1\" ikke længere vil blive brugt."
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr "En ikke-tilgængelig server fører til en uendelig sekvens af forsinkelser og fejl."
#
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr "CUPS-server %1"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr "Tester om CUPS-server er tilgængelig..."
@@ -3507,37 +3507,37 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "Vælg en indgang."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr "Kan ikke slette"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr "Denne er en ekstern konfiguration. Kun lokale konfigurationer kan slettes."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr "Bekræft sletning"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr "Den valgte konfiguration vil blive slettet omgående og kan ikke genoprettes."
#
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr "Slet konfiguration %1"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr "Slet den ikke"
@@ -3548,34 +3548,34 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr "Bekræft sletning af en klasse"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr "En slettet klasse kan ikke genskabes med dette værktøj."
#
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr "Afviser udskriftsjobs"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr "Denne testside kan ikke udskrives, da udskriftsjobs afvises."
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "Udskrift deaktiveret"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr "Denne testside kan ikke udskrives, da udskrift er deaktiveret."
@@ -3584,25 +3584,25 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr "Der er ventende udskriftjobs, som måske vil blive slettet før testsiden bliver udskrevet."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr "Slet udestående udskriftsjobs for %1"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr "Slet dem før udskrift af testside"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr "Udskriv testside efter de andre jobs"
@@ -3610,7 +3610,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr "Kunne ikke slette alle ventende jobs for %1."
@@ -3629,28 +3629,28 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr "Testudskrift"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr "Udskriv en eller to sider f.eks. for at teste duplex-udskrift"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr "Enkelt testside"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr "To testsider"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr "Udskrift af testside for %1 fejlede."
@@ -3658,25 +3658,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr "Vent til udskrift af testsiden er færdigt"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr "Sendte testside til %1. Udskrift bør starte om et øjeblik."
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr "Udskrift af testsiden lykkedes"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr "Udskrift af testsiden mislykkedes"
@@ -3696,53 +3696,53 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr "Der ventende udskriftsjobs som kan blive slettet nu."
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr "Slet alle udestående jobs"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr "Slet dem ikke"
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr "Se filen /var/log/cups/error_log for den fulde log."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr "CUPS loginformation under behandling af testsiden til %1 (kun på engelsk)"
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr "Se filen /var/log/cups/error_log for CUPS loginformation."
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr "Når udskrift via et eksternt system mislykkes, kan du spørge administratoren af det eksterne system."
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr "En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med tilføjelse af konfiguration."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr "Kan ikke ændre"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr "Dette er en ekstern konfiguration. Kun lokale konfigurationer kan ændres."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/product-creator.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/product-creator.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/product-creator.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:46+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:19+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/rdp.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/rdp.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/rdp.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/rear.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/rear.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/rear.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -231,11 +231,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/registration.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/registration.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/registration.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: registration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-27 12:47+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
@@ -90,26 +90,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration was successful."
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "Registrering lykkedes."
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server CA certificate:"
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr "Servers CA-certifikat:"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server CA certificate:"
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registering %s ..."
@@ -292,31 +292,20 @@
msgstr "Fingeraftryk: "
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
# dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "Registreringskode"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -333,36 +322,36 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr "Registreringskode"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration can not be performed."
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "Registrering kan ikke udføres."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details: %s"
@@ -371,7 +360,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -381,23 +370,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -405,6 +394,24 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
#, fuzzy
@@ -435,7 +442,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -445,8 +452,8 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
@@ -455,7 +462,7 @@
# dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
@@ -468,7 +475,7 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
@@ -476,7 +483,7 @@
msgstr "Hjælp til registreringsmodul"
# dialog caption
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
@@ -484,19 +491,19 @@
# dialog caption
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Hjælp til registreringsmodul"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Use custom registration server "
msgid ""
@@ -505,7 +512,7 @@
msgstr "Brug selvvalgt registreringsserver"
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -513,7 +520,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -548,7 +555,7 @@
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting registration..."
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
@@ -571,12 +578,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
@@ -788,7 +795,7 @@
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration &Code"
@@ -830,7 +837,7 @@
#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -927,12 +934,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -945,7 +952,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
@@ -956,7 +963,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213
msgid ""
"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
"installation has completed."
@@ -964,10 +971,10 @@
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Konfiguration af Novell kundecenter"
#. SSL error message
@@ -1019,11 +1026,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr ""
-
# dialog caption
#. input field label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
@@ -1247,13 +1249,13 @@
#
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking..."
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "Tjekker..."
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Use local registration server"
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/reipl.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/reipl.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/reipl.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: reipl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
"med WWPN \"%2\"\n"
"og LUN \"%3\".\n"
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/relocation-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/relocation-server.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/relocation-server.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -869,59 +869,59 @@
msgstr "Installerer krævede pakker..."
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr "PAM-login"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr "Brug Kerberos"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr "Brug ikke Kerberos"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<p><b>Arbejdsgruppe eller domæne</b>: %1</p>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
@@ -929,30 +929,30 @@
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nej"
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/samba-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/samba-server.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/samba-server.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:54+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -267,11 +267,17 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message
#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
+#| "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
+#| "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
+#| "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
msgid ""
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
"Da der i øjeblikket er brugere tilsluttet til denne Samba-server,\n"
"Blev serverkonfigurationen genindlæst i stedet for genstartet.\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/samba-users.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/samba-users.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/samba-users.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 18:48+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/scanner.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/scanner.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/scanner.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-27 13:33+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/security.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/security.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/security.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: security\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-27 13:30+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -135,209 +135,209 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Ukendt"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr "Brug magiske SysRq-taster"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr "Brug sikre filtilladelser"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr "Ekstern adgang til login-håndteringen"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr "Skriv systemtiden tilbage til hardwareuret"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr "Generér altid syslog-beskeder til cron-scripter"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr "Kør DHCP-dæmonen i et chroot"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr "Kør DHCP-dæmonen som dhcp-bruger"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr "Eksternt root-login i login-håndteringen"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr "Ekstern adgang til X-serveren"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr "Ekstern adgang til e-mail-leveringens subsystem"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr "Genstart af tjenester ved opdatering"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr "Stop tjenester ved fjernelse"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr "Aktivér TCP syncookies"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr "IPv4-videresending"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr "IPv6-videresending"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr "<P>Kun basale systemtjenester er aktiverede.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3"
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr "Aktivér ekstra tjenester i kørselsniveau 3"
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "Konfigurér"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Aktiveret"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Deaktiveret"
# Frame caption
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr "Sikkerhedsindstillinger"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
# Frame caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr "Sikkerhedsstatus"
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Hjælp"
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr " eller"
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr "<P>Disse basale systemtjenester kører ikke i kørselsniveau %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Alle basale tjenester er aktiverede.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr "<P>Disse ekstra tjenester aktiveres i kørselsniveau %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Tjek listen over tjenester og deaktivér alle ikke-brugte tjenester.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Kun basale systemtjenester er aktiverede.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beskrivelse"
# Frame caption
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr "Sikkerhedsoversigt"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr "Ændr &status"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr "&Beskrivelse"
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
# Boot dialog caption
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr "Bootindstillinger"
# Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr "Bootrettigheder"
# Misc dialog caption
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr "Diverse indstillinger"
# Password dialog caption
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr "Indstillinger for adgangskode"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr "Tjek"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr "Alder på adgangskode"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@
"end maksimum."
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
@@ -356,17 +356,17 @@
# Login dialog caption
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr "Login-indstillinger"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr "Login"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
"<br>Vent venligst...<br></p>"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@
"Afbryd trygt konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke <b>Afbryd</b> nu.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@
"<br>Vent venligst...<br></p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
@@ -401,58 +401,9 @@
"<p><b><big>Afbryder gem</big></b><br>\n"
"Afbryd gemmeproceduren ved at trykke <b>Afbryd</b>.</p>"
-#
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Bootsikkerhed</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Brug denne dialog for at ændre forskellige bootindstillinger med relevans for sikkerhed.</p>"
-
-# Boot dialog help 2/3
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Fortolkning af Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Konfigurér hvad systemet skal gøre som reaktion på at\n"
-"nogen i konsollen trykker tastekombinationen CTRL + ALT + DEL.\n"
-"Normalt genstarter systemet. Nogle gange er det ønskværdigt\n"
-"at ignorere denne hændelse, f.eks. når systemet fungerer som både\n"
-"arbejdsstation og server.</p>"
-
-# Boot dialog help 3/3
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Loginhåndterings opførsel ved nedlukning</b>:\n"
-"Bestem hvem der har beføjelser til nedlukning af maskinen fra KDM.</p>\n"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Dvale af systemet</b>:\n"
-"Angiv betingelser for tilladelse af at brugere kan sætte systemet i dvale. Som standard har brugeren på en aktiv konsol sådanne rettigheder.\n"
-"Andre indstillinger tillader handlingen for alle brugere eller kræver autentificering i alle tilfælde.</p>\n"
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -467,7 +418,7 @@
# Main dialog help 6/8
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
@@ -480,7 +431,7 @@
"tilsluttet til et hvilken som helst netværk inklusiv internettet.</p>"
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
@@ -488,7 +439,7 @@
# Main dialog help 7/8
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
@@ -497,13 +448,13 @@
"en eller anden form for tjeneste.</p>"
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Brugerindstillinger</b>: Opret din egen konfiguration.</p>"
# Password dialog help 1/8
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -515,7 +466,7 @@
# Login dialog help 1/5
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -529,7 +480,7 @@
# Login dialog help 1/5
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
@@ -542,7 +493,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -554,7 +505,7 @@
# Password dialog help 1/8
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
@@ -564,7 +515,7 @@
# Password dialog help 2/8
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
@@ -575,7 +526,7 @@
"Ved at afkrydse boksen, gennemføres kontrol af adgangskoden i henhold til disse regler.</p>"
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
@@ -589,7 +540,7 @@
"fjerner denne kontrol. Denne indstilling kan kun ændres når <b>Kontrollér nye adgangskoder</b> er sat.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
@@ -601,13 +552,13 @@
# Password dialog help 4a/8
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Metode til adgangskodekryptering:</b></p>"
# Password dialog help 4b/8
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
@@ -618,7 +569,7 @@
"Hvis du behøver kompatibilitet med andea systemer.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
@@ -627,13 +578,13 @@
"distributioner, men ikke af andre systemer eller gammel software.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er den nuværende standardmetode til hash, brug af andre algoritmer anbefales ikke, medmindre det er nødvendigt af kompatibilitetsmæssige årsager.</p>"
# Password dialog help 7/8
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
@@ -643,7 +594,7 @@
# Password dialog help 8/8
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -654,7 +605,7 @@
"tid, des mindre sandsynligt er det at nogen kan gætte adgangskoder.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
@@ -664,7 +615,7 @@
# Adduser dialog help 2/3
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
@@ -674,7 +625,7 @@
# Adduser dialog help 3/3
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
@@ -683,7 +634,7 @@
"Vælg mindste og største antal mulige Gruppe-ID.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
@@ -693,7 +644,7 @@
# Misc dialog help 2/14
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
@@ -725,7 +676,7 @@
# Misc dialog help 6/14
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
@@ -741,7 +692,7 @@
# Misc dialog help 10/14
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -755,7 +706,7 @@
# Misc dialog help 11/14
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
@@ -770,7 +721,7 @@
# Misc dialog help 12/14
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -788,7 +739,7 @@
# Misc dialog help 13/14
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
@@ -799,7 +750,7 @@
# Misc dialog help 14/14
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
@@ -808,7 +759,7 @@
"den nuværende mappe med en \"./\" som præfiks. For eksempel: \"./konfigure\".</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
@@ -819,26 +770,26 @@
"fejlretning). For detaljer, se usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Sikkerhedsoversigt</B><BR>Denne oversigt viser de vigtigste sikkerhedsindstillinger.</P>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Klik på linket, der henviser til indstillingen, for at ændre den nuværende værdi.</P>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Markering i kolonnen <B>Sikkerhedsstatus</B> betyder, at indstillingens nuværende værdi er sikker.</P>"
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Den nuværende værdi kunne ikke læses. Tjenesten er sikkert ikke installeret, eller indstillingen mangler på systemet.</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -858,7 +809,7 @@
"adgangskoder.</P><P>Deaktivér denne indstilling, hvis du ikke har brug\n"
" for <EM>XDMCP</EM> til ekstern grafisk login.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
@@ -870,23 +821,23 @@
"nedlukning.</P><P>Konsistent systemtid er essentiel for systemets evne til at\n"
"oprette korrekte logmeddelelser.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Funktionsfejl i et system opdages normalt ved afvigelser i det opførsel. Syslog-beskeder om hændelser, der regelmæssigt sker igen, er vigtige for at finde årsager til problemerne, og fraværet af et enkelt register kan fortælle mere end fraværet af alle logningsregistre.</P><P>Derfor er syslog-beskeder om systemhændelser kun nyttige, hvis de forefindes.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Chroot-eksekveringsmiljøer begrænser en proces til kun at tilgå filer som den behøver, ved at placere dem i en separat undermappe, og køre processen med en ændret root (chroot), der er sat til den mappe.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr "<P>DHCP-klientdæmon skulle køre som brugeren <EM>dhcpd</EM> for at formindske en mulig trussel, hvis tjenesten findes sårbar pga. svagheder i dens programkode.</P><P>Bemærk at dhcpd aldrig må køre som <EM>root</EM> eller med kapabiliteten for chroot-eksekveringsmiljøet <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> for at være effektiv.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Administratorer bør aldrig logge på som <EM>root</EM> ind i en X Window-session for at minimere brugen af root-privilegier.</P><P>Denne mulighed hjælper dog ikke mod uforsigtige administratorer, men skal forhindre at angribere bliver i stand til at logge på som <EM>root</EM> via skærmhåndteringen, hvis de gætter, eller på anden måde får fat på, adgangskoden.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
@@ -906,7 +857,7 @@
" åbner mulighed for angreb, er det sikrest at deaktivere den.</P><P>Til at vise\n"
"X Window-klienter over netværk anbefales brugen af Secure Shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), hvilket lader X Window-klienter forbinde til X-serveren via den krypterede ssh-forbindelse.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
@@ -914,7 +865,7 @@
"<P>Subsystemet til levering af e-mail startes altid. Som standard viser den ikke sig\n"
"selv udenfor systemet, da den ikke lytter til SMTP-netværkets port 25.</P><P>Deaktivér denne indstilling, hvis du ikke sender e-mail til dit system via SMTP-protokollen.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -933,7 +884,7 @@
"de stoppes, f.eks. hvis kørende dæmoner dræbes.</P><P>Denne indstilling bør kun\n"
"ændres, hvis der er en speciel årsag til det.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -951,38 +902,144 @@
" indtil de stoppes, f.eks. hvis kørende dæmoner dræbes.</P><P>Denne indstilling\n"
" bør kun ændres, hvis der er en speciel årsag til det.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Et system kan oversvømmes med talrige forbindelsesforsøg, således at systemet løber tør for hukommelse, hvilket fører til en DoS-sårbarhed (Denial of Service = tjenestenægtelse).</P><P>Brug af syncookies er en metode, der kan hjælpe i sådanne situationer, men i konfigurationer med et meget stort antal legitime forbindelselsforsøg fra én kilde kan indstillingen <EM>Aktiveret</EM> forårsage problemer med nægtede TCP-forbindelser under høj belastning.</P><P>For de fleste miljøer er syncookies det bedste forsvar mod en SYN-overflod af DoS-angreb, så den sikreste indstilling er <EM>Aktiveret</EM>.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr "<P>IP-videresendelse betyder at netværkspakker, der er modtaget, men ikke bestemt til en af systemets konfigurerede grænseflader (f.eks. netværkets grænsefladeadresser), gives videre.</P><P>Hvis et system videresender netværkstrafik på ISO/OSI-lag 3, kaldes det en router. Deaktivér denne indstilling, hvis du ikke har brug for den rutningsfunktion.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Denne indstilling anvendes kun på <EM>IPv4</EM>.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Denne indstilling anvendes kun på <EM>IPv6</EM>.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr "<p>Magiske SysRq-taster giver nogen kontrol over systemet, selv om det går ned (f.eks. under kernefejlretning), eller hvis systemet ikke svarer.</p>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Der er prædefinerede filtilladelser i /etc/permissions.* filer. De mest restriktive filtilladelser er angivet 'secure'- eller 'paranoid'-filer.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Basale systemtjenester skal aktiveres for at give systemkonsistens og for at køre de sikkerhedsrelaterede tjenester.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Enhver kørende tjeneste er et potentielt mål for et sikkerhedsangreb. Derfor anbefales det, at lukke alle tjenester ned, der ikke bruges af systemet.</P>"
+#
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Bootsikkerhed</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>Brug denne dialog for at ændre forskellige bootindstillinger med relevans for sikkerhed.</p>"
+
+# Boot dialog help 2/3
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Fortolkning af Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Konfigurér hvad systemet skal gøre som reaktion på at\n"
+"nogen i konsollen trykker tastekombinationen CTRL + ALT + DEL.\n"
+"Normalt genstarter systemet. Nogle gange er det ønskværdigt\n"
+"at ignorere denne hændelse, f.eks. når systemet fungerer som både\n"
+"arbejdsstation og server.</p>"
+
+# Boot dialog help 2/3
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Fortolkning af Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Konfigurér hvad systemet skal gøre som reaktion på at\n"
+"nogen i konsollen trykker tastekombinationen CTRL + ALT + DEL.\n"
+"Normalt genstarter systemet. Nogle gange er det ønskværdigt\n"
+"at ignorere denne hændelse, f.eks. når systemet fungerer som både\n"
+"arbejdsstation og server.</p>"
+
+# Boot dialog help 2/3
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Fortolkning af Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Konfigurér hvad systemet skal gøre som reaktion på at\n"
+"nogen i konsollen trykker tastekombinationen CTRL + ALT + DEL.\n"
+"Normalt genstarter systemet. Nogle gange er det ønskværdigt\n"
+"at ignorere denne hændelse, f.eks. når systemet fungerer som både\n"
+"arbejdsstation og server.</p>"
+
+# Boot dialog help 3/3
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+#| "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Loginhåndterings opførsel ved nedlukning</b>:\n"
+"Bestem hvem der har beføjelser til nedlukning af maskinen fra KDM.</p>\n"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Dvale af systemet</b>:\n"
+"Angiv betingelser for tilladelse af at brugere kan sætte systemet i dvale. Som standard har brugeren på en aktiv konsol sådanne rettigheder.\n"
+"Andre indstillinger tillader handlingen for alle brugere eller kræver autentificering i alle tilfælde.</p>\n"
+
# level name
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
@@ -1051,174 +1108,249 @@
"Laveste gruppe-ID må ikke være større end\n"
"det højeste."
-# ComboBox label
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr "Fortolkn&ing af Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr "Ignorér"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr "Genstart"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr "Sluk"
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr "Kun root"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr "Alle brugere"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr "Ingen"
+
+# ComboBox label
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr "Fortolkn&ing af Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr "Tillad &grafisk fjernlogin"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr "&Magiske SysRq-taster"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
msgid "Disable"
msgstr "Deaktivér"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr "Aktivér alle funktioner"
# IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr "Forsink&else efter ukorrekt loginforsøg"
# IntField label
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr "Maksim&um"
# IntField label
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr "M&inimum"
-# ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr "Opfør&sel ved nedlukning for KDM loginhåndtering:"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr "Kun root"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr "Alle brugere"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr "Ingen"
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr "Dvale af system"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr "Brugeren på den aktive konsol"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr "Alle kan sætte i dvale"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr "Autentificering kræves altid"
# ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr "Metode til &adgangskodekryptering"
# CheckBox label
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr "&Tjek nye adgangskoder"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr "Antal adgangkod&er som skal huskes"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr "&Mindste godkendte længde af adgangskode"
# IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr "Antal &dage før advarsel om udløb af adgangskode"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr "&Filtilladelser"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr "Let"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr "Sikker"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr "Paranoid"
# ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr "Br&uger som starter updatedb"
# IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr "Ma&ksimal"
# IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "&Minimal"
+# ComboBox label
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr "Opfør&sel ved nedlukning for KDM loginhåndtering:"
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
msgstr "Prædefinerede sikkerhedskonfigurationer"
@@ -1236,62 +1368,62 @@
msgstr "Initialiserer..."
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer sikkerhedskonfiguration"
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr "Skriv sikkerhedsindstillinger"
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr "Skriv inittab-indstillinger"
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr "Skriv PAM-indstillinger"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr "Opdatér systemindstillingerne"
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr "Skriver sikkerhedsindstillinger..."
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr "Skriver inittab-indstillinger..."
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr "Skriver PAM-indstillinger..."
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "Opdaterer systemindstillingerne..."
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Færdig"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr "Nuværende sikkerhedsniveau: Brugerdefinerede indstillinger"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr "Nuværende sikkerhedsniveau: %1"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/services-manager.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/services-manager.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/services-manager.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-05 10:05+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/slp-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/slp-server.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/slp-server.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-05 18:40+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/snapper.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/snapper.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/snapper.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -20,175 +20,144 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of snapper
-#. Summary: Main file
-#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
-#.
-#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
+#. The main ()
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
msgstr "Konfiguration af systemøjebliksbilleder"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beskrivelse"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "User data"
msgstr "Brugerdata"
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "Oprydningsalgoritme"
-#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
+#. popup label, %1 is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr "Ændr øjebliksbillede %1"
-#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
+#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
-msgstr "Ændr øjebliksbilleder %1 - %2"
+#| msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
+msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
+msgstr "Ændr øjebliksbillede %1"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Pre (%1)"
-msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
+msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr "Præ (%1)"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Post (%1)"
-msgid "Post (%{post})"
+msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr "Post (%1)"
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "Opret nyt øjebliksbillede"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr "Enkelt øjebliksbillede"
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Præ"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr "Post, parret med:"
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
-msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
+msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette øjebliksbilledet \"%1\"?"
-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
-msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
-msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette øjebliksbilledet \"%1\"?"
-
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr "Øjebliksbilleder"
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Enkelt"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr "Præ og post"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "Læser liste over øjebliksbilleder..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "Nuværende konfiguration"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "ID"
msgstr "Id"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "Startdato"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "Slutdato"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "Brugerdata"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "Vis ændringer"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "Ændr"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
@@ -197,131 +166,131 @@
"Visning af forskelle er ikke muligt."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "Oversigt over valgt øjebliksbillede"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr "%1: %2"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "Beregner ændrede filer..."
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr "Beregner filændringer..."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr "Ny fil blev oprettet."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr "Filen blev fjernet."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr "Filindholdet blev ikke ændret."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "Filen findes ikke nogen af øjebliksbillederne."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr "Filindholdet blev ændret."
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Filtilstanden blev ændret fra \"%1\" til \"%2\"."
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Filens brugerejerskab blev ændret fra \"%1\" til \"%2\"."
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Filens gruppeejerskab blev ændret fra \"%1\" til \"%2\"."
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr "G&enskab fra første"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "Genskab"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "Gen&skab fra andet"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Vis forskel mellem øjebliksbillede og det aktuelle system"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr "Vis forskel mellem aktuelt og det valgte øjebliksbillede:"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr "Vis forskel mellem første og andet øjebliksbillede"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Vis forskel mellem første øjebliksbillede og det aktuelle system"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Vis forskel mellem andet øjebliksbillede og det aktuelle system"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
-msgstr "Oprettelsestidspunkt for øjebliksbilledet:"
-
-#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr "Oprettelsestidspunkt for det første øjebliksbillede:"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr "Oprettelsestidspunkt for det andet øjebliksbillede:"
+#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+msgstr "Oprettelsestidspunkt for øjebliksbilledet:"
+
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "Å&bn"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "Genskab det valgte"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -337,7 +306,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -352,19 +321,19 @@
"fra øjebliksbilledet \"%2\" til det nuværende system?"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr "Ingen fil blev valg til genskabelse"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "Genskaber filer"
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -381,7 +350,7 @@
"<p>Filer der ikke fandtes i øjebliksbilledet vil blive slettet.</p>Vil du fortsætte?"
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -390,7 +359,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
@@ -403,8 +372,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Konfiguration af øjebliksbilleder</big></b><p>\n"
@@ -415,7 +384,7 @@
"se de nye filsystemændringer i det angivne øjebliksbillede.</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
@@ -431,7 +400,7 @@
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Oversigt over øjebliksbillede</big></b><p>\n"
@@ -443,7 +412,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -461,108 +430,120 @@
"Når en fil markeres i træet, kan du se forskellen mellem øjebliksbilledeversionen og det aktuelle system.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
-#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
-#| "%1"
-msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+#. popup error
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
+msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+msgstr "Øjebliksbilledet \"%1\" blev ikke fundet."
+
+#. Initialize snapper agent
+#. Return true on success
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Create new snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
+msgid "Reason not known."
+msgstr "Årsag ukendt."
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
+msgid "Configuration not found."
+msgstr "Konfigurationen blev ikke fundet."
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
+msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+msgstr "Konfigurationen er ikke gyldig."
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
+msgid ""
+"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr ""
-"Kunne ikke slette øjebliksbilledet:\n"
+"Kunne ikke initialisere snapper-biblioteket:\n"
"%1"
-#. Return the path to given snapshot
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
+msgid "Snapshot was not found."
+msgstr "Øjebliksbilledet blev ikke fundet."
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
#| "%1"
-msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr ""
"Kunne ikke slette øjebliksbilledet:\n"
"%1"
-#. Create new snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
-#| "%1"
-msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Kunne ikke oprette nyt øjebliksbillede:\n"
-"%1"
-
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
#| "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
#| "%1"
-msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr ""
"Kunne ikke ændre øjebliksbillede:\n"
"%1"
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
+msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
+msgstr "Forkert øjebliksbilledetype angivet."
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
+msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
+msgstr "\"Præ\"-øjebliksbilledet blev ikke angivet."
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
+msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
+msgstr "Det givne \"præ\"-øjebliksbillede blev ikke fundet."
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+#| "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
#| "%1"
-msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr ""
-"Kunne ikke slette øjebliksbilledet:\n"
+"Kunne ikke oprette nyt øjebliksbillede:\n"
"%1"
#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr "Initialiserer Snapper"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
-msgid "Read list of configurations"
+msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
msgstr "Læs listen over øjebliksbilleder"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
-msgid "Read list of snapshots"
-msgstr "Læs listen over øjebliksbilleder"
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
+msgid "Reading the database..."
+msgstr "Læser databasen..."
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
-msgid "Reading list of configurations"
-msgstr "Læser liste over øjebliksbilleder..."
-
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
-msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
-msgstr "Læser liste over øjebliksbilleder..."
-
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Færdig"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
-msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
@@ -572,59 +553,64 @@
"konfigurationer for at bruge yast2-snapper. Kommandolinjeværktøjet snapper\n"
"kan bruges til at oprette konfigurationer."
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
-msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr "Genopretter filer..."
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr "Slettede %1\n"
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr "%1 skippet\n"
-#~ msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
-#~ msgstr "Øjebliksbilledet \"%1\" blev ikke fundet."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
+#~ msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
+#~ msgstr "Ændr øjebliksbilleder %1 - %2"
-#~ msgid "Reason not known."
-#~ msgstr "Årsag ukendt."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
+#~ msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
+#~ msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette øjebliksbilledet \"%1\"?"
-#~ msgid "Configuration not found."
-#~ msgstr "Konfigurationen blev ikke fundet."
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid."
-#~ msgstr "Konfigurationen er ikke gyldig."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+#~| "%1"
+#~ msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Kunne ikke slette øjebliksbilledet:\n"
#~ "%1"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+#~| "%1"
+#~ msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Kunne ikke initialisere snapper-biblioteket:\n"
+#~ "Kunne ikke slette øjebliksbilledet:\n"
#~ "%1"
-#~ msgid "Snapshot was not found."
-#~ msgstr "Øjebliksbilledet blev ikke fundet."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
+#~ msgid "Read list of configurations"
+#~ msgstr "Læs listen over øjebliksbilleder"
-#~ msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
-#~ msgstr "Forkert øjebliksbilledetype angivet."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
+#~ msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+#~ msgstr "Læser liste over øjebliksbilleder..."
-#~ msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
-#~ msgstr "\"Præ\"-øjebliksbilledet blev ikke angivet."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
+#~ msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+#~ msgstr "Læser liste over øjebliksbilleder..."
-#~ msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
-#~ msgstr "Det givne \"præ\"-øjebliksbillede blev ikke fundet."
-
-#~ msgid "Reading the database..."
-#~ msgstr "Læser databasen..."
-
#~ msgid "File /etc/sysconfig/snapper is not available."
#~ msgstr "Filen /etc/sysconfig/snapper er ikke tilgængelig."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/sound.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/sound.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/sound.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sound\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-06 22:11+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/squid.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/squid.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/squid.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: squid\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-27 12:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/sshd.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/sshd.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/sshd.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sshd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 21:11+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/storage.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/storage.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/storage.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: storage\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:32+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -185,7 +185,13 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr "Ikke nok tilgængelig plads til at foreslå separat /home."
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr "Intet tildelt som rodfilsystem!"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -978,7 +984,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "Foreslå en separat &home-partition"
@@ -997,7 +1003,7 @@
msgstr "Forslagstype"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -1012,7 +1018,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -1027,7 +1033,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1043,7 +1049,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1059,7 +1065,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -1069,7 +1075,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -1090,7 +1096,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -1105,7 +1111,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig beholde denne størrelse boot-partition?\n"
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
@@ -1127,7 +1133,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
@@ -1154,7 +1160,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruge opsætningen uden /boot-partition?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -1173,11 +1179,11 @@
"\n"
"Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1324,7 +1330,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig lade partitionen være uformateret?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1333,7 +1339,7 @@
"Fjern den fra RAID, før du redigerer den.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1342,7 +1348,7 @@
"Fjern den fra diskområdegruppen, før du redigerer den.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1351,7 +1357,7 @@
"Fjern diskområdet, før du redigerer den.\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1360,7 +1366,7 @@
"Fjern den fra RAID, før du sletter den.\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1368,12 +1374,12 @@
"Enheden (%2) anvendes af %1.\n"
"Fjern %1, før du sletter den.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "Den kan ikke slettes mens den er monteret."
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
@@ -1382,7 +1388,7 @@
"en anden logisk partition med et højere nummer er i brug.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1395,7 +1401,7 @@
"Tryk på \"Annullér\", hvis du ikke ved nøjagtigt hvad du laver.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1410,7 +1416,7 @@
"udvidede partition.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1425,7 +1431,7 @@
"udvidede partition.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1444,13 +1450,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "Glem ikke hvad du indtaster her!"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "Tom adgangskode tilladt."
@@ -1479,7 +1485,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr "&Angiv en adgangskode til dit filsystem:"
@@ -1490,7 +1496,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr "Gentag adgangskoden til &verifikation:"
@@ -1513,7 +1519,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1524,7 +1530,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1890,7 +1896,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr "Aktivér øjebliksbilleder"
@@ -1905,7 +1911,7 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "Tomt navn på underdiskområde er ikke tilladt."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
@@ -1913,11 +1919,11 @@
"Kun navne på underdiskområder som starter med \"%1\" er tilladt i øjeblikket!\n"
"Sætter automatisk \"%1\" foran navnet på underdiskområdet."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "Underdiskområde-navnet %1 findes allerede."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr "Ændringer der er udført i dialogen hidtil vil gå tabt."
@@ -1960,7 +1966,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1979,7 +1985,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1998,7 +2004,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -2030,7 +2036,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2245,7 +2251,7 @@
"enhed med ikke-eksisterende eller ukendt filsystem."
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -2269,12 +2275,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr "Filsystemet er i øjeblikket monteret i %1."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2284,12 +2290,12 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "Afmontér"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2297,15 +2303,15 @@
"Du kan prøve at afmontere det nu eller annullere.\n"
"Tryk på Annullér medmindre du ved præcis hvad du gør."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Det er ikke muligt at formindske et filsystem mens det er monteret."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Det er ikke muligt at udvide et filsystem mens det er monteret."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Det er ikke muligt at ændre størrelse på et filsystem mens det er monteret."
@@ -2728,32 +2734,39 @@
msgstr "<p>Vælg enhedens rolle.</p>"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Format partition"
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Formatér partition"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr "Operativsystem"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr "Data og ISV-programmer"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr "Swap"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr "Råt diskområde (uformateret)"
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr "Rolle"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
@@ -2762,7 +2775,7 @@
"samt den ønskede type af filsystem.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2772,7 +2785,7 @@
"diskområdet, vælg da <b>Kryptér enhed</b>. Ændring af krypteringen på et eksisterende diskområde vil slette alle data på det.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
@@ -2781,47 +2794,47 @@
"og angiv monteringspunkt ( /, /boot, /home, /var osv.).</p>"
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "Formateringstilvalg"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "Formatér partition"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "Formatér ikke partition"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "Montér ikke partition"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "Monteringstilvalg"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "Montér partition"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Monteringspunkt"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "Fs&tab-tilvalg..."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "Krypteringsfil skal være krypterede."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2834,17 +2847,17 @@
"Markér også formateringstilvalget.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "Krypteringsfiler kræver et monteringspunkt."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "Tmpfs kræver et monteringspunkt."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2859,7 +2872,7 @@
"</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2873,21 +2886,21 @@
"(suspendér til disk).\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "Alle data som er gemt på diskområdet vil gå tabt!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Adgangskode"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr "Ændring af størrelse understøttes ikke af den underliggende enhed."
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
@@ -2897,7 +2910,7 @@
"Du kan ikke ændre størrelse på den valgte partition, da filsystemet\n"
"på denne partitionen ikke understøtter ændring af størrelse.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
@@ -2906,7 +2919,7 @@
"størrelse på et NTFS mens det er monteret."
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
@@ -2915,21 +2928,21 @@
"da filsystemet synes at være inkonsistent.\n"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "Ændr størrelse på partitionen %1"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr "Ændr størrelse på det logiske diskområde %1"
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "Nuværende størrelse: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "Nuværende brugt: %1"
@@ -2937,8 +2950,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2950,33 +2963,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Maksimal størrelse (%1)"
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Minimal størrelse (%1)"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr "Brugerdefineret størrelse"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vælg ny størrelse.</p>"
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2986,7 +2999,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2999,12 +3012,12 @@
"størrelsesændringen markant."
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "Output af %1"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "Genscanner diske..."
@@ -3196,50 +3209,50 @@
msgstr "Det angivne område er ugyldigt."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr "Tilføj partition på %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr "Redigér partitionen %1"
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "Ingen plads til at flytte partitionen %1."
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr "Flyt partitionen %1 frem?"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr "Flyt partitionen %1 tilbage?"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "Flyt partitionen %1?"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Frem"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "Tilbage"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr "Bekræft sletning af alle partitioner"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
@@ -3247,30 +3260,35 @@
"Disken \"%1\" indeholder mindst én partition.\n"
"Hvis du fortsætter slettes følgende partitioner:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette alle partitioner på \"%1\"?"
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr "Ingen harddisk valgt."
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr "Disken er i brug og kan ikke ændres."
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr "Vælg type af ny partitionstabel for %1."
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
@@ -3279,30 +3297,30 @@
"på %1 og alle RAIDs og diskområde-grupper, som bruger partitioner på %1."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "Ingen disk valgt."
#
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette BIOS RAID %1?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette partitioneret RAID %1?"
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr "Der er ingen partitioner at slette på denne disk."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr "Det er ikke muligt at oprette en partition på %1."
@@ -3310,15 +3328,15 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr "Ingen partition valgt."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3327,12 +3345,12 @@
"For at redigere %1, sørg for at den ikke bruges."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr "En udvidet partition kan ikke redigeres."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
@@ -3341,12 +3359,12 @@
"og kan ikke flyttes."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr "En udvidet partition kan ikke flyttes."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3355,12 +3373,12 @@
"ændres. For at ændre størrelse på %1, sørg for at den ikke bruges."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr "Størrelsen på en udvidet partition kan ikke ændres."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -3376,7 +3394,7 @@
"flere partitioner. Efter kloning vil disse\n"
"partitioner blive slettet.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
@@ -3384,11 +3402,11 @@
"Følgende partitioner vil blive slettet\n"
"og al data på dem vil gå tabt:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette disse partitioner?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
@@ -3398,7 +3416,7 @@
"disk skal have mindst én partition.\n"
"Opret partitioner før kloning af disken.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
@@ -3406,20 +3424,20 @@
"Denne disk kan ikke klones. Der er ingen egnede\n"
"diske der kunne have samme partitioneringslayout."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr "Klon partitionslayoutet fra %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr "Tilgængelige måldiske:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr "Vælg en måldisk for at oprette en klon"
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
@@ -3428,7 +3446,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig køre \"dasdfmt\" på disken %1?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3692,11 +3710,11 @@
msgstr "Forkert adgangskode givet."
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr "Bekræft sletning af partition der bruges af LVM"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
@@ -3706,15 +3724,15 @@
"For at holde systemet konsistent slettes følgende diskområdegruppe\n"
"og dens logiske diskområder:\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "Vil du slette partitionen \"%1\" og diskområdegruppen \"%2\" nu?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr "Bekræft sletning af partition der bruges af RAID"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
@@ -3724,12 +3742,12 @@
"For at holde systemet konsistent slettes følgende\n"
"RAID-enhed:\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "Vil du slette partitionen \"%1\" og RAID \"%2\" nu?"
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette alle partitioner på %1?"
@@ -3737,12 +3755,12 @@
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette %1?"
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3752,7 +3770,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr "Ikke-partitioneret"
@@ -3760,33 +3778,33 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr "Ikke-allokeret"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ingen ændringer af partitionering.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ændringer af partitionering:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ingen ændringer af lagringsindstillinger:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Lagringsindstillinger:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Lagringsindstillinger:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
@@ -3906,12 +3924,12 @@
"eller aktivér oprettelsesflaget."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr "Tilføj krypteringsfil"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr "Redigér krypteringsfilen %1"
@@ -4239,12 +4257,12 @@
msgstr "Brugt pulje"
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr "Tilføj logisk diskområde på %1"
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "Redigér logisk diskområde %1 på %2"
@@ -4282,9 +4300,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr "Intet logisk diskområde valgt."
@@ -4294,7 +4312,7 @@
msgstr "Ingen ledig plads tilbage diskområdegruppen \"%1\"."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
"It cannot be edited."
@@ -4303,7 +4321,7 @@
"Det kan ikke redigeres."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -4683,17 +4701,17 @@
msgstr "<p>Skift de enheder der bruges til RAID'et.</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr "Tilføj RAID %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr "Ændr størrelse på RAID %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr "Redigér RAID %1"
@@ -4988,7 +5006,7 @@
msgstr "<p>Denne visning viser installationsoversigten.</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr "Tilføj tmpfs-montering"
@@ -5859,19 +5877,63 @@
"ved hvad du gør.</p>\n"
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr "Operationen er ikke tilladt på disk %1.\n"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+#| "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
+#| "partition table.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+#| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
+#| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Partitioneringen på disken %1 kan enten ikke læses\n"
+"eller understøttes ikke af partitioneringsværktøjet \"parted\", som bruges til at ændre\n"
+"partitionstabellen\n"
+"\n"
+"Du kan bruge partitionerne på disken %1, som de er, eller\n"
+"du kan formatere dem og tildele dem monteringspunkter, men du\n"
+"kan ikke tilføje, redigere, ændre størrelser eller fjerne partitioner\n"
+"fra denne disk her.\n"
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+#| "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
+#| "partition table.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+#| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
+#| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -5885,15 +5947,25 @@
"kan ikke tilføje, redigere, ændre størrelser eller fjerne partitioner\n"
"fra denne disk her.\n"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+#| "compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
+#| "partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+#| "format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
+#| "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -5907,7 +5979,7 @@
"kan ikke ændre størrelse eller fjerne partitionen fra denne disk her.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5922,7 +5994,7 @@
"men dette vil ødelægge alle data på alle partitioner på denne disk.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5940,7 +6012,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "Størrelsen kunne ikke ændres:"
@@ -5953,7 +6025,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5966,7 +6038,7 @@
"Den angivne krypteringsadgangskode kan være forkert.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -5977,7 +6049,7 @@
"Prøv igen."
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -5989,24 +6061,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "&Angiv krypteringsadgangskode:"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Angiv adgangskode"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr "Følgende krypterede diskområder er allerede tilgængelige."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "Aktivering af krypteret diskområde"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6018,12 +6090,12 @@
"Adgangskoderne skal være kendte hvis diskområderne skal bruges\n"
"enten under en opdatering eller hvis de indeholder et krypteret fysisk LVM-diskområde."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "Vil du angive krypteringsadgangskoder?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -6034,65 +6106,65 @@
"Adgangskoden vil blive prøvet på alle enheder."
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "Angiv krypteringsadgangskode"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr "Der er ingen krypterede diskområder at låse op."
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "Angiv adgangskode for en af følgende enheder:"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "Angiv adgangskode for følgende enhed:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr "Prøver at låse krypterede diskområder op..."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr "Adgangskoden låste ikke nogen diskområder op."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "IDE-disk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "SCSI-disk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "DM-RAID"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "MD-RAID"
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr "Fortsæt på trods af fejlen?"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6104,7 +6176,7 @@
"Partitionen %1 kan ikke fjernes da andre partitioner på\n"
"disken %2 er i brug.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6114,7 +6186,7 @@
"Enheden %1 kan ikke ændres, da den indeholder aktiveret swap,\n"
"der er nødvendig for at køre installationen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6124,7 +6196,7 @@
"Enheden %1 kan ikke ændres, da den indeholder installationsdata,\n"
"som er nødvendige for at udføre installationen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6134,7 +6206,7 @@
"Enheden %1 kan ikke fjernes, da den indeholder aktiveret swap,\n"
"der er nødvendig for at køre installationen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6144,7 +6216,7 @@
"Enheden %1 kan ikke fjernes, da den indeholder installationsdata,\n"
"som er nødvendige for at udføre installationen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6156,7 +6228,7 @@
"enheden %2, der indeholder aktiveret swap, der er nødvendig for\n"
"at køre installationen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6168,7 +6240,7 @@
"udføre installationen.\n"
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6179,18 +6251,18 @@
"disken %2 er i brug.\n"
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "Intet tildelt som rodfilsystem!"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr "Installationen vil helt sikkert fejle fatalt!"
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr "Det mislykkedes at tilføje følgende resolvables: %1"
@@ -6844,54 +6916,39 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr "Ændring af størrelse er umulig pga. inkonsistent filsystem. Prøv at tjekke filsystemet under Windows."
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr "Opret &LVM-baseret forslag"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr "Kr&yptér diskområdegruppe"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Filsystem til rod-partitionen"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Filsystem til home-partitionen"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr "Forstør &Swap til suspendering"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Indstillinger for forslag"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button.</p>\n"
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For at oprette et LVM-baseret forslag, vælges den tilhørende knap.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -6900,35 +6957,55 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "Angiv din adgangskode til den foreslåede kryptering."
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Adgangskode:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "Gentag adgangskoden til verifikation:"
+#
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Partition Based"
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr "&Partitionsbaseret"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Opret &LVM-baseret forslag"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Opret &LVM-baseret forslag"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
@@ -6972,6 +7049,20 @@
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr "Synlig information om lagerenheder:"
+#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
+#~ msgstr "Kr&yptér diskområdegruppe"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>\n"
+#~| "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
+#~ "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "For at oprette et LVM-baseret forslag, vælges den tilhørende knap.</p>\n"
+
#~ msgid "No unsaved changes exist."
#~ msgstr "Der er ingen ikke-gemte ændringer."
@@ -7173,10 +7264,6 @@
#~ msgid "Default Filesystem:"
#~ msgstr "Standard filsystem:"
-#
-#~ msgid "&Partition Based"
-#~ msgstr "&Partitionsbaseret"
-
#~ msgid "&LVM Based"
#~ msgstr "&LVM-baseret"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/support.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/support.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/support.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -33,52 +33,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Open"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Upload"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -86,184 +86,183 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
msgid "Save as"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
msgstr ""
-#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "File Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/sysconfig.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/sysconfig.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/sysconfig.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 18:46+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/tftp-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/tftp-server.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/tftp-server.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:03+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/timezone_db.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/timezone_db.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/timezone_db.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-28 09:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/tune.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/tune.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/tune.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tune\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/update.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/update.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/update.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:08+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/users.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/users.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/users.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -136,623 +136,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr "Spørg ikke om manglende data, returnér fejl i stedet."
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr "Brugergodkendelsesmetode"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Godkendelse</b><br>\n"
-" Vælg den godkendelsesmetode, der skal anvendes til brugere på systemet.\n"
-" </p>"
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Vælg <b>Lokal</b> for at godkende brugere kun med de lokale filer <i>/etc/passwd</i> og <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr "Hvis du har en tidligere installation eller et alternativt system, er det muligt, at oprette brugere baseret på denne kilde. For at gøre dette skal du vælge <b>Læs brugerdata fra en tidligere installation</b>. Denne indstilling anvender en eksisterende hjemmemappe, eller opretter en ny for hver bruger, på det sted der er angivet for denne installation."
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr "&LDAP"
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr "N&IS"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr "&Samba"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr "&Windows-domæne"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr "L&okal (/etc/passwd)"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr "eDirectory LDAP"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hvis du bruger en NIS- eller LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, eller hvis du vil\n"
-"godkende brugere i forhold til en NT-server, skal du vælge den relevante værdi. Klik\n"
-" derefter på <b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hvis du bruger en NIS- eller LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, skal du vælge den \n"
-"relevante værdi. Klik<b> derefter på </b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hvis du bruger en LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, eller hvis du vil\n"
-"godkende brugere i forhold til en NT-server, skal du vælge den relevante værdi. Klik\n"
-" derefter på <b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hvis du bruger en LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, skal du vælge den \n"
-"relevante værdi. Klik<b> derefter på </b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.</p>"
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Markér <b>Opsætning af Kerberos-godkendelse</b> for at konfigurere Kerberos, efter at have konfigureret brugerdatakilden.</p>"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr "Læs brugerdata fra en tidlige&re installation"
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr "&Vælg"
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr "Brugergodkendelsesmetode"
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr "Opsætning af &Kerberos-godkendelse"
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr "Vælg brugere der skal læ&ses"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr "Markér eller afmarkér &alle"
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr "Adgangskode for systemadministratoren \"root\""
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr "Glem ikke det du skriver her."
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr "&Adgangskode for root-bruger"
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr "Bekræ&ft adgangskode"
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "&Test tastaturlayout"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr "A&vancerede indstillinger..."
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"I modsætning til systemets normale brugere, som skriver tekster, opretter\n"
-" grafik eller surfer på internettet, eksisterer brugeren \"root\" på\n"
-" alle systemer og anvendes, når der skal udføres\n"
-" administrative opgaver. Log kun ind som root,\n"
-" når du har brug for at være systemadministrator.\n"
-" </p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Fordi brugeren root er udstyret med omfattende beføjelser, skal adgangskoden\n"
-"for \"root\" være valgt meget omhyggeligt. En kombination af bogstaver og tal\n"
-"anbefales. For at sikre at adgangskoden er skrevet rigtigt, vil du blive\n"
-"bedt om at indtaste det igen i det andet felt.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Alle regler for brugeradgangskoder gælder for \"root\"-adgangskoden:\n"
-"Der skelnes mellem store og små bogstaver. En adgangskode bør have\n"
-"mindst 5 tegn og må som regel ikke indeholde tegn med accent eller omlyd.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Glem ikke denne \"root\"-adgangskode.\n"
-" </p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hvis du vil bruge denne adgangskode til at oprette certifikater,\n"
-"skal den være på mindst %1 tegn.</p>"
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>For at tjekke hvorvidt dit nuværende tastaturlayout er korrekt, prøv at skrive tekst i <b>Test tastaturlayout</b>-feltet.</p>"
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"Adgangskoderne matcher ikke.\n"
-"Prøv igen."
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"Der er ikke indtastet en adgangskode.\n"
-"Prøv igen."
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du vil oprette certifikater,\n"
-"bør adgangskoden være på mindst %1 tegn."
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr "Vil du virkelig bruge denne adgangskode?"
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Root-adgangskoden kan ikke vælges.\n"
-"Du kan muligvis ikke logge ind.\n"
-" Vil du forsøge at vælge den igen?\n"
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr "Initialiserer modul til konfiguration af godkendelse..."
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Pakken \"%1\" er ikke installeret.\n"
-"Installere nu?\n"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr "DES"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr "MD5"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr "SHA-256"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr "SHA-512"
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr "Type af adgangskodekryptering"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr "&DES"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr "&MD5"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr "SHA-&256"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr "SHA-&512"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Autentifikation</b><br></p>"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Vælg metode til adgangskode-kryptering for lokale og systembrugere.</p>"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er den nuværende standardmetode til hash. Brug af andre algoritmer anbefales ikke, medmindre det er nødvendigt af kompatibilitetsmæssige årsager.</p>"
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr "Brugerens &fulde navn"
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr "Br&ugernavn"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr "Brug denne adgang&skode for systemadministrator"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr "Modtager S&ystempost"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr "&Automatisk login"
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr "Opret ny bruger"
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr "Tomt bruger-login"
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-"Det er kun nyttigt at lade brugernavnet stå tomt\n"
-"i et netværksmiljø med en godkendelsesserver.\n"
-" Skal det være tomt?"
-
-#
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Indtast <b>Fornavn</b>, <b>Efternavn</b>, \n"
-" <b>Brugernavn</b> og\n"
-" <b>Adgangskode</b> til denne bruger.\n"
-" </p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"I adgangskoder skelnes der mellem store og\n"
-" små bogstaver. Adgangskoder bør ikke indeholde tegn med accent eller omlyd.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Med den nuværende adgangskodekryptering (%1), skal længden på adgangskoden være\n"
-"mellem %2 og %3 tegn.\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hvis du vil bruge denne adgangskode til at oprette certifikater,\n"
-"skal den være på mindst %s tegn.</p>"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For at sikre at adgangskoden blev indtastet korrekt,\n"
-"skal den gentages i andet felt. Glem ikke din adgangskode.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Brug kun bogstaver (ingen tegn med accent), cifre og <tt>._-</tt> til <b>Brugernavn</b>. \n"
-"Brug ikke store bogstaver i dette felt, medmindre du ved, hvad du gør.\n"
-"Brugernavne har strengere begrænsninger end adgangskoder. Du kan omdefinere \n"
-"begrænsningerne i filen /etc/login.defs. Læs man-siden for at få yderligere oplysninger.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Afkryds <b>Brug denne adgangskode for systemadministrator</b>, hvis den adgangskode, som angives for den første bruger, også skal benyttes for root.</p>"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Brugernavnet og adgangskoden der oprettes her, bruges til at logge ind på dit Linux-system. Med <b>Automatisk login</b> aktiveret, springes login-proceduren over. Denne bruger logges automatisk ind.</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Få post til root-brugeren videresendt til denne bruger ved at afkrydse <b>Modtager Systempost</b>.</p>\n"
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr "Avancerede indstillinger"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr "Godkendelsesmetoden er lokal /etc/passwd."
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr "Adgangskodens krypteringsmetode er %s."
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] "Brugeren %s vil blive importeret."
-msgstr[1] "Brugerne %s vil blive importeret."
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "Æ&ndr...r..."
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Sammendrag"
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du vil oprette certifikater,\n"
-"bør adgangskoden være på mindst %s tegn."
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -874,11 +257,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr "Ny UID på brugeren"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr "Skriver konfiguration af brugere..."
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1140,94 +518,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Sekunder"
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP"
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr "NIS"
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr "Samba (Windows-domæne)"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr "<%1>root-adgangskode<%2> sat"
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr "<%1>root-adgangskode<%2> ikke sat"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr "Ingen <%1>bruger<%2> konfigureret"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr "<%1>kontrolmetode<%2>: %3"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr "<%1>kontrolmetode<%2>: %3 og Kerberos"
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr "<%1>Brugerne<%2> %3 valgt til import"
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr "<%1>Brugeren<%2> %3 vil blive importeret."
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr "<%1>bruger<%2> %3 konfigureret"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr "<%1><%2> %3 (%4) konfigureret"
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr "Metode til addgangskodekryptering: %1"
-
-# Password dialog caption
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "Brugerindstillinger"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr "Br&uger"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr "&Root-adgangskode"
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1391,6 +681,24 @@
"krypteringsindstillingerne for denne bruger,\n"
" skal du angive brugerens aktuelle adgangskode."
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Adgangskoderne matcher ikke.\n"
+"Prøv igen."
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1421,6 +729,13 @@
msgstr "&Ændr mappens ejer"
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr "Brugerens &fulde navn"
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr "F&ornavn"
@@ -1435,11 +750,30 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr "For eksterne brugere kan kun ekstra gruppemedlemskaber ændres."
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr "Br&ugernavn"
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr "Modtager S&ystempost"
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr "A&utomatisk login"
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr "Brug denne adgang&skode for systemadministrator"
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1612,6 +946,33 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr "Plu&gins"
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr "Tomt bruger-login"
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+"Det er kun nyttigt at lade brugernavnet stå tomt\n"
+"i et netværksmiljø med en godkendelsesserver.\n"
+" Skal det være tomt?"
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr "Vil du virkelig bruge denne adgangskode?"
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1707,6 +1068,20 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr "Gruppe&data"
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr "DES"
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr "MD5"
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
@@ -1720,6 +1095,32 @@
"små bogstaver. Adgangskoder bør ikke indeholde tegn med accenter eller omlyd.\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Med den nuværende adgangskodekryptering (%1), skal længden på adgangskoden være\n"
+"mellem %2 og %3 tegn.\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For at sikre at adgangskoden blev indtastet korrekt,\n"
+"skal den gentages i andet felt. Glem ikke din adgangskode.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1885,6 +1286,21 @@
" <b>Adgangskode</b> til denne bruger.\n"
" </p>\n"
+#
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Indtast <b>Fornavn</b>, <b>Efternavn</b>, \n"
+" <b>Brugernavn</b> og\n"
+" <b>Adgangskode</b> til denne bruger.\n"
+" </p>\n"
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1925,6 +1341,25 @@
" begrænsningerne i filen /etc/login.defs. Læs man-siden for at få yderligere oplysninger.\n"
" </p>\n"
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Brugernavnet og adgangskoden der oprettes her, bruges til at logge ind på dit Linux-system. Med <b>Automatisk login</b> aktiveret, springes login-proceduren over. Denne bruger logges automatisk ind.</p>\n"
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Få post til root-brugeren videresendt til denne bruger ved at afkrydse <b>Modtager Systempost</b>.</p>\n"
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
@@ -2689,7 +2124,9 @@
msgstr "Systembrugere"
#. the type of user set
+#. New user is the default option
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr "Lokale brugere"
@@ -2765,6 +2202,11 @@
msgstr "Samba-grupper"
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr "SSSD"
@@ -2784,6 +2226,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr "&SSSD"
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr "&Samba"
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
@@ -2912,6 +2359,11 @@
" netværksprotokoller understøtter det ikke, så der kan opstå problemer med NIS.\n"
" </p>"
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er den nuværende standardmetode til hash. Brug af andre algoritmer anbefales ikke, medmindre det er nødvendigt af kompatibilitetsmæssige årsager.</p>"
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2922,6 +2374,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr "Krypteringsmetode"
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr "&DES"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr "&MD5"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr "SHA-&256"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr "SHA-&512"
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -3217,6 +2689,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr "System"
@@ -3553,6 +3031,15 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr "Pakken %1 er ikke tilgængelig for installation."
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Pakken \"%1\" er ikke installeret.\n"
+"Installere nu?\n"
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3571,6 +3058,423 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialiserer ..."
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du vil oprette certifikater,\n"
+"bør adgangskoden være på mindst %s tegn."
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Hvis du vil bruge denne adgangskode til at oprette certifikater,\n"
+"skal den være på mindst %s tegn.</p>"
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr "Skriver konfiguration af brugere..."
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vælg metode til adgangskode-kryptering for lokale og systembrugere.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er den nuværende standardmetode til hash. Brug af andre algoritmer anbefales ikke, medmindre det er nødvendigt af kompatibilitetsmæssige årsager.</p>"
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr "Type af adgangskodekryptering"
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr "Glem ikke det du skriver her."
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr "&Adgangskode for root-bruger"
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr "Bekræ&ft adgangskode"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "&Test tastaturlayout"
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"I modsætning til systemets normale brugere, som skriver tekster, opretter\n"
+" grafik eller surfer på internettet, eksisterer brugeren \"root\" på\n"
+" alle systemer og anvendes, når der skal udføres\n"
+" administrative opgaver. Log kun ind som root,\n"
+" når du har brug for at være systemadministrator.\n"
+" </p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Fordi brugeren root er udstyret med omfattende beføjelser, skal adgangskoden\n"
+"for \"root\" være valgt meget omhyggeligt. En kombination af bogstaver og tal\n"
+"anbefales. For at sikre at adgangskoden er skrevet rigtigt, vil du blive\n"
+"bedt om at indtaste det igen i det andet felt.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Alle regler for brugeradgangskoder gælder for \"root\"-adgangskoden:\n"
+"Der skelnes mellem store og små bogstaver. En adgangskode bør have\n"
+"mindst 5 tegn og må som regel ikke indeholde tegn med accent eller omlyd.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Glem ikke denne \"root\"-adgangskode.\n"
+" </p>"
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr "Adgangskode for systemadministratoren \"root\""
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Der er ikke indtastet en adgangskode.\n"
+"Prøv igen."
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Vælg <b>Lokal</b> for at godkende brugere kun med de lokale filer <i>/etc/passwd</i> og <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create New User"
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr "Opret ny bruger"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"I adgangskoder skelnes der mellem store og\n"
+" små bogstaver. Adgangskoder bør ikke indeholde tegn med accent eller omlyd.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+#| " %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+#| "</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Med den nuværende adgangskodekryptering (%1), skal længden på adgangskoden være\n"
+"mellem %2 og %3 tegn.\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Brug kun bogstaver (ingen tegn med accent), cifre og <tt>._-</tt> til <b>Brugernavn</b>. \n"
+"Brug ikke store bogstaver i dette felt, medmindre du ved, hvad du gør.\n"
+"Brugernavne har strengere begrænsninger end adgangskoder. Du kan omdefinere \n"
+"begrænsningerne i filen /etc/login.defs. Læs man-siden for at få yderligere oplysninger.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Afkryds <b>Brug denne adgangskode for systemadministrator</b>, hvis den adgangskode, som angives for den første bruger, også skal benyttes for root.</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "Læs brugerdata fra en tidlige&re installation"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local Users"
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr "Lokale brugere"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create New User"
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr "Opret ny bruger"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "Læs brugerdata fra en tidlige&re installation"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System Users"
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr "Systembrugere"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr "&Automatisk login"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No user was specified."
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr "Ingen bruger blev specificeret."
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "User %s will be imported."
+#| msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "Brugeren %s vil blive importeret."
+msgstr[1] "Brugerne %s vil blive importeret."
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr "Vælg brugere der skal læ&ses"
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr "Markér eller afmarkér &alle"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr "SHA-256"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr "SHA-512"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "Metode til addgangskodekryptering: %1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr "Type af adgangskodekryptering"
+
+# Password dialog caption
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr "Brugerindstillinger"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr "Br&uger"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr "&Root-adgangskode"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr "<%1>root-adgangskode<%2> sat"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr "<%1>root-adgangskode<%2> ikke sat"
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr "Ingen <%1>bruger<%2> konfigureret"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "<%1>Brugeren<%2> %3 vil blive importeret."
+msgstr[1] "<%1>Brugeren<%2> %3 vil blive importeret."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr "<%1>bruger<%2> %3 konfigureret"
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr "<%1><%2> %3 (%4) konfigureret"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "Metode til addgangskodekryptering: %1"
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -4028,7 +3932,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:716
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -4047,185 +3951,185 @@
"selvom de er korrekt monteret. Vil du fortsætte brugerkonfigurationen?"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:964
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr "Der er flere brugere, som tilfredsstiller inddata tilstande."
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer bruger- og gruppe konfiguration"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr "Læs standard login-indstillinger"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr "Læs system standard indstillinger"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr "Læs konfigurationstype"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr "Læs brugerdefineret indstillinger"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr "Læs brugere og grupper"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr "Byg lagerstrukturer"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr "Læser standard login-indstillinger..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr "Læser system standard indstillinger..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr "Læser konfigurationstypen..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr "Læser brugerdefineret indstillinger..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr "Læser brugere og grupper..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr "Bygger lagerstrukturer..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Færdig"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr "Brugeren findes ikke."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr "Gruppen findes ikke."
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Skriver bruger- og gruppe konfiguration"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr "Skriv LDAP brugere og grupper"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr "Skriv grupper"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr "Kig efter slettede brugere"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write users"
msgstr "Skriv brugere"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr "Skriv adgangskoder"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr "Gemmer brugerdefineret indstillinger"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr "Skriv standard login-indstillinger"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr "Skriver LDAP brugere og grupper..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr "Skriver grupper..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr "Undersøger slettet brugere..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr "Skriver brugere..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr "Skriver adgangskoder..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr "Gemmer brugerdefineret indstillinger..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr "Skriver standard login-indstillinger..."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr "Filen %s blev ikke læst korrekt, så den bliver ikke gemt."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under fjernelse af brugere."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr "Filen %s blev ikke læst korrekt, så den bliver ikke gemt."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
@@ -4234,17 +4138,17 @@
"Understøttelse af kryptering er ikke installeret. Hjemmemapper vil IKKE blive krypteret."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under indstilling af videresending af root-brugerens post."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr "Der er ingen UID tilgængelig til denne type bruger."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4254,7 +4158,7 @@
"Vælg et gyldigt heltal mellem %i og %i."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4263,7 +4167,7 @@
"Er du sikker på, at du vil bruge det?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4275,7 +4179,7 @@
"Brug det alligevel?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4287,7 +4191,7 @@
" Vil du virkelig ændre brugertypen til \"lokal\"?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4298,7 +4202,7 @@
"fordi ID'et er mindre end %i.\n"
" Vil du virkelig ændre brugertypen til \"system\"?"
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
@@ -4307,7 +4211,7 @@
"Det eksisterende brugernavn tilhører muligvis en NIS- eller LDAP-bruger.\n"
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -4318,7 +4222,7 @@
"Prøv et andet."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
@@ -4327,7 +4231,7 @@
"indeholde et kolon (:). Prøv igen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -4338,7 +4242,7 @@
"Fjern de ekstra."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -4349,7 +4253,7 @@
" Forsøg igen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -4359,7 +4263,7 @@
"Vælg en anden sti for hjemmemappen."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4368,7 +4272,7 @@
"Prøv igen."
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -4379,7 +4283,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruge denne søgesti?"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -4389,7 +4293,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -4401,7 +4305,7 @@
"Vil du bruge den mappe?\n"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -4415,7 +4319,7 @@
"Brug denne mappe?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
@@ -4424,12 +4328,12 @@
"Vil du bruge denne skal?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr "Der er ingen GID tilgængelig til denne type gruppe."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4439,7 +4343,7 @@
"Vælg et gyldigt tal mellem %i og %i."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4448,7 +4352,7 @@
"Er du sikker på, at du vil bruge det?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4460,7 +4364,7 @@
"Brug det alligevel?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4472,7 +4376,7 @@
" Vil du virkelig ændre gruppetypen til \"lokal\"?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4484,7 +4388,7 @@
" Vil du virkelig ændre gruppetypen til \"system\"?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4493,7 +4397,7 @@
"Prøv igen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4503,7 +4407,7 @@
"Prøv venligst igen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4516,7 +4420,7 @@
"Prøv igen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
@@ -4526,13 +4430,13 @@
"gruppenavn og et prædefineret gruppenavn.\n"
"Vælg venligst en anden."
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "Brugeren %s findes ikke."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4543,7 +4447,7 @@
"som deres primære gruppe."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4554,22 +4458,22 @@
"Fjern disse brugere fra gruppen først."
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Brugere</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Grupper</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Login-indstillinger</h3>"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr "Brugeren %1 er konfigureret til automatisk login"
@@ -4589,21 +4493,21 @@
"eksisterer på LDAP serveren. Opret den nu?"
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration af Kerberos"
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr "Ingen Kerberos-håndtering for grupper"
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr "Håndtér Kerberos-principaler"
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr "Kan ikke køre kadmin.local."
@@ -4738,7 +4642,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4749,7 +4653,7 @@
"Prøv igen."
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
@@ -4764,7 +4668,7 @@
"</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4775,37 +4679,37 @@
" Forsøg igen."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr "Du har brugt gruppenavnet som en del af adgangskoden."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr "Du har brugt brugernavnet som en del af adgangskoden."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr "Du har kun brugt små bogstaver i adgangskoden."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr "Du har kun brugt store bogstaver i adgangskoden."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr "Du har brugt et palindrom som adgangskode."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr "Du har kun brugt tal i adgangskoden."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4815,7 +4719,7 @@
"Den vil blive afkortet til %s tegn?"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4825,13 +4729,13 @@
"%s."
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr "Adgangskoden bør indeholde mindst %i tegn."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4840,7 +4744,7 @@
"Prøv igen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4850,7 +4754,7 @@
"Prøv igen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4863,7 +4767,7 @@
" Forsøg igen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
@@ -4873,15 +4777,13 @@
"brugernavn og et eksisterende brugernavn.\n"
"Vælg et andet."
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr "Henter udvidelsen %1..."
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr "Frigiver udvidelsen %1..."
@@ -4948,6 +4850,144 @@
msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions."
msgstr "Der er flere brugere der tilfredsstiller inddata tilstande."
+#~ msgid "User Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "Brugergodkendelsesmetode"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>Godkendelse</b><br>\n"
+#~ " Vælg den godkendelsesmetode, der skal anvendes til brugere på systemet.\n"
+#~ " </p>"
+
+#~ msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
+#~ msgstr "Hvis du har en tidligere installation eller et alternativt system, er det muligt, at oprette brugere baseret på denne kilde. For at gøre dette skal du vælge <b>Læs brugerdata fra en tidligere installation</b>. Denne indstilling anvender en eksisterende hjemmemappe, eller opretter en ny for hver bruger, på det sted der er angivet for denne installation."
+
+#~ msgid "&LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "&LDAP"
+
+#~ msgid "N&IS"
+#~ msgstr "N&IS"
+
+#~ msgid "&Windows Domain"
+#~ msgstr "&Windows-domæne"
+
+#~ msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
+#~ msgstr "L&okal (/etc/passwd)"
+
+#~ msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "eDirectory LDAP"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
+#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Hvis du bruger en NIS- eller LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, eller hvis du vil\n"
+#~ "godkende brugere i forhold til en NT-server, skal du vælge den relevante værdi. Klik\n"
+#~ " derefter på <b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Hvis du bruger en NIS- eller LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, skal du vælge den \n"
+#~ "relevante værdi. Klik<b> derefter på </b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
+#~ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Hvis du bruger en LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, eller hvis du vil\n"
+#~ "godkende brugere i forhold til en NT-server, skal du vælge den relevante værdi. Klik\n"
+#~ " derefter på <b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Hvis du bruger en LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, skal du vælge den \n"
+#~ "relevante værdi. Klik<b> derefter på </b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Markér <b>Opsætning af Kerberos-godkendelse</b> for at konfigurere Kerberos, efter at have konfigureret brugerdatakilden.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "&Choose"
+#~ msgstr "&Vælg"
+
+#~ msgid "Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "Brugergodkendelsesmetode"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "Opsætning af &Kerberos-godkendelse"
+
+#~ msgid "E&xpert Options..."
+#~ msgstr "A&vancerede indstillinger..."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+#~ "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Hvis du vil bruge denne adgangskode til at oprette certifikater,\n"
+#~ "skal den være på mindst %1 tegn.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>For at tjekke hvorvidt dit nuværende tastaturlayout er korrekt, prøv at skrive tekst i <b>Test tastaturlayout</b>-feltet.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#~ "the password should have at least %1 characters."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Hvis du vil oprette certifikater,\n"
+#~ "bør adgangskoden være på mindst %1 tegn."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The root password could not be set.\n"
+#~ "You might not be able to log in.\n"
+#~ "Try setting it again?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Root-adgangskoden kan ikke vælges.\n"
+#~ "Du kan muligvis ikke logge ind.\n"
+#~ " Vil du forsøge at vælge den igen?\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
+#~ msgstr "Initialiserer modul til konfiguration af godkendelse..."
+
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Autentifikation</b><br></p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Expert Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Avancerede indstillinger"
+
+#~ msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
+#~ msgstr "Godkendelsesmetoden er lokal /etc/passwd."
+
+#~ msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
+#~ msgstr "Adgangskodens krypteringsmetode er %s."
+
+#~ msgid "&Change..."
+#~ msgstr "Æ&ndr...r..."
+
+#~ msgid "Summary"
+#~ msgstr "Sammendrag"
+
+#~ msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
+#~ msgstr "Samba (Windows-domæne)"
+
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
+#~ msgstr "<%1>kontrolmetode<%2>: %3"
+
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
+#~ msgstr "<%1>kontrolmetode<%2>: %3 og Kerberos"
+
+#~ msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
+#~ msgstr "<%1>Brugerne<%2> %3 valgt til import"
+
#~ msgid "No Password Entered"
#~ msgstr "Ingen adgangskode angivet"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/vm.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/vm.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/vm.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: vm\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:53+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -36,12 +36,12 @@
msgstr "Konfigurerer den virtuelle maskine..."
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr "x86_64 er den eneste understøttede arkitektur til værtskab af virtuelle maskiner. Din arkitektur er "
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -52,163 +52,163 @@
#
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr "Verificér installerede pakker"
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration af netværksbro"
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr "Konfigurerer VM-serveren (domæne 0)"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>Konfiguration af VM-server</b></big></p><p>Konfiguration af VM-serveren (domæne 0) har to dele.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr "<p>De nødvendige pakker installeres på systemet først. Derefter skiftes bootloader til GRUB, hvis den ikke allerede bruges, og Xen-sektionen tilføjes til bootloader-menuen, hvis den mangler.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr "<p>GRUB er nødvendig, da den understøtter multiboot-standarden, som kræves for at boote Xen og Linux-kernen.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Når konfigurationen er gennemført, kan du boote VM-serveren fra bootloader-menuen.</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr "Installationen vil blive afbrudt."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr "Vælg hypervisors der skal installeres"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..."
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr "Konfigurerer den virtuelle maskine..."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr "KVM-hypervisor"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr "KVM-hypervisor"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr "libvirt LXC-containere"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr "libvirt LXC-containere"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr "Software til at forbinde til virtualiseringsserver"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr "Hypervisor og værktøjer er installeret."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr "Xen-hypervisor"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr "Xen-hypervisor"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr ""
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr "Pakkeinstallation mislykkedes\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr "Pakkeinstallationen mislykkedes for lxc\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr "Pakkeinstallation mislykkedes for sled klientmønster\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr "Pakkeinstallation mislykkedes for sles mønstre\n"
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr "Kører i teksttilstand. Installér grafiske komponenter alligevel?"
#
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr "Tjekker pakker..."
#
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr "Installerer pakker..."
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr "Kan ikke installere krævede pakker."
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "Opdaterer grub2-konfigurationsfiler..."
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer standard netværksbro..."
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "Netværksbro."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ved normale netværkskonfigurationer der er vært for virtuelle maskiner, anbefales en netværksbro.</p><p>Vil du konfigurere en standard netværksbro?</p>"
@@ -221,35 +221,35 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n"
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr "For installation af Xen-gæster, genstart maskinen og vælg Xen-sektionen i bootloader-menuen.\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n"
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr "For installation af Xen-gæster, genstart maskinen og vælg Xen-sektionen i bootloader-menuen.\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr "Hypervisor og værktøjer er installeret."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr "Hypervisor og værktøjer er installeret."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/vpn.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/vpn.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/vpn.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-06 21:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -201,12 +201,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr ""
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -287,102 +287,102 @@
msgstr ""
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
msgid "Client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -467,32 +467,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr ""
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr ""
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr ""
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -500,28 +500,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr ""
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/yast2-apparmor.da.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/yast2-apparmor.da.po 2016-07-04 08:59:29 UTC (rev 95996)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/yast2-apparmor.da.po 2016-07-04 09:00:11 UTC (rev 95997)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:08+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
1
0